Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual (Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L (1990))

Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual (Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L (1990))
Summary of Content

factory Workshop Manual Make Chevrolet Model Cavalier Engine and class Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) Please navigate through the PDF using the options provided by OnlyManuals.com on the sidebar. This manual of arms was submitted by Anonymous Date 1st January 2018 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relay Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Relay Module : > 09-06-03-004D > Dec > 10 > Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules Relay Module : customer Interest Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules TECHNICAL Bulletin No. : 09-06-03-004D date : December 08, 2010 subject : intermittent No Crank/No Start, No Module Communication, MIL, Warning Lights, Vehicle Messages or DTCs Set by Various Control Modules – diagnose and Repairing Fretting Corrosion ( Disconnect Affected Connector and Apply Dielectric Lubricant ) Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks Attention : This repair can be applied to ANY electrical connection including, but not limited to : alight, body electric, in-line connections, powertrain control sensors, etc. DO NOT over use lubricant to the degree where it prevents the wax engagement of sealed connectors. A ignite coat on the terminal surfaces is sufficient to correct the condition. supplant : This bulletin is being revised to update the Attention argument and add the 2011 model year. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 09-06-03-004C ( Section 06 Engine/Propulsion System ). Condition Some customers may comment on any of the follow conditions : – An intermittent no crank/no start – intermittent malfunction index lamp ( MIL ) miniature – Intermittent service lamp clarification – Intermittent service message ( s ) being displayed The technician may determine that he is unable to duplicate the intermittent discipline. Cause This condition may be caused by a buildup of nonconductive insulating oxidise debris known as fretting corrosion, occurring between two electric contact surfaces of the connection or connection. This may be caused by any of the follow conditions : – oscillation – Thermal cycling – Poor connection/terminal retention – Micro motion – A connection, component or wiring harness not properly secured resulting in movement On low stream bespeak circuits this condition may cause gamey resistor, resulting in intermittent connections. On high current exponent circuits this condition may cause permanent increases in the resistance and may cause a device to become inoperative. congressman number of Control Modules and Components The following is only a representative list of operate modules and components that may be affected by this connection or connection condition and DOES NOT include every possible faculty or part for every vehicle. – Blower Control Module – body Control Module ( BCM ) – communication Interface Module ( CIM ) – Cooling Fan Control Module – electronic Brake Control Module ( EBCM ) – electronic Brake and Traction Control Module ( EBTCM ) – electronic suspension Control ( ESC ) Module – locomotive Control Module ( ECM ) – heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning ( HVAC ) Control Module Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relay Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Relay Module : > 09-06-03-004D > Dec > 10 > Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules > Page 15 – HVAC Actuator – inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module ( SDM ) – Any AIR BAG faculty – Seatbelt Lap Anchor Pretensioner – Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner – An SIR system connection or connection condition resulting in the following DTCs being set : B0015, B0016, B0019, B0020, B0022, or B0023 – Powertrain Control Module ( PCM ) – Remote Control Door Lock Receiver ( RCDLR ) – transmission Control Module ( TCM ) Correction Important DO NOT replace the control module, wiring or component for the watch conditions : – The condition is intermittent and can not be duplicated. – The condition is present and by disconnecting and reconnecting the connection the condition can nobelium retentive be duplicated. Use the following procedure to correct the conditions listed above. 1. Install a scan tool and perform the Diagnostic System Check – vehicle. Retrieve and criminal record any existing history or current DTCs from all of the control modules ( refer to SI ). ‹› If any DTC ( sulfur ) are set, refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code ( DTC ) List – fomite to identify the connection ( randomness ) of the control module/component which may be causing the condition ( refer to SI ). ‹› If DTCs are not set, refer to Symptoms – vehicle to identify the connection ( south ) of the control module/component which may be causing the condition ( refer to SI ). 2. When identified, use the allow DTC Diagnostics, Symptoms, Schematics, Component Connector End Views and Component Locator documents to locate and disconnect the affected harness connection ( s ) which are causing the condition. note Fretting corrosion looks like little darkness smudges on electrical terminals and appear where the actual electric touch is being made. In less severe cases it may be ineffective to be seen or identified without the function of a overstate glass. Important DO NOT apply an excessive sum of insulator lubricant to the connectors as shown, as hydrolock may result when attempting to mate the connectors. Use ONLY a clean nylon brush that is dedicated to the repair of the conditions in this bulletin. 3. With a one-inch nylon abound brush, apply insulator lubricant to both the module/component side and the harness english of the affect connection ( south ). 4. Reconnect the moved connection ( mho ) and wipe away any overindulgence lubricant that may be award. 5. undertake to duplicate the condition by using the follow information : – DTC Diagnostic Procedure – Circuit/System Description – Conditions for Running the DTC – Conditions for Setting the DTC – diagnostic Aids – Circuit/System Verification ‹› If the condition can not be duplicated, the repair is arrant. ‹› If the condition can be duplicated, then follow the appropriate DTC, Symptom or Circuit/System Testing procedure ( refer to SI ). Repair Order Documentation Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relay Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Relay Module : > 09-06-03-004D > Dec > 10 > Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules > Page 16 Important The surveil information MUST be documented on the repair order. failure to do so may result in a chargeback. – customer vehicle condition. – Was a Service Lamp or Service Message illuminated ? If yes, specify which Service Lamp or Service Message. – Was a DTC ( s ) set ? If yes, specify which DTC ( mho ) were set. – After following the procedure contained within this bulletin, could the condition be duplicated ? ‹› If the condition was not duplicated, then document the feign module/component connection name and number on the rectify order. – If the stipulate was duplicated after the routine contained within this bulletin was followed, and extra diagnosis led to the refilling of a faculty or part, the SI Document ID Number MUST be written on the repair order. Parts Information Alternate Distributor For All of North America Note NyoGel ( R ) 760G Lubricant* is equivalent to GMSPO P/N 12377900, and P/N 10953529 ( Canada ), specified for use to correct the discipline in this bulletin. *We believe this reservoir and their products to be authentic. There may be extra manufacturers of such products/materials. general Motors does not endorse, indicate any predilection for, or assume any responsibility for the products or material from this firm or for any such items that may be available from early sources. Warranty Information ( excluding Saab Models ) For vehicles repaired under guarantee, use the appropriate/closest parturiency operation depending upon the module/component connection that the insulator lubricant was applied to : guarantee Information ( Saab Models ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relay Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Relay Module : > 09-06-03-004D > Dec > 10 > Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules > Page 17 For vehicles repaired under guarantee, use the appropriate/closest parturiency operation depending upon the module/component association that the insulator lubricant was applied to refer to the board above. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relay Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Relay Module : > 09-06-03-004D > Dec > 10 > Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules Relay Module : All Technical Service Bulletins Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules TECHNICAL Bulletin No. : 09-06-03-004D date : December 08, 2010 capable : intermittent No Crank/No Start, No Module Communication, MIL, Warning Lights, Vehicle Messages or DTCs Set by Various Control Modules – diagnose and Repairing Fretting Corrosion ( Disconnect Affected Connector and Apply Dielectric Lubricant ) Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks Attention : This animate can be applied to ANY electric association including, but not express to : lighting, body electric, in-line connections, powertrain manipulate sensors, etc. DO NOT over apply lubricant to the item where it prevents the full moon engagement of sealed connectors. A easy coat on the concluding surfaces is sufficient to correct the condition. supplant : This bulletin is being revised to update the Attention statement and add the 2011 model year. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 09-06-03-004C ( Section 06 Engine/Propulsion System ). Condition Some customers may comment on any of the following conditions : – An intermittent no crank/no starting signal – intermittent malfunction index lamp ( MIL ) light – Intermittent military service lamp miniature – Intermittent service message ( s ) being displayed The technician may determine that he is unable to duplicate the intermittent condition. Cause This discipline may be caused by a buildup of nonconductive insulating oxidise debris known as fretting corrosion, occurring between two electrical liaison surfaces of the connection or connection. This may be caused by any of the postdate conditions : – shaking – Thermal cycling – Poor connection/terminal retentiveness – Micro gesticulate – A connection, component or wiring harness not by rights secured resulting in movement On low current sign circuits this condition may cause eminent underground, resulting in intermittent connections. On high current ability circuits this condition may cause permanent wave increases in the resistance and may cause a device to become inoperative. representative list of Control Modules and Components The trace is only a representative list of dominance modules and components that may be affected by this connection or connection condition and DOES NOT include every possible module or component for every vehicle. – Blower Control Module – body Control Module ( BCM ) – communication Interface Module ( CIM ) – Cooling Fan Control Module – electronic Brake Control Module ( EBCM ) – electronic Brake and Traction Control Module ( EBTCM ) – electronic suspension Control ( ESC ) Module – engine Control Module ( ECM ) – heating system, Ventilation and Air Conditioning ( HVAC ) Control Module Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relay Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Relay Module : > 09-06-03-004D > Dec > 10 > Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules > Page 23 – HVAC Actuator – inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module ( SDM ) – Any AIR BAG module – Seatbelt Lap Anchor Pretensioner – Seatbelt Retractor Pretensioner – An SIR organization connection or connection condition resulting in the surveil DTCs being set : B0015, B0016, B0019, B0020, B0022, or B0023 – Powertrain Control Module ( PCM ) – Remote Control Door Lock Receiver ( RCDLR ) – transmittance Control Module ( TCM ) Correction Important DO NOT replace the control module, wiring or component for the keep up conditions : – The condition is intermittent and can not be duplicated. – The condition is present and by disconnecting and reconnecting the connection the condition can no longer be duplicated. Use the follow operation to correct the conditions listed above. 1. Install a scan tool and perform the Diagnostic System Check – fomite. Retrieve and record any existing history or current DTCs from all of the control modules ( refer to SI ). ‹› If any DTC ( s ) are set, refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code ( DTC ) List – fomite to identify the connection ( randomness ) of the control module/component which may be causing the condition ( refer to SI ). ‹› If DTCs are not set, refer to Symptoms – fomite to identify the connection ( mho ) of the control module/component which may be causing the condition ( mention to SI ). 2. When identified, use the appropriate DTC Diagnostics, Symptoms, Schematics, Component Connector End Views and Component Locator documents to locate and disconnect the affect rule connection ( south ) which are causing the condition. note Fretting corrosion looks like little dark smudges on electric terminals and appear where the actual electric contact is being made. In less severe cases it may be unable to be seen or identified without the use of a blow up glass. Important DO NOT apply an excessive measure of insulator lubricant to the connectors as shown, as hydrolock may result when attempting to mate the connectors. Use ONLY a clean nylon brush that is dedicated to the repair of the conditions in this bulletin. 3. With a one-inch nylon bristle brush, apply insulator lubricant to both the module/component side and the harness side of the moved connection ( second ). 4. Reconnect the involve connection ( randomness ) and wipe away any excess lubricant that may be confront. 5. attack to duplicate the condition by using the follow information : – DTC Diagnostic Procedure – Circuit/System Description – Conditions for Running the DTC – Conditions for Setting the DTC – diagnostic Aids – Circuit/System Verification ‹› If the condition can not be duplicated, the repair is complete. ‹› If the condition can be duplicated, then follow the appropriate DTC, Symptom or Circuit/System Testing procedure ( refer to SI ). Repair Order Documentation Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relay Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Relay Module : > 09-06-03-004D > Dec > 10 > Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules > Page 24 Important The play along information MUST be documented on the repair order. failure to do so may result in a chargeback. – customer fomite condition. – Was a Service Lamp or Service Message illuminated ? If yes, specify which Service Lamp or Service Message. – Was a DTC ( s ) set ? If yes, specify which DTC ( sulfur ) were set. – After following the procedure contained within this bulletin, could the condition be duplicated ? ‹› If the condition was not duplicated, then document the affected module/component connection name and number on the haunt order. – If the condition was duplicated after the routine contained within this bulletin was followed, and extra diagnosis led to the refilling of a faculty or part, the SI Document ID Number MUST be written on the rectify rate. Parts Information Alternate Distributor For All of North America Note NyoGel ( R ) 760G Lubricant* is equivalent to GMSPO P/N 12377900, and P/N 10953529 ( Canada ), specified for function to correct the stipulate in this bulletin. *We believe this source and their products to be authentic. There may be extra manufacturers of such products/materials. general Motors does not endorse, indicate any predilection for, or assume any province for the products or material from this firm or for any such items that may be available from other sources. Warranty Information ( excluding Saab Models ) For vehicles repaired under guarantee, use the appropriate/closest labor operation depending upon the module/component connection that the insulator lubricant was applied to : guarantee Information ( Saab Models ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relay Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Relay Module : > 09-06-03-004D > Dec > 10 > Electrical – MIL ON/DTC ‘s Set By Various Control Modules > Page 25 For vehicles repaired under guarantee, use the appropriate/closest labor operation depending upon the module/component connection that the insulator lubricant was applied to refer to the board above. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay : Locations LH Side Of Engine Compartment LH front of engine compartment, behind battery Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 34 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay : description and Operation The electric cooling fan is used for both the cool arrangement and the A/C condenser. The fan is controlled by the ECM. The ECM will ground the cooling system sports fan relay, which turns “ ON ” the fan when the take after conditions are met. ^ coolant temperature detector bespeak indicating a temperature greater than 109°C ( 228°F ). ^ A/C question coerce greater than 200 psi and vehicle speed less than 70 miles per hour. ^ When the cool fan is turned “ ON ” it will stay “ ON ” for a minimum of 30 seconds. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > With Cluster Cruise Control Module : Locations With Cluster Behind Center Of I/P. Behind Center Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier w/Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > With Cluster > Page 40 Cruise Control Module : Locations With Gauges Behind LH Side Of I/P. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier w/Gauges Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – cruise Control > Cruise Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 41 Cruise Control Module : description and Operation The module will interpret the put of the servomechanical, the placement of the control switches and the end product of the accelerate detector. In response to these inputs, the module electrically signals the open or close of the vent and vacuum solenoid valves in the servo. The faculty is mounted on the dash patronize bracket at the right side of the steering column, but is built-in with the ECM on some models with certain engines. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor Relay : Locations LH Front Of Dash Panel. LH Front of dash, on relay bracket Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations Compressor Clutch Relay : Locations Engine Compartment Component Locations. RH Rear Side Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 49 Compressor Clutch Relay : description and Operation The ECM controls the A/C compressor clasp relay. When the A/C is turned on, the ECM delays the clutch bag engagement of the A/C compressor to allow the IAC valve to raise the engine idle focal ratio to compensate for the total load. The ECM besides causes the relay to disengage the A/C clutch at wide open strangle, high pressure exponent steering pump loads and hot engine restarts. The A/C is besides disable if coolant temperature exceeds 125~C Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – instrument Panel > Audible Warning Device Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Multi-Function Chime ( MFC ) Module Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – instrumental role Panel > Audible Warning Device Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Multi-Function Chime ( MFC ) Module > Page 55 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit > Component Information > Locations Daytime Running Lamp Control Unit : Locations LH Front Corner Of Engine Compartment. LH Front Corner Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations Fog/Driving Lamp Relay : Locations Behind Instrument Cluster. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 63 Behind Instrument Cluster. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Sunbird Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Control Module > Component Information > Locations Headlamp Control Module : Locations LH Fender Apron. LH Rear Side Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Lighting and Horns > Lamp Control Module > Component Information > Locations Lamp Control Module : Locations Behind LH Side Of I/P. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls – Aftermarket Accessory Usage Engine Control Module : technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls – Aftermarket Accessory Usage INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 04-06-04-054B date : November 18, 2010 subjugate : Info – Non-GM Parts and Accessories ( Aftermarket ) Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add model years and update to the new U.S. Fixed Operation Manager ( FOM ) and Canada Warranty Manager ( WM ) name. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 04-06-04-054A ( Section 06 – Engine/Propulsion System ). The late resurrect and expansion of companies selling non-GM parts and accessories has made it necessity to issue this admonisher to dealers regarding GM ‘s policy on the use and installation of these aftermarket components. When a dealer is performing a repair under the New Vehicle Limited Warranty, they are required to use alone actual GM or GM-approved parts and accessories. This applies to all guarantee repairs, particular policy repairs or any repairs paid for by GM. Parts and accessories advertised as being “ the lapp ” as parts manufactured by GM, but not sold through GM, do not qualify for use in guarantee repairs, special policy repairs or any repairs paid for by GM. During a guarantee repair, if a GM original equipment part is not available through GM Customer Care and Aftersales ( GM CC & A ), ACDelco ( R ) distributors, other GM dealers or approved sources, the dealer is to obtain comparable, non-GM parts and distinctly argue, in detail, on the repair holy order the circumstances surrounding why non-GM parts were used. The trader must give customers written notice, prior to the sale or service, that such parts or accessories are not marketed or warranted by General Motors. It should besides be noted that dealers modifying newfangled vehicles and installing equipment, parts and accessories obtained from sources not authorized by GM are creditworthy for complying with the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act. Certain non-approved parts or assemblies, installed by the principal or its agent not authorized by GM, may result in a change to the vehicle ‘s purpose characteristics and may affect the vehicle ‘s ability to conform to federal law. Dealers must in full understand that non-GM approved parts may not have been validated, tested or certified for consumption. This puts the dealer at risk for likely liability in the event of a separate or vehicle failure. If a GM contribution bankruptcy occurs as the solution of the facility or use of a non-GM approve region, the guarantee will not be honored. A good exercise of non-authorized modification of vehicles is the solution of an always increasing issue of aftermarket devices available to the customer, which claim to increase the horsepower and torsion of the Duramax ( TM ) Diesel Engines. These include the addition of, but are not limited to one or more of the following modifications : – propane injection – azotic oxide injection – extra modules ( black boxes ) that connect to the vehicle wiring systems – Revised engine calibrations downloaded for the engine control module – calibration modules which connect to the vehicle diagnostic connection – alteration to the locomotive turbocharger lay waste to gate Although the facility of these devices, or modification of vehicle components, can increase engine horsepower and torsion, they may besides negatively affect the locomotive emissions, dependability and/or lastingness. In accession, early powertrain components, such as transmissions, universal joints, repel shafts, and front/rear axle components, can be stressed beyond design base hit limits by the installation of these devices. cosmopolitan Motors does not support or endorse the use of devices or modifications that, when installed, increase the engine horsepower and torsion. It is because of these obscure stresses, and the potential to alter dependability, lastingness and emissions performance, that GM has adopted a policy that prevents any UNAUTHORIZED dealer guarantee claim submissions to any remaining guarantee coverage, to the powertrain and driveline components whenever the presence of a non-GM ( aftermarket ) calibration is confirmed – even if the non-GM control module calibration is subsequently removed. Refer to the latest interpretation of Bulletin 09-06-04-026 ( V8 Gas Engines ) or 06-06-01-007 ( Duramax ( TM ) Diesel Engines ) for more data on dealer requirements for calibration confirmation. These same policies apply as they relate to the use of non-GM accessories. damage or failure from the use or initiation of a non-GM accessory will not be covered under guarantee. failure resulting from the alteration or modification of the vehicle, including the cut, welding or unplug of the fomite ‘s master equipment parts and components will void the guarantee. additionally, dealers will NOT be reimbursed or compensated by GM in the event of any legal question at either the local, submit or federal degree that Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls – Aftermarket Accessory Usage > Page 79 results from the change or modification of a vehicle using non-GM approved parts or accessories. Dealers should be particularly cautious of accessory companies that claim the installation of their product will not void the factory guarantee. many times these companies have even given guidance on how to quickly disassemble the accessory in an try to preclude the manufacturer from finding out that is has been installed. Any suspect repairs should be reviewed by the Fixed Operations Manager ( FOM ), and in Canada by the Warranty Manager ( WM ) for allow repair steering. If it is decided that a good will rectify is to be made on the vehicle, even with the initiation of such non-GM approve components, the customer is to be made mindful of General Motors stead on this offspring and is to sign the appropriate good will documentation required by General Motors. It is imperative for dealers to understand that by installing such devices, they are jeopardizing not only the guarantee coverage, but besides the performance and dependability of the customer ‘s fomite. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls – Aftermarket Accessory Usage > Page 80 Engine Control Module : technical Service Bulletins ECM/PCM – damage Prevention Number : 91-318-6E part : 6E Date : MAY 1991 Corp. Bulletin No. : 176502R capable : damage TO ECM/PCM CIRCUIT BOARD WHEN INSTALLING A MEM-CAL Model and year : 1986-91 ALL PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS CONDITION : When installing a service substitution ECM/PCM, the use of incorrect MEMCAL initiation procedures may cause the ECM/PCM to fail before it can be installed in the fomite. This discipline may appear as if the ECM/PCM were defective when it was shipped to the franchise, when in fact it was damaged while being installed. In addition this condition may besides occur when installing an “ update ” service MEM-CAL into the vehicles original equipment ECM/PCM. campaign : excessive upright force may be applied to the MEM-CAL result in flex of the racing circuit display panel and price to the connections between the racing circuit display panel and attached components. excessive verticle force may be generated in two ways. 1. incorrect MEM-CAL facility procedure. 2. intervention between MEM-CAL and screen. correction : Use the trace operation. Service procedure : authoritative : This procedure supersedes any instructions regarding MEM-CAL installation dated prior to September 1990. 1. Inspect the MEM-CAL to determine if a cork spacer is glued to the circus tent side of the MEM-CAL assembly. If therefore, remove it anterior to initiation. 2. Align small notches with matching notches in the ECM/PCM MEM-CAL socket. 3. very GENTLY press down on the ends of the MEM-CAL until the lock levers are rotated toward the sides of the MEM-CAL. detect : To avoid ECM/PCM price, do not press on the ends of the MEM-CAL until the levers snap into space. Do not use any upright force beyond the minimum required to engage the MEM-CAL into its socket. 4. While continuing light up pressure on the ends of MEM-CAL, use your exponent fingers to press the locking levers inward until they are snapped into stead. Listen for snap. 5. Install MEM-CAL cover and install ECM/PCM in vehicle. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls – Aftermarket Accessory Usage > Page 81 Engine Control Module : technical Service Bulletins ECM – Packard 32 Way Connector Identification Number : 90-56-8 section : 8 date : September 1989 Corporate Bulletin No. : 916521R topic : PACKARD 32 WAY CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION Model and year : 1980-90 A, B, F, G, J, L, W, Y CARS AND ALL TRUCKS WITH GMP4 ECM APPLICATIONS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS This bulletin serves to clarify the label of the Packard 32 way connectors used on the GMP4 under daunt ECMS. presently a common sift relief is used in both the C-D 32 trap and the E-F 32 pin connectors. To properly identify these connectors, the striving stand-in must be removed. Use the letter on the connection as shown on figure. The colors used at this prison term for the 32 peg E-F connection are yellow, mint green or orange. This updates any former data released concerning identification that indicates any of these colors as being C & D connectors, found in the 6E and 8D Sections of the feign Service Manuals. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls – Aftermarket Accessory Usage > Page 82 Engine Control Module : technical Service Bulletins ECM/PCM – Damaged and/or Misdiagnosed Number : 91-384-6E section : 6E date : august 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 176503 subject : DAMAGED ECM/PCM AND/OR MIS-DIAGNOSED ECM/PCM SYMPTOMS DUE TO INCORRECT “ TAP-TESTING ” PROCEDURES Model and year : 1982-91 ALL PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS CONDITION : Because of the intermittent nature of some Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) or Powertrain Control Modules ( PCM ) symptoms, some servicing technicians have been subjecting the ECM/PCM to vibration and/or shock testing. normally known as tap-testing, this procedure involves tapping on the ECM/PCM case, while the engine is running. It is by and large accepted that if the locomotive or ECM/PCM falters ascribable to the tap, an intermittent internal ECM/PCM defect may be indicated. however, this may not constantly be true. If excessively much force is applied to the ECM/PCM during the trial the following symptoms may result : ^ Immediate ECM/PCM failure. ^ ECM/PCM suffers damage which may cause a bankruptcy at a late date. ^ ECM/PCM Reset ( or Glitch ), creating a fleeting stall, miss Service Engine Soon ( SES ) light and/or loss of serial data. cause : The ECM/PCM should be tapped using entirely the fingertips of one hand. use of the palm, fist, or any type of cock subjects the ECM/PCM to forces that can cause both the circumference control panel and the out aluminum shell to flex and distort beyond invention limits. The Integrated Circuits ( IC ) used in today ‘s ECM/PCMs are mounted to the racing circuit board using a mount work referred to as ” airfoil technology. ” There are no circuit board holes for IC leads to go through. The IC leads set on pads, ( 28 pads or 52 pads depending on the IC ) and solder is flowed around the leads to make the electrical connection to the circuit display panel. ^ Any flex of the circuit board, beyond design limits, places the IC solder connections at risk of wrong. such damage may be apparent immediately, or it may appear at a future date. Circuit display panel deflection can occur as a result of striking the ECM/PCM, using ONLY THE PALM OF THE HAND. ^ If struck on the bottom side ( the side opposite the serve label ), the ECM/PCM ‘s aluminum out case may deflect inward far enough to contact the electrical leads attached to the circumference board. once in contact with the case the ECM/PCM electric components will be shorted directly to ground. Although such shorting surely has the likely to damage the ECM/PCM, it may not be permanent damage, depending on which circumference is involved. however, evening if permanent wrong is avoided, a short on any of the circuits will cause a disruption of normal ECM/PCM operation for the blink of an eye that the short happen. This dislocation may cause the ECM/PCM to reset ( see “ reset ” above ), creating the false impression that it is vibration medium or defective. Reset is the ECM/PCM ‘s normal way of coping with large voltage spikes. An ECM/PCM reset does not indicate that the ECM/PCM is defective or defective, lone that it is being subjected to abnormal conditions. correction : 1. TAP THE ECM/PCM ONLY ON THE TOP SIDE ( The circus tent side is where the service label is located. ) ^ This will minimize the gamble of deflecting the ECM/PCM case into the electric leads on the circuit board. The headroom between the case and the circuit board is closest on the bottom slope of the ECM/PCM. 2. TAP THE ECM/PCM USING ONLY THE FINGERTIPS – no TOOLS. ^ To avoid excessive sheath deflection, invalidate tap in the center of the case. Tapping close to the boundary of the ECM/PCM, specially in the corners, is best. ^ While using greater force may seem more effective, the trial itself may cause the ECM/PCM to fail. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > ECM Pinout/Terminal ID Charts Engine Control Module : Specifications ECM Pinout/Terminal ID Charts ECM Connector Terminal Identification And Voltage Specification ( Part 1 Of 2 ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > ECM Pinout/Terminal ID Charts > Page 85 ECM Connector Terminal Identification And Voltage Specification ( Part 2 Of 2 ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > ECM Pinout/Terminal ID Charts > Page 86 Engine Control Module : Specifications Computer Command Control – Port Fuel Injection ECM Connector Terminal Identification And Voltage Specification ( Part 1 Of 2 ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Specifications > ECM Pinout/Terminal ID Charts > Page 87 ECM Connector Terminal Identification And Voltage Specification ( Part 2 Of 2 ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) Engine Control Module : Locations Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) Behind RH Side Of I/P. Behind RH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Sunbird Behind RH Side Of I/P Behind RH Side Of I/P Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) > Page 90 Engine Compartment Component Locations. Behind RH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier w/4-134/2.2L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) > Page 91 Engine Compartment Component Locations. Behind RH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) > Page 92 Engine Compartment Component Locations. Behind RH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Skyhawk w/4-121/2.0L Engines Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) > Page 93 Engine Compartment Component Locations. Behind RH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Sunbird w/4-121/2.0L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) > Page 94 Engine Control Module : Locations Engine Control Module ( ECM ) Behind RH Side Of I/P Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 95 Engine Control Module : description and Operation Powertrain Control Module ( PCM ) The Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) is located in the passenger compartment and is the control kernel of the Computer Command Control ( C3 ) system. The ECM constantly receives information from respective sensors. The calculator performs the diagnostic functions of the organization. The computer can recognize operational problems and alert the driver through the “ SERVICE ENGINE SOON ” light. The computer stores a trouble code which identifies the trouble area to diagnose and repair. The calculator is designed to process the versatile input information, and send the necessary electric reply to control fuel delivery, spark control, and early discharge control systems. The calculator can control these devices through the use of Quad Driver Modules ( QDM ). When the ECM is commanding a device or a component “ ON, ” the electric potential potential of the output is “ low ” or near zero volts. When the ECM is commanding a device or part “ OFF, ” the electric potential potential of the circuit will be “ HIGH, ” or near 12 volts. The primary function of the QDM is to supply the ground for the component being controlled. The input information has an interrelation between detector output. If one of the remark devices failed, such as the oxygen detector, this could affect more than one of the systems controlled by the calculator. The calculator has a eruditeness ability which allows it to make corrections for minor variations in the fuel system to improve driveability. If the battery is disconnected to clear trouble codes or for animate, the learn work has to begin all over again, and a change may be noticed in the driving performance of the vehicle. To reset the vehicles learning ability, make sure the engine is at operating temperature and operate the fomite at part strangle, moderate acceleration, and idle conditions, until normal performance returns. A fomite equipped with a 4-cylinder engine has an ECM referred to as GMP4 with two parts for service. A accountant which is the ECM itself and a memory calibration unit called a MEM-CAL. Vehicles with a V-6 or V-8 cylinder engine have an ECM referred to as GMCM with three serviceable parts. A control called a ECM, a PROM with particular programming information, and a CAL-PAK with particular engine specifications. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Engine Control Module : initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview ALDL Connector Use a “ scan ” cock or ground the diagnostic screen concluding with the engine not running and the ignition throw in the “ ON ” military position in ordering to retrieve codes. The “ SERVICE ENGINE SOON ” alight will flash a Code 12 three times and then flash each code stored in memory three times, if the “ scan ” tool is not used. once all Codes are retrieved, a Code 12 will follow. New codes can not be stored in the ECM once the diagnostics modality is activated. See DIAGNOSTIC CIRCUIT CHECK for a arrant system check. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 98 Engine Control Module : diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions For information see B, C, P, U and Manufacturer Code Descriptions – Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 99 Engine Control Module : component Tests and General Diagnostics Some control module ‘s may have problems due to cracked solder joints on the circuit board. These internal control module problems can cause the follow symptoms : ^ failure to start or fomite is stalling. ^ The “ CHECK ENGINE ” “ SERVICE ENGINE SOON ” or “ malfunction INDICATOR ” light will flash or light up, but no perturb codes will be present. ^ Vehicle instrument empanel displays may be inoperative. ^ The control module may or may not communicate with the scanner. ^ other intermittent driveability problems. Incorrect PROM or MEMCAL removal and replacement can create solder joint problems or aggravate an existing condition. See PROM or MEMCAL INSTALLATION for proper procedures. If a solder joint problem results in a “ hard ” failure, normal test procedures will normally pinpoint a faulty control faculty. many symptoms caused by poor solder joints in the control module leave in intermittent problems, but they may be hard to duplicate during troubleshooting. Control module’s with solder joint problems are sensitive to heat and oscillation. You can check for these home dominance module problems in either, or both, of the follow ways : ^ Remove the control module from its mounting bracket and extend it on the harness so that you can expose it to the vehicle fastball ducts. alternatively, use flexible ducting to route air from the heater to the control module location. then run the engine and operate the heater at the “ MAX HEAT ” place. This exposes the see module to approximately 140°F. ^ With the locomotive run, wiretap on the control faculty several times with your hand or finger tips to simulate vehicle vibration. If the engine stumbles or stalls, the “ CHECK ENGINE ” “ SERVICE ENGINE SOON ” or ” MALFUNCTION INDICATOR ” light flashes, or any of the former symptoms occur, the command module may have bad solder joints on the circuit board. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 100 Engine Control Module : Service and Repair When replacing a production Computer with a service Computer, transfer the air code and production numeral from the production whole to the service unit. besides during replacement, the PROM, CALPACK, and if equipped, the MEMCAL must be removed from the Computer being replaced and transferred to the new unit. Refer to PROM, CALPACK and MEMCAL in this section for substitution procedures. 1. gulf battery grind cable. 2. then gulf two computer electric connectors. 3. Remove calculator mounting hardware. 4. Remove computer from passenger compartment. 5. Reverse operation to install. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Relay : Locations Fuel Pump Relay Fuel Pump Relay Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Pump Relay : Diagram Information and Instructions Cell References CELL REFERENCES General Motors vehicles much use “ CELL ” references in their electric wiring diagrams. These references are used in the Original Equipment Manual to refer to a incision in the manual of arms and not a specific diagram ( south ). GM Sample Diagram W/ Cell Reference For exemplify, in the diagram illustrated “ Cell 20 ” is not a reference to another diagram but a reference book to “ Section 20 ” in the OE manual of arms. In the exercise, “ section 20 ” is the engine control department of the manual of arms. To navigate through these “ Cell ” references begin at the vehicle level and go to : Diagrams / Electrical Diagrams – for a arrant list of the diagrams available for the vehicle. Choose the system you are working on and view those diagrams. note : If diffident of the system – judge utilizing the search feature. Type a component in the search feature that belongs to the system and when the results are expose note the path display. This will show the system the component belongs in. conventional Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 107 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 108 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 109 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 110 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 111 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 112 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 113 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 114 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 115 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 116 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 117 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 118 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 119 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 120 Symbol Identification Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 121 Symbol Indentification Wire Color Code Identification Black : BLK Blue : BLU Brown : BRN Gray : GR Green : GRN Natural : NAT orange : ORN Pink : PNK purple : PPL Red : red tan : TAN Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 122 White : WHT yellow : YEL Dark : DK ( example : DK GRN same as Dark Green ) light : LT ( example : LT BLU same as Light Blue ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 123 Fuel Pump Relay : diagnostic Aids Pull-to-Seat Connectors NOTE : The following general repair procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( sulfur ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal compensate kit J 38125 or equivalent. figure 20 – distinctive Pull-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Pull-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 20 ). The steps are illustrated with typical connectors. Your connection may be different, but the repair steps are like. Some connectors DO NOT require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that DO NOT apply. 1. classify connection halves. Using the proper pluck or removal tool, remove concluding ( see Figures 21 & 22 ). a. Pull precede lightly. b. Insert blame from front of connection into canal. c. Pry tab up with instrument. d. Push tip to remove. Figure 21 Figure 22 2. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock serrated wrack. 3. Make repair. a. Pull end electrify out of connection torso. bel. Cut wire as close to terminal as potential. c. Strip 5 millimeter ( 3/16 ” ) of insulation from the cable ( see Figure 23 ). d. Crimp raw concluding to wire. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 124 e. Solder with rosin core solder. f. Carefully pull on cable to draw end into connection body until it locks. Push-to-Seat Connectors note : The following general compensate procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( south ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal haunt kit J38125 or equivalent. figure 1 – distinctive Push-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Push-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 1 ). The steps are illustrated with distinctive connectors. Your connection may be different, but the haunt steps are exchangeable. Some connectors Do not require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that Do not apply. Remove Terminal Position Assurance ( TPA ) device, Connector Position Assurance ( CPA ) device and/or secondary coil lock. 1. offprint connection halves ( see Figures 2 through 6 ). Figure 2 Figure 3 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 125 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 2. Release terminal using proper pick or removal tool. Gently pull cable and terminal out the back of the connection ( see Figures 7 through 11 ). Figure 7 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 126 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 3. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock nip ( see Figures 12 through 16 ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 127 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 4. Make repair. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 128 When using a new terminal : a. Slip cable seal away from terminal ( if seal exist ). b. Cut wire as close to terminal as possible. c. Slip a new cable seal onto wire ( if necessity ). d. Strip 5mm ( 3/16 ” ) of insulating material from telegram. e. Crimp a new terminal to the electrify. f. Solder with rosin congress of racial equality solder. g. Slide cable seal toward terminal ( if equipped with a varnish ). h. Crimp cable seal and insulation ( if equipped with a seal ). one. Apply grease to connectors outside the passenger compartment where the connection primitively was equipped with grease. figure 17 To re-use a terminal or lead forum, see former steps c through one for repairs. Be sure to keep cable seal ( if equipped ) on terminal side of marry. 5. slip in lead from the back until it catches. 6. Install TPA ‘s, CPA ‘s and/or secondary coil locks, if equipped ( see Figures 18 & 19 ). Figure 18 Figure 19 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 129 Code 54 Wiring Diagram Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 130 Fuel Pump Relay : description and operation When the winder is first turned “ ON, ” without the engine run, the ECM will turn the fuel pump “ ON ” for two seconds. This builds up the fuel pressure cursorily. If the engine is not started within two seconds, The ECM will shut the fuel pump “ OFF ” and wait until character pulses are show. arsenic soon as the engine is cranked, the ECM turns the relay “ ON ” and runs the fuel pump. As a back up system to the fuel pump relay, the fuel pump can besides be turned “ ON ” by the oil pressure switch. The oil atmospheric pressure switch is a normally open substitution which closes when oil pressure reaches about 28 kPa ( 4 pounds per square inch ). If the fuel pump relay fails, the oil pressure switch will run the fuel pump. An inoperative fuel heart relay can result in long cranking times, peculiarly if the locomotive is cold, and this should set Code 54. An inoperative fuel pump would cause a no start condition. A fuel pump which does not provide enough imperativeness can result in poor performance. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 131 Fuel Pump Relay : Service and Repair Fuel Pump Relay NOTE : other than checking for free connections the alone service on the fuel pump relay is successor. routine : 1. Verify that the ignition trade is in the “ OFF ” military position. 2. Disconnect the cable rule spark plug. 3. Remove the fuel pump relay. 4. Install the new fuel pump relay. 5. Connect the wire harness chew securely. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation Ignition Control Module : description and Operation Typical Ignition Module Assembly The DIS faculty monitors the grouch detector signals and based on these signals sends a reference signal to the ECM so that adjust sparkle and fuel injector control can be maintained during all repel conditions. During zigzag, the DIS module monitors the “ synchronize pulse ” to begin the ignition firing sequence, and below 400 revolutions per minute the module controls spark improvement by triggering each of the three coils at a pre-determined interval based on locomotive speed only. Above 400 revolutions per minute, the ECM controls the trip timing through the module ( EST ), and compensates for all drive conditions. The DIS faculty must receive a “ synchronize pulse ” and then a zigzag signal in that order to enable the locomotive to start. The DIS module is not repairable. When a faculty is replaced, the remaining DIS module components must be transferred to the new module. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules – ignition System > Ignition Control Module > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 136 Ignition Control Module : Service and Repair Coil Assembly Remove or Disconnect 1. negative battery cable. 2. DIS assembly from locomotive. 3. Coils from assembly. 4. faculty from forum plate. Install or Connect 1. faculty to assembly plate. ( Carefully engage detector to module terminals. ) 2. Coils. 3. DIS assembly to engine. 4. negative barrage cable. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – restraint Systems > Seat Belt Control Module > Component Information > Locations Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules – Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations Heated Glass Element Relay : Locations Behind I/P, On top LH Side Of Steering Column Bracket Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch : Locations LH Side Of Brake Fluid Reservoir Below LH Side Of Brake Fluid Reservoir LH Rear Of Engine Compartment. Below LH Side Of Brake Fluid Reservoir Applicable to : Sunbird Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation > Brake Distribution Valve & Switch Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch : description and Operation Brake Distribution Valve & Switch Fig. 16 Brake Distribution Switch. Normal Fig. 17 Brake Distribution Switch. Failed DESCRIPTION This interchange fabrication is used on some diagonally split bracken systems and Corvette four bicycle disc brake systems. It is connected to the release ports of the master cylinder and to the brake warning lamp and warns the driver if either the primary or secondary brake system has failed. OPERATION When hydraulic press is peer in both primary and secondary bracken systems, the switch remains centered ( name 16 ). If pressure fails in one of the systems, the piston moves toward the inoperative slope ( trope 17 ). The shoulder of the piston contacts the switch terminal, providing a land and lighting the warn lamp. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation > Brake Distribution Valve & Switch > Page 154 Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch : description and Operation Brake Warning Lamp Switches Fig. 4 coerce Differential Valve & Brake Warning Lamp Switch Fig. 5 coerce Differential Valve & Brake Warning Lamp Switch Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation > Brake Distribution Valve & Switch > Page 155 Fig. 6 imperativeness Differential Valve & Brake Warning Lamp Switch Fig. 7 double Master Cylinder With Built In Warning Lamp Switch There are four basic types of brake warn lamp switches as shown, Figs. 4 through 7. When a imperativeness differential gear occur between the front and rear brake systems, the valves will shuttle toward the side with the low pressure. In the switch shown in Fig. 4, motion of the differential valve forces the trade plunger up over the sharpen shoulder of the valve to close the switch contacts and light the double brake warn lamp, signaling a brake system failure. In Fig. 5, the valve assembly consists of two valves in a common bore that are spring loaded toward the center put. The spring-loaded switch liaison speculator rests on crown of the valves in the center position ( right view ). When a pressure differential happen between the front man and rear brake systems, the valves will shuttle toward the side with the first gear imperativeness. The spring-loaded switch diver is “ trip ” and the ground circumference for the warn lamp is completed, lighting the lamp ( leave view ). In Fig. 6, as imperativeness falls in one organization, the other organization ‘s normal blackmail forces the piston to the inoperative side, contacting the substitution end, causing the admonitory lamp on the instrumental role jury to glow. Fig. 7 shows the switch mounted directly in the master cylinder assembly. Whenever there is a assign differential pressure, the interchange piston will activate the brake failure warning switch and cause the brake warning lamp to glow. Testing Warning Lamp Operation The warning lamp should illuminate when the ignition switch is in the startle side, and turn off when the switch returns to run. If the bracken lamp remains on after the ignition returns to run, check fluid level in chief cylinder reservoir and visit parking brake. If the warn lamp does not turn on during crank, check for bad light bulb or blown blend. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation > Brake Distribution Valve & Switch > Page 156 Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch : description and Operation Combination Valve Fig. 8 Combination Valve The combination valve, Fig. 8 is a metering valve, failure warning switch, and a proportioner in one assembly and is used on disc brake applications. The metering valve delays front disk brake until the rear drum brake shoes contact the brake drum. The bankruptcy warning switch is actuated in consequence of front or rear brake system failure, in turn activating a dash admonition lamp. The proportioner balances front to rear braking legal action during rapid deceleration. Fig. 9 Metering Valve. Initial Braking Fig. 10 Metering Valve. Continued Braking Metering Valve When the brakes are not applied, the meter valve permits the brake fluent to flow through the valve, therefore allowing the fluid to expand and narrow with temperature changes. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation > Brake Distribution Valve & Switch > Page 157 When the brakes are initially applied, the meter valve stem turn moves to the left field, preventing fluid to flow through the valve to the front disk brakes. This is accomplished by the politic end of the meter valve stem contacting the meter valve seal brim at 4 to 30 psi, Fig. 9. The metering valve spring holds the retainer against the seal until a preset pressure is produced at the valve inlet port which overcomes the leap pressure and permits hydraulic pressure to actuate the front magnetic disk brakes, Fig. 10. The increased coerce into the valve is metered through the valve seal, to the front disk brakes, producing an increased force on the diaphragm. The diaphragm then pulls the pin, in turn pulling the servant and reduces the spring atmospheric pressure on the meter valve seal. finally, the press reaches a point at which the spring is pulled away by the diaphragm pin and servant, leaving the meter valve unrestricted, permitting full atmospheric pressure to pass through the meter valve. Fig. 11 failure Warning Switch. Rear System Failure Failure Warning Switch If the rear brake organization fails, the front organization pressure forces the interchange piston to the right, Fig. 11. The switch pin is then forced up into the switch, completing the electric circuit and activates the dash warn lamp. When repairs are made and press returns to the system, the piston moves to the impart, resetting the switch. The pawl on the piston requires approximately 100 to 450 psi to permit wax reset of the piston. In event of front brake system failure, the piston moves to the left and the same sequence of events is followed as for rear system failure except the piston resets to the right. Fluid Level Sensor This detector mounted on the passkey cylinder will activate the Brake Warning lamp if a low brake fluent level is detected. The lamp will turn off once the fluid level is corrected. Fig. 12 Proportioner. Rapid Deceleration Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation > Brake Distribution Valve & Switch > Page 158 Fig. 13 Proportioner. Normal Braking Fig. 14 Proportioners Installed In Master Cylinder Proportioning or Pressure Control Valve During rapid deceleration, a fortune of fomite weight is transferred to the front wheels. This resultant personnel casualty of weight unit at rear wheels must be compensated for to avoid early rear steering wheel skid. The proportioner or pressure control valve reduces rear brake organization press, delaying rear wheel skid. When the proportioner or press command valve is incorporated in the combination valve assembly, pressure developed within the valve acts against the large end of the piston, overcoming the spring press, moving the piston left, Fig. 12. The piston then contacts the stem seat and restricts line atmospheric pressure through the valve. During normal brake operation, the proportioner or coerce master valve is not running. Brake fluid flows into the proportioner or imperativeness control valve between the piston center hole and the valve stem, through the check plate and to the rear brakes. spring pressure loads the piston during normal brake, causing it to rest against the intercept denture, Fig. 13. On diagonally split brake systems, two proportioners or atmospheric pressure see valves are used. One controls the leave rear brake, the other the right rear brake. The proportioners or blackmail master valves are installed in the headmaster cylinder buttocks brake wall socket ports, Fig. 14. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation > Brake Distribution Valve & Switch > Page 159 Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch : description and Operation Proportioning Valve Fig. 5 Gauge Hook-up For Testing Proportioning Valve ( Typical ) The proportioning valve ( when used ), Fig. 5, provides balanced braking action between front man and rear brakes under a broad image of braking conditions. The valve regulates the hydraulic pressure applied to the rear wheel cylinders, therefore limiting raise braking military action when high pressures are required at the front brakes. In this manner, premature rear bicycle skid is prevented. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch : Locations Center Console. Under Center Console Applicable to : Skyhawk & Sunbird Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Cooling System > Coolant Level Sensor > Component Information > Locations Coolant Level Sensor : Locations RH Side Front Of Engine Compartment Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Cooling System > Engine – coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC : Locations RH Front Of Engine Compartment, On Refrigerant Line Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Cooling System > Engine – coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) : electrical Specifications Resistance 185 ohm at 210 deg F 450 ohm at 160 deg F 1800 ohm at 100 deg F 3400 ohm at 70 deg F 7500 ohm at 40 deg F 13500 ohm at 20 deg F 25000 ohm at 0 deg F 100700 ohm at -40 deg F Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Cooling System > Engine – coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 175 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) : mechanical Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor 18 in.lb Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Cooling System > Engine – coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 176 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) : description and Operation Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor The engine coolant temperature detector is a thermistor that is located in the engine coolant flow. When the coolant temperature is depleted, the detector produces a high resistance. When the coolant temperature is high, the detector produces a low resistance. The ECM sends a 5.0 volt signal to the coolant temperature detector through a resistor in the computer and measures the electric potential. The electric potential will be high or humble depending on coolant temperature. By varying the voltage the computer will sense engine coolant temperature. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Cooling System > Engine – coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Coolant Temperature Sender Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch : Locations Coolant Temperature Sender Top LH Front Of Engine. Top LH Side Of Engine Applicable to : Skyhawk LH Front Of Engine. Top LH Side Of Engine Applicable to : 4-134/2.2L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Cooling System > Engine – coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Coolant Temperature Sender > Page 181 Rear Of Engine. Top LH Side Of Engine Applicable to : V6-189/3.1L LH Rear Of Engine. Top LH Side Of Engine Applicable to : 4-121/2.0L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Cooling System > Engine – coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Coolant Temperature Sender > Page 182 Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch : Locations Coolant Temperature Sensor Engine Compartment Component Locations. Front LH Corner Of Engine Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Cooling System > Engine – coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Coolant Temperature Sender > Page 183 Radiator Cooling Fan Temperature Sensor / Switch : Locations Coolant Temperature Switch Rear Of Engine. Top LH Side Of Engine Applicable to : V6-189/3.1L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – cruise Control > Brake Switch ( Cruise Control ) > Component Information > Description and Operation > Combination Cruise/Stop Light Switch Brake Switch ( Cruise Control ) : description and Operation Combination Cruise/Stop Light Switch A individually mounted void publish valve is used with this combination trade. When the bracken pedal is depressed, the switch resets the cruise function to a non-cruise condition and illuminates the brake lights. Two sets of electric contacts are used in the switch : one to operate the stop lights, and the early to operate the cruise exhaust affair. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – cruise Control > Brake Switch ( Cruise Control ) > Component Information > Description and Operation > Combination Cruise/Stop Light Switch > Page 189 Brake Switch ( Cruise Control ) : description and Operation Combination Vacuum Release Valve/Converter Clutch Switch This combination valve and switch is used on vehicles equipped with a lock-up torsion converter. The void let go of valve fortune operates identically to the release valve previously described. At the same fourth dimension, the converter seize substitution contacts open and the lock clutch bag mechanism in the transmission is disengaged. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – cruise Control > Brake Switch ( Cruise Control ) > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 190 Brake Switch ( Cruise Control ) : testing and Inspection 1. Turn ignition switch to On position. 2. connect examination light to ground. 3. Probe brown wire at bracken switch connection. Lamp should illuminate. 4. Check switch adjustment, with probe calm at brown wire, depressing brake pedal 1/8 – 1/2 column inch. Light should go out. 5. If lamp did not illuminate in step 3, probe wire in adjacent connection cavity. If lamp illuminates, adjust or replace switch as necessity. If easy does not illuminate, check wiring to switch. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – cruise Control > Brake Switch ( Cruise Control ) > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 191 Brake Switch ( Cruise Control ) : Adjustments The trade fabrication and valve assembly can not be adjusted until brake booster pushrod is assembled to brake pedal point assembly. allowance is as follows : 1. Depress brake pedal and switch forum and valve fabrication into their proper retaining clips until amply seated. 2. On vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes, release brake bicycle and allow to come to rest. 3. On models less anti-lock brakes, slowly pull pedal point back to its fully retracted military position. The switch over assembly and valve forum will move within their retainers to their adjusted military position. 4. The keep up brake pedal travel distances may be used to check for a properly adjusted cruise control and stop lamp switch forum and vacuum liberation valve assembly. a. Cruise restraint switch contacts must open at 1/8 – 1/2 column inch pedal point travel, measured at centerline of brake pedal launching pad. nominal propulsion of hold on lamp contacts is 3/16 column inch after cruise restraint contacts open. b. Vacuum release valve assembly must open at 1 1/16 -1 5/16 inches bicycle travel, measured at centerline of brake pedal point pad. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Description and Operation Clutch Switch : description and Operation The seize switch over is used on vehicles equipped with manual transmission. When the clutch bag pedal is depressed, the cruise affair is disconnected and will remain so after the pedal point is released. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 195 Clutch substitution : Adjustments 1. see cling to secrete switch is amply seated in retainer. 2. Pull clutch bag pedal pad up. Do not exert an up force on the clutch pedal of more than 20 pound, or price to clutch dominate cylinder retaining gang may result. 2. Pull batch pedal point pad up. Do not exert an upward coerce on the clutch pedal of more than 20 pound, or damage to clutch master cylinder retaining ring may result. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair Cruise Control Switch : Service and Repair Refer to STEERING SUSPENSION CHASSIS AND BODY COMPONENTS section for multi-function switch replacement procedures. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Pressure Sender : > 91451A8C > Mar > 92 > Oil Pressure Gauge – Flutters/Reads high Oil Pressure Sender : customer Interest anoint Pressure Gauge – Flutters/Reads High Number : 91-451A-8C section : 8C date : march 1992 Corporate Bulletin No. : 138304R ASE No. : A6 subject : anoint PRESSURE GAGE FLUTTERS, OR MAY READ HIGH Model and class : 1990 CELEBRITY 1990-91 CAPRICE, CAMARO, CAVALIER, CORSICA, BERETTA, LUMINA AND CORVETTE 1990-91 LUMINA ( APV ) 1990-91 C/K, R/V, S/T, G, M/L, P THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 91-451-8C, DATED NOVEMBER 1991. PART NUMBER INFORMATION FOR THE P TRUCK HAS BEEN UPDATED AND DIESEL ENGINES ON TRUCKS. ALL COPIES OF 91-451-8C SHOULD BE DISCARDED. condition : On vehicles with gages, the vegetable oil pressure pot may flutter, or may show unusually high oil pressure ( full scale ). campaign : The inner resistor wire in the detector may not be by rights supported, resulting in an intermittent open condition. correction : confirmation for normal causes of high anoint pressure pot readings ( high gear resistence or open circuit ), such as a poor land path caused by loosen detector mount, oil cool adapter loose, or hapless electrical connections. If no cause can be found, replace the anoint coerce detector with the correct fresh partially act from the attached chart. guarantee information : consumption existing british labour party process N2220. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Pressure Sender : > 91451A8C > Mar > 92 > Oil Pressure Gauge – Flutters/Reads High > Page 208 NEW OIL PRESSURE SENSOR PART NUMBERS 1990-91 Models Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Pressure Sender : > 91451A8C > Mar > 92 > Oil Pressure Gauge – Flutters/Reads high Oil Pressure Sender : All Technical Service Bulletins Oil Pressure Gauge – Flutters/Reads High Number : 91-451A-8C section : 8C date : march 1992 Corporate Bulletin No. : 138304R ASE No. : A6 submit : vegetable oil PRESSURE GAGE FLUTTERS, OR MAY READ HIGH Model and year : 1990 CELEBRITY 1990-91 CAPRICE, CAMARO, CAVALIER, CORSICA, BERETTA, LUMINA AND CORVETTE 1990-91 LUMINA ( APV ) 1990-91 C/K, R/V, S/T, G, M/L, P THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 91-451-8C, DATED NOVEMBER 1991. PART NUMBER INFORMATION FOR THE P TRUCK HAS BEEN UPDATED AND DIESEL ENGINES ON TRUCKS. ALL COPIES OF 91-451-8C SHOULD BE DISCARDED. circumstance : On vehicles with gages, the vegetable oil press pot may flutter, or may show unusually high oil pressure ( wide scale ). cause : The inner resistance cable in the detector may not be by rights supported, resulting in an intermittent open condition. correction : check for normal causes of senior high school anoint pressure gauge readings ( high gear resistence or capable tour ), such as a inadequate ground path caused by lax detector mounting, oil cool adapter free, or poor electrical connections. If no cause can be found, replace the anoint imperativeness detector with the right newly region number from the attached graph. guarantee information : use existing labor operation N2220. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Pressure Sender : > 91451A8C > Mar > 92 > Oil Pressure Gauge – Flutters/Reads High > Page 214 NEW OIL PRESSURE SENSOR PART NUMBERS 1990-91 Models Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 215 Oil pressure sender : Specifications Oil Pressure Switch 10 ft.lb Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – locomotive > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 216 Oil pressure transmitter : Locations Front Of Engine RH front of engine, above petroleum filter Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – engine > Oil Pressure Switch ( For Fuel Pump ) > Component Information > Locations > Oil Pressure Sensor/Fuel Pump Switch Oil Pressure/Fuel Pump Switch Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – engine > Oil Pressure Switch ( For Fuel Pump ) > Component Information > Locations > Oil Pressure Sensor/Fuel Pump Switch > Page 221 Oil Pressure Switch ( For Fuel Pump ) : Locations Oil Pressure Switch Front Of Engine RH movement of locomotive, above oil percolate Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Air Conditioning Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation Air Conditioning switch over : description and Operation DESCRIPTION : This signal indicates that the A/C control switch is turned “ ON ” and the coerce switch is closed. The ECM uses this bespeak to adjust the dead rush, and on some models engages the A/C compressor batch. If this bespeak is not available to the ECM, the engine Idle may be approximate when the A/C compressor cycles. In some cases the A/C compressor will be inoperative. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Coolant Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC : Locations RH Front Of Engine Compartment, On Refrigerant Line Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C High Side Switch – installation Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch : technical Service Bulletins A/C High Side Switch Installation Number : 90-78-1B section : 1B go steady : October 1989 Corporate Bulletin No. : 971206 subject : avail PROCEDURE “ O ” band PUSH OUT DURING HIGH SIDE SWITCH INSTALLATION Model and year : 1988-90 J CAR WITH AIR CONDITIONING TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS Due to a stack up of tolerances between the high side imperativeness switch or detector and the high side port, some difficulty may be encountered when replacing a switch or detector with the refrigerant system charged. The Schraeder valve may be depressed before the “ O ” surround is captured by the switch resulting in the “ O ” ring being pushed out of its sealing area causing a leak. On vehicles with this circumstance, the “ O ” ring may be held in home by wrapping a string around the inboard side of the trade port while the throw is being screwed on ( denote to Figure ). This will hold the “ O ” band in the switch interface while the Schraeder valve is being depressed. Once the “ O ” closed chain is captured, the string should be removed and the interchange screwed on until in full seated. The joint should then be leak checked with a refrigerant detector. Redesigned parts will be in production during the 1990 model year. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > A/C High Pressure Cut-Out Switch Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch : Locations A/C high coerce Cut-Out Switch Front Of Compressor Front RH Side Of Engine RH Front Of Engine. Front RH Side Of Engine Applicable to : Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > A/C High Pressure Cut-Out Switch > Page 235 Front Of Engine. Front RH Side Of Engine Applicable to : 4-121/2.0L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > A/C High Pressure Cut-Out Switch > Page 236 Refrigerant pressure Sensor / Switch : Locations A/C low Pressure Cut-Out Switch Rear Of A/C Compressor RH Front Of Engine Front Of Engine. RH Front Of Engine Applicable to : 4-121/2.0L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > A/C High Pressure Cut-Out Switch > Page 237 Refrigerant pressure Sensor / Switch : Locations A/C pressure Sensor Engine Compartment Component Locations. RH Front Corner Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > A/C High Pressure Cut-Out Switch > Page 238 Compressor & Clutch Assembly – rear View Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 239 Refrigerant coerce Sensor / Switch : description and Operation A/C PRESSURE SENSOR The A/C pressure detector provides a signal to the ECM which indicates varying senior high school side refrigerant atmospheric pressure between approximately 0.0 psi to 450 psi. The ECM uses this remark to determine A/C compressor load on the locomotive to help control idle speed with the Idle Air Control ( IAC ) Valve. The A/C pressure detector electric circuit consist of a 5.0 volt reference line, a ground, and a signal wire to the ECM. The signal is a voltage that varies from approximately 0.1 volts at 0.0 psi to 4.9 volts at 450 pounds per square inch or more. A trouble with the A/C pressure circuits or detector should set a Code 66 and will make the A/C compressor inoperative. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 240 Refrigerant press Sensor / Switch : Service and Repair 1. Discharge A/C organization. 2. Remove retaining ring using desirable crack ring pliers, then the control valve or switch. 3. Remove and discard O-rings. 4. Coat replacement O-rings with clean refrigerant petroleum, then seat O-rings in proper grooves in caparison. 5. Lubricate control valve or switch with clean refrigerant petroleum, then press into place. 6. Install retaining ring with high compass point of curved sides toward switch or valve housing, ensuring that ring is fully seated. 7. evacuate and recharge system, then check for leaks. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – HVAC > Refrigerant Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Refrigerant Temperature Sensor : Locations RH Front Of Engine. Front RH Corner Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : V6-189/3.1L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > IP Dimmer Control – Proper Setting Dimmer Switch : technical Service Bulletins IP Dimmer Control – Proper Setting File In department : 08 – body and Accessories Bulletin No. : 99-08-42-009 date : November, 1999 INFORMATION Subject : Proper Setting of I/P Dimmer Control to View PRNDL Display with Automatic Headlamp Control Models : 2000 and Prior All Passenger Cars and Trucks With Automatic Headlamp Control and Electronic PRNDL Display Under certain conditions, if the instrument panel dim control is turned relatively broken, the PRNDL will not be visible until the automatic headlight control turns the headlamps off and the day running lamps ( DRL ) are turned back on. Such a condition may be if the vehicle is first started in an environment where the headlight control turns on the headlamps and then the vehicle is driven out into a bright environment ( for exemplar, when a vehicle is backed out of a dark garage into the bright sunlight ). This condition is convention and any repair attempt will not be successful. Demonstrate this condition to the customer using the service lane and then turn the instrumental role control panel black manipulate to a higher jell. This will enable the driver to see the PRNDL display Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – legal document Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Dimmer Switch : Diagram Information and Instructions Cell References CELL REFERENCES General Motors vehicles frequently use “ CELL ” references in their electrical wire diagrams. These references are used in the Original Equipment Manual to refer to a section in the manual and not a specific diagram ( second ). GM Sample Diagram W/ Cell Reference For example, in the diagram illustrated “ Cell 20 ” is not a address to another diagram but a reference to “ Section 20 ” in the OE manual. In the example, “ section 20 ” is the engine control section of the manual. To navigate through these “ Cell ” references start at the fomite flush and go to : Diagrams / Electrical Diagrams – for a complete list of the diagrams available for the fomite. Choose the system you are working on and view those diagrams. note : If uncertain of the arrangement – hear utilizing the search sport. Type a component in the search feature of speech that belongs to the system and when the results are display note the way display. This will show the system the part belongs in. schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 251 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 252 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 253 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 254 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrumental role Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 255 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 256 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 257 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – legal document Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 258 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 259 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrumental role Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 260 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 261 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 262 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – musical instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 263 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – musical instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 264 Symbol Identification Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 265 Symbol Indentification Wire Color Code Identification Black : BLK Blue : BLU Brown : BRN Gray : GR Green : GRN Natural : NAT orange : ORN Pink : PNK purple : PPL Red : loss tan : TAN Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 266 White : WHT jaundiced : YEL Dark : DK ( example : DK GRN same as Dark Green ) light : LT ( exemplar : LT BLU same as Light Blue ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – musical instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 267 Dimmer Switch : diagnostic Aids Pull-to-Seat Connectors NOTE : The following general haunt procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( second ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal repair kit J 38125 or equivalent. figure 20 – typical Pull-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Pull-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 20 ). The steps are illustrated with distinctive connectors. Your connection may be unlike, but the repair steps are similar. Some connectors DO NOT require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that DO NOT apply. 1. discriminate connection halves. Using the proper pick or removal tool, remove terminal ( see Figures 21 & 22 ). a. Pull lead lightly. b. Insert pluck from front of connection into canal. c. Pry tab up with instrument. d. Push jumper cable to remove. Figure 21 Figure 22 2. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock tang. 3. Make compensate. a. Pull terminal cable out of connection body. b-complex vitamin. Cut wire as close to terminal as potential. c. Strip 5 millimeter ( 3/16 ” ) of insulation from the wire ( see Figure 23 ). d. Crimp fresh end to wire. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 268 e. Solder with resin core solder. f. Carefully pull on wire to draw terminal into connection body until it locks. Push-to-Seat Connectors note : The following general rectify procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( south ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal compensate kit out J38125 or equivalent. figure 1 – distinctive Push-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Push-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 1 ). The steps are illustrated with typical connectors. Your connection may be different, but the repair steps are similar. Some connectors Do not require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that Do not apply. Remove Terminal Position Assurance ( TPA ) device, Connector Position Assurance ( CPA ) device and/or secondary lock. 1. discriminate connection halves ( see Figures 2 through 6 ). Figure 2 Figure 3 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 269 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 2. Release terminal using proper nibble or removal creature. Gently pull cable and end out the back of the connection ( see Figures 7 through 11 ). Figure 7 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 270 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 3. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock relish ( see Figures 12 through 16 ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – musical instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 271 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 4. Make repair. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 272 When using a new end : a. Slip cable seal away from terminal ( if seal exist ). bel. Cut wire as close to terminal as possible. c. Slip a modern cable sealing wax onto wire ( if necessity ). d. Strip 5mm ( 3/16 ” ) of insulating material from wire. e. Crimp a new concluding to the wire. f. Solder with rosin core solder. g. Slide cable television seal toward concluding ( if equipped with a seal ). h. Crimp cable seal and insulation ( if equipped with a seal ). iodine. Apply grease to connectors outside the passenger compartment where the connection in the first place was equipped with grease. figure 17 To re-use a terminal or head fabrication, see former steps c through one for repairs. Be sure to keep cable television seal ( if equipped ) on terminal side of lap joint. 5. insert conduct from the back until it catches. 6. Install TPA ‘s, CPA ‘s and/or secondary coil locks, if equipped ( see Figures 18 & 19 ). Figure 18 Figure 19 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 273 Dimmer Switch : electric Diagrams Lamps : home : blind with Gauges Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 274 Lamps : interior : dim with Gauges Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – legal document Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 275 Lamps : inside : Dimming with Standard Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – musical instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch : Locations In respective front doorway latch assembly* *OE does not provide an image location. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – legal document Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations Fuel Gauge Sender : Locations Fuel Tank Unit Installation Fuel Pump And Fuel Level Sender Assembly Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 282 Fuel Gauge Sender : Service and Repair Fuel Tank Unit Installation Fuel Tank Mounting Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 283 Fuel Tank Unit Hoses warn : To help avoid personal injury when a vehicle is on a hoist, provide extra support for the vehicle on the opposition end from which components are being removed. This will reduce the possibility of the vehicle falling off the hoist. removal : 1. Drain the fuel tank car, see MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES/FUEL TANK DRAINING. 2. Raise car on a hoist. 3. Disconnect the fuel gauge sender assembly harness connection from the body harness connection. 4. Disconnect the ground wire retaining prison guard from the underbelly ( if used ). 5. Disconnect the hoses from the tank gauge assembly. 6. Remove the fuel hoses at the tank from the filler and vent pipes. 7. Support the fuel tank and disconnect the two fuel tank retaining straps. 8. Remove the fuel tank. 9. Remove the fuel tank bore assembly and seal ( gasket ). 10. Remove the sound insulators. installation : 1. Install the fuel tank gauge sending unit assembly and varnish ( gasket ). note : Use a newfangled cachet. 2. Reinstall the sound insulators. 3. position fuel tank car in place, while supporting the tank. 4. Connect the straps. Tighten the front fuel tank retaining strap bolts to 33 Nm ( 25 lb.ft ) and the rear strap nut to 12 Nm ( 106 lb.in ) specification. 5. Connect the hoses to the fuel tank estimate sending unit forum. 6. Connect the hoses to the filler and vent pipes. Tighten clamps. 7. Connect the reason lead to the underbelly ( if used ). 8. Attach the fuel tank gauge assembly harness connection to the body harness connection. 9. Lower cable car. 10. Refill the fuel tank. 11. audit for leaks. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch : Locations Center Console. Under Center Console Applicable to : Skyhawk & Sunbird Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Backup Lamp Switch : Locations LH Rear Of Engine. RH Top Of Transaxle Applicable to : 4-134/2.2L & V6-189/3.1L Rear Of Engine. RH Top Of Transaxle Applicable to : Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 291 LH Front Of Manual Transaxle. RH Top Of Transaxle Applicable to : Sunbird Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Automatic Transmission Backup Lamp Switch : Service and Repair Automatic Transmission On vehicles equipped with automatic rifle infection, the neutral start and back-up lighter switches are combined into one unit and must be replaced as an fabrication. 1. unplug battery crunch cable. 2. On 1989 Skyhawk and 1989-90 Cavalier models, remove console assembly as follows : a. Apply parking brake and stuff wheels, then place gear shift lever in Neutral position. b. Remove presence ashtray, then remove two console attaching screws through ashtray open. c. Carefully pry push button from center of switch pry node, then remove tear ring retaining knob. d. Pull front of console trim cover upward, then lift shipshape cover from console and unplug wire connection. e. Remove three screws attaching front man of cabinet to mounting bracket. f. Remove rear ashtray, then remove screw attaching cabinet to rear digest. g. Remove console table assembly. On models equipped with branch rest, it may be necessity to remove branch rest fabrication to provide clearance for cabinet removal. 3. On Sunbird models, remove comfort fabrication as follows : a. stead gear picker in Neutral and block wheels. Do not apply parking brake. bel. Carefully pry accessory trim jury, properly and impart side panels outward from console table assembly. c. Remove console table to instrument panel attaching nuts. d. Remove comfort assembly to console upper berth bracket attaching screws. e. Disconnect record and disk actor electric connectors, then remove upper console table bracket. f. Remove shift lever knob to shift lever attaching setscrew or retainer, then pry shift pry spare plate upward. g. Remove rear ashtray to console rear tailored plate attaching screws, then remove rear ashtray. h. Remove console rear trim plate to console rise bracket attaching cheat. one. On models equipped with armrest, remove armrest inner compartment attaching screw, then remove armrest to console rise bracket attaching screws, then remove armrest assembly. j. On all models, remove parking brake assembly and cabinet from comfort mounting brackets. 4. On 1991-92 Cavalier models, remove comfort forum as follows : a. Carefully crowbar accessory trim jury outward. boron. open ashtray, then remove attaching screw. c. Remove shift lever knob to shift lever attaching retainer. d. Disconnect cigar lighter electrical connection, then remove gearshift trim plate. e. Remove upper and lower A/C-Heater see attaching screws. f. Disconnect radio electric connection and antenna lead, then remove radio forum. g. Disconnect A/C-Heater control electrical connectors and vacuum harness, then remove bowden cable to A/C-Heater control attaching screw, then remove A/C-Heater control assembly. h. Remove cabinet to instrument panel attaching screws. i. Remove console back storehouse compartment attaching screws. j. Disconnect remaining console table electric connectors, then remove comfort forum. k. Remove console table extension to front console bracket and shift control condition bracket attaching screws, then remove cabinet extension. 5. On all models, unplug telegram connection from inert Safety/Back-up light switch. 6. Remove screws attaching switch to shifter lever, then remove substitution. 7. If the same interchange is to be reinstalled, proceed as follows : a. place shift lever in Neutral position. b. Position switch to shift lever and loosely install attaching screws. c. Rotate interchange on gearshift to align allowance hole with carrier sea tangle, then insert a 3/32 column inch maximum diameter pivot into hole to a depth of 9/64 column inch. d. On models, except 1991-92 Cavalier, torsion switch attaching screws to 22 foot. lbs., then remove estimate bowling pin. On 1991-92 Cavalier models, torsion switch attaching screw to 18 foot. lbs., then remove gauge pin. 8. If a new substitute interchange is to be installed, proceed as follows : a. position shift lever in the Neutral position. b. Align chemise shot flats to switch flats. c. On models except 1991-92 Cavalier, torsion switch attaching bolts to 22 ft. pound. On 1991-92 Cavalier models, torsion interchange attaching bolts to 18 ft. pound. If mounting bolts do not align with mounting holes ensure shift cheat is in neutral position. Do not rotate switch. d. Ensure engine will only start in Park or Neutral. e. If engine will start in any other put station chemise lever in Neutral position. f. Position substitution to shift lever and loosen switch over attaching screws. g. Rotate trade on gearshift forum to align service adjustment hole with mailman tang fix, then insert a 3/32 inch utmost diameter gauge bowling pin into hole to a depth of 5/8 edge. h. Torque interchange attaching screws to former specified torsion, then remove gauge pin. 9. Install console and associate battery establish cable. 10. Check to ensure that fomite will not start in any careen lever position except Neutral and Park. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Automatic Transmission > Page 294 Backup Lamp Switch : Service and Repair Manual Transmission 1. disconnect barrage prime cable. 2. Disconnect back-up lamp switch electrical connection. 3. Remove back-up lamp interchange from top of transaxle case. 4. Reverse procedure to install. Prior to initiation, apply sealant 1052080 or equivalent to switch threads. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Light Switch : Locations Lower LH Side Of I/P. Below LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Sunbird Below LH Side Of I/P. Below LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier & Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 298 Brake Light Switch : Adjustments Insert check lamp switch in retainer until switch body seats on servant. Pull brake bicycle up against inner pedal point stop. Switch will be moved in retainer providing proper alteration. Proper switch alteration is achieved when no audible clicks are heard when the pedal is pulled up and the brake lights do not remain on without brake application. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 299 Brake Light Switch : Service and Repair 1. disconnect battery ground cable. 2. On 1991-92 models, remove drivers ‘ side hash jury. 3. On all models, gulf switch electric connection. 4. Remove switch from brake pedal point support bracket. 5. Reverse routine to install. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Dome Lamp Switch : Locations In respective front door latch assembly* *OE does not provide an effigy location. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Dome Lamp Switch : Diagram Information and Instructions Cell References CELL REFERENCES General Motors vehicles frequently use “ CELL ” references in their electrical wire diagrams. These references are used in the Original Equipment Manual to refer to a section in the manual of arms and not a specific diagram ( s ). GM Sample Diagram W/ Cell Reference For example, in the diagram illustrated “ Cell 20 ” is not a reference to another diagram but a reference to “ Section 20 ” in the OE manual. In the exercise, “ section 20 ” is the engine command section of the manual. To navigate through these “ Cell ” references get down at the vehicle level and go to : Diagrams / Electrical Diagrams – for a complete list of the diagrams available for the fomite. Choose the system you are working on and view those diagrams. note : If diffident of the system – test utilizing the search feature. Type a part in the search feature that belongs to the system and when the results are expose note the path expose. This will show the system the part belongs in. conventional Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 305 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 306 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 307 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 308 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 309 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 310 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 311 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 312 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 313 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 314 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 315 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 316 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 317 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 318 Symbol Identification Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 319 Symbol Indentification Wire Color Code Identification Black : BLK Blue : BLU Brown : BRN Gray : GR Green : GRN Natural : NAT orange : ORN Pink : PNK empurpled : PPL Red : loss tan : TAN Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 320 White : WHT yellow : YEL Dark : DK ( example : DK GRN same as Dark Green ) light : LT ( example : LT BLU lapp as Light Blue ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 321 Dome Lamp Switch : diagnostic Aids Pull-to-Seat Connectors NOTE : The following general repair procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( south ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal compensate kit J 38125 or equivalent. figure 20 – typical Pull-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Pull-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 20 ). The steps are illustrated with typical connectors. Your connection may be different, but the compensate steps are similar. Some connectors DO NOT require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that DO NOT apply. 1. separate connection halves. Using the proper pick or removal cock, remove terminal ( see Figures 21 & 22 ). a. Pull precede gently. b. Insert pluck from front of connection into canal. c. Pry tab up with cock. d. Push lead to remove. Figure 21 Figure 22 2. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock sea tangle. 3. Make repair. a. Pull terminal wire out of connection body. b. Cut wire as close to terminal as possible. c. Strip 5 millimeter ( 3/16 ” ) of insulating material from the wire ( see Figure 23 ). d. Crimp new terminal to wire. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 322 e. Solder with rosin core solder. f. Carefully pull on wire to draw terminal into connection body until it locks. Push-to-Seat Connectors note : The following general repair procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( mho ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal compensate kit J38125 or equivalent. calculate 1 – typical Push-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Push-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 1 ). The steps are illustrated with typical connectors. Your connection may be different, but the repair steps are like. Some connectors Do not require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that Do not apply. Remove Terminal Position Assurance ( TPA ) device, Connector Position Assurance ( CPA ) device and/or junior-grade lock. 1. separate connection halves ( see Figures 2 through 6 ). Figure 2 Figure 3 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 323 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 2. Release terminal using proper pluck or removal tool. Gently pull cable television and concluding out the back of the connection ( see Figures 7 through 11 ). Figure 7 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 324 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 3. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock relish ( see Figures 12 through 16 ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 325 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 4. Make animate. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 326 When using a modern terminal : a. Slip cable varnish away from terminal ( if seal exist ). b-complex vitamin. Cut telegram as close to terminal as potential. c. Slip a new cable television seal onto cable ( if necessary ). d. Strip 5mm ( 3/16 ” ) of insulating material from wire. e. Crimp a new end to the wire. f. Solder with resin core solder. g. Slide cable seal toward terminal ( if equipped with a seal ). h. Crimp cable television seal and insulation ( if equipped with a navy seal ). one. Apply grease to connectors outside the passenger compartment where the connection in the first place was equipped with grease. figure 17 To re-use a terminal or moderate assembly, see previous steps c through one for repairs. Be sure to keep cable cachet ( if equipped ) on terminal side of splice. 5. insert tip from the back until it catches. 6. Install TPA ‘s, CPA ‘s and/or secondary coil locks, if equipped ( see Figures 18 & 19 ). Figure 18 Figure 19 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 327 Dome Lamp Switch : electrical Diagrams Cigar Lighter, I/P Compartment, Luggage Compartment, Cargo Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 328 Dome And Reading, Illuminated Entry Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch : Locations In respective front door latch assembly* *OE does not provide an image location. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations Headlamp Dimmer Switch : Locations Behind LH Side Of I/P. LH Side Of Steering Column applicable to : Cavalier Behind LH Side Of I/P. LH Side Of Steering Column applicable to : Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 335 Headlamp Dimmer Switch : Service and Repair Fig. 2 Ignition & Dimmer Switch Removal. Models Less Tilt Column Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 336 Fig. 3 Ignition & Dimmer Switch Removal. Models With Tilt Column 1. Remove steering wheel as outlined under STEERING SUSPENSION CHASSIS AND BODY COMPONENTS/STEERING/COMPONENT REPLACEMENT REPAIR PROCEDURES/STEERING WHEEL routine, then the call on signal switch and lock cylinder as previously described. 2. Refer to Figs. 2 and 3 to remove ignition and dimmed switches. 3. When installing dim switch, lower switch slightly and install a 3/32 drill into substitution. Force switch up to remove lash and tighten retaining screw. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Headlamp Switch : Diagram Information and Instructions Cell References CELL REFERENCES General Motors vehicles much use “ CELL ” references in their electrical wiring diagrams. These references are used in the Original Equipment Manual to refer to a section in the manual and not a specific diagram ( randomness ). GM Sample Diagram W/ Cell Reference For case, in the diagram illustrated “ Cell 20 ” is not a character to another diagram but a address to “ Section 20 ” in the OE manual. In the exercise, “ section 20 ” is the locomotive command department of the manual of arms. To navigate through these “ Cell ” references begin at the vehicle level and go to : Diagrams / Electrical Diagrams – for a complete tilt of the diagrams available for the vehicle. Choose the system you are working on and view those diagrams. note : If uncertain of the system – sample utilizing the search feature of speech. Type a component in the search feature that belongs to the system and when the results are expose note the path display. This will show the system the component belongs in. conventional Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 341 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 342 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 343 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 344 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 345 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 346 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 347 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 348 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 349 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 350 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 351 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 352 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 353 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 354 Symbol Identification Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 355 Symbol Indentification Wire Color Code Identification Black : BLK Blue : BLU Brown : BRN Gray : GR Green : GRN Natural : NAT orange : ORN Pink : PNK empurpled : PPL Red : red tan : TAN Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 356 White : WHT yellow : YEL Dark : DK ( case : DK GRN lapp as Dark Green ) light : LT ( model : LT BLU like as Light Blue ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 357 Headlamp Switch : diagnostic Aids Pull-to-Seat Connectors NOTE : The following general haunt procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( mho ) or Tools that apply to your concluding. Use Terminal repair kit J 38125 or equivalent. calculate 20 – typical Pull-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Pull-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 20 ). The steps are illustrated with distinctive connectors. Your connection may be different, but the repair steps are similar. Some connectors DO NOT require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that DO NOT apply. 1. separate connection halves. Using the proper woof or removal tool, remove terminal ( see Figures 21 & 22 ). a. Pull lead gently. b. Insert pluck from front of connection into duct. c. Pry tab up with cock. d. Push spark advance to remove. Figure 21 Figure 22 2. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock in tang. 3. Make animate. a. Pull end telegram out of connection body. barn. Cut wire as close up to terminal as possible. c. Strip 5 millimeter ( 3/16 ” ) of insulating material from the wire ( see Figure 23 ). d. Crimp modern end to wire. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 358 e. Solder with rosin congress of racial equality solder. f. Carefully pull on wire to draw terminal into connection soundbox until it locks. Push-to-Seat Connectors note : The following general repair procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( sulfur ) or Tools that apply to your concluding. Use Terminal rectify kit J38125 or equivalent. figure 1 – typical Push-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Push-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 1 ). The steps are illustrated with typical connectors. Your connection may be different, but the compensate steps are like. Some connectors Do not require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that Do not apply. Remove Terminal Position Assurance ( TPA ) device, Connector Position Assurance ( CPA ) device and/or junior-grade lock in. 1. separate connection halves ( see Figures 2 through 6 ). Figure 2 Figure 3 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 359 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 2. Release terminal using proper cream or removal creature. Gently pull cable and concluding out the back of the connection ( see Figures 7 through 11 ). Figure 7 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 360 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 3. If concluding is to be re-used, re-form lock tang ( see Figures 12 through 16 ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 361 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 4. Make haunt. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 362 When using a raw terminal : a. Slip cable varnish away from end ( if seal exist ). boron. Cut wire as close to terminal as possible. c. Slip a new cable varnish onto telegram ( if necessary ). d. Strip 5mm ( 3/16 ” ) of insulation from telegram. e. Crimp a newly terminal to the wire. f. Solder with resin core solder. g. Slide cable seal toward terminal ( if equipped with a seal ). h. Crimp cable seal and insulation ( if equipped with a seal ). one. Apply grease to connectors outside the passenger compartment where the connection in the first place was equipped with grease. figure 17 To re-use a terminal or lead assembly, see former steps c through one for repairs. Be sure to keep cable seal ( if equipped ) on terminal side of splice. 5. tuck run from the back until it catches. 6. Install TPA ‘s, CPA ‘s and/or secondary locks, if equipped ( see Figures 18 & 19 ). Figure 18 Figure 19 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 363 Headlamp Switch : electric Diagrams Light Switch Details With Gauges Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 364 Light Switch Details With Gauges Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 365 Light Switch Details With Standard Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 366 Light Switch Details With Standard Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 367 Light Switch Details With Standard Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 368 Headlamp Switch : Service and Repair Except RS & Z24 1. disconnect battery establish cable television. 2. Remove headlight switch node by pulling node to fully “ On ” placement, depressing retaining clip behind knob and pulling knob from cheat. 3. gently crowbar leave handwriting side trim plate out of instrument panel. 4. Remove substitution retaining nut, rotate and cant switch forward and pull switch from instrument gore. 5. Disconnect wiring connection and remove switch. 6. Reverse procedure to install. RS & Z24 1. disconnect battery reason cable. 2. carefully pry left pad trimming plate rear. 3. Remove headlight switch to trim denture attaching screws, then remove switch. 4. Reverse routine to install. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair Turn Signal Switch : Service and Repair Fig. 5 Compressing Lock Plate 1. gulf battery ground cable. 2. Remove steering bicycle as outlined under STEERING WHEEL operation. 3. Using a desirable screwdriver, pry brood from housing. 4. Using lock plate compressing tool J-23653-4, compress lock plate and crowbar snap ring from groove on steering beam, Fig. 5. Slowly passing compressing tool, then remove tool and lock plate from cock. 5. slide canceling cam and bearing preload spring from steering beam. 6. Remove turn signal ( multi-function ) lever. 7. Remove hazard warning knob retaining screw, button, leap and knob. 8. Remove actuator arm screw and actuator arm. 9. Remove throw retaining screws and pull switch up from column, guiding cable harness through column. 10. Reverse routine to install. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Absolute Pressure Sensor [ Barometric Pressure Sensor ] > Component Information > Specifications Absolute Pressure Sensor : Specifications Manifold Absolute, Vacuum, and Barometric Pressure Sensors Engines may use one, or a combination of these sensors. All sensors appear the like. Manifold Absolute Pressure sensors have a vacuum line connected between the unit of measurement and manifold paper vacuum. On Barometric Pressure sensors, the line is not used and the connection is either open or has a filter installed over it. pressure sensors besides have a vacuum credit line between the detector and intake manifold and entirely appear on carburet models. barometric coerce Sensors : measure electric potential with ignition on and engine off. Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensors : measure voltage with ignition on and locomotive off. Start engine and apply 10 in./250 millimeter Hg to whole, electric potential should be : 3.8L Turbo 4V, 0.9-1.7 volts less ; others, 1.2-2.3 volts less. pressure Sensors : meter electric potential as indicate. 5 volts reference. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) : electrical Specifications Resistance 185 ohm at 210 deg F 450 ohm at 160 deg F 1800 ohm at 100 deg F 3400 ohm at 70 deg F 7500 ohm at 40 deg F 13500 ohm at 20 deg F 25000 ohm at 0 deg F 100700 ohm at -40 deg F Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 381 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) : mechanical Specifications Coolant Temperature Sensor 18 in.lb Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) > Component Information > Specifications > Page 382 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch ( For Computer ) : description and Operation Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor The engine coolant temperature detector is a thermistor that is located in the engine coolant stream. When the coolant temperature is low, the detector produces a high resistance. When the coolant temperature is high, the detector produces a broken underground. The ECM sends a 5.0 volt signal to the coolant temperature detector through a resistor in the computer and measures the voltage. The electric potential will be high or low depending on coolant temperature. By varying the electric potential the computer will sense engine coolant temperature. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Crankshaft Position Sensor : electric Specifications Crankshaft Position Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 900-1200 ohm Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 387 Crankshaft Position Sensor : mechanical Specifications TORQUE VALUES Crankshaft Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 8 N-m ( 71 pound in ) DIS Assembly to Block … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 20-30 N-m ( 15-22 pound foot ) Knock Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 19 N-m ( 14 pound foot ) Spark Plugs … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 24 N-m ( 18 pound foot ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 388 Crankshaft Position Sensor : Locations Typical DIS Crankshaft Sensor The crankshaft military position detector is located on the right side of the engine obstruct. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 389 Crankshaft Position Sensor : description and Operation Typical DIS Crankshaft Sensor PURPOSE Based on the crank pulses, the DIS module sends reference book signals to the ECM which are used to indicate crankshaft position and engine speed. OPERATION This detector protrudes into the freeze, within approximately 0.050 ” of the engine crankshaft reluctor. The reluctor is a special steering wheel cast into the crankshaft with seven slots cast into it, six of which are evenly spaced 60° aside. A seventh time slot is spaced 10° from one of the other slots and serves to generate a “ synchronize pulsation. ” As the reluctor rotates as separate of the crankshaft, the slots change the magnetic field of the detector, creating an induce electric potential pulsate. The ignition module will continue to send these mention pulses to the ECM at a rate of one for each 180° or crankshaft rotation. The ECM will activate the fuel injector based on the recognition of every other reference pulse beginning at a crankshaft stead of 120° after lead dead center. By comparing the clock time between pulses, the DIS module can recognize the pulse representing the seventh time slot or “ synchronize pulsation, ” which starts the calculation of the ignition coil sequence. The second grouch pulse following the “ synchronize pulse ” signals the “ DIS ” module to fire the # 2/5 ignition coil, the one-fourth crank pulsation signals the faculty to fire the # 3/6 ignition handbuild and the one-sixth crank pulse signals the “ DIS ” module to fire the # 1/4 ignition gyrate. LOCATION This crankshaft detector is mounted remotely on the buttocks side of the ignition module. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 390 Crankshaft Position Sensor : Service and Repair Typical DIS Crankshaft Sensor REMOVAL 1. Disconnect negative barrage cable. 2. Disconnect electrical connection from the crankshaft detector. 3. Remove detector hold-down bolt. 4. Remove detector from engine. 5. Inspect the crankshaft detector o-ring for cracks, wear or escape. Before installing new detector, lubricate the new o-ring with engine oil. INSTALLATION 1. Insert the raw detector into the hole in the engine stuff. 2. Tighten the detector hold-down bolt and torsion to 88 pound. in. ( 10 N-m ). 3. Connect crankshaft detector electric connection to the wire harness. 4. Reconnect negative barrage cable. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Air Temperature ( MAT ) Sensor [ Intake Air Temperature Sensor ] > Component Information > Specifications Manifold Air Temperature ( MAT ) detector : Specifications Resistance 450 ohm at 160 deg F 1800 ohm at 100 deg F 3400 ohm at 70 deg F 7500 ohm at 40 deg F 13500 ohm at 20 deg F 25000 ohm at 0 deg F 100700 ohm at -40 deg F Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Air Temperature ( MAT ) Sensor [ Intake Air Temperature Sensor ] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 394 Manifold Air Temperature ( MAT ) detector : Locations Engine Compartment Component Locations. Front LH Side Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Air Temperature ( MAT ) Sensor [ Intake Air Temperature Sensor ] > Component Information > Specifications > Page 395 Manifold Air Temperature ( MAT ) detector : description and Operation The Manifold Air Temperature detector ( MAT ) is a thermistor mounted in the inhalation manifold. low consumption publicize temperature produces a high resistance, while eminent intake air temperature produces a low electric resistance. The ECM supplies a 5.0 volt bespeak to the detector through a resistor and measures the electric potential. By measuring the voltage, the ECM can determine MAT. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Knock Sensor : Specifications TORQUE VALUES Crankshaft Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 8 N-m ( 71 pound in ) DIS Assembly to Block … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 20-30 N-m ( 15-22 pound foot ) Knock Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 19 N-m ( 14 pound foot ) Spark Plugs … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 24 N-m ( 18 pound foot ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 399 Knock Sensor : Locations Rear Of Engine. Rear Of Engine Applicable to : V6-189/3.1L Rear Of Engine. Rear Of Engine Applicable to : V6-173/2.8L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 400 Knock Sensor : description and Operation PURPOSE The ECM/PCM monitors the ESC signal to determine when engine explosion occurs OPERATION The Electronic Spark Control ( ESC ) system is comprised of a knock detector and the ECM/PCM. The knock detector is located in the engine block and sends a signal to the ECM/PCM to retard ignition timing during a spark knock condition. When the knock detector detects explosion, the ECM/PCM retards timing in little increments of 2° ( up to 10° ) to reduce detonation. This allows the engine to use maximum spark advance to improve driveability and fuel economy. The Mem-Cal used with this engine contains the functions which were part of remotely mounted ESC modules used on other GM vehicles. The ESC share of the Mem-Cal then sends a signal to other parts of the ECM which adjusts the flicker time to retard the flicker and reduce the detonation. LOCATION The knock detector is located in the engine block. DIAGNOSTIC NOTES : Retarded clock can besides be a result of excessive valve booster, pushrod or other mechanical engine or transmittance make noise. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 401 Knock Sensor : test and Inspection Chart C-5 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 402 Chart C-5 Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION : The knock detector is used to detect locomotive explosion and the ECM will retard the electronic trip timing based on the sign being received. The circuitry, within the knock detector, causes the ECM ‘s 5.0 volts to be pulled down so that under a no knock discipline, CKT 496 would measure about 2.5 volts. The knock detector produces an AC signal, which rides on the 2.5 volts DC voltage. The amplitude and frequency are pendent upon the knock degree. The Mem-Cal used with this engine, contains the functions which were share of remotely mounted ESC modules used on other GM vehicles. The ESC parcel of the Mem-Cal, then sends a bespeak to other parts of the ECM which adjusts the discharge time to retard the spark and reduce the detonation. test description : Numbers below refer to encircle numbers on the diagnostic graph. 1. With engine idle, there should not be a knock signal present at the ECM because detonation is not likely under a no load condition. 2. Tapping on the engine lift hook bracket should simulate a knock bespeak to determine if the detector is capable of detecting explosion. If no pink is detected, try tapping on engine block airless to sensor before replacing detector. 3. If the engine has an inner problem which is creating a knock, the bump detector may be responding to the internal failure. 4. This screen determines if the knock detector is faulty or if the ESC helping of the Mem-Cal is defective. If it is determined that the Mem-Cal is defective, be certain that is is by rights installed and latched into place. If not properly installed, rectify and retest. DIAGNOSTIC AIDS : While observing knock bespeak on the “ scan, ” there should be an indication that knock is introduce, when detonation can be heard. Detonation is most probable to occur under high engine load conditions. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor : technical Service Bulletins MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 Number : 90-199-6E section : 6E date : March 1990 Corporate Bulletin No. : 016510 subjugate : REVISED CHART C-1D, CODE 33, 34, 63, 64 model and class : 1980-90 PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS This bulletin revises the Manifold Absolute Pressure ( MAP ) Output Check Chart C-1D and updates Code 33, Code 34, Code 63, and Code 64 in the Service Manual section on “ Driveability And Emissions ” ( Section 6E1, 6E2, and 6E3 ). This information applies to all MAP Sensors on 1980-1990 vehicles with gasoline engines ( except turbocharged ) with greens ( standard ) MAP detector electrical connection slip in or the solid black MAP detector electric connection insert. The retool chart information : Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > Page 407 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > foliate 408 – diagnostic Chart C-1D. The update chart information : Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > Page 409 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > page 410 – diagnostic Chart Code 33. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > Page 411 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > page 412 – diagnostic Chart Code 34. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > Page 413 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > page 414 – diagnostic Chart Code 63. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > Page 415 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > MAP – Revised Check Chart for DTC ‘s 33, 34, 63, 64 > page 416 – diagnostic Chart Code 64. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Voltage Values Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor : Specifications Voltage 3.8 to 5.5 V at < 1000 ft 3.6 to 5.3 V at 1000 to 2000 foot 3.5 to 5.1 V at 2000 to 3000 foot 3.3 to 5.0 V at 3000 to 4000 foot 3.2 to 4.8 V at 4000 to 5000 foot 3.0 to 4.6 V at 5000 to 6000 foot 2.9 to 4.5 V at 6000 to 7000 foot 2.8 to 4.3 V at 7000 to 8000 foot 2.6 to 4.2 V at 8000 to 9000 foot 2.5 to 4.0 V at 9000 to 10000 ft Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Voltage Values > Page 419 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor : Specifications Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Specifications Manifold Absolute, Vacuum, and Barometric Pressure Sensors Engines may use one, or a combination of these sensors. All sensors appear the same. Manifold Absolute Pressure sensors have a vacuum line connected between the unit and manifold vacuum. On Barometric Pressure sensors, the line is not used and the connection is either open or has a filter installed over it. blackmail sensors besides have a void lineage between the detector and intake multiply and only appear on carburet models. barometric coerce Sensors : quantify voltage with ignition on and locomotive away. Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensors : measure electric potential with ignition on and engine off. Start locomotive and apply 10 in./250 millimeter Hg to unit, voltage should be : 3.8L Turbo 4V, 0.9-1.7 volts less ; others, 1.2-2.3 volts less. imperativeness Sensors : meter electric potential as bespeak. 5 volts mention. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Voltage Values > Page 420 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor : Specifications Manifold Absolute, Vacuum, and Barometric Pressure Sensors Manifold Absolute, Vacuum, and Barometric Pressure Sensors Engines may use one, or a combination of these sensors. All sensors appear the same. Manifold Absolute Pressure sensors have a vacuum line connected between the unit and manifold void. On Barometric Pressure sensors, the trace is not used and the connection is either open or has a trickle installed over it. atmospheric pressure sensors besides have a vacuum line between the detector and intake manifold and entirely appear on carburet models. barometric atmospheric pressure Sensors : measure voltage with ignition on and engine off. Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensors : quantify electric potential with ignition on and engine off. Start engine and apply 10 in./250 millimeter Hg to unit, voltage should be : 3.8L Turbo 4V, 0.9-1.7 volts less ; others, 1.2-2.3 volts less. pressure Sensors : quantify electric potential as argue. 5 volts character. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 421 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor : Locations Engine Compartment Component Locations. Rear Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 422 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor : description and Operation Manifold Absolute Pressure ( MAP ) Sensor The Manifold Absolute Pressure ( MAP ) detector measures changes in the inhalation manifold coerce resulting from engine warhead and speed changes. The computer sends a 5.0 volt address signal to the MAP detector. As atmospheric pressure changes in the inhalation manifold happen, the electric electric resistance of the MAP detector besides changes. By monitoring the detector output electric potential, the computer can determine the manifold absolute pressure. The higher the MAP electric potential output signal the lower the engine vacuum, which requires more fuel. The lower the MAP electric potential output the higher the locomotive vacuum, which requires less fuel. Under certain conditions, the MAP detector is besides used to measure barometric atmospheric pressure. This allows the calculator to automatically adjust for different altitudes. The calculator uses the MAP detector to control fuel rescue and ignition timing. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Oxygen Sensors – Silica Contamination Oxygen Sensor : technical Service Bulletins Oxygen Sensors – Silica Contamination Model year : 1981 Bulletin No : 81-I-37 File In Group : 60 Number : 11 date : Feb. 81 Subject : Silica Contamination of Oxygen Sensors and Gelation of Oil. Models Affected : All Oxygen detector performance can deteriorate if certain RTV silicone gasket materials are used. early RTV ‘s when used with certain oils, may cause gelation of the oil. The academic degree of operation asperity depends on the type of RTV and application of the engine involved. consequently, when repairing engines where this token is involved, it is important to use either cork constitution gaskets or RTV silicone gasket material approved for such use. GMS ( General Motors Sealant ) or equivalent material can be used. GMS is available through GMPD with the postdate part numbers : 1052366 3 oz. 1052434 10.14 oz. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 427 Oxygen Sensor : Specifications Oxygen Sensor 30 ft.lb Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 428 Oxygen Sensor : Locations Engine Compartment Component Locations. Rear Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 429 Rear Of Engine. Rear Of Engine Applicable to : V6-189/3.1L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 430 Oxygen Sensor : description and Operation Exhaust Oxygen Sensor ( 02 ) The oxygen detector is located in the exhaust arrangement. The detector monitors atmospheric air versus exhaust gasoline oxygen contentedness to produce a voltage output. This electric potential ranges from approximately 0.1 volt ( high oxygen – tend mixture ) to 0.9 volt ( low oxygen – ample mix ). By monitoring the oxygen detector output voltage, the computer can determine the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gasoline and adjust the air/fuel mix consequently. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 431 Oxygen Sensor : Service and Repair The oxygen detector has a permanently attached wire and connection. This should not be removed, since removal will affect proper operation of the oxygen detector. 1. Disconnect electric connection from oxygen detector. 2. Using suitable wrench, cautiously remove detector from exhaust multiply or pipe. The oxygen detector may be difficult to remove when locomotive temperature is below 120°F. Use caution, since excessive violence may damage threads in exhaust manifold paper or pipe. 3. If modern detector is being used, install detector into manifold or pipe. 4. If old detector is being reused, coat threads with anti-seize compound, then install into manifold or pipe. 5. Torque oxygen detector to specifications, then reconnect electrical connection. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Idle Speed Power Steering Pressure Switch Power Steering Pressure Switch : Locations Idle Speed Power Steering Pressure Switch LH Rear Of Engine Compartment. LH Side Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Idle Speed Power Steering Pressure Switch > Page 436 Power Steering Pressure Switch : Locations P/S Pressure Switch Engine Compartment Component Locations. LH Rear Corner Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 437 Power Steering Pressure Switch : description and Operation The Power Steering Pressure Switch ( PSPS ) closes during gamey imperativeness power steering situations. When the baron steering throw is closed, baron to the A/C relay is shut off, resulting in air stipulate compressor batch disengagement. A sign is besides sent to the ECM. The ECM uses this signal for dead control. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Throttle Position Sensor : electrical Specifications Voltage 0.29 – 0.98 V bill : At Idle Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 442 Throttle Position Sensor : mechanical Specifications Throttle Position Sensor 18 in.lb Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 443 Throttle Position Sensor : Locations Engine Compartment Component Locations. LH Rear Of Engine Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 444 Throttle Position Sensor : description and Operation Typical Throttle Position Sensor ( TPS ) Wiring Throttle Position Sensor PURPOSE The affair of the Throttle Position Sensor ( TPS ) is to sense the current strangle valve position and relay that information to the ECM. Throttle position information allows the ECM to generate the command injector control signals ( basal pulse ). OPERATION If the TPS senses a possibility accelerator, a electric potential signal bespeak this circumstance is sent to the ECM. The ECM then increases the injector pulse width, permitting increased fuel flow. As the choke valve rotates in answer to bowel movement of the accelerator pedal, the restrict rotating shaft transfers this rotation to the TPS. A potentiometer ( variable star resistor ) within the TPS assembly changes its resistance ( and voltage drop ) in proportion to throttle movement. By applying a reference voltage ( 5.0 volts ) to the TPS input, a vary electric potential ( reflecting throttle position ) is available at the TPS end product. For example, approximately 2.5 volts results from a 50 % choke valve opening ( depending on TPS calibration ). The voltage output signal from the TPS assembly is routed to the ECM for use in determining restrict stead. If the TPS is held in a broad loose accelerator ( WOT ) position during engine startle, the ECM will interpret this as a clear deluge mood. The ECM will then pulse the injectors at a ratio of 20 to 1 in order to clear a afloat condition. The ECM will hold this injector rate deoxyadenosine monophosphate long as the choke stays broad clear, and the engine speed is below 600 revolutions per minute. LOCATION The Throttle Position Sensor ( TPS ), is mounted on the side of the choke body opposite the accelerator lever assembly. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Adjustments > Equipment Hookup Throttle Position Sensor : Adjustments Equipment Hookup Verify that minimal idle is at specified value. Make all checks/adjustments with engine at manoeuver temperature. Carbureted Models : Remove aluminum plug covering the adjustment screw. Remove the screw and connect a digital voltmeter to blacken telegram ( – ) and either of the other two color wires ( + ). If voltage is approximately 5 volts, this is the reference voltage reference. Connect DVOM to the other cable in this case. Apply weave locking compound to the screw and with ignition on and engine not running ( as applies ), quickly adjust screw to obtain stipulate voltage at indicate stipulate. Fuel Injected Models : Disconnect harness connection from TPS. Using three six-inch jumper wires, reconnect rule to TPS. With ignition on and engine not running ( as applies ), connect a digital voltmeter to black telegram ( – ) and either of the other two color wires ( + ). If electric potential is approximately 5 volts, this is the reference voltage source. Connect DVOM to the other wire in this case. Check reading against specified prize. If TPS is adjustable, loosen the unit retaining screws and rotate the unit to reach specify value. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Adjustments > Equipment Hookup > Page 447 Throttle Position Sensor : Adjustments Throttle Position ( TP ) Sensor Adjust TPS Adjustment Check 1. Install three sweater wires between TPS and harness connection or use a “ scan ” joyride. 2. With ignition “ ON, ” use a digital voltmeter connected to terminals “ B ” and “ C, ” or dark gloomy and black wire terminals. Adjust TPS to specifications. See SPECIFICATIONS for electric potential reading. 3. When voltage reading is satisfactory, tighten the retain fuck and and remove the voltmeter and sweater leads. Reconnect the TPS connection. 4. If proper voltage reading can not be obtained, replace TPS detector. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 448 Throttle Position Sensor : Service and Repair NOTE : The strangle position detector is a component of the Computerized Engine Control System, for diagnosis and test procedures see COMPUTERIZED ENGINE CONTROLS/DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING. Throttle Position Sensor REMOVAL : 1. Disconnect the restrict placement detector electrical connection. 2. Remove the TPS attaching screws. 3. Remove the strangle military position detector. caution : The TPS is an electrical part and must not be soaked in any liquid clean or solution, as damage may result. initiation : 1. With the choke valve in the close position, Position the TPS on the accelerator beam, then align with the sleep together holes. 2. Install the TPS attaching screws, and tighten to 2.0 Nm ( 18 lb.in ). 3. Connect the strangle stead detector ( TPS ) electric connection. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Description and Operation Transmission Position Switch/Sensor : description and Operation Park/Neutral Switch ( Auto. Trans ) The PARK/NEUTRAL switch indicates to the computer when the transmission is in PARK or NEUTRAL. This information is used by the calculator for ignition timing, Idle Air Control ( IAC ) mathematical process, EGR and Canister Purge mathematical process a well as infection Torque Converter Clutch ( TCC ) operation. DO NOT drive the vehicle with the PARK/NEUTRAL switch disconnected, since baseless quality may be affected. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations Vehicle Speed Sensor : Locations Engine Compartment Component Locations. RH Rear Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 455 Vehicle Speed Sensor : description and Operation Vehicle Speed Sensor ( VSS ) The Vehicle Speed Sensor provides information to the ECM for control condition of idle focal ratio and transmission converter seize engagement a well as controlling case shot vomit of the fuel evaporative emission system. This bespeak is generated by an ocular detector in the speedometer head or a permanent Magnet generator located in the transmission. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Oil Pressure Switch ( For Fuel Pump ) > Component Information > Locations > Oil Pressure Sensor/Fuel Pump Switch Oil Pressure/Fuel Pump Switch Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Oil Pressure Switch ( For Fuel Pump ) > Component Information > Locations > Oil Pressure Sensor/Fuel Pump Switch > Page 461 Oil Pressure Switch ( For Fuel Pump ) : Locations Oil Pressure Switch Front Of Engine RH front of engine, above oil trickle Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Throttle Position Sensor : electrical Specifications Voltage 0.29 – 0.98 V note : At Idle Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 466 Throttle Position Sensor : mechanical Specifications Throttle Position Sensor 18 in.lb Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 467 Throttle Position Sensor : Locations Engine Compartment Component Locations. LH Rear Of Engine Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 468 Throttle Position Sensor : description and Operation Typical Throttle Position Sensor ( TPS ) Wiring Throttle Position Sensor PURPOSE The routine of the Throttle Position Sensor ( TPS ) is to sense the current choke valve position and relay that information to the ECM. Throttle position information allows the ECM to generate the necessitate injector command signals ( base pulse ). OPERATION If the TPS senses a open accelerator, a voltage sign indicate this condition is sent to the ECM. The ECM then increases the injector pulsation width, permitting increased fuel hang. As the accelerator valve rotates in response to campaign of the catalyst pedal, the strangle shaft transfers this rotation to the TPS. A potentiometer ( varying resistor ) within the TPS fabrication changes its immunity ( and voltage drop ) in proportion to throttle motion. By applying a reference voltage ( 5.0 volts ) to the TPS remark, a vary voltage ( reflecting throttle position ) is available at the TPS output signal. For model, approximately 2.5 volts results from a 50 % accelerator valve open ( depending on TPS calibration ). The voltage output signal from the TPS assembly is routed to the ECM for use in determining strangle situation. If the TPS is held in a wide open accelerator ( WOT ) position during engine start, the ECM will interpret this as a clear flood manner. The ECM will then pulse the injectors at a proportion of 20 to 1 in order to clear a flood condition. The ECM will hold this injector rate vitamin a long as the accelerator stays wide open, and the engine accelerate is below 600 revolutions per minute. LOCATION The Throttle Position Sensor ( TPS ), is mounted on the side of the accelerator body opposite the restrict lever forum. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Adjustments > Equipment Hookup Throttle Position Sensor : Adjustments Equipment Hookup Verify that minimal baseless is at specified value. Make all checks/adjustments with locomotive at operational temperature. Carbureted Models : Remove aluminum plug covering the allowance screw. Remove the screw and connect a digital voltmeter to black wire ( – ) and either of the other two tinge wires ( + ). If electric potential is approximately 5 volts, this is the reference electric potential source. Connect DVOM to the other electrify in this case. Apply string locking compound to the screw and with ignition on and engine not running ( as applies ), promptly adjust screw to obtain specify voltage at indicate condition. Fuel Injected Models : Disconnect harness connection from TPS. Using three six-inch jumper wires, reconnect rule to TPS. With ignition on and locomotive not running ( as applies ), connect a digital voltmeter to total darkness telegram ( – ) and either of the other two colored wires ( + ). If electric potential is approximately 5 volts, this is the reference point voltage source. Connect DVOM to the early telegram in this case. Check reading against specified respect. If TPS is adjustable, loosen the unit retaining screws and rotate the whole to reach assign value. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Adjustments > Equipment Hookup > Page 471 Throttle Position Sensor : Adjustments Throttle Position ( TP ) Sensor Adjust TPS Adjustment Check 1. Install three jumper wires between TPS and harness connection or use a “ scan ” instrument. 2. With ignition “ ON, ” use a digital voltmeter connected to terminals “ B ” and “ C, ” or dark blue sky and black wire terminals. Adjust TPS to specifications. See SPECIFICATIONS for voltage read. 3. When electric potential reading is satisfactory, tighten the retain screw and and remove the voltmeter and jumper leads. Reconnect the TPS connection. 4. If proper electric potential reading can not be obtained, replace TPS detector. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 472 Throttle Position Sensor : Service and Repair NOTE : The strangle military position detector is a part of the Computerized Engine Control System, for diagnosis and test procedures see COMPUTERIZED ENGINE CONTROLS/DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING. Throttle Position Sensor REMOVAL : 1. Disconnect the restrict position detector electric connection. 2. Remove the TPS attaching screws. 3. Remove the choke position detector. circumspection : The TPS is an electrical component and must not be soaked in any liquid cleaner or solvent, as damage may result. facility : 1. With the accelerator valve in the closed position, Position the TPS on the accelerator shaft, then align with the screw holes. 2. Install the TPS attaching screws, and tighten to 2.0 Nm ( 18 lb.in ). 3. Connect the choke put detector ( TPS ) electrical connection. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications Crankshaft Position Sensor : electrical Specifications Crankshaft Position Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 900-1200 ohm Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Electrical Specifications > Page 478 Crankshaft Position Sensor : mechanical Specifications TORQUE VALUES Crankshaft Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 8 N-m ( 71 pound in ) DIS Assembly to Block … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 20-30 N-m ( 15-22 pound foot ) Knock Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 19 N-m ( 14 pound foot ) Spark Plugs … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 24 N-m ( 18 pound foot ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 479 Crankshaft Position Sensor : Locations Typical DIS Crankshaft Sensor The crankshaft position detector is located on the right side of the engine block. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 480 Crankshaft Position Sensor : description and Operation Typical DIS Crankshaft Sensor PURPOSE Based on the crank pulses, the DIS faculty sends reference signals to the ECM which are used to indicate crankshaft position and engine travel rapidly. OPERATION This detector protrudes into the block, within approximately 0.050 ” of the locomotive crankshaft reluctor. The reluctor is a particular rack cast into the crankshaft with seven slots cast into it, six of which are evenly separated 60° apart. A seventh slot is spaced 10° from one of the early slots and serves to generate a “ synchronize pulse. ” As the reluctor rotates as region of the crankshaft, the slots change the magnetic battlefield of the detector, creating an induce electric potential pulse. The ignition module will continue to send these reference book pulses to the ECM at a rate of one for each 180° or crankshaft rotation. The ECM will activate the fuel injector based on the recognition of every other reference point pulse begin at a crankshaft position of 120° after lead dead center. By comparing the time between pulses, the DIS faculty can recognize the pulse representing the seventh slot or “ synchronize pulse, ” which starts the calculation of the ignition coil sequence. The second crackpot pulse following the “ synchronize pulsate ” signals the “ DIS ” faculty to fire the # 2/5 ignition handbuild, the fourth crank pulse signals the faculty to fire the # 3/6 ignition coil and the one-sixth crackpot pulse signals the “ DIS ” module to fire the # 1/4 ignition coil. LOCATION This crankshaft detector is mounted remotely on the bottom side of the ignition module. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 481 Crankshaft Position Sensor : Service and Repair Typical DIS Crankshaft Sensor REMOVAL 1. Disconnect negative battery cable. 2. Disconnect electric connection from the crankshaft detector. 3. Remove detector hold-down bolt. 4. Remove detector from locomotive. 5. Inspect the crankshaft detector o-ring for cracks, wear or escape. Before installing new detector, lubricate the newfangled o-ring with engine anoint. INSTALLATION 1. Insert the new detector into the fix in the locomotive parry. 2. Tighten the detector hold-down rigidly and torsion to 88 pound. in. ( 10 N-m ). 3. Connect crankshaft detector electric connection to the wiring harness. 4. Reconnect negative battery cable. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications Knock Sensor : Specifications TORQUE VALUES Crankshaft Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 8 N-m ( 71 pound in ) DIS Assembly to Block … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 20-30 N-m ( 15-22 pound foot ) Knock Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 19 N-m ( 14 pound foot ) Spark Plugs … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 24 N-m ( 18 pound foot ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 485 Knock Sensor : Locations Rear Of Engine. Rear Of Engine Applicable to : V6-189/3.1L Rear Of Engine. Rear Of Engine Applicable to : V6-173/2.8L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 486 Knock Sensor : description and Operation PURPOSE The ECM/PCM monitors the ESC bespeak to determine when locomotive explosion occurs OPERATION The Electronic Spark Control ( ESC ) arrangement is comprised of a knock detector and the ECM/PCM. The knock detector is located in the engine barricade and sends a bespeak to the ECM/PCM to retard ignition timing during a spark knock condition. When the knock detector detects explosion, the ECM/PCM retards timing in little increments of 2° ( up to 10° ) to reduce explosion. This allows the locomotive to use maximum discharge advance to improve driveability and fuel economy. The Mem-Cal used with this engine contains the functions which were part of remotely mounted ESC modules used on early GM vehicles. The ESC share of the Mem-Cal then sends a signal to other parts of the ECM which adjusts the spark clock to retard the trip and reduce the detonation. LOCATION The knock detector is located in the locomotive auction block. DIAGNOSTIC NOTES : Retarded time can besides be a solution of excessive valve booster, pushrod or other mechanical locomotive or infection noise. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 487 Knock Sensor : test and Inspection Chart C-5 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches – ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Specifications > Page 488 Chart C-5 Wiring Diagram CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION : The knock detector is used to detect engine explosion and the ECM will retard the electronic spark timing based on the signal being received. The circuitry, within the tap detector, causes the ECM ‘s 5.0 volts to be pulled down sol that under a no knock condition, CKT 496 would measure about 2.5 volts. The bump detector produces an AC signal, which rides on the 2.5 volts DC voltage. The amplitude and frequency are dependent upon the knock level. The Mem-Cal used with this engine, contains the functions which were partially of remotely mounted ESC modules used on early GM vehicles. The ESC fortune of the Mem-Cal, then sends a signal to other parts of the ECM which adjusts the spark time to retard the sparkle and reduce the detonation. test description : Numbers below refer to circle numbers on the diagnostic chart. 1. With engine idle, there should not be a tap bespeak present at the ECM because detonation is not likely under a no load discipline. 2. Tapping on the engine lift hook bracket should simulate a knock signal to determine if the detector is capable of detecting explosion. If no knock is detected, try tapping on engine freeze close to sensor before replacing detector. 3. If the engine has an home trouble which is creating a knock, the knock detector may be responding to the internal failure. 4. This test determines if the knock detector is faulty or if the ESC fortune of the Mem-Cal is faulty. If it is determined that the Mem-Cal is faulty, be indisputable that is is properly installed and latched into place. If not by rights installed, repair and retest. DIAGNOSTIC AIDS : While observing knock signal on the “ scan, ” there should be an indication that knock is award, when explosion can be heard. Detonation is most probably to occur under high engine load conditions. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Belt Buckle Switch : Locations Part Of Driver ‘s Seatbelt Assembly Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints – passenger Presence System Information Seat Occupant Sensor : technical Service Bulletins Restraints – passenger Presence System Information INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 06-08-50-009F date : December 23, 2010 subjugate : data on Passenger Presence Sensing System ( PPS or PSS ) Concerns With Custom Upholstery, Accessory Seat Heaters or early Comfort Enhancing Devices Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks Equipped with Passenger Presence Sensing System Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to update the exemplary years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 06-08-50-009E ( Section 08 – body and Accessories ). Concerns About Safety and Alterations to the Front Passenger Seat Important ON A GM VEHICLE EQUIPPED WITH A PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM, USE THE SEAT COVERS AND OTHER SEAT-RELATED EQUIPMENT AS RELEASED BY GM FOR THAT VEHICLE. DO NOT ALTER THE SEAT COVERS OR SEAT-RELATED EQUIPMENT. ANY ALTERATIONS TO SEAT COVERS OR GM ACCESSORIES DEFEATS THE INTENDED DESIGN OF THE SYSTEM. GM WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY PROBLEMS CAUSED BY USE OF SUCH IMPROPER SEAT ALTERATIONS, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY REPAIRS INCURRED. The front passenger seat in many GM vehicles is equipped with a passenger sensing system that will turn off the right front passenger ‘s frontlet airbag under certain conditions, such as when an baby or child buttocks is present. In some vehicles, the passenger sensing organization will besides turn off the right movement passenger ‘s seat mounted side impingement airbag. For the system to function properly, sensors are used in the seat to detect the presence of a properly-seated resident. The passenger sensing organization may not operate properly if the master seat reduce is replaced ( 1 ) by non-GM covers, upholstery or trim, or ( 2 ) by GM covers, upholstery or tailored designed for a different fomite or ( 3 ) by GM covers, upholstery or trim that has been altered by a snip denounce, or ( 4 ) if any aim, such as an aftermarket seat fastball or a ease enhancing pad or device is installed under the seat framework or between the resident and the seat fabric. Aftermarket Seat Heaters, Custom Upholstery, and Comfort Enhancing Pads or Devices Important ON A GM VEHICLE EQUIPPED WITH A PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM, USE ONLY SEAT COVERS AND OTHER SEAT-RELATED EQUIPMENT RELEASED AS GM ACCESSORIES FOR THAT VEHICLE. DO NOT USE ANY OTHER TYPE OF SEAT COVERS OR SEAT-RELATED EQUIPMENT, OR GM ACCESSORIES RELEASED FOR OTHER VEHICLE APPLICATIONS. GM WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY PROBLEMS CAUSED BY USE OF SUCH IMPROPER SEAT ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY REPAIRS MADE NECESSARY BY SUCH USE. many types of aftermarket accessories are available to customers, upfitting shops, and dealers. Some of these devices sit on top of, or are Velcro ( R ) strapped to the induct while others such as seat heaters are installed under the seat framework. additionally, seat covers made of leather or other materials may have different padding thickness installed that could prevent the Passenger Sensing System from functioning properly. never alter the fomite seats. Never add pads or other devices to the seat shock absorber, as this may interfere with the operation of the Passenger Sensing System and either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag or prevent proper suppression of the passenger air udder. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations Clutch Switch : Locations Under LH Side Of I/P. Under Clutch Pedal Support Bracket Applicable to : Cavalier & Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 501 Clutch Switch : Service and Repair 1. Disconnect clutch switch electrical connection. 2. Remove seize bracket and switch attach nuts, then remove switch. 3. Reverse routine to install. Torque switch attaching nuts to 53 column inch pound. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Locations Neutral Safety Switch : Locations Engine Compartment Component Locations. LH Rear Corner Of Transaxle Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Neutral Safety Switch : Diagram Information and Instructions Cell References CELL REFERENCES General Motors vehicles much use “ CELL ” references in their electrical wiring diagrams. These references are used in the Original Equipment Manual to refer to a part in the manual and not a specific diagram ( second ). GM Sample Diagram W/ Cell Reference For case, in the diagram illustrated “ Cell 20 ” is not a reference to another diagram but a citation to “ Section 20 ” in the OE manual. In the model, “ incision 20 ” is the locomotive control section of the manual. To navigate through these “ Cell ” references startle at the fomite degree and go to : Diagrams / Electrical Diagrams – for a complete list of the diagrams available for the vehicle. Choose the system you are working on and view those diagrams. note : If diffident of the system – try on utilizing the research feature. Type a component in the search feature that belongs to the system and when the results are display note the path display. This will show the system the part belongs in. schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 507 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 508 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 509 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 510 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 511 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 512 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 513 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 514 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 515 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 516 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 517 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 518 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 519 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 520 Symbol Identification Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 521 Symbol Indentification Wire Color Code Identification Black : BLK Blue : BLU Brown : BRN Gray : GR Green : GRN Natural : NAT orange : ORN Pink : PNK purple : PPL Red : crimson tan : TAN Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 522 White : WHT yellow : YEL Dark : DK ( example : DK GRN lapp as Dark Green ) light : LT ( example : LT BLU same as Light Blue ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 523 Neutral Safety Switch : diagnostic Aids Pull-to-Seat Connectors NOTE : The following general repair procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( sulfur ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal repair kit J 38125 or equivalent. figure 20 – typical Pull-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Pull-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 20 ). The steps are illustrated with typical connectors. Your connection may be different, but the compensate steps are alike. Some connectors DO NOT require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that DO NOT apply. 1. freestanding connection halves. Using the proper clean or removal tool, remove terminal ( see Figures 21 & 22 ). a. Pull contribute gently. b. Insert pluck from front of connection into canal. c. Pry tab up with instrument. d. Push lead to remove. Figure 21 Figure 22 2. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form locking serrated wrack. 3. Make repair. a. Pull terminal wire out of connection body. boron. Cut electrify as close to terminal as possible. c. Strip 5 millimeter ( 3/16 ” ) of insulating material from the telegram ( see Figure 23 ). d. Crimp newly terminal to wire. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 524 e. Solder with rosin core solder. f. Carefully pull on wire to draw concluding into connection body until it locks. Push-to-Seat Connectors note : The following general compensate procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( randomness ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal repair kit J38125 or equivalent. figure 1 – typical Push-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Push-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 1 ). The steps are illustrated with distinctive connectors. Your connection may be different, but the haunt steps are like. Some connectors Do not require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that Do not apply. Remove Terminal Position Assurance ( TPA ) device, Connector Position Assurance ( CPA ) device and/or secondary coil lock in. 1. separate connection halves ( see Figures 2 through 6 ). Figure 2 Figure 3 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 525 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 2. Release terminal using proper pick or removal joyride. Gently pull cable and end out the second of the connection ( see Figures 7 through 11 ). Figure 7 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 526 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 3. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock in tang ( see Figures 12 through 16 ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 527 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 4. Make repair. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 528 When using a new terminal : a. Slip cable seal away from end ( if seal exist ). bel. Cut wire as close to terminal as potential. c. Slip a new cable seal onto wire ( if necessity ). d. Strip 5mm ( 3/16 ” ) of insulation from wire. e. Crimp a new terminal to the wire. f. Solder with resin congress of racial equality solder. g. Slide cable seal toward terminal ( if equipped with a seal ). h. Crimp cable seal and insulation ( if equipped with a seal ). one. Apply grease to connectors outside the passenger compartment where the connection in the first place was equipped with grease. name 17 To re-use a terminal or lead fabrication, see former steps c through one for repairs. Be certain to keep cable television seal ( if equipped ) on terminal side of marry. 5. tuck lead from the back until it catches. 6. Install TPA ‘s, CPA ‘s and/or secondary coil locks, if equipped ( see Figures 18 & 19 ). Figure 18 Figure 19 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Starting and Charging > Neutral Safety Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 529 Neutral Safety Switch : Service and Repair On vehicles equipped with automatic transmission, the inert start and back-up light switches are combined into one unit of measurement and must be replaced as an fabrication. 1. unplug battery footing cable. 2. On 1989 Skyhawk and 1989-90 Cavalier models, remove console table assembly as follows : a. Apply parking brake and obstruct wheels, then stead gear fault lever in Neutral situation. boron. Remove front man ashtray, then remove two console attaching screws through ashtray opening. c. Carefully pry button from center of chemise lever knob, then remove snap ring retaining node. d. Pull battlefront of console reduce covering upward, then lift trim cover from console and unplug wire connection. e. Remove three screws attaching front man of cabinet to mounting bracket. f. Remove rear ashtray, then remove screw attaching comfort to rear support. g. Remove console assembly. On models equipped with arm rest, it may be necessary to remove weapon rest assembly to provide clearance for console table removal. 3. On Sunbird models, remove cabinet assembly as follows : a. situation gear picker in Neutral and obstruct wheels. Do not apply parking bracken. bacillus. Carefully pry accessory trim panel, right and exit english panels outward from cabinet assembly. c. Remove cabinet to instrument empanel attaching nuts. d. Remove cabinet fabrication to console upper bracket attaching screws. e. Disconnect tape and magnetic disk player electric connectors, then remove upper berth console bracket. f. Remove shift lever knob to shift pry attaching setscrew or retainer, then pry chemise pry trim plate up. g. Remove rear ashtray to console rise shipshape plate attaching screws, then remove rear ashtray. h. Remove console table rear spare plate to console rear bracket attaching fuck. i. On models equipped with armrest, remove armrest inner compartment attaching cheat, then remove armrest to console rear bracket attaching screws, then remove armrest assembly. joule. On all models, remove parking bracken fabrication and console from console mounting brackets. 4. On 1991-92 Cavalier models, remove cabinet assembly as follows : a. Carefully pry accessory snip panel outward. bacillus. open ashtray, then remove attaching screw. c. Remove switch pry knob to shift lever attaching servant. d. Disconnect cigar light electrical connection, then remove sceneshifter tailored plate. e. Remove upper and lower A/C-Heater control condition attaching screws. f. Disconnect radio receiver electrical connection and antenna precede, then remove radio forum. g. Disconnect A/C-Heater control electric connectors and vacuum harness, then remove bowden cable to A/C-Heater control attaching screw, then remove A/C-Heater command fabrication. h. Remove console to instrument empanel attaching screws. one. Remove cabinet rise storage compartment attaching screws. joule. Disconnect remaining console electrical connectors, then remove cabinet assembly. k. Remove console elongation to front console bracket and shift control bracket attaching screws, then remove console table elongation. 5. On all models, disconnect wire connection from neutral Safety/Back-up lightly interchange. 6. Remove screws attaching switch to shifter lever, then remove substitution. 7. If the lapp switch over is to be reinstalled, proceed as follows : a. space shift lever in Neutral position. bacillus. Position trade to shift pry and broadly install attaching screws. c. Rotate switch on gearshift to align alteration trap with carrier tang, then insert a 3/32 edge utmost diameter pin into hole to a astuteness of 9/64 column inch. d. On models, except 1991-92 Cavalier, torsion switch attaching screws to 22 foot. lbs., then remove gauge pin. On 1991-92 Cavalier models, torsion substitution attaching screw to 18 foot. lbs., then remove gauge pivot. 8. If a newfangled substitution switch is to be installed, proceed as follows : a. position shift lever in the Neutral position. b. Align shift cock flats to switch flats. c. On models except 1991-92 Cavalier, torsion switch attaching bolts to 22 ft. pound. On 1991-92 Cavalier models, torsion switch attaching bolts to 18 ft. pound. If mounting bolts do not align with mounting holes ensure fault shaft is in neutral position. Do not rotate throw. d. Ensure engine will merely start in Park or Neutral. e. If engine will start in any early side place shift key lever in Neutral stead. f. Position switch over to shift lever and loosen trade attaching screws. g. Rotate switch on sceneshifter fabrication to align serve allowance hole with aircraft carrier sea tangle fix, then insert a 3/32 column inch maximum diameter gauge pin into hole to a depth of 5/8 edge. h. Torque trade attaching screws to former specified torsion, then remove gauge pin. 9. Install console and connect barrage grind cable. 10. Check to ensure that fomite will not start in any shift lever position except Neutral and Park. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – guide and Suspension > Sensors and Switches – Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Idle Speed Power Steering Pressure Switch Power Steering Pressure Switch : Locations Idle Speed Power Steering Pressure Switch LH Rear Of Engine Compartment. LH Side Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches – Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Idle Speed Power Steering Pressure Switch > Page 536 Power Steering Pressure Switch : Locations P/S Pressure Switch Engine Compartment Component Locations. LH Rear Corner Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches – Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 537 Power Steering Pressure Switch : description and Operation The Power Steering Pressure Switch ( PSPS ) closes during high coerce baron steering situations. When the exponent steering switch is closed, ability to the A/C relay is shut off, resulting in tune condition compressor seize detachment. A bespeak is besides sent to the ECM. The ECM uses this sign for idle control. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – transmittance and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches – A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch : Specifications COMPONENT … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. Torque/Ft.Lbs Pressure Switch … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 8 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – transmittance and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches – A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Description and Operation Transmission Position Switch/Sensor : description and Operation Park/Neutral Switch ( Auto. Trans ) The PARK/NEUTRAL switch indicates to the computer when the transmittance is in PARK or NEUTRAL. This data is used by the calculator for ignition time, Idle Air Control ( IAC ) operation, EGR and Canister Purge process ampere well as transmission Torque Converter Clutch ( TCC ) mathematical process. DO NOT drive the fomite with the PARK/NEUTRAL switch disconnected, since idle quality may be affected. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches – A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Specifications Transmission Speed Sensor : Specifications Electronic Speed Sensor Retainer … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 7 ft. pound. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Window Switch : Locations LH Front Door & Shroud. In LH Front Door applicable to : Sunbird Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wiper Switch : test and Inspection Multi Function Lever Test Wiper Washer Switch Voltage Chart PROCEDURE Disconnect wiring harnesses from windshield wiper drive and perform the follow multi-function lever tests using a digital voltmeter with ignition interchange on. All voltage readings taken with respect to vehicle earth. Probe terminals 1 through 4 with digital voltmeter and multi-function lever in respective positions. If the Multi-Function Lever Test is not completed correctly, then the multi-Function lever is defective. however, it is possible that the electrify harness is bad and has an open or short-change. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches – Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 557 Wiper Switch : Service and Repair Fig. 10 Windshield Wiper Switch Removal. Models Less Tilt Column Fig. 11 Windshield Wiper Switch Removal. Models With Tilt Column 1. Remove turn signal switch as outlined under STEERING SUSPENSION CHASSIS AND BODY COMPONENTS/STEERING/COMPONENT R & R/TURN SIGNAL SWITCH operation. 2. Refer to Figs. 10 and 11 for wiper switch substitute. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Technical Service Bulletin # 92503B Date : 911101 Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Number : 92-50-3B section : 3B date : NOV. 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 073002R ASE No. : A4 capable : LEAD/PULL, TORQUE/MEMORY STEER, STEERING WHEEL OFF CENTER Model and class : 1982-92 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-304-3B, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1992 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED AS WELL AS CORRECTED INFORMATION LISTED IN STEPS 6 AND 7. ALL COPIES OF 90-304-3B SHOULD BE DISCARDED. The postdate diagnostic and repair information has been developed and compiled to assist dealer service personnel in their efforts to diagnose and correct vehicles exhibiting lead/pull, torsion tip, memory tip, steering wheel off-center, and/or strange run down wear conditions. A stream chart which will be helpful in understanding the logic of the diagnostic and repair procedures is included. DEFINITIONS Lead : On a legato, flat road with the transaxle in achromatic, the vehicle does not require a detectable torsion input to the steering wheel to maintain a straight way. however, with hands removed from the steering wheel, the vehicle drift to the left or right. Pull : On a smooth, flat road with the transaxle in neutral, the vehicle requires a noticeable torsion input to the steering wheel to maintain a straight way. A pull requires noticeable input signal to correct. note : “ Leads ” and “ pulls ” are unlike terms for the lapp condition. run refers to the way deviation ( normally a lane change in .2 miles or less ) ; rend refers to the torsion at the steering bicycle required to maintain a true path ( more than .3 N-m or 2.7 lbs.in. ). Torque Steer : On a smooth, flat road the vehicle has a exit or right steering force that is eliminated when the transaxle is placed in achromatic. The magnitude of the steering wedge is normally ( but not always ) subject on the sum of apply engine torsion. Torque guide at constant highway focal ratio is frequently mistaken for leads/pulls. Memory Steer : On a legato, apartment road the vehicle exhibits a little lead/pull condition when the fomite is returned to a achromatic or straight ahead put after completion of a turn maneuver. This condition is always noted as being in the lapp focus as the last turn maneuver ( after a right flex, the vehicle leads or pulls to the correct ; after a leave turn, the fomite leads or pulls to the entrust ), and may vary in degree right field to left. This stipulate is most noticeable with the driver ‘s hands off the steering wheel. Steering Wheel Angle : The “ levelness ” of the steering wheel when following a straight way. Steering wheel should appear to be degree with the instrument panel when going heterosexual ahead, and within +/- 5 degrees when measured on an alignment machine. diagnostic Procedures Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 567 Step 1 Check Tires. A. like size ? B. Same brand ? C. Equally worn ? D. Abnormally worn or damaged ? E. Same bore pressure ( within 1 pounds per square inch ) ? Record any problems noted in tire inspection. Step 2 PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC RIDE ON SMOOTH, FLAT ( CROWN-FREE ) ROAD. It is important to repeat road test in each direction to eliminate crosswind effects. Road crown and crosswind induced leads/pulls are normal. The follow steps should be followed to by rights identify the complaint Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 568 condition : A. Drive the vehicle on a directly, smooth, flat ( crown-free ) road surface at 40-60 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour to 97 kilometers per hour ). Shift the transaxle to neutral and allow the fomite to slide. Momentarily release the guidance steering wheel and bill if there is a change in focus in locomotion. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDITION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A diversion from straight direction in neutral indicates a lead/pull. Proceed to lead/pull corrective legal action routine. B. If no variety in commission occurs in neutral, place the transaxle in tug and lightly accelerate from 40 miles per hour to 60 miles per hour while momentarily releasing the steering roulette wheel. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDTION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A noticeable deviation from a heterosexual path in drive indicates a torsion guide. Proceed to torque guide corrective action procedure. C. With the vehicle stopped, steer left to broad interlock, then straighten wheel, but do not go past straight-ahead position. lightly accelerate to 40 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour ). Does the fomite pull to the left throughout the acceleration ? Repeat the procedure to the right field. Does the vehicle now pull to the right ? If the vehicle leads/pulls in the lapp commission as the last steer, the fomite is exhibiting a ” memory steer ” stipulate. Another indication of “ memory tip ” is a detectable remainder in campaign required for left-to-right five right-to-left lock-to-lock turns while the vehicle is stopped. Proceed to memory steer corrective action operation. D. If none of the above conditions exist, but the steering wheel is not “ focus on ”, proceed to steering wheel lean corrective action. corrective action Procedures Lead/Pull 1. Put vehicle on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rise suspension or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake drag. C. Swap left battlefront tire/wheel assembly with right front tire/wheel assembly. Cross entirely the presence tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ ten ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the fomite. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. Labor operation E0100. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the opposition direction from the original complaint, the problem is most likely to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the fomite leads/pulls in the lapp management, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for lead/pull. A. Swap LF tire/wheel with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If fomite is fixed, replace LR run down ( tire that was in the first place on RF ). If vehicle is not fixed replace RF tire ( bore that was in the first place on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm cook. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. Wheel alignment. Be sure alliance rack calibration is up to date. Note all before and after readings and record them on the repair arrange. This information will be requested if technical Assistance is contacted, and will be helpful in Engineering analysis. A. Check camber and reset to nominal specification. B. note, do not adjust caster settings. Caster can not be adjusted. If caster is found to be out of specification, re-check on another machine, and verify calibration of current car. If caster is still out of specification, see assorted note # 4. If still out of specification, liaison Technical Assistance so Engineering can be notified see ” assorted Note # 5 before calling T.A.S. 5. Re-ride vehicle. A. If vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E2020. B. If vehicle pulls to left, proceed to step 6. C. If fomite pulls to right, proceed to step 7. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 569 6. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the left. A. Set the RF camber to a “ + ” value ( no more than + 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF camber to a “ – ” rate ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). C. Total cross camber ( left minus right ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. 7. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the properly. A. Set the RF camber to a “ – ” value ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF bank to a “ + ” value ( no more than + 1.00 degree ), C. Total cross camber ( leftover subtraction right ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. Torque Steer 1. Put fomite on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rear suspension or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake drag. C. Swap left battlefront tire/wheel assembly with right front tire/wheel assembly. Cross only the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ x ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the fomite. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the diametric focus from the original complaint, the trouble is most probable to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle torsion steers in the same guidance, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for torsion steer. A. Swap LF tire/wheel assembly with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If vehicle is fixed, replace LR run down ( bore that was primitively on RF ). If vehicle is not fixed replace RF tire ( tire that was originally on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm fix. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. bill front suspension “ Z ” heights as specified in Service Manual. One method of taking this measurement is to stretch a string tightly between the grease fittings on the bottom of the ball joints and measuring stick the distance up from the drawstring to the bottomland surface of the suspension support. If the side-to-side deviation is greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 inch ), correct the “ Z ” heights to adequate settings. “ Z ” height can be increased by installing a new service substitute leap that is one separate phone number “ stronger ” ( or more if required ) than the original equipment form. Each subsequent spring code will result in approximately 8 mm ( 3/8 column inch ) deviation in “ Z ” acme from the previous code. 5. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E3020 or E3021. B. If the vehicle hush torsion steers, proceed to next measure. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 570 Figure 1 6. measurement transaxle heights-see calculate 1. side-to-side transaxle heights should be equal. If side-to-side differences are greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 edge ), follow the engine shake-down routine below : A. Loosen the engine/transaxle to body mounts. B. Start the vehicle and shift from reversion to drive lento three times to re-settle the engine/transaxle assembly. figure 2 C. Block vehicle wheels and apply park and service brakes. With an adjunct watching the engine, make certain the transmission wax is not grounded against the end in drive. If therefore, shift the climb until the rubber break is not contacting the backing with the engine in drive. Refer to Figure 2. ( 1992 “ J ” cable car only ). D. Re-tighten all engine and transaxle mounts to soundbox. E. Check to see if the engine/transaxle is not level by measuring as described above. If it is not level, shim engine/transaxle mounts to raise the side with the lowest read, using appropriate bicycle alignment shim stock. Labor operation T4639. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 571 7. Re-ride the vehicle A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle still torsion steers, contact Technical Assistance. Memory Steer 1. Replace upper tittup mount/bearing assemblies following procedure in Service Manual. See ” Miscellaneous notes # 9. ” 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. Labor mathematical process E3927. B. If the fomite still exhibits memory tip, the steering gear may have high friction and should be replaced. See many-sided notes # 9. Labor operation E9730. Steering Wheel Angle not “ Centered ” Reset toe-in with steering steering wheel locked in “ focus on ” place. confirm that steering wheel is neat. Labor operation E2000. other corrective Action Procedures Check musket ball joints for binding or sticking by raising the vehicle on a hoist, and disconnect the tie rods. Move the tires spinal column and forth and feel for any tie or stick. If any is felt, the ball joint ( s ) may need to be replaced. many-sided Notes 1. Poor alignment will not cause shaking complaints. 2. toe-in does not affect leads/pulls or torsion bullock. It alone affects steering wheel angle and tire break. 3. Camber and caster values should not change during vehicle dispatch. 4. Some caster adjustments may be made using the follow routine, which utilizes available tolerance in fastener holes. Do not file or elongate any body sheet metallic element. A. Loosen the 6 abeyance support bolts on the side needing allowance. B. Using a pry barroom or other appropriate cock, adjust the suspension support forward to increase caster, or rearward to decrease caster. C. Tighten the 6 suspension support bolts while holding the suspension subscribe in the hope stead. D. Loosen the 3 strut mount fasteners in the locomotive compartment and move the top of the tittup rearward to increase caster or forward to decrease caster. 5. Never modify body sheet metallic element to adjust caster or camber on J/N/L vehicles. There is not enough structure or at heart spring headroom to do so. 6. Always confirm calibration of conjunction machine before calling technical foul Assistance. 7. Try a acknowledge good set of tires on a continual trouble vehicle before calling technical Assistance. This will rule forbidden tires as a cause of the trouble. 8. If it is necessary to call Technical Assistance, please have the play along information ready to give to the Technical Assistance Engineer : A. nature of complaint – What the customer complained about, mileage, and whether it is a torsion bullock, lead/pull, memory steer, or steering wheel off center. B. survive calibration date of alignment rack, type of equipment and model phone number. C. Tire size and mark, and condition of tires. D. Before and after alignment readings. E. “ Z ” heights. F. Call alone after attached procedure ( second ) has been performed. 9. For vehicles even under guarantee, please manipulation right parturiency operation codes for what has been done, and keep records ( before/after measurements, customer concern, etc ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 572 E0100 is the labor operation count used for guarantee claims for front run down swaps because of lead/pull or torsion steer concerns. E2020 is the labor operation number used for guarantee claims for toe adjust. Correct repair is to reset battlefront wheel person and union toe while locking the steering wheel in chastise flush position. Do not use E2020 to claim a toe adjust. Remember that a toe adjust will not correct torsion steer or leads/pulls ; it entirely corrects excessive tire wear and steering bicycle fish. 10. Do not claim an alliance labor operation in addition to another tug operation that requires ( and includes labor time for ) an alignment. The labor time for the alliance is either included in the labor operation or will be added to the parturiency operation. A good example of this is a tittup surrogate. The times for a camber check should be added, but an E2020 should not be claimed in addition to the strut change code. 11. Whenever potential in unusual or difficult-to-resolve cases, keep all defective parts and information for possible Engineering analysis. This includes bad tires, steering gears, strut mounts, and any other involve parts. 12. Whenever possible, record before and after measurements of caster, camber, toe, and suspension “ Z ” heights. This will speed up the resolution of these problems. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications Alignment : All Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications WARRANTY ADMINISTRATION Bulletin No. : 05-03-07-009C date : December 09, 2010 national : Wheel Alignment Specifications, Requirements and Recommendations for GM Vehicles Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks Supercede : This bulletin is being extensively revised to provide technicians and guarantee administrators with an all inclusive guidebook for wheel alignments. PLEASE FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THESE UPDATES BEFORE PERFORMING YOUR NEXT GM WHEEL ALIGNMENT SERVICE. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 05-03-07-009B ( Section 03 – suspension ). Purpose The aim of this bulletin is to provide retail, wholesale and fleet personnel with General Motors’ guarantee service requirements and recommendations for customer concerns related to wheel alignment. For your public toilet, this bulletin updates and centralizes all of GM ‘s Standard Wheel Alignment Service Procedures, Policy Guidelines and bulletins on wheel alignment guarantee service. important PLEASE FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THESE UPDATES BEFORE PERFORMING YOUR NEXT GM WHEEL ALIGNMENT SERVICE. The come five ( 5 ) key steps are a summary of this bulletin and are REQUIRED in completing a successful steering wheel conjunction service. 1. Verify the fomite is in an original Equipment condition for restrict burden, tires, wheels, suspension and steering configurations. Vehicles modified in any of these areas are not covered for wheel alignment guarantee. 2. Review the customer business proportional to “ Normal Operation ” definitions. 3. Verify that vehicle is within the “ mileage policy ” range. 4. Document bicycle alignment guarantee claims appropriately for undertaking operations E2000 and E2020. The play along data must be documented or attached to the repair order : – customer concern in detail – What corrected the customer business ? – If a wheel conjunction is performed : – consult SI for proper specifications. – text file the “ Before ” AND “ After ” wheel alignment measurements/settings. – Completed “ Wheel Alignment Repair Order Questionnaire ” ( form attached to this bulletin ) 5. Use the proper wheel conjunction equipment ( preferred with print-out capability ), process and the allow calibration alimony schedules. authoritative If it is determined that a wheel conjunction is necessary under guarantee, use the proper labor code for the repair. E2000 for Steering Wheel Angle and/or Front Toe set or E2020 for Wheel Alignment Check/Adjust includes Caster, Camber and Toe arrange ( Wheel conjunction labor time for early component repairs is to be charged to the part that causes a wheel alignment operation. ). The pursuit flow chart is to help summarize the data detailed in this bulletin and should be used whenever a roulette wheel alignment is performed. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 578 Verify Original Equipment Condition of the Vehicle – Verify that Original Equipment Tires and Wheels or Official GM Accessory Tires and Wheels are on the fomite. – affirm that aftermarket suspension “ Lift ” or “ Lowering ” Kits or other suspension alterations have NOT been done to the vehicle. – check for accidental damage to the vehicle ; for model, severe pothole or american stock exchange impacts, collision price that may have affected the roulette wheel alliance of the vehicle ; e.g., engine cradles, suspension master arms, axles, wheels, wheel covers, tires may show tell of damage/impact. – check to be sure vehicle has seen “ convention Use ” rather than misuse ; e.g., very aggressive drive may show up by looking at the tires and condition of the vehicle. – determine for other extra equipment items that may significantly affect vehicle mass such as big creature boxes, campers, snow plow packages ( without the snowplow RPO ), etc., particularly in trucks and cutaway/incomplete vehicles. Significant extra multitude can affect trim altitude and wheel alliance of the vehicle and may necessitate a customer pay wheel alliance when placed semi-permanently in the vehicle ( Upfitter instructions are to realign the vehicle after placement of these types of items. ( This typically applies to trucks and incomplete vehicles that can be upfit with equipment such as the above. ) Customer Concerns, “ convention operation ” Conditions and “ mileage policy ” possible Concerns The come are typical conditions that may require wheel conjunction guarantee service : 1. Lead/Pull : defined as “ at a constant highway speed on a typical straight road, the total of feat required at the steering rack to maintain the vehicle ‘s straight head. ” crucial Please evaluate for the condition with hands-on the guidance wheel. Follow the “ Vehicle Leads/Pulls ” diagnostic corner located in SI to determine the cause of a lead/pull concern. Lead/Pull concerns can be due to road crown or road slope, tires, wheel alliance or even in rare circumstances a steering gearing exit. Lead/pull concerns due to road crown are considered ” normal Operation ” and are NOT a warrantable condition — the customer should be advised that this is “ convention operation. ” Important Some customers may comment on a “ Lead/Pull ” when they hold the steering wheel in a floor stipulate. If so, this is more probable a “ steering wheel lean ” concern because the customer is ” steering ” the vehicle to obtain a “ level ” steering wheel. 2. Steering bicycle angle to the leave or veracious ( counter-clockwise or clockwise, respectively ) : Defined as the steering wheel angle ( clocking ) deviation from “ tied ” while maintaining a straight bearing on a typical square road. 3. irregular or premature tire wear : rebuff to very rebuff “ feather ” or “ boundary ” wear on the shoulders of tires is NOT considered strange and should tied out with a run down rotation ; if the customer is concerned about a “ feather ” discipline of the tires, the customer could be advised to rotate the tires earlier than the following scheduled mileage/maintenance interval ( but no late than the next interval ). Be certain to understand the customer ‘s driving habits as this will besides heavily influence the tire wear performance ; tire wear from aggressive or abusive driving habits is NOT a warrantable condition. authoritative Slight or mild feather, cupping, edge or heel/toe wear of run down tread shoulders is ” normal ” and can show up very early on in a tire/vehicle service mileage ; in fact, some modern tires can show evidence of feathering from the factory. These issues do NOT affect the overall performance and pace life of the tire. Dealer personnel should constantly check the customer ‘s maintenance records to ensure that tire inflation coerce is being maintained to placard and that the tires are being rotated ( modified-X radiation pattern ) at the proper mileage intervals. Wheel alignments are NOT to be performed for the types of “ Normal ” Tire Feathering shown in Figures 1-4 below. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 579 Figure 1 : broad Tread View – “ NORMAL ” Tire “ Feathering ” wear on the Shoulder/Adjacent/Center Ribs Figure 2 : tire Shoulder View Example 1 – “ NORMAL ” Tire “ Feathering ” wear on the Shoulder Figure 3 : tire Shoulder View Example 2 – “ NORMAL ” Tire “ Feathering ” Wear Figure 4 : Detail Side View of Tire Shoulder Area – “ NORMAL ” Tire “ Feathering ” Wear Important When a wheel conjunction is deemed necessary for tire wear, be certain to document on the repair order, in a much contingent as possible, the austereness and type of tire clothing ( e.g., dangerous center field wear or severe inside or outside shoulder wear ) and the side of the tire on the vehicle ( RF, LF, LR, RR ). Please note the customer ‘s business with the clothing such as, noise, appearance, wear life, etc. A discipline merchandise report with pictures of the tire wear condition is recommended. Refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 02-00-89-002J and # 07-00-89-036C. 4. early repairs that affect wheel alignment ; e.g., certain part refilling such as pause control branch substitute, engine cradle adjustment/replace, steering gear replacement, steering marry rod replace, abeyance strut/shock, steering knuckle, etc. may require a wheel alignment. important If other components or repairs are identified as affecting the wheel conjunction, policy calls for the wheel alliance department of labor clock time to be charged to the replaced/repaired component ‘s british labour party process time rather than the roulette wheel alignment labor operations. Important Vibration type customer concerns are generally NOT due to wheel conjunction except in the rare cases ; e.g., extreme diagonal wear across the tread. In general, bicycle alignments are NOT to be performed as an investigation/correction for vibration concerns. “ normal operation ” Conditions Vehicle Lead/Pull Due to Road Crown or gradient : As part of “ Normal Operation, ” vehicles will follow side-to-side or left to right road crown or slope. Be certain to verify from the customer the types of roads they are driving as they may not recognize the charm of road crown on fomite lead/pull and steering wheel slant. If a vehicle requires significant steering feat to prevent it from “ climbing ” the road crown there may be an emergence to be looked into promote. authoritative Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 580 A wheel alliance will broadly NOT correct vehicles that follow the road crown since this is within ” convention Operation. ” mileage Policy The follow mileage policy applies for E2020 and E2000 parturiency operations : note Wheel Alignment is NOT covered under the New Vehicle Limited Warranty for Express and Savana Cutaway vehicles as these vehicles require Upfitters to set the bicycle conjunction after completing the vehicles. – 0-800 kilometer ( 0-500 mi ) : E2000/E2020 claims ONLY allowed with Call Center Authorization. Due to the tie down during embark, the vehicle ‘s suspension requires some fourth dimension to reach normal operating military position. For this rationality, newfangled vehicles are by and large NOT to be aligned until they have accumulated at least 800 kilometer ( 500 nautical mile ). A discipline product reputation should accompany any claim within this mileage stove. – 801-12,000 kilometer ( 501-7,500 security service ) : – If a vehicle came from the factory with incorrect alignment settings, any resulting off-angle guide wheel, lead/pull characteristics or the rare happening of excessive tire wear would be apparent early in the life of the fomite. The follow policy applies : – Vehicles 100 % factory Set/Measured for Caster/Camber/Toe – Escalade/ESV/EXT, Tahoe/Suburban, Yukon/XL/Denali, Silverado/Sierra, Express/Savana, Corvette and Colorado/Canyon : E2000/E2020 Claims : Call Center Authorization Required – All Vehicles NOT 100 % factory Set/Measured for Caster/Camber/Toe as noted above : E2000/E2020 Claims : Dealer Service Manager Authorization Required – 12,001 kilometer and beyond ( 7,501 miles and beyond ) : During this period, customers are responsible for the wheel alignment expense or dealers may provide on a case-by case footing a erstwhile customer exuberance claim up to 16,000 km ( 10,000 nautical mile ). In the event that a defective component required the use of the national tug operations, the identify bad component parturiency operation will include the allow parturiency time for a bicycle alignment as an add condition to the component repair. Important lone one wheel alignment labor operation claim ( E2000 or E2020 ) may be used per VIN. Warranty Documentation Requirements When a roulette wheel alignment service has been deemed necessary, the following items will need to be clearly documented on/with the repair ordering : – customer concern in detail – What corrected the customer concern ? – If a steering wheel alliance is performed : – consult SI for proper specifications. – document the “ Before ” AND “ After ” steering wheel conjunction measurements/settings. – Completed “ Wheel Alignment Repair Order Questionnaire ” ( form attached to this bulletin ) 1. Document the customer concern in deoxyadenosine monophosphate much detail as possible on the rectify rate and in the guarantee presidency system. choose examples : – Steering wheel is off angle in the counterclockwise focus by approximately ten degrees or clocking position. – vehicle lead/pulls to the right at approximately x-y miles per hour. Vehicle will climb the road crown. Severe, Moderate or Slight. – rutherfordium and LF tires are wearing on the away shoulders with dangerous feathering. Important In the event of a lead/pull or steering wheel slant concern, please note the direction of lead/pull ( left or right ) or direction of steering bicycle slant ( clockwise or counterclockwise ) on the animate arrange and within the guarantee claim verbatim. Important In the consequence of a tire wear concern, please note the place on the fomite and where the wear is occurring on the bore ; i.e., the RF tire is wearing on the inside shoulder. 2. Document the technician ‘s findings on induce and correction of the issue. Examples : – Reset LF toe from 0.45 degrees to 0.10 degrees and RF toe from -0.25 degrees to 0.10 degrees to correct the steering bicycle fish from 5 degrees counterclockwise to 0 degrees. – readjust LF camber from 0.25 degrees to -0.05 degrees to correct the cross-camber condition of +0.30 degrees to 0.00 degrees on the vehicle. – Front Sum toe was found to be 0.50 degrees, reset to 0.20 degrees. 3. Print-out the “ Before ” and “ After ” wheel alignment measurements/settings and attach them to the Repair Order or if print-out capability is not Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 581 available, measurements may besides be clearly and legibly handwritten into the Wheel Alignment Repair Order Questionnaire attached to this bulletin. 4. Attach the Wheel Alignment Repair Order Questionnaire below along with the print-out of ” Before ” and “ After ” roulette wheel alignment measurements to the Repair Order and retain for use by GM. Wheel Alignment Equipment and Process Wheel alignments must be performed with a quality machine that will give accurate results when performing checks. “ external reference point ” ( image-based television camera engineering ) is preferred. Please refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 05-00-89-029B : General Motors Dealership Critical Equipment Requirements and Recommendations. Requirements : – Computerized four rack alliance system. – Computer able of printing before and after alliance reports. – Computer capable of time and go steady stamp printout. – Racking system must have jack capability – Racking system must be capable of level to 1.6 millimeter ( 1/16 in ) – allow roulette wheel stops and guard certificate – built-in turn plates and slip plates – Wheel clamps capable of attaching to 20 ” or larger wheels – Racking adequate to of accepting any GM passenger car or light duty hand truck – operator properly trained and ASE-certified ( U.S. alone ) in rack alignment Recommendations : Racking should have front and rear jacklight capability. equipment Maintenance and Calibration : alignment machines must be regularly calibrated in orderliness to give right information. Most manufacturers recommend the surveil : – conjunction machines with “ internal reference book ” sensors should be checked ( and calibrated, if necessary ) every six months. – alliance machines with “ external reference ” ( image-based television camera engineering ) should be checked ( and calibrated, if necessary ) once a class. – Racks must be kept level to within 1.6 mm ( 1/16 in ). – If any instrument that is part of the alignment machine is dropped or damaged in some way, check the calibration immediately. Check with the manufacturer of your particular equipment for their commend service/calibration schedule. Wheel Alignment Process When performing bicycle conjunction measurement and/or adaptation, the take after steps should be taken : preliminary Steps : 1. Verify that the vehicle has a full tank of fuel ( pay as necessary ). 2. Inspect the wheels and the tires for damage. 3. Inspect the tires for the proper ostentation and irregular tire clothing. 4. Inspect the wheel bearings for excessive play. 5. Inspect all abeyance and steer parts for loosen, wear, or damage. 6. Inspect the steer wheel for excessive drag or poor tax return due to stiff or rusted linkage or suspension components. 7. Inspect the vehicle trim stature. 8. compensate for frame angle on target vehicles ( refer to Wheel Alignment Specifications in SI ). satisfactory vehicle operation may occur over a wide-eyed range of alignment angles. however, if the wheel alignment angles are not within the scope of specifications, adjust the wheel conjunction to the specifications. Refer to Wheel Alignment Specifications in SI. Give consideration to excess loads, such as tool boxes, sample cases, etc. Follow the steering wheel alliance equipment manufacturer’s instructions. Measure/Adjust : important Prior to making any adjustments to wheel alliance on a fomite, technicians must verify that the wheel alliance specifications loaded into their wheel conjunction machine are up-to-date by comparing these to the wheel alignment specifications for the appropriate model and exemplary year in SI. Using incorrect and/or outdated specifications may result in unnecessary adjustments, irregular and/or previous bore wear and repeat customer concerns Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 582 Important When performing adjustments to vehicles requiring a 4-wheel conjunction, set the rear wheel conjunction angles first in ordain to obtain proper front man wheel alliance angles. Perform the succeed steps in ordain to measure the front and raise conjunction angles : 1. Install the alliance equipment according to the manufacturer ‘s instructions. 2. Jounce the front and the rear bumpers 3 times prior to checking the bicycle conjunction. 3. measure the conjunction angles and read the readings. If necessity, adjust the roulette wheel alignment to vehicle specification and criminal record the earlier and after measurements. Refer to Wheel Alignment Specifications in SI. Important Technicians must refer to SI for the correct wheel alliance specifications. SI is the alone source of GM wheel alliance specifications that is kept up-to-date throughout the year. Test force fomite to ensure proper repair. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 583 Frame Angle Measurement ( Express / Savana merely ) … … .. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 584 What corrected the customer concern and was the repair verified ? Please Explain : … … … …. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Technical Service Bulletin # 92503B Date : 911101 Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Number : 92-50-3B segment : 3B date : NOV. 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 073002R ASE No. : A4 subject : LEAD/PULL, TORQUE/MEMORY STEER, STEERING WHEEL OFF CENTER Model and year : 1982-92 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-304-3B, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1992 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED AS WELL AS CORRECTED INFORMATION LISTED IN STEPS 6 AND 7. ALL COPIES OF 90-304-3B SHOULD BE DISCARDED. The succeed diagnostic and animate information has been developed and compiled to assist dealer service personnel in their efforts to diagnose and correct vehicles exhibiting lead/pull, torsion tip, memory steer, steering steering wheel off-center, and/or unusual tire tire conditions. A run chart which will be helpful in understanding the logic of the diagnostic and repair procedures is included. DEFINITIONS Lead : On a smooth, flat road with the transaxle in impersonal, the vehicle does not require a noticeable torsion remark to the steering wheel to maintain a straight path. however, with hands removed from the steering wheel, the vehicle drift to the left or right. Pull : On a smooth, apartment road with the transaxle in inert, the vehicle requires a detectable torsion stimulation to the steering steering wheel to maintain a square path. A attract requires detectable input signal to correct. note : “ Leads ” and “ pulls ” are unlike terms for the like condition. tip refers to the path deviation ( normally a lane change in .2 miles or less ) ; pull refers to the torsion at the steering wheel required to maintain a straight path ( more than .3 N-m or 2.7 lbs.in. ). Torque Steer : On a smooth, flat road the vehicle has a bequeath or right steering force that is eliminated when the transaxle is placed in neutral. The order of magnitude of the steering pull is normally ( but not constantly ) dependent on the measure of put on engine torsion. Torque bullock at constant highway speed is frequently mistaken for leads/pulls. Memory Steer : On a legato, categoric road the fomite exhibits a rebuff lead/pull condition when the vehicle is returned to a neutral or directly ahead position after completion of a turn tactic. This condition is always noted as being in the lapp direction as the death turning manoeuver ( after a right bend, the fomite leads or pulls to the right ; after a left turn, the vehicle leads or pulls to the leave ), and may vary in degree justly to left. This condition is most noticeable with the driver ‘s hands off the steering rack. Steering Wheel Angle : The “ levelness ” of the steering bicycle when following a directly path. Steering roulette wheel should appear to be level with the legal document gore when going square ahead, and within +/- 5 degrees when measured on an conjunction machine. diagnostic Procedures Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 589 Step 1 Check Tires. A. lapp size ? B. Same brand ? C. Equally worn ? D. Abnormally worn or damaged ? E. Same run down pressure ( within 1 psi ) ? Record any problems noted in bore inspection. Step 2 PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC RIDE ON SMOOTH, FLAT ( CROWN-FREE ) ROAD. It is authoritative to repeat road test in each direction to eliminate crosswind effects. Road crown and crosswind induce leads/pulls are normal. The follow steps should be followed to properly identify the charge Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 590 condition : A. Drive the fomite on a straight, fluent, flat ( crown-free ) road surface at 40-60 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour to 97 kilometers per hour ). Shift the transaxle to achromatic and allow the vehicle to coast. Momentarily release the guide rack and note if there is a change in guidance in travel. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDITION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A deviation from straight focus in achromatic indicates a lead/pull. Proceed to lead/pull corrective action operation. B. If no change in focus occurs in neutral, place the transaxle in drive and lightly accelerate from 40 miles per hour to 60 miles per hour while momentarily releasing the steering bicycle. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDTION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A obtrusive diversion from a straight path in drive indicates a torsion steer. Proceed to torque steer corrective action procedure. C. With the vehicle stopped, bullock left to broad lock, then straighten rack, but do not go past straight-ahead stead. lightly accelerate to 40 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour ). Does the vehicle puff to the leave throughout the acceleration ? Repeat the procedure to the right field. Does the fomite now pull to the right ? If the vehicle leads/pulls in the same direction as the last maneuver, the vehicle is exhibiting a ” memory tip ” condition. Another indication of “ memory tip ” is a noticeable remainder in feat required for left-to-right vanadium right-to-left lock-to-lock turns while the vehicle is stopped. Proceed to memory bullock corrective action operation. D. If none of the above conditions exist, but the steering roulette wheel is not “ concentrate ”, proceed to steering wheel angle corrective action. corrective action Procedures Lead/Pull 1. Put vehicle on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rear suspension or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake drag. C. Swap left battlefront tire/wheel assembly with right front tire/wheel assembly. Cross only the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ ten ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. Labor process E0100. B. If the fomite torsion steers in the inverse direction from the original ailment, the trouble is most probable to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle leads/pulls in the same management, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for lead/pull. A. Swap LF tire/wheel with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If vehicle is fixed, replace LR tire ( tire that was originally on RF ). If fomite is not fixed replace RF run down ( tire that was in the first place on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm repair. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. Wheel alignment. Be sure alliance rack calibration is up to date. Note all before and after readings and record them on the repair regulate. This information will be requested if technical Assistance is contacted, and will be helpful in Engineering analysis. A. Check camber and reset to nominative specification. B. note, do not adjust caster settings. Caster can not be adjusted. If caster is found to be out of specification, re-check on another machine, and verify calibration of current machine. If caster is still out of specification, see assorted note # 4. If hush out of specification, contact Technical Assistance so Engineering can be notified see ” assorted Note # 5 before calling T.A.S. 5. Re-ride vehicle. A. If vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E2020. B. If vehicle pulls to left, proceed to step 6. C. If fomite pulls to right, proceed to step 7. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 591 6. Reset bank for a lead/pull to the leave. A. Set the RF camber to a “ + ” value ( no more than + 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF bank to a “ – ” value ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). C. Total cross camber ( left minus right ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. 7. Reset bank for a lead/pull to the correct. A. Set the RF bank to a “ – ” value ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF camber to a “ + ” rate ( no more than + 1.00 degree ), C. Total cross camber ( left minus right ) should be nobelium more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. Torque Steer 1. Put fomite on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or raise suspension or steering components. B. Check for obvious bracken scuff. C. Swap left front tire/wheel fabrication with right front tire/wheel fabrication. Cross alone the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ ten ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the diametric direction from the original complaint, the problem is most likely to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle torsion steers in the lapp commission, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for torsion bullock. A. Swap LF tire/wheel assembly with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If fomite is fixed, replace LR tire ( tire that was originally on RF ). If fomite is not fixed replace RF tire ( run down that was primitively on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm fix. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. bill front man suspension “ Z ” heights as specified in Service Manual. One method acting of taking this measurement is to stretch a string tightly between the grease fittings on the bottom of the ball joints and measure the distance up from the string to the bottom come on of the abeyance support. If the side-to-side difference is greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 column inch ), correct the “ Z ” heights to equal settings. “ Z ” altitude can be increased by installing a modern service successor spring that is one part number “ stronger ” ( or more if required ) than the original equipment spring. Each subsequent spring code will result in approximately 8 mm ( 3/8 edge ) difference in “ Z ” acme from the previous code. 5. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E3020 or E3021. B. If the vehicle still torsion steers, proceed to next step. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 592 Figure 1 6. meter transaxle heights-see figure 1. side-to-side transaxle heights should be equal. If side-to-side differences are greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 column inch ), follow the locomotive shake-down operation below : A. Loosen the engine/transaxle to soundbox mounts. B. Start the fomite and chemise from reversion to drive slowly three times to re-settle the engine/transaxle forum. calculate 2 C. Block vehicle wheels and apply park and avail brakes. With an adjunct watching the engine, make sure the transmittance climb is not grounded against the arrest in drive. If therefore, shift the wax until the rubber stop is not contacting the wax with the engine in drive. Refer to Figure 2. ( 1992 “ J ” car only ). D. Re-tighten all locomotive and transaxle mounts to body. E. Check to see if the engine/transaxle is not floor by measuring as described above. If it is not grade, shim engine/transaxle mounts to raise the side with the lowest learn, using appropriate wheel alliance shim stock. Labor operation T4639. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 593 7. Re-ride the fomite A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. B. If the fomite distillery torsion steers, touch Technical Assistance. Memory Steer 1. Replace amphetamine strut mount/bearing assemblies following operation in Service Manual. See ” Miscellaneous notes # 9. ” 2. Re-ride the fomite. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E3927. B. If the vehicle still exhibits memory steer, the steering gear may have senior high school friction and should be replaced. See assorted notes # 9. Labor operation E9730. Steering Wheel Angle not “ Centered ” Reset toe-in with steering wheel locked in “ focus on ” situation. confirm that steering wheel is straight. Labor process E2000. early corrective Action Procedures Check ball joints for binding or sticking by raising the fomite on a hoist, and disconnect the marry rods. Move the tires back and forth and feel for any adhere or stick. If any is felt, the ball joint ( s ) may need to be replaced. assorted Notes 1. Poor alliance will not cause shaking complaints. 2. toe-in does not affect leads/pulls or torsion steer. It only affects steering wheel angle and tire tire. 3. Camber and caster values should not change during vehicle dispatch. 4. Some caster adjustments may be made using the keep up procedure, which utilizes available tolerance in fastener holes. Do not file or elongate any soundbox sail alloy. A. Loosen the 6 pause back bolts on the english needing adjustment. B. Using a pry bar or other appropriate tool, adjust the pause accompaniment forward to increase caster, or rear to decrease caster. C. Tighten the 6 pause subscribe bolts while holding the suspension back in the coveted position. D. Loosen the 3 tittup mountain fasteners in the locomotive compartment and move the top of the strut rear to increase caster or fore to decrease caster. 5. Never modify consistency tabloid metallic element to adjust caster or camber on J/N/L vehicles. There is not enough social organization or inside bounce headroom to do so. 6. Always confirm calibration of alliance machine before calling technical Assistance. 7. Try a know good plant of tires on a continual problem vehicle before calling technical Assistance. This will rule out tires as a cause of the problem. 8. If it is necessary to call Technical Assistance, please have the pursuit information ready to give to the Technical Assistance Engineer : A. nature of charge – What the customer complained about, mileage, and whether it is a torsion steer, lead/pull, memory tip, or steering wheel off center. B. last calibration date of alliance extort, type of equipment and model number. C. Tire size and stigmatize, and condition of tires. D. Before and after alignment readings. E. “ Z ” heights. F. Call merely after attached routine ( south ) has been performed. 9. For vehicles still under guarantee, please use decline labor operation codes for what has been done, and keep records ( before/after measurements, customer concern, etc ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 594 E0100 is the labor process act used for guarantee claims for battlefront tire swaps because of lead/pull or torsion guide concerns. E2020 is the labor operation number used for guarantee claims for toe align. Correct compensate is to reset front roulette wheel individual and total toe while locking the steering wheel in chastise level status. Do not use E2020 to claim a toe adjust. Remember that a toe adjust will not correct torsion steer or leads/pulls ; it merely corrects excessive tire wear and steering wheel slant. 10. Do not claim an conjunction tug operation in accession to another labor operation that requires ( and includes labor time for ) an alignment. The labor time for the alignment is either included in the labor operation or will be added to the labor operation. A good exemplar of this is a strut successor. The times for a camber crack should be added, but an E2020 should not be claimed in accession to the tittup change code. 11. Whenever possible in unusual or difficult-to-resolve cases, keep all defective parts and information for potential Engineering analysis. This includes bad tires, steering gears, tittup mounts, and any other byzantine parts. 12. Whenever possible, record before and after measurements of caster, camber, toe, and suspension “ Z ” heights. This will speed up the settlement of these problems. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 901063E > Dec > 89 > Wheel Alignment – Specifications Alignment : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheel Alignment – Specifications Number : 90-106-3E incision : 3E date : December 1989 Corporate Bulletin No. : 993101 subject : WHEEL ALIGNMENT SPECIFICATIONS Model and year : 1990 PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 901063E > Dec > 89 > Wheel Alignment – Specifications > Page 599 ATTACHED FOR YOUR INFORMATION ARE THE 1990 MODEL WHEEL ALIGNMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL GM PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT TRUCKS. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 90973A > Nov > 89 > Wheel Alignment – discipline Camber Specifications Alignment : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheel Alignment – discipline Camber Specifications Number : 90-97-3A part : 3A date : November 1989 Corporate Bulletin No. : 973101 subject : WHEEL ALIGNMENT – CORRECT CAMBER SPECIFICATIONS Model and year : 1990 J CARS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS The presence steering wheel bank specifications for the 1990 ‘J ‘ vehicles are shown falsely in section 3A of the 1990 Chassis Service Manual. ALL 1990 model J vehicle front wheel camber specifications should be 0 degree +/- .70. Please note this correction in your Service Manual ( with reference point to this bulletin ) on page 3A-7, Fig 7. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications Alignment : All Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications WARRANTY ADMINISTRATION Bulletin No. : 05-03-07-009C date : December 09, 2010 subjugate : Wheel Alignment Specifications, Requirements and Recommendations for GM Vehicles Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks Supercede : This bulletin is being extensively revised to provide technicians and guarantee administrators with an all inclusive guide for wheel alignments. PLEASE FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THESE UPDATES BEFORE PERFORMING YOUR NEXT GM WHEEL ALIGNMENT SERVICE. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 05-03-07-009B ( Section 03 – suspension ). Purpose The purpose of this bulletin is to provide retail, sweeping and fleet personnel with General Motors’ guarantee service requirements and recommendations for customer concerns related to wheel alignment. For your public toilet, this bulletin updates and centralizes all of GM ‘s Standard Wheel Alignment Service Procedures, Policy Guidelines and bulletins on bicycle alignment guarantee avail. important PLEASE FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THESE UPDATES BEFORE PERFORMING YOUR NEXT GM WHEEL ALIGNMENT SERVICE. The following five ( 5 ) key steps are a compendious of this bulletin and are REQUIRED in completing a successful bicycle conjunction serve. 1. Verify the vehicle is in an original Equipment condition for suppress weight, tires, wheels, suspension and steering configurations. Vehicles modified in any of these areas are not covered for bicycle conjunction guarantee. 2. Review the customer concern relative to “ Normal Operation ” definitions. 3. Verify that vehicle is within the “ mileage policy ” range. 4. Document wheel alignment guarantee claims appropriately for labor operations E2000 and E2020. The following information must be documented or attached to the rectify order : – customer concern in detail – What corrected the customer concern ? – If a wheel alliance is performed : – consult SI for proper specifications. – document the “ Before ” AND “ After ” wheel alliance measurements/settings. – Completed “ Wheel Alignment Repair Order Questionnaire ” ( form attached to this bulletin ) 5. Use the proper steering wheel alignment equipment ( preferred with print-out capability ), action and the appropriate calibration sustenance schedules. authoritative If it is determined that a wheel conjunction is necessity under guarantee, use the proper labor code for the repair. E2000 for Steering Wheel Angle and/or Front Toe set or E2020 for Wheel Alignment Check/Adjust includes Caster, Camber and Toe set up ( Wheel conjunction undertaking time for early part repairs is to be charged to the component that causes a bicycle alignment operation. ). The pursue flow chart is to help summarize the data detailed in this bulletin and should be used whenever a roulette wheel conjunction is performed. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 609 Verify Original Equipment Condition of the Vehicle – Verify that Original Equipment Tires and Wheels or Official GM Accessory Tires and Wheels are on the fomite. – control that aftermarket abeyance “ Lift ” or “ Lowering ” Kits or other suspension alterations have NOT been done to the fomite. – check for accidental damage to the vehicle ; for exemplar, austere pothole or control impacts, collision damage that may have affected the roulette wheel alignment of the vehicle ; e.g., engine cradles, suspension control arms, axles, wheels, bicycle covers, tires may show evidence of damage/impact. – check to be certain vehicle has seen “ normal Use ” rather than mistreat ; e.g., identical aggressive drive may show up by looking at the tires and discipline of the vehicle. – check for early extra equipment items that may significantly affect vehicle mass such as big joyride boxes, campers, snow cover packages ( without the snowplow RPO ), etc., particularly in trucks and cutaway/incomplete vehicles. Significant extra mass can affect reduce height and wheel conjunction of the vehicle and may necessitate a customer pay wheel conjunction when placed semi-permanently in the fomite ( Upfitter instructions are to realign the vehicle after placement of these types of items. ( This typically applies to trucks and incomplete vehicles that can be upfit with equipment such as the above. ) Customer Concerns, “ normal operation ” Conditions and “ mileage policy ” possible Concerns The follow are distinctive conditions that may require bicycle alignment guarantee service : 1. Lead/Pull : defined as “ at a constant highway rush on a typical straight road, the sum of campaign required at the steering bicycle to maintain the fomite ‘s straight head. ” important Please evaluate for the circumstance with hands-on the guidance wheel. Follow the “ Vehicle Leads/Pulls ” diagnostic tree located in SI to determine the campaign of a lead/pull business. Lead/Pull concerns can be due to road crown or road slope, tires, wheel alignment or even in rare circumstances a steering gear issue. Lead/pull concerns ascribable to road crown are considered ” normal Operation ” and are NOT a warrantable circumstance — the customer should be advised that this is “ normal process. ” Important Some customers may comment on a “ Lead/Pull ” when they hold the steering bicycle in a horizontal surface discipline. If thus, this is more likely a “ steering wheel angle ” concern because the customer is ” steering ” the vehicle to obtain a “ level ” steering wheel. 2. Steering roulette wheel angle to the leave or right ( counter-clockwise or clockwise, respectively ) : Defined as the steering wheel slant ( clocking ) deviation from “ level ” while maintaining a heterosexual head on a typical straight road. 3. irregular or previous run down wear : slender to very flimsy “ fledge ” or “ edge ” break on the shoulders of tires is NOT considered unusual and should even out with a tire rotation ; if the customer is concerned about a “ feather ” condition of the tires, the customer could be advised to rotate the tires earlier than the next schedule mileage/maintenance time interval ( but no by and by than the next interval ). Be sure to understand the customer ‘s driving habits as this will besides heavily influence the bore wear performance ; tire wear from aggressive or abusive drive habits is NOT a warrantable condition. significant Slight or mild feather, cupping, edge or heel/toe wear of run down tread shoulders is ” convention ” and can show up identical early in a tire/vehicle serve mileage ; in fact, some new tires can show attest of feathering from the factory. These issues do NOT affect the overall performance and tread life of the tire. Dealer personnel should always check the customer ‘s maintenance records to ensure that bore inflation imperativeness is being maintained to placard and that the tires are being rotated ( modified-X design ) at the proper mileage intervals. Wheel alignments are NOT to be performed for the types of “ Normal ” Tire Feathering shown in Figures 1-4 below. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 610 Figure 1 : full Tread View – “ NORMAL ” Tire “ Feathering ” wear on the Shoulder/Adjacent/Center Ribs Figure 2 : tire Shoulder View Example 1 – “ NORMAL ” Tire “ Feathering ” wear on the Shoulder Figure 3 : bore Shoulder View Example 2 – “ NORMAL ” Tire “ Feathering ” Wear Figure 4 : Detail Side View of Tire Shoulder Area – “ NORMAL ” Tire “ Feathering ” Wear Important When a bicycle alliance is deemed necessary for run down wear, be sure to document on the repair order, in a much detail as potential, the severity and type of run down wear ( e.g., severe center tire or austere inside or outside shoulder wear ) and the status of the tire on the fomite ( RF, LF, LR, RR ). Please note the customer ‘s business with the wear such as, noise, appearance, wear life, etc. A playing field product reputation with pictures of the tire wear condition is recommended. Refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 02-00-89-002J and # 07-00-89-036C. 4. other repairs that affect wheel alignment ; e.g., certain component surrogate such as pause control arm replacement, engine cradle adjustment/replace, steering gear substitute, steering tie rod replace, suspension strut/shock, steering knuckle, etc. may require a wheel alignment. significant If other components or repairs are identified as affecting the wheel alignment, policy calls for the roulette wheel alignment parturiency time to be charged to the replaced/repaired component ‘s labor operation time rather than the wheel alliance labor operations. Important Vibration type customer concerns are by and large NOT due to wheel alignment except in the rare cases ; e.g., extreme diagonal wear across the tread. In cosmopolitan, rack alignments are NOT to be performed as an investigation/correction for oscillation concerns. “ normal operation ” Conditions Vehicle Lead/Pull Due to Road Crown or slope : As part of “ Normal Operation, ” vehicles will follow side-to-side or left to right road crown or gradient. Be certain to verify from the customer the types of roads they are driving as they may not recognize the influence of road crown on vehicle lead/pull and steering wheel angle. If a vehicle requires significant steering feat to prevent it from “ climbing ” the road crown there may be an issue to be looked into far. authoritative Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 611 A bicycle conjunction will broadly NOT decline vehicles that follow the road peak since this is within ” normal Operation. ” mileage Policy The pursue mileage policy applies for E2020 and E2000 labor operations : note Wheel Alignment is NOT covered under the New Vehicle Limited Warranty for Express and Savana Cutaway vehicles as these vehicles require Upfitters to set the wheel conjunction after completing the vehicles. – 0-800 kilometer ( 0-500 michigan ) : E2000/E2020 claims ONLY allowed with Call Center Authorization. Due to the tie down during transport, the fomite ‘s suspension requires some time to reach normal operating position. For this reason, newly vehicles are by and large NOT to be aligned until they have accumulated at least 800 kilometer ( 500 myocardial infarction ). A field product report should accompany any claim within this mileage range. – 801-12,000 kilometer ( 501-7,500 security service ) : – If a vehicle came from the factory with faulty alignment settings, any resulting off-angle steering bicycle, lead/pull characteristics or the rare happening of excessive bore wear would be apparent early in the life of the vehicle. The follow policy applies : – Vehicles 100 % factory Set/Measured for Caster/Camber/Toe – Escalade/ESV/EXT, Tahoe/Suburban, Yukon/XL/Denali, Silverado/Sierra, Express/Savana, Corvette and Colorado/Canyon : E2000/E2020 Claims : Call Center Authorization Required – All Vehicles NOT 100 % factory Set/Measured for Caster/Camber/Toe as noted above : E2000/E2020 Claims : Dealer Service Manager Authorization Required – 12,001 kilometer and beyond ( 7,501 miles and beyond ) : During this period, customers are responsible for the roulette wheel alignment expense or dealers may provide on a case-by lawsuit basis a erstwhile customer exuberance claim up to 16,000 km ( 10,000 security service ). In the event that a defective component required the use of the subject british labour party operations, the identify bad component parturiency operation will include the appropriate labor time for a wheel alliance as an add condition to the component repair. Important only one wheel conjunction department of labor operation call ( E2000 or E2020 ) may be used per VIN. Warranty Documentation Requirements When a wheel alliance avail has been deemed necessary, the watch items will need to be clearly documented on/with the animate rate : – customer business in detail – What corrected the customer concern ? – If a wheel alignment is performed : – consult SI for proper specifications. – document the “ Before ” AND “ After ” bicycle alignment measurements/settings. – Completed “ Wheel Alignment Repair Order Questionnaire ” ( form attached to this bulletin ) 1. Document the customer concern in a much detail as possible on the repair rate and in the guarantee administration organization. prefer examples : – Steering wheel is off angle in the counterclockwise direction by approximately ten degrees or clocking position. – fomite lead/pulls to the right at approximately x-y miles per hour. Vehicle will climb the road crown. Severe, Moderate or Slight. – reticular formation and LF tires are wearing on the external shoulders with hard feathering. Important In the event of a lead/pull or steering wheel angle concern, please note the direction of lead/pull ( left or right ) or management of steering roulette wheel angle ( clockwise or counterclockwise ) on the repair ordain and within the guarantee call direct. Important In the event of a tire wear concern, please note the situation on the fomite and where the wear is occurring on the tire ; i.e., the RF bore is wearing on the inside shoulder. 2. Document the technician ‘s findings on lawsuit and correction of the issue. Examples : – Reset LF toe from 0.45 degrees to 0.10 degrees and RF toe from -0.25 degrees to 0.10 degrees to correct the steering wheel angle from 5 degrees counterclockwise to 0 degrees. – reset LF camber from 0.25 degrees to -0.05 degrees to correct the cross-camber condition of +0.30 degrees to 0.00 degrees on the vehicle. – Front Sum toe was found to be 0.50 degrees, reset to 0.20 degrees. 3. Print-out the “ Before ” and “ After ” wheel conjunction measurements/settings and attach them to the Repair Order or if print-out capability is not Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 612 available, measurements may besides be distinctly and legibly handwritten into the Wheel Alignment Repair Order Questionnaire attached to this bulletin. 4. Attach the Wheel Alignment Repair Order Questionnaire below along with the print-out of ” Before ” and “ After ” rack alignment measurements to the Repair Order and retain for function by GM. Wheel Alignment Equipment and Process Wheel alignments must be performed with a timbre machine that will give accurate results when performing checks. “ external citation ” ( image-based television camera engineering ) is preferred. Please refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 05-00-89-029B : General Motors Dealership Critical Equipment Requirements and Recommendations. Requirements : – Computerized four steering wheel conjunction system. – Computer capable of printing before and after conjunction reports. – Computer capable of clock time and date stamp printout. – Racking system must have jacklight capability – Racking system must be capable of charge to 1.6 millimeter ( 1/16 in ) – appropriate wheel stops and base hit certification – built-in go plates and dislocate plates – Wheel clamps adequate to of attaching to 20 ” or larger wheels – Racking capable of accepting any GM passenger car or light duty truck – operator by rights trained and ASE-certified ( U.S. only ) in rack alliance Recommendations : Racking should have presence and rear jacklight capability. equipment Maintenance and Calibration : alliance machines must be regularly calibrated in club to give right information. Most manufacturers recommend the postdate : – alignment machines with “ inner reference ” sensors should be checked ( and calibrated, if necessary ) every six months. – alignment machines with “ external character ” ( image-based camera technology ) should be checked ( and calibrated, if necessity ) once a year. – Racks must be kept level to within 1.6 mm ( 1/16 in ). – If any musical instrument that is function of the alliance car is dropped or damaged in some way, check the calibration immediately. Check with the manufacturer of your specific equipment for their recommend service/calibration schedule. Wheel Alignment Process When performing wheel alliance measurement and/or allowance, the comply steps should be taken : preliminary Steps : 1. Verify that the vehicle has a full tank of fuel ( right as necessity ). 2. Inspect the wheels and the tires for damage. 3. Inspect the tires for the proper inflation and guerrilla run down wear. 4. Inspect the steering wheel bearings for excessive toy. 5. Inspect all abeyance and steer parts for looseness, tire, or damage. 6. Inspect the steering rack for excessive drag or poor return due to stiff or rusted linkage or suspension components. 7. Inspect the fomite trim altitude. 8. compensate for frame slant on target vehicles ( refer to Wheel Alignment Specifications in SI ). satisfactory vehicle operation may occur over a wide range of alliance angles. however, if the wheel alliance angles are not within the range of specifications, adjust the bicycle alignment to the specifications. Refer to Wheel Alignment Specifications in SI. Give consideration to excess loads, such as cock boxes, sample cases, etc. Follow the wheel conjunction equipment manufacturer’s instructions. Measure/Adjust : important Prior to making any adjustments to wheel alliance on a vehicle, technicians must verify that the wheel alignment specifications loaded into their wheel alignment machine are up-to-date by comparing these to the steering wheel alignment specifications for the appropriate model and model year in SI. Using faulty and/or outdated specifications may result in unnecessary adjustments, irregular and/or premature tire clothing and repeat customer concerns Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 613 Important When performing adjustments to vehicles requiring a 4-wheel alignment, set the rear rack alignment angles first gear in ordain to obtain proper front wheel conjunction angles. Perform the adopt steps in ordering to measure the front and buttocks alignment angles : 1. Install the alignment equipment according to the manufacturer ‘s instructions. 2. Jounce the battlefront and the rear bumpers 3 times anterior to checking the rack conjunction. 3. meter the conjunction angles and record the readings. If necessary, adjust the wheel alignment to vehicle stipulation and record the ahead and after measurements. Refer to Wheel Alignment Specifications in SI. Important Technicians must refer to SI for the correct wheel alignment specifications. SI is the only source of GM wheel alignment specifications that is kept up-to-date throughout the year. Test tug vehicle to ensure proper animate. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 614 Frame Angle Measurement ( Express / Savana merely ) … … .. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 05-03-07-009C > Dec > 10 > Steering/Suspension – Wheel Alignment Specifications > Page 615 What corrected the customer refer and was the animate verified ? Please Explain : … … … …. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 901063E > Dec > 89 > Wheel Alignment – Specifications Alignment : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheel Alignment – Specifications Number : 90-106-3E section : 3E date : December 1989 Corporate Bulletin No. : 993101 topic : WHEEL ALIGNMENT SPECIFICATIONS Model and class : 1990 PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 901063E > Dec > 89 > Wheel Alignment – Specifications > Page 620 ATTACHED FOR YOUR INFORMATION ARE THE 1990 MODEL WHEEL ALIGNMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL GM PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT TRUCKS. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > 90973A > Nov > 89 > Wheel Alignment – adjust Camber Specifications Alignment : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheel Alignment – correct Camber Specifications Number : 90-97-3A incision : 3A date : November 1989 Corporate Bulletin No. : 973101 submit : WHEEL ALIGNMENT – CORRECT CAMBER SPECIFICATIONS Model and year : 1990 J CARS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS The front bicycle camber specifications for the 1990 ‘J ‘ vehicles are shown falsely in section 3A of the 1990 Chassis Service Manual. ALL 1990 model J vehicle front rack bank specifications should be 0 academic degree +/- .70. Please note this correction in your Service Manual ( with reference book to this bulletin ) on page 3A-7, Fig 7. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 625 conjunction : By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 92503B Date : 911101 Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Number : 92-50-3B section : 3B date : NOV. 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 073002R ASE No. : A4 subject : LEAD/PULL, TORQUE/MEMORY STEER, STEERING WHEEL OFF CENTER Model and year : 1982-92 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-304-3B, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1992 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED AS WELL AS CORRECTED INFORMATION LISTED IN STEPS 6 AND 7. ALL COPIES OF 90-304-3B SHOULD BE DISCARDED. The follow diagnostic and compensate information has been developed and compiled to assist trader service personnel in their efforts to diagnose and correct vehicles exhibiting lead/pull, torsion steer, memory steer, steering wheel off-center, and/or strange tire wear conditions. A flow chart which will be helpful in understanding the logic of the diagnostic and repair procedures is included. DEFINITIONS Lead : On a smooth, flat road with the transaxle in neutral, the fomite does not require a noticeable torsion remark to the steering wheel to maintain a straight path. however, with hands removed from the steering wheel, the vehicle drift to the left or right. Pull : On a polish, flatcar road with the transaxle in achromatic, the fomite requires a noticeable torsion input to the steering wheel to maintain a directly path. A pull requires detectable remark to correct. note : “ Leads ” and “ pulls ” are different terms for the like stipulate. conduct refers to the path deviation ( normally a lane change in .2 miles or less ) ; draw refers to the torsion at the steering bicycle required to maintain a square path ( more than .3 N-m or 2.7 lbs.in. ). Torque Steer : On a politic, flat road the vehicle has a left or right steering force that is eliminated when the transaxle is placed in neutral. The magnitude of the steering wedge is normally ( but not constantly ) pendent on the amount of use engine torsion. Torque guide at ceaseless highway speed is frequently mistaken for leads/pulls. Memory Steer : On a smooth, flat road the vehicle exhibits a little lead/pull discipline when the vehicle is returned to a impersonal or straight ahead position after completion of a turn maneuver. This stipulate is constantly noted as being in the same focus as the stopping point plow steer ( after a right twist, the vehicle leads or pulls to the properly ; after a left flex, the vehicle leads or pulls to the left field ), and may vary in degree right to left. This condition is most noticeable with the driver ‘s hands off the steering steering wheel. Steering Wheel Angle : The “ levelness ” of the steering wheel when following a straight path. Steering steering wheel should appear to be charge with the legal document jury when going straight ahead, and within +/- 5 degrees when measured on an conjunction machine. diagnostic Procedures Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 626 Step 1 Check Tires. A. like size ? B. Same mark ? C. Equally worn ? D. Abnormally worn or damaged ? E. Same tire pressure ( within 1 psi ) ? Record any problems noted in tire inspection. Step 2 PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC RIDE ON SMOOTH, FLAT ( CROWN-FREE ) ROAD. It is authoritative to repeat road test in each direction to eliminate crosswind effects. Road crown and crosswind induce leads/pulls are normal. The following steps should be followed to by rights identify the complaint Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 627 circumstance : A. Drive the fomite on a straight, polish, flat ( crown-free ) road open at 40-60 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour to 97 kilometers per hour ). Shift the transaxle to impersonal and allow the vehicle to seashore. Momentarily release the guide wheel and eminence if there is a exchange in management in travel. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDITION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A deviation from neat steering in achromatic indicates a lead/pull. Proceed to lead/pull corrective action operation. B. If no change in commission occurs in inert, place the transaxle in drive and thinly accelerate from 40 miles per hour to 60 miles per hour while momentarily releasing the steering wheel. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDTION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A noticeable diversion from a straight path in tug indicates a torsion bullock. Proceed to torque guide corrective action procedure. C. With the vehicle stopped, steer left to wide lock in, then straighten wheel, but do not go past straight-ahead place. lightly accelerate to 40 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour ). Does the vehicle pull to the impart throughout the acceleration ? Repeat the procedure to the correct. Does the vehicle now pull to the right ? If the vehicle leads/pulls in the like management as the last tactic, the fomite is exhibiting a ” memory guide ” discipline. Another indication of “ memory steer ” is a detectable difference in campaign required for left-to-right five right-to-left lock-to-lock turns while the vehicle is stopped. Proceed to memory guide corrective military action procedure. D. If none of the above conditions exist, but the guide wheel is not “ concentrate ”, proceed to steering wheel slant corrective action. corrective action Procedures Lead/Pull 1. Put fomite on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rise pause or steering components. B. Check for obvious bracken drag. C. Swap left presence tire/wheel assembly with right front tire/wheel forum. Cross merely the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ x ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. Labor operation E0100. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the opposition focus from the master complaint, the trouble is most likely to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the fomite leads/pulls in the lapp direction, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for lead/pull. A. Swap LF tire/wheel with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If vehicle is fixed, replace LR run down ( tire that was in the first place on RF ). If vehicle is not fixed replace RF bore ( bore that was in the first place on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm repair. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. Wheel alliance. Be sure alignment rack calibration is up to date. Note all before and after readings and record them on the repair decree. This data will be requested if technical Assistance is contacted, and will be helpful in Engineering analysis. A. Check camber and reset to nominal stipulation. B. bill, do not adjust caster settings. Caster can not be adjusted. If caster is found to be out of specification, re-check on another machine, and verify calibration of current machine. If caster is hush out of specification, see many-sided note # 4. If still out of specification, contact Technical Assistance so Engineering can be notified experience ” many-sided Note # 5 before calling T.A.S. 5. Re-ride vehicle. A. If vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E2020. B. If vehicle pulls to left, proceed to step 6. C. If vehicle pulls to right, proceed to step 7. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 628 6. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the leave. A. Set the RF camber to a “ + ” prize ( no more than + 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF camber to a “ – ” value ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). C. Total cross bank ( forget subtraction correct ) should be nobelium more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. 7. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the right. A. Set the RF camber to a “ – ” measure ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF camber to a “ + ” value ( no more than + 1.00 degree ), C. Total crabbed camber ( forget minus right ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. Torque Steer 1. Put fomite on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rear suspension or steering components. B. Check for obvious bracken dredge. C. Swap left front tire/wheel assembly with right front man tire/wheel assembly. Cross merely the front man tires/wheels. Do not perform a criterion or modified “ ten ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the opposite direction from the original complaint, the problem is most likely to be run down related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the fomite torsion steers in the like management, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for torsion steer. A. Swap LF tire/wheel forum with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If vehicle is fixed, replace LR run down ( tire that was in the first place on RF ). If fomite is not fixed replace RF tire ( tire that was in the first place on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm fix. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. measure presence suspension “ Z ” heights as specified in Service Manual. One method acting of taking this measurement is to stretch a string tightly between the grease fittings on the bottom of the ball joints and bill the outdistance up from the string to the bed surface of the suspension patronize. If the side-to-side difference is greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 edge ), correct the “ Z ” heights to adequate settings. “ Z ” acme can be increased by installing a new service surrogate leap that is one contribution numeral “ stronger ” ( or more if required ) than the original equipment give. Each subsequent jump code will result in approximately 8 mm ( 3/8 edge ) dispute in “ Z ” height from the previous code. 5. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E3020 or E3021. B. If the fomite silent torsion steers, proceed to next step. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 629 Figure 1 6. measuring stick transaxle heights-see trope 1. side-to-side transaxle heights should be equal. If side-to-side differences are greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 edge ), follow the engine shake-down operation below : A. Loosen the engine/transaxle to body mounts. B. Start the fomite and shift from reverse to drive slowly three times to re-settle the engine/transaxle fabrication. figure 2 C. Block fomite wheels and apply ballpark and military service brakes. With an assistant watching the engine, make certain the transmission wax is not grounded against the break in drive. If so, shift the climb until the rubberize stop consonant is not contacting the mount with the engine in drive. Refer to Figure 2. ( 1992 “ J ” car entirely ). D. Re-tighten all engine and transaxle mounts to body. E. Check to see if the engine/transaxle is not degree by measuring as described above. If it is not degree, shim engine/transaxle mounts to raise the side with the lowest reading, using allow wheel alignment shim stock. Labor mathematical process T4639. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 630 7. Re-ride the vehicle A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle even torsion steers, contact Technical Assistance. Memory Steer 1. Replace amphetamine strut mount/bearing assemblies following procedure in Service Manual. See ” Miscellaneous notes # 9. ” 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E3927. B. If the fomite still exhibits memory bullock, the steering gear may have high friction and should be replaced. See assorted notes # 9. Labor mathematical process E9730. Steering Wheel Angle not “ Centered ” Reset toe-in with steering wheel locked in “ centered ” stead. confirm that steering bicycle is straight. Labor operation E2000. other corrective Action Procedures Check ball joints for binding or sticking by raising the vehicle on a hoist, and disconnect the tie rods. Move the tires back and forth and feel for any bind or perplex. If any is felt, the musket ball joint ( s ) may need to be replaced. many-sided Notes 1. Poor conjunction will not cause vibration complaints. 2. toe-in does not affect leads/pulls or torsion guide. It alone affects steering wheel angle and bore break. 3. Camber and caster values should not change during vehicle dispatch. 4. Some caster adjustments may be made using the follow procedure, which utilizes available permissiveness in fastener holes. Do not file or elongate any body sheet metallic element. A. Loosen the 6 suspension support bolts on the side needing adjustment. B. Using a crowbar measure or other allow tool, adjust the suspension support advancing to increase caster, or rearward to decrease caster. C. Tighten the 6 suspension hold bolts while holding the pause support in the desire side. D. Loosen the 3 tittup backing fasteners in the locomotive compartment and move the top of the strut back to increase caster or forward to decrease caster. 5. Never modify body sheet metal to adjust caster or camber on J/N/L vehicles. There is not adequate structure or inside spring clearance to do sol. 6. Always confirm calibration of alignment machine before calling technical Assistance. 7. Try a known good plant of tires on a continual trouble vehicle before calling technical Assistance. This will rule forbidden tires as a causal agent of the problem. 8. If it is necessary to call Technical Assistance, please have the follow information ready to give to the Technical Assistance Engineer : A. nature of ailment – What the customer complained about, mileage, and whether it is a torsion tip, lead/pull, memory bullock, or steering wheel off concentrate. B. end calibration date of alliance rack, type of equipment and exemplary phone number. C. Tire size and post, and condition of tires. D. Before and after alignment readings. E. “ Z ” heights. F. Call alone after attached operation ( south ) has been performed. 9. For vehicles even under guarantee, please manipulation correct department of labor mathematical process codes for what has been done, and keep records ( before/after measurements, customer concern, etc ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 631 E0100 is the parturiency operation phone number used for guarantee claims for front tire swaps because of lead/pull or torsion tip concerns. E2020 is the department of labor operation numeral used for guarantee claims for toe adjust. Correct compensate is to reset movement roulette wheel person and union toe while locking the steering wheel in chastise level position. Do not use E2020 to claim a toe adjust. Remember that a toe adjust will not correct torsion guide or leads/pulls ; it only corrects excessive bore wear and steering bicycle fish. 10. Do not claim an alliance british labour party operation in addition to another parturiency operation that requires ( and includes tug time for ) an alignment. The labor meter for the alignment is either included in the undertaking operation or will be added to the department of labor operation. A good model of this is a strut surrogate. The times for a camber check should be added, but an E2020 should not be claimed in addition to the strut transfer code. 11. Whenever possible in unusual or difficult-to-resolve cases, keep all defective parts and information for possible Engineering analysis. This includes defective tires, steering gears, strut mounts, and any early involved parts. 12. Whenever potential, record before and after measurements of caster, camber, toe, and abeyance “ Z ” heights. This will speed up the resolution of these problems. Technical Service Bulletin # 92503B Date : 911101 Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Number : 92-50-3B section : 3B date : NOV. 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 073002R ASE No. : A4 subject : LEAD/PULL, TORQUE/MEMORY STEER, STEERING WHEEL OFF CENTER Model and year : 1982-92 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-304-3B, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1992 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED AS WELL AS CORRECTED INFORMATION LISTED IN STEPS 6 AND 7. ALL COPIES OF 90-304-3B SHOULD BE DISCARDED. The follow diagnostic and repair information has been developed and compiled to assist trader service personnel in their efforts to diagnose and correct vehicles exhibiting lead/pull, torsion bullock, memory steer, steering bicycle off-center, and/or unusual tire wear conditions. A stream chart which will be helpful in understanding the logic of the diagnostic and rectify procedures is included. DEFINITIONS Lead : On a smooth, flat road with the transaxle in achromatic, the vehicle does not require a obtrusive torsion input to the steering roulette wheel to maintain a straight path. however, with hands removed from the steering wheel, the vehicle drift to the left or properly. Pull : On a polish, flat road with the transaxle in neutral, the vehicle requires a obtrusive torsion stimulation to the steering wheel to maintain a straight path. A puff requires noticeable input to correct. note : “ Leads ” and “ pulls ” are different terms for the lapp condition. lead refers to the path deviation ( normally a lane change in .2 miles or less ) ; rend refers to the torsion at the steering rack required to maintain a straight path ( more than .3 N-m or 2.7 lbs.in. ). Torque Steer : On a smooth, flat road the vehicle has a forget or right steering force that is eliminated when the transaxle is placed in impersonal. The magnitude of the steering coerce is normally ( but not constantly ) dependent on the sum of apply locomotive torsion. Torque steer at changeless highway speed is frequently mistaken for leads/pulls. Memory Steer : On a smooth, flat road the vehicle exhibits a little lead/pull condition when the vehicle is returned to a neutral or straight ahead position after completion of a twist steer. This condition is constantly noted as being in the lapp steering as the last turn tactic ( after a justly go, the vehicle leads or pulls to the right ; after a left turn, the vehicle leads or pulls to the left ), and may vary in degree right to left. This condition is most detectable with the driver ‘s hands off the steering wheel. Steering Wheel Angle : The “ levelness ” of the steering wheel when following a true path. Steering wheel should appear to be level with the instrument panel when going straight ahead, and within +/- 5 degrees when measured on an conjunction machine. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 632 Diagnostic Procedures Step 1 Check Tires. A. like size ? B. Same brand ? C. Equally worn ? D. Abnormally worn or damaged ? E. Same tire pressure ( within 1 psi ) ? Record any problems noted in run down inspection. Step 2 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 633 PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC RIDE ON SMOOTH, FLAT ( CROWN-FREE ) ROAD. It is important to repeat road test in each direction to eliminate crosswind effects. Road crown and crosswind induce leads/pulls are convention. The comply steps should be followed to by rights identify the charge circumstance : A. Drive the vehicle on a straight, smooth, categoric ( crown-free ) road surface at 40-60 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour to 97 kilometers per hour ). Shift the transaxle to inert and allow the vehicle to coast. Momentarily release the steering wheel and notice if there is a deepen in direction in travel. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDITION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A deviation from neat direction in neutral indicates a lead/pull. Proceed to lead/pull corrective military action procedure. B. If no variety in guidance occurs in neutral, place the transaxle in drive and lightly accelerate from 40 miles per hour to 60 miles per hour while momentarily releasing the steering wheel. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDTION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A noticeable deviation from a straight path in drive indicates a torsion guide. Proceed to torque guide corrective action procedure. C. With the vehicle stopped, guide left to full lock, then straighten wheel, but do not go past straight-ahead position. lightly accelerate to 40 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour ). Does the vehicle extract to the left throughout the acceleration ? Repeat the operation to the right. Does the vehicle now pull to the right ? If the vehicle leads/pulls in the same direction as the last manoeuver, the vehicle is exhibiting a ” memory guide ” condition. Another indication of “ memory tip ” is a detectable dispute in campaign required for left-to-right v right-to-left lock-to-lock turns while the vehicle is stopped. Proceed to memory tip corrective action procedure. D. If none of the above conditions exist, but the steering wheel is not “ focus on ”, proceed to steering wheel lean corrective action. corrective carry through Procedures Lead/Pull 1. Put vehicle on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged movement and/or rear suspension or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake dredge. C. Swap left front tire/wheel assembly with right front tire/wheel assembly. Cross only the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ adam ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. Labor operation E0100. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the opposite guidance from the master ailment, the problem is most probable to be bore related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle leads/pulls in the same guidance, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for lead/pull. A. Swap LF tire/wheel with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If vehicle is fixed, replace LR tire ( tire that was in the first place on RF ). If fomite is not fixed replace RF run down ( bore that was originally on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm fix. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. Wheel alignment. Be certain conjunction rack calibration is up to date. Note all before and after readings and record them on the repair order. This information will be requested if technical Assistance is contacted, and will be helpful in Engineering analysis. A. Check camber and reset to nominal specification. B. notice, do not adjust caster settings. Caster can not be adjusted. If caster is found to be out of specification, re-check on another car, and verify calibration of stream machine. If caster is still out of specification, see many-sided note # 4. If still out of specification, liaison Technical Assistance so Engineering can be notified interpret ” assorted Note # 5 before calling T.A.S. 5. Re-ride vehicle. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 634 A. If fomite is fixed, OK. Labor operation E2020. B. If fomite pulls to left, proceed to step 6. C. If vehicle pulls to right, proceed to step 7. 6. Reset bank for a lead/pull to the entrust. A. Set the RF bank to a “ + ” prize ( no more than + 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF bank to a “ – ” value ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). C. Total hybridization camber ( bequeath minus correct ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. 7. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the properly. A. Set the RF camber to a “ – ” value ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF bank to a “ + ” measure ( no more than + 1.00 degree ), C. Total cross bank ( leave minus proper ) should be nobelium more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. Torque Steer 1. Put fomite on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rear abeyance or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake drag. C. Swap left movement tire/wheel assembly with right battlefront tire/wheel forum. Cross only the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ ten ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the inverse guidance from the original complaint, the problem is most probably to be run down related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle torsion steers in the lapp management, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for torsion steer. A. Swap LF tire/wheel assembly with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If fomite is fixed, replace LR tire ( tire that was originally on RF ). If fomite is not fixed replace RF tire ( tire that was in the first place on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm sterilize. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. measure front suspension “ Z ” heights as specified in Service Manual. One method of taking this measurement is to stretch a chain tightly between the dirt fittings on the penetrate of the ball joints and measure the outdistance astir from the string to the bottom airfoil of the abeyance digest. If the side-to-side dispute is greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 inch ), correct the “ Z ” heights to adequate settings. “ Z ” stature can be increased by installing a new avail replacement leap that is one contribution number “ stronger ” ( or more if required ) than the original equipment spring. Each subsequent spring code will result in approximately 8 mm ( 3/8 column inch ) remainder in “ Z ” altitude from the previous code. 5. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E3020 or E3021. B. If the vehicle calm torsion steers, proceed to future pace. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 635 Figure 1 6. measure transaxle heights-see number 1. side-to-side transaxle heights should be equal. If side-to-side differences are greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 column inch ), follow the locomotive shake-down procedure below : A. Loosen the engine/transaxle to consistency mounts. B. Start the fomite and shift from rearward to drive slowly three times to re-settle the engine/transaxle forum. calculate 2 C. Block vehicle wheels and apply parking lot and serve brakes. With an adjunct watching the engine, make certain the transmission mountain is not grounded against the stop in drive. If so, shift the climb until the rubberize stop is not contacting the ride with the engine in drive. Refer to Figure 2. ( 1992 “ J ” car lone ). D. Re-tighten all locomotive and transaxle mounts to torso. E. Check to see if the engine/transaxle is not level by measuring as described above. If it is not level, shim engine/transaxle mounts to raise the english with the lowest understand, using appropriate wheel alignment shim stock. Labor operation T4639. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 636 7. Re-ride the vehicle A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle still torsion steers, liaison Technical Assistance. Memory Steer 1. Replace amphetamine strut mount/bearing assemblies following operation in Service Manual. See ” Miscellaneous notes # 9. ” 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor mathematical process E3927. B. If the vehicle still exhibits memory tip, the steering gear may have high friction and should be replaced. See many-sided notes # 9. Labor mathematical process E9730. Steering Wheel Angle not “ Centered ” Reset toe-in with steering wheel locked in “ centered ” situation. confirm that steering bicycle is true. Labor operation E2000. early corrective Action Procedures Check ball joints for binding or sticking by raising the vehicle on a hoist, and disconnect the tie rods. Move the tires back and forth and feel for any constipate or stand by. If any is felt, the ball joint ( s ) may need to be replaced. assorted Notes 1. Poor conjunction will not cause shaking complaints. 2. toe-in does not affect leads/pulls or torsion steer. It only affects steering wheel angle and tire wear. 3. Camber and caster values should not change during fomite cargo. 4. Some caster adjustments may be made using the keep up routine, which utilizes available tolerance in fastener holes. Do not file or elongate any body sheet alloy. A. Loosen the 6 pause support bolts on the side needing allowance. B. Using a crowbar legal profession or other appropriate tool, adjust the suspension support forward to increase caster, or rear to decrease caster. C. Tighten the 6 pause support bolts while holding the abeyance support in the desire placement. D. Loosen the 3 strut wax fasteners in the locomotive compartment and move the clear of the strut rearward to increase caster or forward to decrease caster. 5. Never modify torso sheet metallic element to adjust caster or camber on J/N/L vehicles. There is not adequate structure or inside spring clearance to do so. 6. Always confirm calibration of alignment machine before calling technical Assistance. 7. Try a know good set up of tires on a continual trouble vehicle before calling technical foul Assistance. This will rule out tires as a cause of the trouble. 8. If it is necessary to call Technical Assistance, please have the succeed information ready to give to the Technical Assistance Engineer : A. nature of complaint – What the customer complained about, mileage, and whether it is a torsion steer, lead/pull, memory steer, or steering wheel off center. B. end calibration date of alliance rack, type of equipment and model number. C. Tire size and trade name, and condition of tires. D. Before and after conjunction readings. E. “ Z ” heights. F. Call only after attached operation ( s ) has been performed. 9. For vehicles still under guarantee, please manipulation correct tug operation codes for what has been done, and keep records ( before/after measurements, customer concern, etc ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 637 E0100 is the labor operation number used for guarantee claims for front run down swaps because of lead/pull or torsion tip concerns. E2020 is the tug operation number used for guarantee claims for toe align. Correct compensate is to reset front wheel individual and sum toe while locking the steering wheel in adjust level position. Do not use E2020 to claim a toe adjust. Remember that a toe adjust will not correct torsion bullock or leads/pulls ; it only corrects excessive run down wear and steering wheel angle. 10. Do not claim an alignment labor movement process in summation to another british labour party operation that requires ( and includes labor time for ) an conjunction. The department of labor time for the alliance is either included in the parturiency operation or will be added to the labor operation. A good exemplar of this is a strut surrogate. The times for a camber arrest should be added, but an E2020 should not be claimed in addition to the strut exchange code. 11. Whenever possible in unusual or difficult-to-resolve cases, keep all defective parts and information for possible Engineering psychoanalysis. This includes defective tires, steering gears, tittup mounts, and any other involved parts. 12. Whenever possible, record before and after measurements of caster, camber, toe, and suspension “ Z ” heights. This will speed up the resolution of these problems. Technical Service Bulletin # 92503B Date : 911101 Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Number : 92-50-3B segment : 3B date : NOV. 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 073002R ASE No. : A4 subject : LEAD/PULL, TORQUE/MEMORY STEER, STEERING WHEEL OFF CENTER Model and year : 1982-92 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-304-3B, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1992 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED AS WELL AS CORRECTED INFORMATION LISTED IN STEPS 6 AND 7. ALL COPIES OF 90-304-3B SHOULD BE DISCARDED. The follow diagnostic and repair information has been developed and compiled to assist dealer military service personnel in their efforts to diagnose and correct vehicles exhibiting lead/pull, torsion bullock, memory guide, steering wheel off-center, and/or unusual bore wear conditions. A flow chart which will be helpful in understanding the logic of the diagnostic and rectify procedures is included. DEFINITIONS Lead : On a smooth, flat road with the transaxle in neutral, the vehicle does not require a noticeable torsion input signal to the steering roulette wheel to maintain a true way. however, with hands removed from the steering wheel, the vehicle drift to the entrust or right. Pull : On a smooth, flat road with the transaxle in impersonal, the fomite requires a detectable torsion stimulation to the steering roulette wheel to maintain a straight path. A pull requires noticeable remark to correct. note : “ Leads ” and “ pulls ” are different terms for the same condition. tip refers to the way deviation ( normally a lane deepen in .2 miles or less ) ; pull refers to the torsion at the steering rack required to maintain a straight way ( more than .3 N-m or 2.7 lbs.in. ). Torque Steer : On a smooth, flat road the fomite has a impart or right steering impel that is eliminated when the transaxle is placed in neutral. The order of magnitude of the steering pull is normally ( but not constantly ) dependent on the sum of apply locomotive torsion. Torque bullock at constant highway accelerate is frequently mistaken for leads/pulls. Memory Steer : On a smooth, apartment road the vehicle exhibits a slender lead/pull stipulate when the vehicle is returned to a neutral or straight ahead stead after completion of a turn maneuver. This condition is constantly noted as being in the same direction as the final turn steer ( after a mighty turn, the fomite leads or pulls to the right ; after a leave turn, the fomite leads or pulls to the leave ), and may vary in degree right to left. This condition is most detectable with the driver ‘s hands off the steering wheel. Steering Wheel Angle : The “ levelness ” of the steering wheel when following a straight path. Steering bicycle should appear to be level with the instrument panel when going straight ahead, and within +/- 5 degrees when measured on an alignment machine. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 638 Diagnostic Procedures Step 1 Check Tires. A. like size ? B. Same brand ? C. Equally worn ? D. Abnormally worn or damaged ? E. Same tire coerce ( within 1 pounds per square inch ) ? Record any problems noted in tire inspection. Step 2 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 639 PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC RIDE ON SMOOTH, FLAT ( CROWN-FREE ) ROAD. It is authoritative to repeat road test in each direction to eliminate crosswind effects. Road crown and crosswind induce leads/pulls are normal. The play along steps should be followed to properly identify the ailment condition : A. Drive the vehicle on a straight, smooth, directly ( crown-free ) road surface at 40-60 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour to 97 kilometers per hour ). Shift the transaxle to achromatic and allow the vehicle to coast. Momentarily release the steer wheel and note if there is a change in guidance in locomotion. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDITION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A deviation from straight commission in inert indicates a lead/pull. Proceed to lead/pull corrective action routine. B. If no transfer in steering occurs in inert, place the transaxle in driveway and lightly accelerate from 40 miles per hour to 60 miles per hour while momentarily releasing the steering wheel. circumspection : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDTION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A noticeable diversion from a uncoiled path in drive indicates a torsion bullock. Proceed to torque steer corrective natural process procedure. C. With the fomite stopped, bullock left to full lock, then straighten roulette wheel, but do not go past straight-ahead situation. lightly accelerate to 40 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour ). Does the fomite pull to the impart throughout the acceleration ? Repeat the routine to the correct. Does the fomite immediately pull to the right ? If the vehicle leads/pulls in the same direction as the last tactic, the vehicle is exhibiting a ” memory bullock ” condition. Another indication of “ memory steer ” is a obtrusive deviation in attempt required for left-to-right volt right-to-left lock-to-lock turns while the vehicle is stopped. Proceed to memory tip corrective action operation. D. If none of the above conditions exist, but the guide roulette wheel is not “ center ”, proceed to steering wheel angle corrective action. corrective action Procedures Lead/Pull 1. Put vehicle on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or back pause or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake dredge. C. Swap left battlefront tire/wheel assembly with right presence tire/wheel assembly. Cross only the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ ten ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. Labor operation E0100. B. If the fomite torsion steers in the opposite direction from the original complaint, the problem is most likely to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle leads/pulls in the same focus, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for lead/pull. A. Swap LF tire/wheel with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If fomite is fixed, replace LR tire ( tire that was primitively on RF ). If fomite is not fixed replace RF tire ( tire that was originally on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm situate. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. Wheel alignment. Be indisputable conjunction rack calibration is up to date. Note all before and after readings and record them on the compensate order. This information will be requested if technical Assistance is contacted, and will be helpful in Engineering analysis. A. Check camber and reset to nominal specification. B. note, do not adjust caster settings. Caster can not be adjusted. If caster is found to be out of specification, re-check on another car, and verify calibration of stream car. If caster is still out of stipulation, see assorted eminence # 4. If distillery out of stipulation, contact Technical Assistance so Engineering can be notified see ” assorted Note # 5 before calling T.A.S. 5. Re-ride vehicle. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 640 A. If vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E2020. B. If vehicle pulls to left, proceed to step 6. C. If fomite pulls to right, proceed to step 7. 6. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the left. A. Set the RF camber to a “ + ” value ( no more than + 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF camber to a “ – ” value ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). C. Total cross camber ( leave subtraction right ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. 7. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the right field. A. Set the RF bank to a “ – ” prize ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF camber to a “ + ” value ( no more than + 1.00 degree ), C. Total traverse camber ( leave subtraction properly ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. Torque Steer 1. Put vehicle on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rise abeyance or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake drag. C. Swap left front tire/wheel assembly with correct front tire/wheel assembly. Cross alone the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ x ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the fomite. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the inverse direction from the original complaint, the problem is most likely to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle torsion steers in the same commission, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for torsion steer. A. Swap LF tire/wheel assembly with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If vehicle is fixed, replace LR bore ( tire that was in the first place on RF ). If vehicle is not fixed replace RF run down ( bore that was originally on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm specify. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. measuring stick front abeyance “ Z ” heights as specified in Service Manual. One method acting of taking this measurement is to stretch a string tightly between the dirt fittings on the bottom of the ball joints and standard the distance up from the string to the bottom surface of the abeyance confirm. If the side-to-side deviation is greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 inch ), correct the “ Z ” heights to equal settings. “ Z ” height can be increased by installing a new overhaul substitution spring that is one separate number “ stronger ” ( or more if required ) than the original equipment leap. Each subsequent spring code will result in approximately 8 mm ( 3/8 inch ) dispute in “ Z ” altitude from the previous code. 5. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E3020 or E3021. B. If the vehicle still torsion steers, proceed to next step. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 641 Figure 1 6. measuring stick transaxle heights-see design 1. side-to-side transaxle heights should be adequate. If side-to-side differences are greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 inch ), follow the locomotive shake-down routine below : A. Loosen the engine/transaxle to soundbox mounts. B. Start the vehicle and switch from invert to drive lento three times to re-settle the engine/transaxle fabrication. trope 2 C. Block vehicle wheels and apply park and military service brakes. With an assistant watching the locomotive, make sure the transmission mount is not grounded against the arrest in drive. If so, shift the mount until the rubber stop is not contacting the hop on with the locomotive in drive. Refer to Figure 2. ( 1992 “ J ” cable car only ). D. Re-tighten all engine and transaxle mounts to body. E. Check to see if the engine/transaxle is not level by measuring as described above. If it is not flat, shim engine/transaxle mounts to raise the side with the lowest reading, using allow wheel alignment shim neckcloth. Labor operation T4639. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 642 7. Re-ride the vehicle A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle however torsion steers, contact Technical Assistance. Memory Steer 1. Replace upper strut mount/bearing assemblies following procedure in Service Manual. See ” Miscellaneous notes # 9. ” 2. Re-ride the fomite. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. Labor operation E3927. B. If the vehicle still exhibits memory guide, the steering gear may have high clash and should be replaced. See assorted notes # 9. Labor operation E9730. Steering Wheel Angle not “ Centered ” Reset toe-in with steering bicycle locked in “ center ” stead. confirm that steering steering wheel is straight. Labor operation E2000. early corrective Action Procedures Check ball joints for binding or sticking by raising the vehicle on a hoist, and disconnect the tie rods. Move the tires back and away and feel for any ski binding or stick. If any is felt, the ball joint ( s ) may need to be replaced. assorted Notes 1. Poor alignment will not cause vibration complaints. 2. toe-in does not affect leads/pulls or torsion steer. It merely affects steering wheel angle and tire wear. 3. Camber and caster values should not change during vehicle cargo. 4. Some caster adjustments may be made using the pursue procedure, which utilizes available tolerance in fastener holes. Do not file or elongate any soundbox sail alloy. A. Loosen the 6 suspension support bolts on the side needing adjustment. B. Using a crowbar legal profession or other allow creature, adjust the suspension support ahead to increase caster, or rear to decrease caster. C. Tighten the 6 suspension digest bolts while holding the pause support in the coveted position. D. Loosen the 3 strut mount fasteners in the engine compartment and move the top of the tittup rear to increase caster or ahead to decrease caster. 5. Never modify body sheet metallic element to adjust caster or camber on J/N/L vehicles. There is not enough structure or inside spring headroom to do sol. 6. Always confirm calibration of alliance car before calling technical Assistance. 7. Try a acknowledge good set of tires on a continual problem vehicle before calling technical Assistance. This will rule out tires as a causal agent of the trouble. 8. If it is necessary to call Technical Assistance, please have the following information ready to give to the Technical Assistance Engineer : A. nature of charge – What the customer complained about, mileage, and whether it is a torsion guide, lead/pull, memory tip, or steering wheel off focus on. B. last calibration date of alliance rack, character of equipment and model number. C. Tire size and post, and condition of tires. D. Before and after conjunction readings. E. “ Z ” heights. F. Call entirely after attached procedure ( s ) has been performed. 9. For vehicles distillery under guarantee, please function correct labor operation codes for what has been done, and keep records ( before/after measurements, customer business, etc ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Alignment : > Page 643 E0100 is the labor operation number used for guarantee claims for front tire swaps because of lead/pull or torsion guide concerns. E2020 is the labor operation issue used for guarantee claims for toe adjust. Correct haunt is to reset battlefront wheel person and union toe while locking the steering bicycle in right horizontal surface position. Do not use E2020 to claim a toe align. Remember that a toe adjust will not correct torsion steer or leads/pulls ; it merely corrects excessive tire break and steering roulette wheel fish. 10. Do not claim an alignment parturiency operation in addition to another parturiency operation that requires ( and includes labor time for ) an alignment. The labor time for the alignment is either included in the labor operation or will be added to the tug operation. A good model of this is a tittup substitute. The times for a camber check should be added, but an E2020 should not be claimed in addition to the strut change code. 11. Whenever possible in strange or difficult-to-resolve cases, keep all defective parts and information for possible Engineering analysis. This includes defective tires, steering gears, tittup mounts, and any other involve parts. 12. Whenever possible, record before and after measurements of caster, camber, toe, and pause “ Z ” heights. This will speed up the resolution of these problems. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Front Alignment Specifications Front Wheel Alignment Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Front Alignment Specifications > Page 646 Rear Wheel Alignment Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Caster Adjustment Alignment : Service and Repair Front Caster Adjustment Caster is not adjustable. If caster angle is not within specifications, inspect for abeyance support misalignment or front suspension damage. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Caster Adjustment > Page 649 Alignment : Service and Repair Front Camber Adjustment Fig. 1 Modifying Strut Bracket To Adjust Camber Toe set is the lone adjustment normally required. however, in limited circumstances, such as damage due to road hazard or collision, bank may be adjusted by modifying the strut assembly. 1. Secure bottom of strut assembly in a desirable vise. 2. Enlarge bottom holes in knocked out flanges with a circle charge until holes in outer flanges match slots in inside flanges, Fig. 1. 3. Connect tittup to steering knuckle and install bolts finger tight. 4. Grasp top of tire firm, then move bore inboard or outboard until correct camber take is obtained. Tighten retaining bolts enough to secure camber setting. 5. Remove wheel and bore and tighten tittup to steering knuckle retaining bolts. On 1989-90 models, Torque strut to steering knuckle retaining bolts to 135 ft. pound. On 1991-92 models, Torque strut to steering knuckle attaching bolt to 133 ft. pound. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Caster Adjustment > Page 650 Alignment : Service and Repair Front Toe Adjustment Fig. 2 Adjusting Toe Toe-out is controlled by tie rod stead. alteration is made by loosening the clamp bolts at the steering knuckle end of the tie rods and rotating the rods to obtain proper toe specify, Fig. 2. After right toe specify is obtained, tighten clamp bolts. Torque clamp bolts to 41 ft. pound. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > Fuel Pressure Test Port > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Test port : Locations Model R620 Fuel Rail Assembly Fuel Pressure Test Port Location Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > Fuel Pressure Test Port > Component Information > Locations > Page 656 Fuel Pressure Test Port : Service and Repair Air Plenum And Fuel Rail Removal Fuel Pressure Connection REMOVAL : 1. Disconnect the veto battery cable. 2. Relieve the fuel system atmospheric pressure, see MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES/FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE RELIEF : 3. Remove inhalation manifold plenum, see INTAKE MANIFOLD PLENUM. 4. clean area around the fuel pressure connection with GM X-30A or equivalent. 5. Remove the fuel pressure connection and seal, discard the seal. facility : Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > Fuel Pressure Test Port > Component Information > Locations > Page 657 1. Place a raw varnish on the fuel imperativeness connection fabrication. 2. Screw the fuel imperativeness connection assembly into the fuel rail and tighten to 10.0 Nm ( 88 lb.in ). 3. Check for fuel leaks : a. Connect the veto battery cable. b-complex vitamin. With locomotive OFF and ignition ON, check for fuel leaks. c. Disconnect the minus battery cable. 4. Install the inhalation manifold plenum as per above procedure. IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE : Any time the battery is disconnected, the program position of the IAC valve pintle is lost, and replaced with a default value. To return the IAC valve pintle to the compensate position, perform the follow procedure : 1. After restoring battery might, connect the Tech 1 “ read ” tool. 2. Select “ IAC System, ” then select “ Idle Learn ” in the “ Misc. Test ” modality. 3. Proceed with idle learn as directed. ^ This procedure allows the ECM memory to be updated with the correct IAC valve pintle place, for the vehicle, and provide a stable dead speed. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Idle Speed : > 476510 > May > 94 > Engine – Diagnosing Intermittent Idle Speed Increases Idle accelerate : customer Interest Engine – Diagnosing Intermittent Idle Speed Increases Group Ref. : Engine Fuel & Emission Bulletin No. : 476510 Date : May, 1994 INFORMATION SUBJECT : diagnose INTERMITTENT ENGINE IDLE RPM INCREASE MODELS : 1988-89 BUICK CENTURY AND REGAL 1988-89 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA, CAVALIER AND CELEBRITY 1988-89 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS CIERA AND SUPREME 1988-89 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX AND 6000 WITH 2.8L ENGINE ( VIN W – RPO LB6 ) 1989-93 BUICK REGAL 1990 CHEVROLET CELEBRITY 1990-92 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1990-93 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1990-94 CHEVROLET CAVALIER AND LUMINA 1989-93 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1989-91 PONTIAC 6000 1989-93 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX 1990-92 PONTIAC FIREBIRD 1991-94 PONTIAC SUNBIRD WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN T – RPO LHO ) 1991-94 CHEVROLET LUMINA 1991-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1991-94 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN X – RPO L01 ) 1993-94 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1993-94 PONTIAC FIREBIRD WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN S – RPO L32 ) 1994 BUICK REGAL AND SKYLARK 1994 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1993-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1994 OLDSMOBILE ACHIEVA 1994 PONTIAC GRAND AM AND GRAND PRIX WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN M – RPO L82 ) The take after information may assist in the diagnosis and correction of an intermittent increase in engine revolutions per minute with close accelerator ( catalyst pedal not depressed ). typically there is no malfunction index light associated with the condition. The engine control system sensors are supplied a 5 volt reference book signal to ensure properly scaled readings to the engine control module ( ECM ). If a large current draw flows through the circuit supplying the 5 volt address, the remark signals, as read by the ECM, will be skewed depleted. The ECM program will store an incorrectly depleted strangle position detector signal as zero. If the reference electric potential returns to convention, the ECM will interpret the attendant high strangle situation detector sign as an open choke and idle air travel control steps ( throttle follower ) will be added accordingly, causing an increase in the engine revolutions per minute at idle. The A/C atmospheric pressure transducer has been found to be specially vulnerable to shorts during the locomotive crank process. electrical wires in the locomotive harness that are unprotected and rub on morphologic members besides will cause the problem. Inspect all electrify and sensors associated with the 5 volt character signal for shorts and correct as necessity. If the vehicle besides has a circumstance associated with the air condition system, diagnose and correct as necessary. With a Techline Diagnostic Tool, read the accelerator place detector, manifold absolute blackmail detector, and A/C pressure transducer electric potential with the keystone on-engine off. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Idle Speed : > 476510 > May > 94 > Engine – Diagnosing Intermittent Idle Speed Increases > Page 666 If all three voltage readings are skewed below their convention ranges, inspect the A/C blackmail transducer. If all three electric potential readings are within normal ranges, disconnect the battery for one ( 1 ) minute, reconnect and start the locomotive. If the addition in locomotive revolutions per minute at idle condition is gone, inspect the A/C press transducer. bill : On the LB6 ( 2.8L VIN W ), LHO ( 3.1L VIN T ) or L01 ( 3.4L DOHC VIN X ) engines, If the ECM Is without battery office for any reason, then the Idle air control valve ( IACV ) military position data for a stable satisfactory locomotive Idle Is “ lost ” and replaced with a default option measure. To correct the IACV situation Information, perform an Idle relearn routine using a Techline Diagnostic Tool. You can besides manually relearn the Idle by following the operation below. 1. Remove battery power for one ( 1 ) moment. Restore battery ability and topographic point atmosphere condition controls ( if equipped ) in the “ off ” position. 2. hard apply the parking brake and block the campaign wheels. Start the engine, shift the transmission to drive for automatics and impersonal for manuals. 3. Allow the engine to run until the engine cooling fan has cycled once, or a maximal of 10 minutes. 4. Turn the ignition key to the “ off ” stead for at least 5 seconds. 5. Repeat Step 2. 6. Allow the locomotive to run for at least five ( 5 ) minutes. The compensate IACV values for proper idle manipulate will nowadays be stored. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idle Speed : > 476510 > May > 94 > Engine Diagnosing Intermittent Idle Speed Increases Idle Speed : All Technical Service Bulletins Engine – Diagnosing Intermittent Idle Speed Increases Group Ref. : Engine Fuel & Emission Bulletin No. : 476510 Date : May, 1994 INFORMATION SUBJECT : diagnosis INTERMITTENT ENGINE IDLE RPM INCREASE MODELS : 1988-89 BUICK CENTURY AND REGAL 1988-89 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA, CAVALIER AND CELEBRITY 1988-89 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS CIERA AND SUPREME 1988-89 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX AND 6000 WITH 2.8L ENGINE ( VIN W – RPO LB6 ) 1989-93 BUICK REGAL 1990 CHEVROLET CELEBRITY 1990-92 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1990-93 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1990-94 CHEVROLET CAVALIER AND LUMINA 1989-93 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1989-91 PONTIAC 6000 1989-93 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX 1990-92 PONTIAC FIREBIRD 1991-94 PONTIAC SUNBIRD WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN T – RPO LHO ) 1991-94 CHEVROLET LUMINA 1991-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1991-94 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN X – RPO L01 ) 1993-94 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1993-94 PONTIAC FIREBIRD WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN S – RPO L32 ) 1994 BUICK REGAL AND SKYLARK 1994 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1993-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1994 OLDSMOBILE ACHIEVA 1994 PONTIAC GRAND AM AND GRAND PRIX WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN M – RPO L82 ) The surveil information may assist in the diagnosis and discipline of an intermittent increase in engine revolutions per minute with closed restrict ( accelerator pedal not depressed ). typically there is no malfunction indicator light associated with the condition. The engine manipulate system sensors are supplied a 5 volt address signal to ensure by rights scaled readings to the engine control condition faculty ( ECM ). If a large current puff flows through the circuit supplying the 5 volt address, the stimulation signals, as read by the ECM, will be skewed low. The ECM broadcast will store an falsely low restrict position detector sign as zero. If the citation voltage returns to normal, the ECM will interpret the vector sum high accelerator status detector bespeak as an assailable strangle and idle air control steps ( throttle follower ) will be added accordingly, causing an increase in the engine revolutions per minute at dead. The A/C press transducer has been found to be specially vulnerable to shorts during the locomotive crank work. electrical wires in the engine harness that are unprotected and hang-up on structural members besides will cause the trouble. Inspect all wire and sensors associated with the 5 volt reference point signal for shorts and decline as necessity. If the vehicle besides has a condition associated with the air stipulate system, diagnose and correct as necessity. With a Techline Diagnostic Tool, read the accelerator status detector, manifold paper absolute pressure detector, and A/C atmospheric pressure transducer voltage with the key on-engine murder. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idle Speed : > 476510 > May > 94 > Engine Diagnosing Intermittent Idle Speed Increases > Page 672 If all three electric potential readings are skewed below their convention ranges, inspect the A/C pressure transducer. If all three electric potential readings are within normal ranges, disconnect the battery for one ( 1 ) minute, reconnect and start the engine. If the increase in engine revolutions per minute at idle condition is gone, inspect the A/C press transducer. note : On the LB6 ( 2.8L VIN W ), LHO ( 3.1L VIN T ) or L01 ( 3.4L DOHC VIN X ) engines, If the ECM Is without battery world power for any argue, then the Idle air control valve ( IACV ) position information for a stable satisfactory engine Idle Is “ lost ” and replaced with a default option measure. To correct the IACV position Information, perform an Idle relearn procedure using a Techline Diagnostic Tool. You can besides manually relearn the Idle by following the operation below. 1. Remove battery world power for one ( 1 ) minute. Restore battery power and place air travel conditioning controls ( if equipped ) in the “ off ” position. 2. securely apply the parking brake and block the drive wheels. Start the engine, shift the transmittance to drive for automatics and neutral for manuals. 3. Allow the engine to run until the engine cooling fan has cycled once, or a maximal of 10 minutes. 4. Turn the ignition key to the “ off ” placement for at least 5 seconds. 5. Repeat Step 2. 6. Allow the engine to run for at least five ( 5 ) minutes. The adjust IACV values for proper idle command will now be stored. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idle Speed : > Page 673 Idle speed : By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 476510 Date : 940501 Engine – Diagnosing Intermittent Idle Speed Increases Group Ref. : Engine Fuel & Emission Bulletin No. : 476510 Date : May, 1994 INFORMATION SUBJECT : diagnose INTERMITTENT ENGINE IDLE RPM INCREASE MODELS : 1988-89 BUICK CENTURY AND REGAL 1988-89 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA, CAVALIER AND CELEBRITY 1988-89 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS CIERA AND SUPREME 1988-89 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX AND 6000 WITH 2.8L ENGINE ( VIN W – RPO LB6 ) 1989-93 BUICK REGAL 1990 CHEVROLET CELEBRITY 1990-92 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1990-93 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1990-94 CHEVROLET CAVALIER AND LUMINA 1989-93 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1989-91 PONTIAC 6000 1989-93 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX 1990-92 PONTIAC FIREBIRD 1991-94 PONTIAC SUNBIRD WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN T – RPO LHO ) 1991-94 CHEVROLET LUMINA 1991-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1991-94 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN X – RPO L01 ) 1993-94 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1993-94 PONTIAC FIREBIRD WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN S – RPO L32 ) 1994 BUICK REGAL AND SKYLARK 1994 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1993-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1994 OLDSMOBILE ACHIEVA 1994 PONTIAC GRAND AM AND GRAND PRIX WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN M – RPO L82 ) The surveil information may assist in the diagnosis and correction of an intermittent addition in locomotive revolutions per minute with closed restrict ( catalyst pedal not depressed ). typically there is no malfunction indicator light associated with the condition. The engine command system sensors are supplied a 5 volt reference sign to ensure properly scaled readings to the engine manipulate module ( ECM ). If a big current tie flows through the circumference supplying the 5 volt mention, the input signal signals, as read by the ECM, will be skewed humble. The ECM program will store an incorrectly first gear restrict position detector signal as nothing. If the reference electric potential returns to normal, the ECM will interpret the resultant high strangle status detector bespeak as an open accelerator and idle air travel control steps ( throttle follower ) will be added accordingly, causing an increase in the locomotive revolutions per minute at idle. The A/C pressure transducer has been found to be specially vulnerable to shorts during the locomotive crank work. electric wires in the locomotive harness that are unprotected and rub on structural members besides will cause the trouble. Inspect all wire and sensors associated with the 5 volt address bespeak for shorts and correct as necessary. If the fomite besides has a condition associated with the air condition system, diagnose and correct as necessary. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idle Speed : > page 674 With a Techline Diagnostic Tool, read the choke placement detector, manifold absolute imperativeness detector, and A/C coerce transducer voltage with the key on-engine away. If all three voltage readings are skewed below their normal ranges, inspect the A/C imperativeness transducer. If all three voltage readings are within normal ranges, disconnect the battery for one ( 1 ) moment, reconnect and start the locomotive. If the increase in locomotive revolutions per minute at baseless discipline is gone, inspect the A/C blackmail transducer. note : On the LB6 ( 2.8L VIN W ), LHO ( 3.1L VIN T ) or L01 ( 3.4L DOHC VIN X ) engines, If the ECM Is without battery ability for any cause, then the Idle air control valve ( IACV ) position data for a stable satisfactory engine Idle Is “ lost ” and replaced with a nonpayment value. To correct the IACV position Information, perform an Idle relearn procedure using a Techline Diagnostic Tool. You can besides manually relearn the Idle by following the operation below. 1. Remove battery power for one ( 1 ) hour. Restore battery might and place air conditioning controls ( if equipped ) in the “ off ” position. 2. hard apply the parking brake and block the drive wheels. Start the locomotive, shift the transmittance to drive for automatics and inert for manuals. 3. Allow the engine to run until the engine cooling fan has cycled once, or a maximum of 10 minutes. 4. Turn the ignition key to the “ off ” position for at least 5 seconds. 5. Repeat Step 2. 6. Allow the engine to run for at least five ( 5 ) minutes. The right IACV values for proper idle control will now be stored. technical Service Bulletin # 476510 Date : 940501 Engine – Diagnosing Intermittent Idle Speed Increases Group Ref. : Engine Fuel & Emission Bulletin No. : 476510 Date : May, 1994 INFORMATION SUBJECT : diagnosis INTERMITTENT ENGINE IDLE RPM INCREASE MODELS : 1988-89 BUICK CENTURY AND REGAL 1988-89 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA, CAVALIER AND CELEBRITY 1988-89 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS CIERA AND SUPREME 1988-89 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX AND 6000 WITH 2.8L ENGINE ( VIN W – RPO LB6 ) 1989-93 BUICK REGAL 1990 CHEVROLET CELEBRITY 1990-92 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1990-93 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1990-94 CHEVROLET CAVALIER AND LUMINA 1989-93 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1989-91 PONTIAC 6000 1989-93 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX 1990-92 PONTIAC FIREBIRD 1991-94 PONTIAC SUNBIRD WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN T – RPO LHO ) 1991-94 CHEVROLET LUMINA 1991-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1991-94 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN X – RPO L01 ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idle Speed : > page 675 1993-94 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1993-94 PONTIAC FIREBIRD WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN S – RPO L32 ) 1994 BUICK REGAL AND SKYLARK 1994 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1993-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1994 OLDSMOBILE ACHIEVA 1994 PONTIAC GRAND AM AND GRAND PRIX WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN M – RPO L82 ) The postdate information may assist in the diagnosis and correction of an intermittent increase in engine revolutions per minute with close accelerator ( accelerator pedal not depressed ). typically there is no malfunction index light associated with the condition. The engine control system sensors are supplied a 5 volt address signal to ensure properly scaled readings to the engine control module ( ECM ). If a large stream draw flows through the lap supplying the 5 volt reference, the remark signals, as read by the ECM, will be skewed low. The ECM program will store an falsely low accelerator position detector signal as zero. If the reference electric potential returns to convention, the ECM will interpret the attendant high restrict position detector bespeak as an open accelerator and idle air control condition steps ( throttle follower ) will be added accordingly, causing an increase in the engine revolutions per minute at idle. The A/C pressure transducer has been found to be particularly vulnerable to shorts during the engine crank process. electric wires in the engine harness that are unprotected and rub on structural members besides will cause the problem. Inspect all wire and sensors associated with the 5 volt reference point signal for shorts and correct as necessary. If the fomite besides has a condition associated with the air discipline system, diagnose and correct as necessity. With a Techline Diagnostic Tool, read the strangle position detector, manifold paper absolute pressure detector, and A/C imperativeness transducer electric potential with the key on-engine off. If all three electric potential readings are skewed below their normal ranges, inspect the A/C pressure transducer. If all three voltage readings are within normal ranges, disconnect the barrage for one ( 1 ) minute, reconnect and start the locomotive. If the increase in locomotive revolutions per minute at idle condition is gone, inspect the A/C pressure transducer. note : On the LB6 ( 2.8L VIN W ), LHO ( 3.1L VIN T ) or L01 ( 3.4L DOHC VIN X ) engines, If the ECM Is without barrage ability for any reason, then the Idle air control condition valve ( IACV ) position information for a stable satisfactory engine Idle Is “ lost ” and replaced with a default value. To correct the IACV put Information, perform an Idle relearn routine using a Techline Diagnostic Tool. You can besides manually relearn the Idle by following the routine below. 1. Remove battery baron for one ( 1 ) minute. Restore battery office and space tune stipulate controls ( if equipped ) in the “ off ” position. 2. firm apply the parking brake and block the drive wheels. Start the engine, shift the transmission to drive for automatics and impersonal for manuals. 3. Allow the engine to run until the locomotive cooling winnow has cycled once, or a maximum of 10 minutes. 4. Turn the ignition key to the “ off ” position for at least 5 seconds. 5. Repeat Step 2. 6. Allow the engine to run for at least five ( 5 ) minutes. The adjust IACV values for proper baseless control condition will now be stored. technical Service Bulletin # 476510 Date : 940501 Engine – Diagnosing Intermittent Idle Speed Increases Group Ref. : Engine Fuel & Emission Bulletin No. : 476510 Date : May, 1994 INFORMATION Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idle Speed : > Page 676 SUBJECT : diagnose INTERMITTENT ENGINE IDLE RPM INCREASE MODELS : 1988-89 BUICK CENTURY AND REGAL 1988-89 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA, CAVALIER AND CELEBRITY 1988-89 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS CIERA AND SUPREME 1988-89 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX AND 6000 WITH 2.8L ENGINE ( VIN W – RPO LB6 ) 1989-93 BUICK REGAL 1990 CHEVROLET CELEBRITY 1990-92 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1990-93 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1990-94 CHEVROLET CAVALIER AND LUMINA 1989-93 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1989-91 PONTIAC 6000 1989-93 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX 1990-92 PONTIAC FIREBIRD 1991-94 PONTIAC SUNBIRD WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN T – RPO LHO ) 1991-94 CHEVROLET LUMINA 1991-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1991-94 PONTIAC GRAND PRIX WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN X – RPO L01 ) 1993-94 CHEVROLET CAMARO 1993-94 PONTIAC FIREBIRD WITH 3.4L ENGINE ( VIN S – RPO L32 ) 1994 BUICK REGAL AND SKYLARK 1994 CHEVROLET BERETTA/CORSICA 1993-94 OLDSMOBILE CUTLASS SUPREME 1994 OLDSMOBILE ACHIEVA 1994 PONTIAC GRAND AM AND GRAND PRIX WITH 3.1L ENGINE ( VIN M – RPO L82 ) The follow information may assist in the diagnosis and correction of an intermittent increase in engine revolutions per minute with close up restrict ( accelerator pedal not depressed ). typically there is no malfunction index light associated with the condition. The engine dominance system sensors are supplied a 5 volt reference book signal to ensure by rights scaled readings to the locomotive master module ( ECM ). If a large current disembowel flows through the circuit supplying the 5 volt reference point, the stimulation signals, as read by the ECM, will be skewed broken. The ECM broadcast will store an falsely low accelerator position detector signal as zero. If the reference electric potential returns to normal, the ECM will interpret the attendant high accelerator position detector bespeak as an unfold choke and idle breeze control steps ( throttle follower ) will be added consequently, causing an increase in the locomotive revolutions per minute at idle. The A/C pressure transducer has been found to be particularly vulnerable to shorts during the locomotive grouch process. electric wires in the locomotive rule that are unprotected and rub on structural members besides will cause the problem. Inspect all wire and sensors associated with the 5 volt reference signal for shorts and correct as necessary. If the vehicle besides has a condition associated with the tune condition system, diagnose and correct as necessary. With a Techline Diagnostic Tool, read the accelerator situation detector, manifold absolute pressure detector, and A/C blackmail transducer electric potential with the key on-engine off. If all three electric potential readings are skewed below their normal ranges, inspect the A/C atmospheric pressure transducer. If all three electric potential readings are within convention ranges, disconnect the battery for one ( 1 ) minute, reconnect and start the engine. If the increase in engine revolutions per minute at idle discipline is gone, inspect the A/C imperativeness transducer. note : On the LB6 ( 2.8L VIN W ), LHO ( 3.1L VIN T ) or L01 ( 3.4L DOHC VIN X ) engines, If the ECM Is without battery might for any reason, then the Idle air control valve ( IACV ) position information for a stable satisfactory engine Idle Is “ lost ” and replaced with a default value. To correct the Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Idle Speed : > Page 677 IACV position Information, perform an Idle relearn routine using a Techline Diagnostic Tool. You can besides manually relearn the Idle by following the procedure below. 1. Remove battery power for one ( 1 ) minute. Restore barrage ability and place publicize condition controls ( if equipped ) in the “ off ” situation. 2. hard apply the park brake and block the drive wheels. Start the engine, shift the infection to drive for automatics and impersonal for manuals. 3. Allow the engine to run until the engine cooling fan has cycled once, or a maximal of 10 minutes. 4. Turn the ignition winder to the “ off ” status for at least 5 seconds. 5. Repeat Step 2. 6. Allow the engine to run for at least five ( 5 ) minutes. The compensate IACV values for proper idle control will now be stored. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 678 Idle focal ratio : Specifications Minimum Idle Rate Minimum Idle Rate IAC Counts 10-20 note : Let locomotive idle until proper fuel control condition is closed loop. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Adjustments > Idle Speed Idle accelerate : Adjustments Idle Speed Stop Screw Plug Removal NOTE : The strangle stop screw, which controls minimal idle focal ratio, is adjusted at the factory and covered with a plug to discourage unnecessary adaptation. normally, it should not be necessity to adjust unless the restrict body is replaced. A slow, mentally ill or fast idle is more probably caused by a NON-IAC system condition. To gain access to the accelerator barricade screw, pierce the plug with an awl, and give leverage vitamin a illustrated to remove the fireplug. alteration : 1. Back baseless barricade screw out until there is an tune opening between the screw and the strangle lever. 2. Turn the screw in until it barely touches the accelerator lever. 3. Turn the screw in an extra 1 1/2 turns. 4. Connect a read tool to the ALDL connection. 5. Start engine and affectionate until convention operating temperature is reached 6. momentarily disconnect and reconnect battery. 7. Observe “ counts ” on read tool with all accessories “ OFF. ” The ECM moves the IAC valve in little steps, called counts which are measured by the “ scan ” creature. 8. With the engine stabilized, IAC valve position should be 10-20 counts. If not repeat procedure., Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Adjustments > Idle Speed > Page 681 Idle accelerate : Adjustments Minimum Air Rate – fuel Injection only The accelerator plate barricade screw or minimum atmosphere rate adjustment should not be considered the minimal idle speed, as on other fuel injected engines. Low inner friction and provision for rebuff production variations and versatile operation altitudes resulted in a calibrated minimal air pace which is besides low to allow most engines to idle. The adaptation is pre-set at the factory and no far adjustment should be necessity. If there is a charge of high dead speed, vacuum leaks should be considered the most likely lawsuit. Because the Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) controls Idle Air Control ( IAC ), it is even less probable that a stall ailment would be due to incorrect minimal air rate. If either occurs see DIAGNOSIS BY SYMPTOM. If the minimum breeze rate is hush suspected, be indisputable the IAC valve is not “ lost ” ( not actually at the localization indicated by current IAC “ counts ” ). The IAC valve could be “ lost ” if ECM power has been interrupted with the ignition “ ON, ” or the IAC valve has been disconnected with the locomotive running since the concluding readjust. The minimum atmosphere pace may be checked using the follow procedure : 1. Block drive wheels and apply parking brake. 2. Connect “ scan ” instrument. 3. Start locomotive and allow to reach operational temperature and “ Closed Loop. ” 4. automatic transaxle only – transfer to drive and back to NEUTRAL. 5. With A/C and all electric accessories “ OFF, ” transaxle in NEUTRAL, “ scan ” exponent steering pressure throw input signal. It should be “ OFF ” or “ NORMAL. ”. Allow baseless to stabilize. 6. “ read ” IAC valve counts – if within specifications ( see MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS under SPECIFICATIONS ), strangle plate stop screw allowance is satisfactory. It is important to allow the idle amphetamine to stabilize to assure compensate counts are determined. If counts are besides low, check for consumption tune ( vacuum ) leaks at hoses, restrict body, and intake manifold. Check for damage accelerator lever and right as necessary. If no vacuum leaks or other lawsuit of excessive breeze into the inhalation are found, continue to Throttle Plate Stop Screw ( Minimum Air Rate ) Adjustment Procedure. If counts are excessively high, check for damage accelerator pry or airflow restriction by the choke plate. If no problem is discernible, remove inlet air duct at the accelerator body and clean and jerk residue from inside of restrict consistency bore and from edges of accelerator plate. Do not use solvents containing Methyl Ethyl Ketone. “ scan ” IAC valve counts, per the preceding routine. If counts are hush besides high, refer to “ Throttle Plate Stop Screw ( Minimum Air Rate ) Adjustment Procedure. ” THROTTLE PLATE STOP SCREW ( MINIMUM AIR RATE ) ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE NOTICE : It is highly improbable that this adjustment will ever be necessary on a choke body that has not been tampered with after production ! 1. Remove strangle plate barricade screw plug. 2. Back stop prison guard out until an breeze break between the screw and the accelerator lever can be seen by looking down from above the restrict body. 3. Turn the stop prison guard in until it good contacts the accelerator pry. 4. Turn the hold on screw 1 1/2 turns further. note : If IAC valve counts are still out of the acceptable range after the idle has been allowed to stabilize, the alteration may be tailored as follows : More accelerator plate hatchway = lower IAC valve counts. Less accelerator plate open = higher IAC valve counts. If necessity to change the allowance more than one half plow either way, other causes of wrong idle speed should be checked. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Cleaner Fresh Air Duct/Hose > Component Information > Locations Air Induction Assembly Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Air Filter element : > 04-07-30-013B > Feb > 07 > Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON Air Filter chemical element : customer Interest Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON Bulletin No. : 04-07-30-013B Date : February 01, 2007 INFORMATION Subject : automatic Transmission Shift, Engine Driveability Concerns or Service Engine Soon ( SES ) Light On as a resultant role of the Use of an Excessively/Over-Oiled Aftermarket, Reusable Air Filter Models : 2007 and Prior GM Cars and Light Duty Trucks 2007 and Prior Saturn Models 2003-2007 HUMMER H2 2006-2007 HUMMER H3 2005-2007 Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add models and model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 04-07-30-013A ( Section 07 – Transmission/Transaxle ). The function of an excessively/over-oiled aftermarket, reclaimable atmosphere trickle may result in : Service Engine Soon ( SES ) light on Transmission switch concerns, slipping and damaged clutch bag ( einsteinium ) or band ( s ) Engine driveability concerns, poor acceleration from a stop, limited engine RPM range The petroleum that is used on these air filter elements may be transferred onto the Mass Air Flow ( MAF ) detector causing contamination of the detector. As a consequence, the Grams per Second ( GPS ) bespeak from the MAF may be low and any or all of the concerns listed above may occur. When servicing a vehicle with any of these concerns, be sure to check for the presence of an aftermarket reclaimable, excessively/over-oiled air percolate. The MAF, GPS learn should be compared to a alike vehicle with an OEM air box and filter under the like drive conditions to verify the concern. The use of an aftermarket reclaimable air filter DOES NOT void the vehicle ‘s guarantee. If an aftermarket reclaimable vent filter is used, technicians should inspect the MAF detector element and the air induction hose for contamination of oil anterior to making guarantee repairs. transmittance or engine driveability concerns ( related to the MAF detector being contaminated with oil ) that are the result of the consumption of an aftermarket reclaimable, excessively/over-oiled breeze percolate are not considered to be warrantable repair items. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Air Filter element : > 04-07-30-013B > Feb > 07 > Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON > Page 694 Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Air Filter element : > 04-07-30-013B > Feb > 07 > Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON Air Filter component : All Technical Service Bulletins Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON Bulletin No. : 04-07-30-013B Date : February 01, 2007 INFORMATION Subject : automatic rifle Transmission Shift, Engine Driveability Concerns or Service Engine Soon ( SES ) Light On as a consequence of the Use of an Excessively/Over-Oiled Aftermarket, Reusable Air Filter Models : 2007 and Prior GM Cars and Light Duty Trucks 2007 and Prior Saturn Models 2003-2007 HUMMER H2 2006-2007 HUMMER H3 2005-2007 Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add models and model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 04-07-30-013A ( Section 07 – Transmission/Transaxle ). The use of an excessively/over-oiled aftermarket, reclaimable air filter may result in : Service Engine Soon ( SES ) light on Transmission lurch concerns, slipping and damaged clutch ( einsteinium ) or band ( s ) Engine driveability concerns, poor acceleration from a arrest, restrict engine RPM range The oil that is used on these breeze filter elements may be transferred onto the Mass Air Flow ( MAF ) detector causing contamination of the detector. As a resultant role, the Grams per Second ( GPS ) bespeak from the MAF may be low and any or all of the concerns listed above may occur. When servicing a vehicle with any of these concerns, be sure to check for the presence of an aftermarket reclaimable, excessively/over-oiled tune filter. The MAF, GPS reading should be compared to a comparable vehicle with an OEM air box and filter under the same drive conditions to verify the concern. The practice of an aftermarket reclaimable air trickle DOES NOT void the vehicle ‘s guarantee. If an aftermarket reclaimable atmosphere filter is used, technicians should inspect the MAF detector component and the air trigger hosiery for contamination of vegetable oil anterior to making guarantee repairs. transmission or engine driveability concerns ( related to the MAF detector being contaminated with anoint ) that are the result of the practice of an aftermarket reclaimable, excessively/over-oiled air filter are not considered to be warrantable repair items. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Air Filter element : > 04-07-30-013B > Feb > 07 > Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON > Page 700 Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release : Service and Repair ***UPDATED BY TSB 91-T-140 JUNE 1991 warn : To reduce the risk of fire and personal injury, it is necessity to relieve the fuel arrangement pressure before servicing fuel organization components. After relieving system imperativeness, a small come of fuel may be released when servicing fuel lines or connections. In order to reduce the chance of personal injury, cover fuel note fittings with a patronize towel before disconnecting, to catch any fuel that may leak out. Place the towel in an approve container when gulf is completed. When servicing the fuel system use the adopt precautions : a. Put a “ CAUTION FLAMMABLE ” signboard in the workshop. b. Be certain patronize is supplied with an adequate fire fire extinguisher. c. Be indisputable to disconnect battery flat coat cable before any overhaul work is done. d. Use a suitable container to catch any fuel that may leak from the system during service. e. Always relieve fuel system pressure before disconnecting any lines. f. If the key must be turned ON while servicing the fuel system, always disconnect or disable the ignition, to insure no sparks occur near fuel vapors. procedure : joyride required : J34730-1 Fuel Pressure Gauge or equivalent. 1. Disconnect the negative barrage cable, to avoid fuel pump turn on, if an accidental undertake is made to start the engine. 2. Loosen the fuel filler cap to relieve cooler vapor pressure. 3. Connect a fuel pressure gauge, J 34730-1 or equivalent, to the pressure connection. Wrap a patronize towel around the fit while connecting the gauge to avoid spill. 4. Install bleed hose into an approve container and open the valve to bleed the system pressure. fuel connections are now safe for servicing. 5. Drain any fuel persist in the gauge into an approve container. When compensate to the fuel system has been completed, START the engine and check all connections that were loosened for leaks. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications > Ignition Firing Order Firing order : Specifications Ignition Firing Order Firing club … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 1-2-3-4-5-6 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > Number One Cylinder > Component Information > Locations > Number 1 Cylinder Location Number One Cylinder : Locations Number 1 Cylinder Location NUMBER ONE CYLINDER LOCATION Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug Wire [ Ignition Cable ] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Spark Plug Wire : > 93356D > Oct > 92 > Engine – Miss, Hesitation, or Roughness Spark Plug Wire : customer Interest Engine – Miss, Hesitation, or Roughness Number : 93-35-6D incision : 6D date : OCT. 1992 Corporate Bulletin No. : 716404R ASE No. : A1, A8 Subject : ENGINE MISS HESITATION OR ROUGHNESS DUE TO PIERCED SECONDARY IGNITION COMPONENTS Model and year : 1980-93 ALL PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 87-121, DATED MAY 1987. THE 1989-93 MODEL YEARS HAVE BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 87-121 SHOULD BE DISCARDED. During the diagnosis operation for an engine miss, hesitation or roughness, a spark plug or spark plug cable condition may be suspected. several types of commercial or homemade diagnostic equipment required the junior-grade ignition boots or wire to be pierced. This is normally done to check for sparkle chew fire or to perform a cylinder proportion test. similarly the manipulation of pliers or other such tools to disengage a trip punch boot may pierce or damage the boot or electrify. secondary ignition components should not be pierced for any reason. Piercing a sparkle plug telegram and/or distributor kick may create a condition that will not be immediately apparent. Over time, the fix in the pierce boot may allow a ground way to develop creating a plug misfire discipline. heavily moisture laden atmosphere in the vicinity of the pierce boot may accelerate this effect. Piercing a secondary ignition telegram creates a opening in the wire ‘s conductive core. This gap is a steer of senior high school resistance. The stream flow in the telegram will increase to compensate for the higher wire underground. Over clock, the wire may fail creating a hack misfire condition. The time required for the condition to appear depends upon the extent of damage to the conductive effect. To help prevent future condition that are flicker spark plug wire related, do not pierce or otherwise damage any secondary ignition part. entirely use diagnostic equipment containing an inductive pick-up to check for spark plug fire or to perform cylinder balance tests. When disengaging a flicker plug boot from the spark plug, twist the flanged boot 1/2 turn then pull on the boot lone to remove the wire. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug Wire [ Ignition Cable ] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Spark Plug Wire : > 93356D > Oct > 92 > Engine – Miss, Hesitation, or Roughness Spark Plug Wire : All Technical Service Bulletins Engine – Miss, Hesitation, or Roughness Number : 93-35-6D section : 6D date : OCT. 1992 Corporate Bulletin No. : 716404R ASE No. : A1, A8 Subject : ENGINE MISS HESITATION OR ROUGHNESS DUE TO PIERCED SECONDARY IGNITION COMPONENTS Model and year : 1980-93 ALL PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 87-121, DATED MAY 1987. THE 1989-93 MODEL YEARS HAVE BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 87-121 SHOULD BE DISCARDED. During the diagnosis procedure for an engine miss, hesitation or rowdiness, a sparkle plug or spark hack telegram discipline may be suspected. several types of commercial or homemade diagnostic equipment required the secondary ignition boots or wire to be pierced. This is normally done to check for spark plug dismissal or to perform a cylinder balance trial. similarly the habit of pliers or other such tools to disengage a spark punch boot may pierce or damage the boot or telegram. secondary ignition components should not be pierced for any reason. Piercing a sparkle plug cable and/or distributor boot may create a condition that will not be immediately apparent. Over time, the hole in the pierce boot may allow a establish way to develop creating a plug misfire condition. heavy moisture laden air in the vicinity of the pierce boot may accelerate this effect. Piercing a secondary ignition wire creates a gap in the wire ‘s conductive core. This gap is a point of high resistor. The current run in the cable will increase to compensate for the higher wire resistance. Over time, the wire may fail creating a chew miss condition. The time required for the stipulate to appear depends upon the extent of damage to the conductive core. To help prevent future stipulate that are spark spark plug cable related, do not pierce or differently damage any secondary ignition component. only use diagnostic equipment containing an inductive pick-up to check for sparkle hack discharge or to perform cylinder balance tests. When disengaging a flicker punch boot from the discharge plug, twist the flanged kick 1/2 turn then pull on the bang alone to remove the wire. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug Wire [ Ignition Cable ] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 727 Spark Plug Wire : Specifications RESISTANCE VALUES Crankshaft Position Sensor … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 900-1200 ohm Ignition Wire 1-15 in. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 3000/10,000 ohm 15-25 in. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 4000/15,000 ohm 25-35 in. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 6000/20,000 ohm OVER 35 in. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 8000/25,000 ohm Ignition Coil Secondary Coil Resistance … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 5,000-10,000 Ohms Spark Plug Gap … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. .045 in. ( 1.15 millimeter ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug Wire [ Ignition Cable ] > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 728 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Distributor, Ignition > Component Information > Specifications Distributor : Specifications Direct Ignition System ( DIS ) Assembly bolts … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 25 Nm ( 19 pound. ft. ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Spark Plug – Torque Specification Update Spark Plug : technical Service Bulletins Spark Plug – Torque Specification Update Number : 91-79-6A section : 6A date : October 1990 Corporate Bulletin No. : subject : SPARK PLUG TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Model and year : 1990 CELEBRITY 1990-91 BERETTA, CORSICA CAMARO, CAVALIER AND LUMINA, 1990-91 U VAN ( APV ) TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS When installing spark plugs in the 3.1L engine use the following revise specification in the Service Manuals listed below : Cast Iron or Aluminum Heads, 15 N-m ( 11 lbs.ft. ) 1991 Lumina Pages 6D4 – 4, 5, 7 Cavalier Pages 6A3 – 19 Camaro Pages 6A2 – 31 Pages 6D4 – 7, 9 Corsica/Beretta Pages 6D4 – 3, 6 Pages 6A5 – 24 Lumina ( APV ) Pages 6A4 – 20, 46 and 6D4 – 6 1990 Celebrity Pages 6D4 – 3, 5 Lumina Pages 6D4 – 4, 5, 6 Cavalier Pages 6A3 – 19 Pages 6D4 – 3 Camaro Pages 6A2 – 30 Pages 6D4 – 7, 8 Corsica/Beretta Pages 6A5 – 20 Pages 6D4 – 2 Lumina ( APV ) Pages 6A4 – 17, 41 and 6D4 – 6 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Torque Spark Plug : Specifications Torque Spark Plug Torque … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 15 Nm ( 11 pound. ft. ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Torque > Page 738 Spark Plug : Specifications Spark Plug Gap Spark Plug Gap … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. 0.045 inch Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Compression Check : Specifications The lowest reading cylinder should not be less than 70 % of the highest and no cylinder reading should be less than 689 kPa ( 100 psi ). Perform compaction test with engine at normal operating temperature, spark plugs removed and strangle wide overt. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance : Specifications Valve System Lifter … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … Hydraulic Valve Lash … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … .1-1/2 Turns from Zero Lash Face Angle … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..45° Seat Angle … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .46° Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 745 Valve headroom : Adjustments Vehicles are equipped with a non-adjustable rocker arm stud. If valve recondition is required, the non-adjustable rocker arm stud must be replaced with an adjustable rocker branch stud and the surveil routine must be performed. 1. Remove rocker weapon covers. 2. Crank engine until scar on torsional damper lines up with O scar on timing check. The engine should besides be in the No. 1 fire position. This can be determined by placing fingers on No. 1 rocker arms as mark on damper approaches O mark. 3. If valves are not moving, locomotive is in No. 1 fuel position. If valves move as the commemorate comes up to the time tab, engine is in No. 4 fire placement and should be rotated one revolution to reach No. 1 position. 4. With engine in No. 1 fire position, align run down valves 1, 2 and 3 and intake valves 1, 5 and 6, as follows : a. Back out adjusting crackpot until whip is felt at pushrod, then turn in adjusting nut until all whip is removed. b. When whip has been removed, turn adjusting en in extra 1 1/2 turns to center booster plunger. 5. Crank engine one revolution until timing tab O scar and torsional damp stigmatize are again in alignment. 6. With the engine in this, the No. 4 dismissal put. adjust exhaust valves 4, 5 and 6 and intake valves 2, 3 and 4 as previously described. 7. Install rocker arm covers, then start engine and check clock and idle speed. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine – Drive Belt Misalignment Diagnostics Drive Belt : technical Service Bulletins Engine – Drive Belt Misalignment Diagnostics INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 08-06-01-008A date : July 27, 2009 subject : Diagnosing Accessory Drive Belt / Serpentine Belt Noise and Availability and Use of Kent-Moore EN-49228 Laser Alignment Tool – force Belt Models : 2010 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks ( Including Saturn ) 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 Vehicles 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add a exemplar class and update the Tool Information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 08-06-01-008 ( Section 06 – locomotive ). Background several aftermarket companies offer laser alignment tools for accessory force systems that can be very helpful in eliminating drive belt noise as a leave of misalign pulleys. typically pricing ranges from $ 160 – $ 200. EN-49228 Laser Alignment Tool – drive Belt The GM Tool program has now made available a competitive, simple to use and time-saving laser joyride to assist in achieving accurate alignment of the drive belt out pulley. This optional tool removes the guess from proper pulley conjunction and may serve to reduce comebacks from : – drive Belt Noise – Accelerated Drive Belt Wear – Drive Belt Slippage Instructions The instructions below are particular only to the truck Gen IV V-8 family of engines. These instructions are merely for demonstrative purposes to show how the cock may be used. universal instructions are included in the box with the Laser Alignment Tool – drive Belt. Caution – Do not look immediately into the beam projected from the laser. – use caution when shining the laser on highly polished or brooding surfaces. Laser condom glasses help reduce laser glow glare in many circumstances. – Always use laser safety glasses when using the laser. Laser safety glasses are not designed to protect eyes from direct laser exposure. 1. note and mark the serpentine belt orientation. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine – Drive Belt Misalignment Diagnostics > Page 750 2. Remove the serpentine belt from the accessory drive system. 3. Install the cock onto the baron steering pulley. Position the leg of the instrument into the out grooves of the pulley, farthest from the front of the engine. 4. Install the retain cord around the pulley and to the leg of the creature. 5. Put on the laser safety glasses provided with the tool. 6. Depress the switch on the buttocks of the instrument to activate the fall beam. 7. Rotate the might steering pulley as required to project the luminosity balance beam onto the crankshaft balancer pulley grooves. 8. inspect for proper world power steering pulley alignment. – If the laser beam projects onto the second rib or raised area ( 1 ), the pulleys are aligned by rights. – If the laser beam projects more than one-fourth rib 0.9 millimeter ( 0.035 in ) mis-alignment, adjust the place of the baron steering pulley as required. – refer to SI for Power Steering Pulley Removal and Installation procedures. 9. Install the serpentine belt to the accessary repel system in the original orientation. 10. Operate the fomite and verify that the belt out noise concern is no longer salute. Tool Information Please visit the GM service cock web site for pricing information or to place your order for this tool. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine – Drive Belt Misalignment Diagnostics > Page 751 Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications > New Belts Belt Tension – New Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications > New Belts > Page 754 Belt Tension – Used Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 755 Drive Belt : description and Operation Serpentine Drive Belt The engine employs a single serpentine drive knock which drives each of the engine-mounted accessories. The swath is wider than conventional belts due to its “ Poly-V ” blueprint, like to six narrow-minded V-belts joined at their sides. Encircling all but one of the accessory pullies are six grooves which mate with the contours of the belt face. The exception to this is the coolant pump pulley which is driven by the rear of the serpentine swath and, consequently, does not require grooves. All belt driven accessories are rigidly mounted with knock tension maintained by a form loaded automatic rifle tensioner. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 756 Drive Belt : test and Inspection Routine inspection of the belt may reveal cracks in the belt rib. These cracks will not impair belt out performance and consequently should not be considered a trouble requiring belt substitute. however, the belt out should be replaced if belt slip occurs or if sections of the belt out rib are missing. ^ If rub of knock is noticed, check to make certain both the knock and tensioner assembly are properly aligned and that the belt edges are not in contact with the flanges of the tensioner pulley. ^ If, while adjusting belt tension, tensioner runs out of travel, the knock has stretched beyond adaptation and should be replaced. ^ If knock slippage occurs and the drive belt tensioner is within its operate roll, check the belt tension. Tension value is to be the average of three readings. Refer to Drive Belt / Adjustments Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 757 Drive Belt : Adjustments NOTE Belt tension is maintained by the tensioner and is not adjustable. Belt Tension Gage Serpentine Drive Belt 1. Run engine, with no accessories on, until convention operating temperature is reached. Turn engine off and read belt tension using belt tension gauge J-23600-B or equivalent. Place gauge halfway between alternator and office steering pump. 2. Start engine, with accessories off, and allow system to stabilize for 15 seconds. Turn engine off. Using a 15 millimeter socket, apply clockwise force to tensioner pulley bolt. Release force and immediately take a latent hostility reading without disturbing knock tensioner position. 3. Using a 15 millimeter socket, apply counterclockwise force to tensioner pulley bolt, raise pulley to eliminate all tension. Slowly lower pulley to belt and take a tension reading without disturbing belt tensioner position. 4. average three readings. If average is not between 225 and 315 Nm ( 50-70 pound ) and belt is within tensioner ‘s operate range, replace belt tensioner. Refer to Drive Belt Tensioner / Service and Repair. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Precautions on Belt Usage Drive Belt : Service and Repair Precautions on Belt Usage Belt Cracks Routine inspection of the belt may reveal cracks in the belt rib. These cracks will not impair belt operation and therefore should not be considered a trouble requiring belt surrogate. however, the knock should be replaced if belt chemise occurs or if sections of the belt rib are missing. Belt Fraying If fray of swath is noticed, check to make indisputable both the belt out and tensioner assembly are properly aligned and that the knock edges are not in contact with the flanges of the tensioner pulley. Tensioner Travel If, while adjusting belt tension, tensioner runs out of travel, the knock has stretched beyond alteration and should be replaced. Whining If a whine randomness is heard around tensioner or idle assemblies, check for possible bear failure. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Precautions on Belt Usage > Page 760 Drive Belt : Service and Repair Serpentine Drive Belt CAUTION : care should be taken to avoid distortion or bending the tensioner when applying torsion. damage to belt tensioner may occur. Serpentine Drive Belt REMOVAL 1. Remove belt guard. 2. rise or turn out tensioner using a 1/2 inch breaker stripe. 3. Remove serpentine campaign belt. INSTALLATION 3. lift or rotate tensioner using a 1/2 column inch breaker measure. 2. install Serpentine drive belt. 3. Install Belt guard. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Cleaner Fresh Air Duct/Hose > Component Information > Locations Air Induction Assembly Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Air Filter component : > 04-07-30-013B > Feb > 07 > Engine, A/T Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON Air Filter component : customer Interest Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON Bulletin No. : 04-07-30-013B Date : February 01, 2007 INFORMATION Subject : automatic pistol Transmission Shift, Engine Driveability Concerns or Service Engine Soon ( SES ) Light On as a result of the Use of an Excessively/Over-Oiled Aftermarket, Reusable Air Filter Models : 2007 and Prior GM Cars and Light Duty Trucks 2007 and Prior Saturn Models 2003-2007 HUMMER H2 2006-2007 HUMMER H3 2005-2007 Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add models and exemplary years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 04-07-30-013A ( Section 07 – Transmission/Transaxle ). The manipulation of an excessively/over-oiled aftermarket, reclaimable atmosphere filter may result in : Service Engine Soon ( SES ) lighter on Transmission chemise concerns, slipping and damaged clutch ( einsteinium ) or dance band ( s ) Engine driveability concerns, poor acceleration from a discontinue, limited engine RPM range The oil that is used on these air filter elements may be transferred onto the Mass Air Flow ( MAF ) detector causing contaminant of the detector. As a resultant role, the Grams per Second ( GPS ) signal from the MAF may be depleted and any or all of the concerns listed above may occur. When servicing a vehicle with any of these concerns, be certain to check for the presence of an aftermarket reclaimable, excessively/over-oiled air filter. The MAF, GPS read should be compared to a alike vehicle with an OEM air out box and trickle under the like drive conditions to verify the concern. The use of an aftermarket reclaimable air percolate DOES NOT void the fomite ‘s guarantee. If an aftermarket reclaimable air filter is used, technicians should inspect the MAF detector component and the publicize generalization hose for contamination of petroleum prior to making guarantee repairs. infection or engine driveability concerns ( related to the MAF detector being contaminated with oil ) that are the result of the use of an aftermarket reclaimable, excessively/over-oiled air filter are not considered to be warrantable repair items. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Air Filter chemical element : > 04-07-30-013B > Feb > 07 > Engine, A/T Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON > Page 774 Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Air Filter element : > 04-07-30-013B > Feb > 07 > Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON Air Filter element : All Technical Service Bulletins Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON Bulletin No. : 04-07-30-013B Date : February 01, 2007 INFORMATION Subject : automatic pistol Transmission Shift, Engine Driveability Concerns or Service Engine Soon ( SES ) Light On as a leave of the Use of an Excessively/Over-Oiled Aftermarket, Reusable Air Filter Models : 2007 and Prior GM Cars and Light Duty Trucks 2007 and Prior Saturn Models 2003-2007 HUMMER H2 2006-2007 HUMMER H3 2005-2007 Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add models and model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 04-07-30-013A ( Section 07 – Transmission/Transaxle ). The use of an excessively/over-oiled aftermarket, reclaimable air trickle may result in : Service Engine Soon ( SES ) faint on Transmission lurch concerns, slipping and damaged clasp ( einsteinium ) or band ( s ) Engine driveability concerns, poor acceleration from a discontinue, limited engine RPM range The oil that is used on these breeze percolate elements may be transferred onto the Mass Air Flow ( MAF ) detector causing contamination of the detector. As a resultant role, the Grams per Second ( GPS ) signal from the MAF may be low and any or all of the concerns listed above may occur. When servicing a fomite with any of these concerns, be sure to check for the presence of an aftermarket reclaimable, excessively/over-oiled breeze trickle. The MAF, GPS read should be compared to a like vehicle with an OEM tune box and filter under the like drive conditions to verify the refer. The habit of an aftermarket reclaimable air trickle DOES NOT void the vehicle ‘s guarantee. If an aftermarket reclaimable air travel filter is used, technicians should inspect the MAF detector element and the air out generalization hose for contamination of petroleum anterior to making guarantee repairs. transmission or engine driveability concerns ( related to the MAF detector being contaminated with oil ) that are the result of the use of an aftermarket reclaimable, excessively/over-oiled air out filter are not considered to be warrantable haunt items. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Air Filter element : > 04-07-30-013B > Feb > 07 > Engine, A/T – Shift/Driveability Concerns/MIL ON > Page 780 Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fluid Filter – A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T – Transaxle Oil Filter Differences Fluid Filter – A/T : technical Service Bulletins A/T – Transaxle Oil Filter Differences GROUP REF. : transmission BULLETIN NO. : 477103 go steady : March, 1994 subject : TRANSAXLE OIL FILTER DIFFERENCES MODELS : 1985-94 PASSENGER CARS AND U VANS WITH 4T60 OR 4T60-E TRANSAXLES TRANSAXLE APPLICATIONS : HYDRA-MATIC 4T60 ( RPO ME9 ) HYDRA-MATIC 4T60-E ( RPO M13 ) TRANSAXLE MODELS : ALL At the starting signal of the 1993 model year, 4T6O transaxle petroleum filters were revised in appearance. This revision made the 4T60 transaxle oil filter similar in appearance to the 4T60-E transaxle vegetable oil percolate. Current and previous design 4T6O transaxle oil filters can be used on any 4T6O transaxle. 4T60 and 4T60-E transaxle vegetable oil filters are NOT interchangeable. Refer to the current GMSPO catalog for 4T60 and 4T60-E transaxle oil filter separate numbers. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release : Service and Repair ***UPDATED BY TSB 91-T-140 JUNE 1991 warn : To reduce the gamble of fire and personal wound, it is necessity to relieve the fuel system pressure before servicing fuel system components. After relieving system pressure, a modest amount of fuel may be released when servicing fuel lines or connections. In club to reduce the chance of personal wound, cover fuel occupation fittings with a shop class towel before disconnecting, to catch any fuel that may leak out. Place the towel in an approved container when unplug is completed. When servicing the fuel system use the surveil precautions : a. Put a “ CAUTION FLAMMABLE ” sign in the workshop. boron. Be sure shop is supplied with an adequate fire fire extinguisher. c. Be surely to disconnect battery ground cable before any service shape is done. d. Use a desirable container to catch any fuel that may leak from the system during service. e. Always relieve fuel arrangement pressure before disconnecting any lines. f. If the key must be turned ON while servicing the fuel system, constantly disconnect or disable the ignition, to insure no sparks occur near fuel vapors. routine : tool required : J34730-1 Fuel Pressure Gauge or equivalent. 1. Disconnect the damaging barrage cable, to avoid fuel pump change state on, if an accidental undertake is made to start the engine. 2. Loosen the fuel filler crown to relieve tank car vapor atmospheric pressure. 3. Connect a fuel pressure gauge, J 34730-1 or equivalent, to the blackmail connection. Wrap a shop towel around the meet while connecting the gauge to avoid spillage. 4. Install bleed hosiery into an approve container and open the valve to bleed the system pressure. fuel connections are nowadays safe for servicing. 5. Drain any fuel leftover in the gauge into an approved container. When repair to the fuel organization has been completed, START the locomotive and check all connections that were loosened for leaks. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 902166 > Apr > 90 > Oil Filters ( Small 75 millimeter ) – escape Prevention Oil Filter : customer Interest vegetable oil Filters ( Small 75 millimeter ) – escape Prevention Number : 90-216-6 section : 6 date : April 1990 Corp. Bulletin No. : 906106 national : proper INSTALLATION OF 75 MM OIL FILTER Model and class : 1981-90 CHEVROLET MODELS THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-187-6, DATED MARCH 1990. THE 1990 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 90-187-6 SHOULD BE DISCARDED. To prevent escape of humble 75 millimeter oil filters such as PF-40, PF-45, PF-47, PF-51, and so forth, it is very authoritative that the facility instructions listed below are closely followed. Remove old filter by turning counter clockwise. clean gasket sealing area on Engine Oil Filter Mounting Surface. ( If engine has an arranger free-base, make certain thread nipple or abscond is properly torqued. ) lightly petroleum gasket with scavenge oil and install filter. After the petroleum filter gasket contacts the vegetable oil filter arranger base, tighten 3/4 to 1 wide turn. When necessity, use a cap-type wrench, AC Delco OF17W or equivalent, or strap type twist with swivel manage to insure proper initiation. With engine petroleum at proper level, run locomotive three minutes and thoroughly check filter area for leaks. important : Be certain to follow substitute anoint filter custom applications. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Filter : > 07-06-01-016B > Jul > 09 > Engine – Noise/Damage Oil Filter Application Importance Oil Filter : All Technical Service Bulletins Engine – Noise/Damage Oil Filter Application Importance INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 07-06-01-016B date : July 27, 2009 subject : information on Internal Engine Noise or damage After Oil Filter Replacement Models : 2010 and Prior Passenger Cars and Trucks ( Including Saturn ) 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being updated to add model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 07-06-01-016A ( Section 06 – Engine/Propulsion System ). Important Engine damage that is the consequence of an incorrect or improperly installed engine petroleum percolate is not a warrantable claim. The best manner to avoid oil filter quality concerns is to purchase ACDelco ( R ) oil filters directly from GMSPO. Oil filter misapplication may cause abnormal engine randomness or inner damage. Always utilize the most recent parts information to ensure the discipline part number percolate is installed when replacing oil filters. Do not rely on physical dimensions alone. Counterfeit copies of name stigmatize parts have been discovered in some aftermarket parts systems. always ensure the parts you install are from a trusted source. Improper oil filter facility may result in catastrophic engine damage. denote to the appropriate Service Information ( SI ) facility instructions when replacing any oil filter and pay detail attention to procedures for proper cartridge filter component alignment. If the diagnostics in SI ( Engine Mechanical ) leash to the oil trickle as the induce of the home engine noise or damage, dealers should submit a field product report. Refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 02-00-89-002I ( Information for Dealers on How to Submit a Field Product Report ). Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Filter : > 902166 > Apr > 90 > petroleum Filters ( Small 75 millimeter ) – escape Prevention Oil Filter : All Technical Service Bulletins Oil Filters ( Small 75 millimeter ) – escape Prevention Number : 90-216-6 section : 6 date : April 1990 Corp. Bulletin No. : 906106 subject : proper INSTALLATION OF 75 MM OIL FILTER Model and year : 1981-90 CHEVROLET MODELS THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-187-6, DATED MARCH 1990. THE 1990 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 90-187-6 SHOULD BE DISCARDED. To prevent escape of small 75 millimeter petroleum filters such as PF-40, PF-45, PF-47, PF-51, and so forth, it is very important that the facility instructions listed below are closely followed. Remove old percolate by turning counter clockwise. clean gasket sealing area on Engine Oil Filter Mounting Surface. ( If engine has an adapter base, make sure thread nipple or bolt is by rights torqued. ) lightly oil gasket with cleanse oil and install trickle. After the petroleum percolate gasket contacts the anoint percolate adapter root, tighten 3/4 to 1 full twist. When necessary, use a cap-type twist, AC Delco OF17W or equivalent, or strap type wrench with pivot manage to insure proper initiation. With engine petroleum at proper tied, run engine three minutes and thoroughly check filter area for leaks. crucial : Be sealed to follow replacement petroleum filter custom applications. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Oil Filter : > 07-06-01-016B > Jul > 09 > Engine – Noise/Damage Oil Filter Application Importance Oil Filter : All Technical Service Bulletins Engine – Noise/Damage Oil Filter Application Importance INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 07-06-01-016B date : July 27, 2009 subject : information on Internal Engine Noise or damage After Oil Filter Replacement Models : 2010 and Prior Passenger Cars and Trucks ( Including Saturn ) 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being updated to add model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 07-06-01-016A ( Section 06 – Engine/Propulsion System ). Important Engine price that is the leave of an wrong or improperly installed locomotive vegetable oil filter is not a warrantable claim. The best way to avoid anoint filter quality concerns is to purchase ACDelco ( R ) oil filters directly from GMSPO. Oil trickle embezzlement may cause abnormal locomotive noise or internal price. Always utilize the most holocene parts information to ensure the correct partially total trickle is installed when replacing oil filters. Do not rely on physical dimensions alone. Counterfeit copies of name post parts have been discovered in some aftermarket parts systems. constantly ensure the parts you install are from a trusted source. Improper petroleum trickle facility may result in catastrophic engine damage. denote to the appropriate Service Information ( SI ) facility instructions when replacing any petroleum filter and pay finical attention to procedures for proper cartridge filter element conjunction. If the diagnostics in SI ( Engine Mechanical ) jumper cable to the petroleum filter as the cause of the inner engine make noise or damage, dealers should submit a battlefield product report. Refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 02-00-89-002I ( Information for Dealers on How to Submit a Field Product Report ). Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 811 Oil Filter : Specifications Oil Filter … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 15 Nm ( 11 pound. ft. ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Power Steering Line/Hose : > 914083B > Aug > 91 > Power Steering Shudder/Moan or Vibration Power Steering Line/Hose : customer Interest Power Steering – Shudder/Moan or Vibration Number : 91-408-3B department : 3B date : august 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 133209R ASE No. : A4 submit : power STEERING SHUDDER Model and year : 1989 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA WITH 2.0L AND 2.8L ENGINES 1990 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA WITH 2.2L, 2.3L AND 3.1L ENGINES 1991 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA WITH 2.2L AND 3.1L ENGINES THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-326-3B, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1991 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED AS WELL AS THE CAVALIER AND CORSICA VEHICLES. ALSO, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION HAS BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 90-326-3B SHOULD BE DISCARDED. MODELS/YEARS : 1990-91 “ J ” and “ L ” w/2.2L ( VIN G ) locomotive 1990-91 “ J ” and “ L ” w/3.1L ( VIN T ) engine 1990 ” L ” w/2.3L ( VIN A ) engine 1989 “ J ” and “ L ” w/2.0L ( VIN 1 ) locomotive 1989 “ J ” and “ L ” w/2.8L ( VIN W ) engine condition : Customers may comment about a shudder, groan or vibration that occurs when turning the steering steering wheel under the following conditions : – vehicle stopped with brake applied ( or moving identical slowly ) – fomite in gear – engine at idle speed The shiver or groan may occur during parking maneuvers or other situations when the steering rack is turned while the vehicle is stopped or moving very slowly. It is besides sensible to steering rack rotational accelerate equally well as locomotive travel rapidly. The tremor is normally more severe during hot ambient temperatures. causal agent : A combination of steering gearing valve instability and/or engine fire pulses generating a disturbance that is transmitted through the body social organization. correction : Install a “ tune ” power steering return hosiery and/or high expansion pressure hose between the steering pump and gear. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Power Steering Line/Hose : > 914083B > Aug > 91 > Power Steering Shudder/Moan or Vibration > Page 821 1990-91 “ J ” w/2.2L ( VIN G ) engine 1989 “ J ” w/2.0L ( VIN 1 ) locomotive This condition may be repaired by installing a “ tune ” restitution hosiery, P/N 26025260. J-cars built during the 1991 exemplary year already have the “ tune ” return hose. If a 1990 2.2L J-car already equipped with a tune return hose, or a 1991 2.2L J-car exhibits the shudder, install a gamey expansion blackmail hose, P/N 26029284. 1990-91 “ J ” w/3.1L ( VIN T ) engine 1989 “ J ” w/2.8L ( VIN W ) engine Starting with the following VIN breakpoints, 1991 model vehicles are being built with a fresh high expansion press hose which corrects this condition. Vehicles built BEFORE the VIN breakpoints listed below may be repaired by installing a new gamey expansion blackmail hose, P/N 26026623. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Power Steering Line/Hose : > 914083B > Aug > 91 > Power Steering Shudder/Moan or Vibration > Page 822 ( Lordstown ) M7117613 1990-91 “ L ” w/2.2L ( VIN G ) locomotive 1989 “ L ” w/2.0L ( VIN 1 ) engine This stipulate may be repaired by installing a tune reappearance hose, P/N 26006690. “ L ” cars built during the 1991 model year already have the tune refund hose. If a 1990 2.2L L-car already equipped with a tune rejoinder hose, or a 1991 2.2L L-car exhibits the shiver, install a high expansion pressure hose, P/N 26029284. 1990 – 91 “ L ” w/3.1L ( VIN T ) engine 1989 “ L ” w/2.8L ( VIN W ) engine Starting with the following VIN breakpoints, 1991 model vehicles are being built with a newfangled high expansion atmospheric pressure hose which repairs this discipline. Vehicles built before the VIN breakpoints listed below may be repaired by installing a raw high pressure expansion hosiery, P/N 26028229. ( Linden ) ME178914 ( Wilmington ) MY219301 1990 “ L ” w/2.3L ( VIN A ) engine Starting with the following VIN breakpoint, 1990 vehicles are equipped with a “ tune ” return hose which helps this stipulate. Vehicles built before this VIN breakpoint, may be repaired by installing a raw “ tuned ” render hose, P/N 26024663. ( Wilmington ) LY223211 note : If the above hoses do not repair the shudder condition, please reach Technical Assistance. Parts are presently available from GMSPO. Labor Operation Number : pressure Hose E8622 Labor Time : See current Labor Time Guide Trouble Code : 92 Labor Operation Number : Return Hose E8623 Labor Time : See current Labor Time Guide Trouble Code : 92 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Steering Line/Hose : > 914083B > Aug > 91 > Power Steering Shudder/Moan or Vibration Power Steering Line/Hose : All Technical Service Bulletins Power Steering – Shudder/Moan or Vibration Number : 91-408-3B section : 3B go steady : august 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 133209R ASE No. : A4 subject : power STEERING SHUDDER Model and year : 1989 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA WITH 2.0L AND 2.8L ENGINES 1990 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA WITH 2.2L, 2.3L AND 3.1L ENGINES 1991 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA WITH 2.2L AND 3.1L ENGINES THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-326-3B, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1991 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED AS WELL AS THE CAVALIER AND CORSICA VEHICLES. ALSO, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION HAS BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 90-326-3B SHOULD BE DISCARDED. MODELS/YEARS : 1990-91 “ J ” and “ L ” w/2.2L ( VIN G ) engine 1990-91 “ J ” and “ L ” w/3.1L ( VIN T ) engine 1990 ” L ” w/2.3L ( VIN A ) engine 1989 “ J ” and “ L ” w/2.0L ( VIN 1 ) engine 1989 “ J ” and “ L ” w/2.8L ( VIN W ) engine condition : Customers may comment about a shudder, groan or oscillation that occurs when turning the steering wheel under the be conditions : – vehicle stopped with bracken applied ( or moving very lento ) – fomite in gear – locomotive at idle rush The shudder or groan may occur during parking maneuvers or other situations when the steering wheel is turned while the vehicle is stopped or moving very slowly. It is besides medium to steering steering wheel rotational speed adenine well as engine accelerate. The tremor is normally more dangerous during hot ambient temperatures. campaign : A combination of steering gear valve instability and/or locomotive discharge pulses generating a noise that is transmitted through the body structure. correction : Install a “ tune ” ability steering return hose and/or high expansion pressure hose between the steering pump and gear. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Steering Line/Hose : > 914083B > Aug > 91 > Power Steering Shudder/Moan or Vibration > Page 828 1990-91 “ J ” w/2.2L ( VIN G ) engine 1989 “ J ” w/2.0L ( VIN 1 ) engine This condition may be repaired by installing a “ tune ” restitution hose, P/N 26025260. J-cars built during the 1991 model year already have the “ tune ” return hose. If a 1990 2.2L J-car already equipped with a tune tax return hosiery, or a 1991 2.2L J-car exhibits the tremor, install a high expansion blackmail hose, P/N 26029284. 1990-91 “ J ” w/3.1L ( VIN T ) engine 1989 “ J ” w/2.8L ( VIN W ) engine Starting with the following VIN breakpoints, 1991 model vehicles are being built with a new high expansion pressure hosiery which corrects this condition. Vehicles built BEFORE the VIN breakpoints listed below may be repaired by installing a new high expansion pressure hose, P/N 26026623. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Steering Line/Hose : > 914083B > Aug > 91 > Power Steering Shudder/Moan or Vibration > Page 829 ( Lordstown ) M7117613 1990-91 “ L ” w/2.2L ( VIN G ) locomotive 1989 “ L ” w/2.0L ( VIN 1 ) engine This discipline may be repaired by installing a tune return hose, P/N 26006690. “ L ” cars built during the 1991 model year already have the tune render hose. If a 1990 2.2L L-car already equipped with a tune render hosiery, or a 1991 2.2L L-car exhibits the shudder, install a high expansion pressure hose, P/N 26029284. 1990 – 91 “ L ” w/3.1L ( VIN T ) engine 1989 “ L ” w/2.8L ( VIN W ) engine Starting with the following VIN breakpoints, 1991 model vehicles are being built with a fresh high expansion atmospheric pressure hose which repairs this condition. Vehicles built before the VIN breakpoints listed below may be repaired by installing a new high pressure expansion hose, P/N 26028229. ( Linden ) ME178914 ( Wilmington ) MY219301 1990 “ L ” w/2.3L ( VIN A ) locomotive Starting with the following VIN breakpoint, 1990 vehicles are equipped with a “ tune ” return hose which helps this condition. Vehicles built before this VIN breakpoint, may be repaired by installing a raw “ tuned ” restitution hose, P/N 26024663. ( Wilmington ) LY223211 note : If the above hoses do not repair the tremor condition, please contact Technical Assistance. Parts are presently available from GMSPO. Labor Operation Number : atmospheric pressure Hose E8622 Labor Time : See stream Labor Time Guide Trouble Code : 92 Labor Operation Number : Return Hose E8623 Labor Time : See current Labor Time Guide Trouble Code : 92 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Radiator Hose > Component Information > Locations Radiator Hose : Locations Coolant Hoses Coolant Hoses Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Radiator Hose > Component Information > Locations > Page 833 Radiator Hose : screen and Inspection Inspect the condition of all hoses and clamps. Hoses should be compromising and show no signs of bulging. audit hoses for cracks, cuts, kinks and areas of possible leaks. Inspect the brackets, supports, ties, and clamps. Tighten and adjust as needed. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brake Fluid – Level & Filling Recommendations Brake Fluid : technical Service Bulletins Brake Fluid – Level & Filling Recommendations File In section : 05 – Brakes Bulletin No. : 00-05-22-004 Date : May, 2000 INFORMATION Subject : Brake Fluid Level and Filling Recommendations Models : 2001 and Prior Passenger Cars and Trucks Many dealers and after-market animate shops advertise multi-point fluid “ top-up ” in junction with vegetable oil changes or regular alimony packages. These offers frequently include adding brake fluid to the master cylinder reservoir. There are entirely two reasons why the brake fluent tied in the brake reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake fluid degree goes down an acceptable floor during normal brake lining tire. When the linings are replaced, the fluid will return to it ‘s original level. The second possible argue for a low fluid floor is that fluid is leaking out of the brake organization. If fluid is leaking, the brake system requires haunt and adding extra fluid will not correct the leak. If the system was by rights filled during delivery of the vehicle, no extra fluid should be required under most circumstances between brake diggings and/or shoe replacements. This data can be reinforced with the customer by referring them to the Brake Fluid section of their vehicle ‘s Owner’s Manual. Guidelines GM vehicles have incorporated a variety show of brake fluent reservoir styles. The succeed guidelines are restricted to the plastic bodied fluid reservoirs and do not affect the original service recommendations for the older vogue metal bodied units. You may encounter both black plastic and translucent manner reservoirs. You may have reservoirs with : ^ A MAX fill score alone ^ A MIN fill mark only ^ Both MAX and MIN marks The translucent style reservoirs do not have to have the covers removed in order to view the fluid level. It is a good commit not to remove the reservoir traverse unless necessary to reduce the possibility of contaminating the system. Use the succeed guidelines to assist in determining the proper fluid horizontal surface. significant : When adding brake fluid, function Delco Supreme II ( R ) Brake Fluid, GM P/N 12377967 or equivalent mark bearing the DOT-3 rating only. crucial : At no time should the fluid tied be allowed to remain in an overfill condition. Overfilling the bracken reservoir may put unnecessary stress on the seals and embrace of the reservoir. Use the stick to guidelines to properly maintain the fluid charge. If the reservoir is overfilled, siphon out the extra fluent to comply with the guidelines below. crucial : If under any circumstance the brake fluid level is extremely low in the reservoir or the BRAKE admonitory indicator is illuminated, the brake system should be checked for leaks and the arrangement repaired in summation to bringing the fluid degree up to the recommended guidelines outlined below. A leaking brake arrangement will have reduced brake performance and will finally not work at all. significant : Some vehicles have reservoirs that are very sensitive to brake fluid levels and may cause the BRAKE indicator to flicker on turns as the fluent approaches the minimum command degree. If you encounter a vehicle with this business, increase the fluid floor staying within the guidelines outlined below. ^ If the reservoir has a MAX level indicator, the reservoir should be returned to the MAX marking lone at the time newly brake pads and/or shoes are installed. If the reservoir fluid level is at the half-way point or above do not attempt to add extra brake fluid during routine fluent checks. ^ If the reservoir has both MAX and MIN indicators, the fluid degree should be maintained above the MIN indicator during everyday fluid checks and returned to the MAX reading only after new brake pads and/or shoes are installed. ^ For reservoir with only a MIN indication, the fluid degree should be maintained above the MIN index during routine fluid checks. Return the Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brake Fluid – Level & Filling Recommendations > Page 839 reservoir fluid floor to full alone after installing new brake pads and/or shoes. A full reservoir is indicated on translucent, snapshot cover reservoirs by a fluid level even with the top level of the view window imprinted into the side of the reservoir. On prison guard clear models in black or translucent plastic, the full degree is fair below the bottom of the filler neck. Parts Information Part Number Description 12377967 Brake Fluid Parts are presently available from GMSPO. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Clutch Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Clutch Fluid : capacity Specifications Fill the clutch master cylinder to the “ Full ” or “ MAX ” score on the reservoir. Do not overfill. caution : Should accidental spillage happen, rinse the area thoroughly with water system. Pay particular attention to any electrical wires, parts, harnesses, rubber or motley surfaces. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Clutch Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 844 Clutch Fluid : Fluid Type Specifications Hydraulic Clutch Fluid … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. GM P/N 12345347 or DOT 3 Brake Fluid Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Cooling System – coolant Recycling information coolant : technical Service Bulletins Cooling System – coolant Recycling Information Bulletin No. : 00-06-02-006D date : August 15, 2006 INFORMATION Subject : engine Coolant Recycling and Warranty Information Models : 2007 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks ( Including Saturn ) 2007 and Prior HUMMER Vehicles 2005-2007 Saab 9-7X Attention : Please address this bulletin to the Warranty Claims Administrator and the Service Manager. supplant : This bulletin is being revised to adjust the championship and Include Warranty Information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 00-06-02-006C ( Section 06 – Engine/Propulsion System ). coolant reimbursement Policy General Motors supports the use of recycle engine coolant for guarantee repairs/service, providing a GM approved engine coolant recycling system is used. Recycled coolant will be reimbursed at the GMSPO dealer price for new coolant plus the appropriate mark-up. When coolant surrogate is required during a guarantee repair, it is crucial that only the relative amount of engine coolant centralize be charged, not the total load book. In other words : if you are using two gallons of pre-diluted ( 50:50 ) recycled engine coolant to service a vehicle, you may request reimbursement for one gallon of GM Goodwrench engine coolant digest at the principal price plus the appropriate guarantee parts handling allowance. Licensed approve DEX-COOL ( R ) Providers Important : use OF NON-APPROVED VIRGIN OR RECYCLED DEX-COOL ( R ) OR DEVIATIONS IN THE FORM OF ALTERNATE CHEMICALS OR ALTERATION OF EQUIPMENT, WILL VOID THE GM ENDORSEMENT, MAY DEGRADE COOLANT SYSTEM INTEGRITY AND PLACE THE COOLING SYSTEM WARRANTY UNDER JEOPARDY. Shown in Table 1 are the lone current licensed and approved providers of DEX-COOL ( R ). Products that are advertised as “ COMPATIBLE ” or “ RECOMMENDED ” for use with DEX-COOL ( R ) have not been tested or approved by General Motors. Non-approved coolants may degrade the Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Cooling System – coolant Recycling Information > Page 849 coolant system integrity and will nobelium long be considered a 5 yr/150,000 mile ( 240,000 kilometer ) coolant. Coolant Removal Services/Recycling The tables include all coolant recycling processes presently approved by GM. besides included is a primary coil call number and demographic information. Used DEX-COOL ( R ) can be combined with secondhand ceremonious coolant ( green ) for recycling. Depending on the recycling service and/or equipment, it is then designated as a conventional 2 yr/30,000 mile ( 50,000 kilometer ) coolant or DEX-COOL ( R ) 5 yr/150,000 mile ( 240,000 kilometer ) coolant. recycle coolants as designated in this bulletin may be used during the vehicle ( s ) guarantee time period. DEX-COOL ( R ) Recycling The DEX-COOL ( R ) recycling serve listed in board 2 has been approved for recycling waste locomotive coolants ( DEX-COOL ) or conventional ) to DEX-COOL ( R ) with 5 yr/150,000 mile ( 240,000 kilometer ) serviceability. Recycling Fluid Technologies is the lone license supplier of recycle DEX-COOL ( R ) meeting GM6277M specifications and utilize GM approved inhibitor packages. This is presently a limit broadcast being monitored by GM Service Operations which will be expanded as demand increases. Conventional ( Green ) Recycling Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Cooling System – coolant Recycling Information > Page 850 Processes shown in the table 3 are capable of recycling waste locomotive coolants ( DEX-COOL ( R ) or conventional ) to a conventional ( park ) coolant. Recycling conventional coolant can be accomplished at your facility by a technician using approve EQUIPMENT ( listed by model count in Table 3 ), or by an approved coolant recycling SERVICE which may recycle the coolant at your facility or at an offsite operation. Refer to the board for GM approved coolant recyclers in either of these two categories. Should you decide to recycle the coolant yourself, rigid adhesiveness to the operate on procedures is imperative. Use ONLY the inhibitor chemicals supplied by the respective ( GM approved ) recycling equipment manufacturer. Sealing Tablets Cooling System Sealing Tablets ( Seal Tabs ) should not be used as a regular care item after servicing an engine cooling system. discoloration of coolant can occur if excessively many seal tabs have been inserted into the cool system. This can occur if sealing wax tabs are repeatedly used over the military service life of a fomite. Where appropriate, seal tab may be used if diagnostics fail to repair a little leak in the cool system. When a stipulate appears in which navy seal tabs may be recommended, a specific bulletin will be released describing their proper usage. Water Quality The integrity of the coolant is dependent upon the choice of DEX-COOL ( R ) and water system. DEX-COOL ( R ) is a product that has enhanced protection capability deoxyadenosine monophosphate well as an extensive service time interval. These enhance properties may be jeopardized by combining DEX-COOL ( R ) with poor quality water. If you suspect the water in your area of being poor people timbre, it is recommended you use distill or de-ionized water with DEX-COOL ( R ). “ Pink ” DEX-COOL ( R ) DEX-COOL ( R ) is orange in color to distinguish it from other coolants. Due to inconsistencies in the mix of the dyes used with DEX-COOL ( R ), some batches may appear pink after time. The color switch from orange to pink does not affect the integrity of the coolant, and however maintains the 5 yr/150,000 nautical mile ( 240,000 kilometer ) avail interval. Back Service alone use DEX-COOL ( R ) if the vehicle was in the first place equipped with DEX-COOL ( R ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Cooling System – coolant Recycling Information > Page 851 Contamination Mixing conventional green coolant with DEX-COOL ( R ) will degrade the serve interval from 5 yrs./150,000 miles ( 240,000 kilometer ) to 2 yrs./30,000 miles ( 50,000 kilometer ) if left in the contaminated discipline. If contaminant occurs, the cooling system must be flushed twice immediately and re-filled with a 50/50 mix of DEX-COOL ( R ) and clean water in order to preserve the enhance properties and extend service time interval of DEX-COOL ( R ). After 5 years/150,000 miles ( 240,000 kilometer ) After 5 yrs/150,000 miles ( 240,000 kilometer ), the coolant should be changed, preferably using a coolant exchanger. If the fomite was primitively equipped with DEX-COOL ( R ) and has not had problems with contaminant from non-DEX-COOL ( R ) coolants, then the serve interval remains the same, and the coolant does not need to be changed for another 5 yrs/150,000 miles ( 240,000 kilometer ) Equipment ( Coolant Exchangers ) The prefer method of performing coolant refilling is to use a coolant exchanger. A coolant exchanger can replace virtually all of the old coolant with new coolant. coolant exchangers can be used to perform coolant surrogate without spillage, and facilitate easy godforsaken collection. They can besides be used to lower the coolant level in a fomite to allow for less messy service of cooling organization components. It is recommended that you use a coolant exchanger with a vacuum feature facilitates removing trapped air from the cool system. This is a substantial time savings over repeatedly thermo cycling the vehicle and topping-off the radiator. The vacuum feature besides allows vent of a hot system to relieve arrangement pressure. Approved coolant exchangers are available through the GMDE ( General Motors Dealer Equipment ) plan. For refilling a cooling arrangement that has been partially or fully drained for repairs other than coolant successor, the Vac-N-Fill Coolant Refill Tool ( GE-47716 ) is recommended to facilitate removal of trap air from the cooling system during replenish. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 00-06-02-006D > Aug > 06 > Cooling System – coolant Recycling data coolant : technical Service Bulletins Cooling System – coolant Recycling Information Bulletin No. : 00-06-02-006D date : August 15, 2006 INFORMATION Subject : locomotive Coolant Recycling and Warranty Information Models : 2007 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks ( Including Saturn ) 2007 and Prior HUMMER Vehicles 2005-2007 Saab 9-7X Attention : Please address this bulletin to the Warranty Claims Administrator and the Service Manager. supplant : This bulletin is being revised to adjust the entitle and Include Warranty Information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 00-06-02-006C ( Section 06 – Engine/Propulsion System ). coolant reimbursement Policy General Motors supports the use of recycle engine coolant for guarantee repairs/service, providing a GM approved engine coolant recycling system is used. Recycled coolant will be reimbursed at the GMSPO principal price for new coolant plus the appropriate mark-up. When coolant replacement is required during a guarantee animate, it is crucial that only the relative amount of engine coolant concentrate be charged, not the total load volume. In other words : if you are using two gallons of pre-diluted ( 50:50 ) recycled engine coolant to service a vehicle, you may request reimbursement for one gallon of GM Goodwrench engine coolant condense at the principal price plus the appropriate guarantee parts handling allowance. Licensed approve DEX-COOL ( R ) Providers Important : manipulation OF NON-APPROVED VIRGIN OR RECYCLED DEX-COOL ( R ) OR DEVIATIONS IN THE FORM OF ALTERNATE CHEMICALS OR ALTERATION OF EQUIPMENT, WILL VOID THE GM ENDORSEMENT, MAY DEGRADE COOLANT SYSTEM INTEGRITY AND PLACE THE COOLING SYSTEM WARRANTY UNDER JEOPARDY. Shown in Table 1 are the only current licensed and approved providers of DEX-COOL ( R ). Products that are advertised as “ COMPATIBLE ” or “ RECOMMENDED ” for use with DEX-COOL ( R ) have not been tested or approved by General Motors. Non-approved coolants may degrade the Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 00-06-02-006D > Aug > 06 > Cooling System – coolant Recycling Information > Page 857 coolant system integrity and will no long be considered a 5 yr/150,000 sea mile ( 240,000 kilometer ) coolant. Coolant Removal Services/Recycling The tables include all coolant recycling processes presently approved by GM. besides included is a primary phone number and demographic information. Used DEX-COOL ( R ) can be combined with exploited conventional coolant ( green ) for recycling. Depending on the recycling service and/or equipment, it is then designated as a conventional 2 yr/30,000 mile ( 50,000 kilometer ) coolant or DEX-COOL ( R ) 5 yr/150,000 mile ( 240,000 kilometer ) coolant. recycle coolants as designated in this bulletin may be used during the vehicle ( s ) guarantee period. DEX-COOL ( R ) Recycling The DEX-COOL ( R ) recycling service listed in table 2 has been approved for recycling waste engine coolants ( DEX-COOL ) or conventional ) to DEX-COOL ( R ) with 5 yr/150,000 mile ( 240,000 kilometer ) serviceability. Recycling Fluid Technologies is the entirely license provider of recycle DEX-COOL ( R ) meet GM6277M specifications and utilize GM approved inhibitor packages. This is presently a limited program being monitored by GM Service Operations which will be expanded as demand increases. Conventional ( Green ) Recycling Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 00-06-02-006D > Aug > 06 > Cooling System – coolant Recycling Information > Page 858 Processes shown in the table 3 are adequate to of recycling waste engine coolants ( DEX-COOL ( R ) or conventional ) to a conventional ( green ) coolant. Recycling conventional coolant can be accomplished at your facility by a technician using approve EQUIPMENT ( listed by model count in Table 3 ), or by an approve coolant recycling SERVICE which may recycle the coolant at your facility or at an offsite operation. Refer to the board for GM approved coolant recyclers in either of these two categories. Should you decide to recycle the coolant yourself, rigorous attachment to the operating procedures is imperative mood. Use ONLY the inhibitor chemicals supplied by the respective ( GM approved ) recycling equipment manufacturer. Sealing Tablets Cooling System Sealing Tablets ( Seal Tabs ) should not be used as a regular sustenance token after servicing an locomotive cooling system system. discoloration of coolant can occur if besides many seal tabs have been inserted into the cool system. This can occur if seal tabs are repeatedly used over the service life of a vehicle. Where appropriate, navy seal pill may be used if diagnostics fail to repair a small leak in the cooling system. When a condition appears in which seal tabs may be recommended, a particular bulletin will be released describing their proper usage. Water Quality The integrity of the coolant is subject upon the quality of DEX-COOL ( R ) and body of water. DEX-COOL ( R ) is a merchandise that has enhanced protective covering capability equally good as an extended service interval. These enhance properties may be jeopardized by combining DEX-COOL ( R ) with poor people quality water. If you suspect the water in your sphere of being poor quality, it is recommended you use purify or de-ionized water with DEX-COOL ( R ). “ Pink ” DEX-COOL ( R ) DEX-COOL ( R ) is orange in discolor to distinguish it from other coolants. Due to inconsistencies in the mix of the dyes used with DEX-COOL ( R ), some batches may appear pink after time. The color shift from orange to pink does not affect the integrity of the coolant, and calm maintains the 5 yr/150,000 mile ( 240,000 kilometer ) overhaul time interval. Back Service only use DEX-COOL ( R ) if the fomite was in the first place equipped with DEX-COOL ( R ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 00-06-02-006D > Aug > 06 > Cooling System – coolant Recycling Information > Page 859 Contamination Mixing conventional greens coolant with DEX-COOL ( R ) will degrade the service interval from 5 yrs./150,000 miles ( 240,000 kilometer ) to 2 yrs./30,000 miles ( 50,000 kilometer ) if left in the contaminated condition. If contaminant occurs, the cool system must be flushed twice immediately and re-filled with a 50/50 mix of DEX-COOL ( R ) and clean body of water in decree to preserve the enhanced properties and extended service time interval of DEX-COOL ( R ). After 5 years/150,000 miles ( 240,000 kilometer ) After 5 yrs/150,000 miles ( 240,000 kilometer ), the coolant should be changed, preferably using a coolant exchanger. If the vehicle was in the first place equipped with DEX-COOL ( R ) and has not had problems with contamination from non-DEX-COOL ( R ) coolants, then the service time interval remains the same, and the coolant does not need to be changed for another 5 yrs/150,000 miles ( 240,000 kilometer ) Equipment ( Coolant Exchangers ) The preferable method of performing coolant substitution is to use a coolant exchanger. A coolant exchanger can replace virtually all of the honest-to-god coolant with newly coolant. coolant exchangers can be used to perform coolant replacement without spillage, and facilitate easy barren collection. They can besides be used to lower the coolant level in a fomite to allow for less messy serve of cooling system components. It is recommended that you use a coolant exchanger with a vacuum sport facilitates removing trapped vent from the cool system. This is a substantial time savings over repeatedly thermo cycling the vehicle and topping-off the radiator. The void feature besides allows vent of a hot system to relieve arrangement atmospheric pressure. Approved coolant exchangers are available through the GMDE ( General Motors Dealer Equipment ) platform. For refilling a cooling system that has been partially or amply drained for repairs other than coolant refilling, the Vac-N-Fill Coolant Refill Tool ( GE-47716 ) is recommended to facilitate removal of trap air from the cooling system during refill. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 436201B > Apr > 95 > Coolant – information on Propylene Glycol Usage Coolant : technical Service Bulletins Coolant – data on Propylene Glycol Usage File In section : 6 – locomotive Bulletin No. : 43-62-01B Date : April, 1995 subject : Propylene Glycol Engine Coolant Models : 1994 and Prior Passenger Cars and Trucks This bulletin is being revised to reflect most current information on propylene ethylene glycol locomotive coolant. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 4362O1A ( Group Reference 6 – engine ). General Motors has been reviewing data supplied on the performance of propylene ethylene glycol locomotive coolant in GM vehicles. It is our conclusion that propylene ethylene glycol locomotive coolant will perform adequately under most vehicle operating conditions. As a solution, propylene diol locomotive coolant ( meeting performance specification GM 1825M ) may be used in GM vehicles and will not affect the guarantee coverage. Prior to adding propylene diol engine coolant to the cool system, all the existing ( ethylene ethylene glycol ) coolant must be removed. This can be accomplished either by utilizing water-based coolant flushing equipment or “ arid immediate transfer ” equipment available in the GMDE program. As with any coolant change procedure, be certain to thoroughly purge the heater kernel and block ampere well as the radiator before attempting to convert the system to propylene diol coolant. Freeze/Boil point levels are different for propylene ethylene glycol than for ethylene ethylene glycol locomotive coolant. To accurately determine freeze/boil protection horizontal surface, it is imperative that coolants not be mix. Removing all the used coolant as previously discussed resolves this concern. Freeze protection of propylene diol can not be determined using a standard hydrometer. Rather, a refractometer or test strip must be used. Propylene diol engine coolants may be recycled in the lapp manner as conventional ethylene diol coolant. No adverse effects will be encountered if these coolants are blend prior to recycling, however, the proportion of propylene diol coolant to ethylene ethylene glycol coolant should be kept humble to minimize the effects on freeze period measurements. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 912356B > Mar > 91 > Cooling System – use of Recycled Engine Coolant Coolant : technical Service Bulletins Cooling System – function of Recycled Engine Coolant Number : 91-235-6B section : 6B date : marching music 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 116201 subject : use OF RECYCLED ENGINE COOLANT Model and year : ALL PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS With the current vehemence on environmental issues and administration of waste, significant attention is being given to the recycle of engine coolant. many coolant recycling systems are being aggressively marketed today, ranging from very building complex distillate ( stationary ) to straightforward filtration ( mobile ). As stated in former military service bulletins, General Motors does not endorse the use of recycle locomotive coolants in our products at this point in time. Recycling locomotive coolant is a very building complex procedure and consequently will require a significant amount of research to determine which of the many processes is acceptable by General Motors. While we understand the growing concern being placed on ( spend ) engine coolant disposal, it is imperative mood that the quality of engine coolants being used in General Motors vehicles is not affected in any way. General Motors is addressing the exit of recycle engine coolants for the aggregate benefit of our dealers, vehicle owners, and the environment. Over the adjacent several months General Motors will conduct an experiment designed to evaluate both distillation and “ on-site ” recycling processes. The results of this experiment will be provided to all dealers ( spring, 1991 ) and will outline which process ( vitamin e ) is acceptable to General Motors. It is substantive that recycled engine coolant not be used in any General Motors products as communicated in previous bulletins. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 91626B > Aug > 90 > Coolant – Specification/Usage coolant : technical Service Bulletins Coolant – Specification/Usage Number : 91-62-6B section : 6B date : August 1990 Corp. Bulletin No. : 066202 submit : COOLANT USAGE Model and year : ALL 1988-91 PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS THIS INFORMATION SUPERSEDES INFORMATION PROVIDED BY GMSPO IN PARTS AND ACCESSORIES BULLETINS IB NO. 90-55 AND 90-60 AND INFORMATION PROVIDED IN VARIOUS TRUCK SERVICE AND OWNERS MANUALS AND SHOULD BE USED TO DETERMINE CORRECT COOLANT USAGE IN LIGHT AND MEDIUM DUTY TRUCK APPLICATIONS. GM coolant stipulation 6038-M or 1899-M ( P/N 1052103 ) is for use in all light duty trucks with gasoline or diesel engines. This coolant features a low silicate formulation and is intended only for function in engines that have cylinder heads and cylinder blocks made of cast iron. GM coolant stipulation 1825-M or 6043-M ( P/N 1052753 ) which until recently has been the recommended coolant for light duty trucks has been superseded by GM coolant 6038-M or 1899-M ( P/N 1052103 ) in hurl iron hand truck engines. GM coolant specification 1825-M has a higher silicate conceptualization which is recommended for all passenger car engines with cylinder heads or cylinder blocks made of aluminum. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 902710B > Jun > 90 > Cooling System – Revised Fluid Capacities Coolant : technical Service Bulletins Cooling System – Revised Fluid Capacities Number : 90-271-0B section : 0B date : June 1990 Corporate Bulletin No. : 070201 subject : cool SYSTEM COOLANT CAPACITIES Model and class : 1990 J CAR TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS What follows is corrected locomotive cooling system coolant capacities. 1990 Chevrolet Cavalier 2.2L ( VIN G ) All 11.1 Liters ( 11.7 Quarts ) 3.1L ( VIN T ) Without A/C 10.4 Liters ( 11.0 Quarts ) With A/C 10.5 Liters ( 11.1 Quarts ) Please mark a reference to this bulletin in your copy of the follow service manual in department 0B, Maintenance and Lubrication, at the “ approximately fluid Capacities ” chart : 1990 Chevrolet Cavalier, Page 0B-8 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 91090A > Apr > 90 > Coolant – Used Anti-Freeze Policy Coolant : technical foul Service Bulletins Coolant – Used Anti-Freeze Policy Number : 91-09-0A segment : OA Date : April 1990 Corporate Bulletin No. : 976202 subject : information REGARDING RECONSTITUTED ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT TESTING AND THE USE OF A REFRACTOMETER Model and year : ALL MODELS AND YEARS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS RECONSTITUTED ANTIFREEZE At present, three types of recycling systems are available : 1 ) chemical addition to coolant ; 2 ) filtration and accession of supplementary additives ; and 3 ) legal separation of pure ethylene glycol from used coolant and reinhibition. 1 ) Chemical Addition-NOT RECOMMENDED With chemical addition, chemicals are added to the used engine coolant in an undertake to “ clean up ” the coolant. This system is the easiest since the lone exercise involved is the addition of chemicals to the radiator. Most of these types of recycling systems use a solid acid to change precipitated corrosion products into a more soluble shape. however, in addition to dissolving the corrosion products, the hard acid besides attacks and corrodes the metals of the cooling system. 2 ) filtration and Addition of Supplemental Additives-NOT RECOMMENDED In this type of system, the use coolant is either taken forbidden of the vehicle or a flush-type unit is connected to the cool system. The current engineering consists plainly of filtration and reinhibition of the exhausted coolant. While this does remove suspended solids, filtration does nothing to remove harmful abasement and corrosion products that are soluble in diol solution. The reinhibition step used in current recycling systems may fail to produce a coolant which adequately protects all metals including aluminum in the most critical heat transfer applications, such as occurs in the cylinder heads and blocks. 3 ) separation of Pure Glycol and InhibitionThe separation of arrant ethylene glycol and the addition of fresh inhibitors is the ideal method acting for recycling coolants. unfortunately, this method acting is expensive from both a collection point of view and the technology available to economically extract pure ethylene ethylene glycol from used coolant. At this time, General Motors does not endorse these practices or equipment. Due to a cosmopolitan deficit of ethylene ethylene glycol in 1988, some coolant manufacturers have started to mix other types of diol in their coolant formulations ; propylene diol is the most common fresh ingredient. A hydrometer will not provide a chastise measurement of freeze protection when anything other than ethylene diol and water is being tested. The degree of inaccuracy will vary depending on the proportion of other glycols present in the coolant. Hydrometers test the come of ethylene glycol in a mixture by measuring the specific graveness of the assortment ; the more ethylene diol, the higher the float balls go, and the better the freeze protection. Because ethylene ethylene glycol and propylene glycol do not have the same specific gravities, hydrometer readings of mixtures containing propylene ethylene glycol give incorrect values. As the dearth of ethylene ethylene glycol continues and/or worsens, more and more variations in antifreeze formulas will be marketed. It is, therefore, recommended that you purchase a ” refractometer ” and encourage your technicians to use it. Refractometers trial for the amount of ethylene glycol in a coolant concoction by measuring the accelerate of light up as it passes through the fluid and are not affected by the specific gravity of the ethylene glycol. The freeze auspices of solutions of ethylene diol in water, solutions of propylene ethylene glycol in water, and solutions of mixtures of propylene diol and ethylene diol in water may all be tested with sufficient accuracy using a refractometer. The follow refractometers are available from Kent Moore : J 23688 Farenheit scale, measures to -50 F J 26568 Centigrade scale, measures to -45.5 C J 38633 Farenheit scale, measures to -84 F ( For extreme cold weather regions ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 91090A > Apr > 90 > Coolant – Used Anti-Freeze Policy > Page 880 The toll exempt number for Kent Moore is 1-800-345-2233. Portions of this article were reprinted with permission, from Dow Chemical Canada, Inc., P.O. Box 1012, Sarnia, Ontario N7T 7K7. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > 90496B > Aug > 89 > Cooling System – Reconstituted Anti-Freeze Information Coolant : technical Service Bulletins Cooling System – Reconstituted Anti-Freeze Information Number : 90-49-6B section : 6B date : August 1989 Corporate Bulletin No. : 930107 subjugate : RECONSTITUTED ANTI-FREEZE Model and year : ALL MODELS, ALL MODEL YEARS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS This bulletin provides information on “ reconstituted anti-freeze ”. It has been brought to our attention that a number of manufacturers claim to have the capability of reconstituting engine coolant on web site. At this clock, General Motors does not endorse this practice or any equipment. Anti-freeze recycling is a very complex return. In use as an engine coolant, ethylene ethylene glycol becomes oxidized producing a very take down and deteriorate substance. contaminant by early automotive fluids during draining, handling and storehouse is besides a major detriment to the reclaim process. There is no additive we are mindful of that can be merely put into used coolant that will restore it to an acceptable state. typically, a multi-million dollar facility, utilizing sophisticated engineering with distillation capabilities along with appropriate quality manipulate would be required to adequately process used coolant to bring it to GM specifications. Disposal of all chemical products should be done in accord with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. Review engine coolant substitutes Dealer Service Bulletin No. 89-57-6B, dated January 1989. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > Page 885 Coolant : technical Service Bulletins Cooling System – Revised Fluid Capacities Number : 90-271-0B section : 0B date : June 1990 Corporate Bulletin No. : 070201 discipline : cool SYSTEM COOLANT CAPACITIES Model and year : 1990 J CAR TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS What follows is corrected engine cooling system coolant capacities. 1990 Chevrolet Cavalier 2.2L ( VIN G ) All 11.1 Liters ( 11.7 Quarts ) 3.1L ( VIN T ) Without A/C 10.4 Liters ( 11.0 Quarts ) With A/C 10.5 Liters ( 11.1 Quarts ) Please mark a reference book to this bulletin in your copy of the follow service manual in section 0B, Maintenance and Lubrication, at the “ approximately fluid Capacities ” chart : 1990 Chevrolet Cavalier, Page 0B-8 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > Page 886 Coolant : technical Service Bulletins Coolant – Used Anti-Freeze Policy Number : 91-09-0A section : OA Date : April 1990 Corporate Bulletin No. : 976202 discipline : data REGARDING RECONSTITUTED ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT TESTING AND THE USE OF A REFRACTOMETER Model and year : ALL MODELS AND YEARS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS RECONSTITUTED ANTIFREEZE At present, three types of recycling systems are available : 1 ) chemical accession to coolant ; 2 ) filtration and accession of auxiliary additives ; and 3 ) separation of pure diol from used coolant and reinhibition. 1 ) Chemical Addition-NOT RECOMMENDED With chemical summation, chemicals are added to the used engine coolant in an try to “ clean up ” the coolant. This system is the easiest since the lone work involved is the accession of chemicals to the radiator. Most of these types of recycling systems use a strong acidic to change precipitated corrosion products into a more soluble form. however, in addition to dissolving the corrosion products, the strong acid besides attacks and corrodes the metals of the cooling system system. 2 ) filtration and Addition of Supplemental Additives-NOT RECOMMENDED In this type of system, the use coolant is either taken out of the vehicle or a flush-type unit is connected to the cool organization. The current engineering consists simply of filtration and reinhibition of the exhausted coolant. While this does remove suspended solids, filtration does nothing to remove harmful degradation and corrosion products that are soluble in ethylene glycol solution. The reinhibition step used in current recycling systems may fail to produce a coolant which adequately protects all metals including aluminum in the most critical heat transfer applications, such as occurs in the cylinder heads and blocks. 3 ) interval of Pure Glycol and InhibitionThe separation of pure ethylene glycol and the addition of fresh inhibitors is the ideal method acting for recycling coolants. unfortunately, this method acting is expensive from both a collection point of view and the engineering available to economically extract pure ethylene diol from used coolant. At this time, General Motors does not endorse these practices or equipment. Due to a cosmopolitan deficit of ethylene diol in 1988, some coolant manufacturers have started to mix other types of ethylene glycol in their coolant formulations ; propylene diol is the most common new ingredient. A hydrometer will not provide a right measurement of freeze protection when anything other than ethylene ethylene glycol and water system is being tested. The degree of inaccuracy will vary depending on the proportion of other glycols present in the coolant. Hydrometers test the come of ethylene glycol in a mix by measuring the specific graveness of the assortment ; the more ethylene diol, the higher the float balls go, and the better the freeze protective covering. Because ethylene diol and propylene glycol do not have the same specific gravities, hydrometer readings of mixtures containing propylene ethylene glycol give faulty values. As the deficit of ethylene ethylene glycol continues and/or worsens, more and more variations in antifreeze formulas will be marketed. It is, therefore, recommended that you purchase a ” refractometer ” and encourage your technicians to use it. Refractometers test for the amount of ethylene glycol in a coolant mix by measuring the accelerate of inner light as it passes through the fluid and are not affected by the specific gravity of the diol. The freeze protection of solutions of ethylene diol in water, solutions of propylene diol in body of water, and solutions of mixtures of propylene diol and ethylene ethylene glycol in water may all be tested with sufficient accuracy using a refractometer. The following refractometers are available from Kent Moore : J 23688 Farenheit scale, measures to -50 F J 26568 Centigrade scale, measures to -45.5 C J 38633 Farenheit scale, measures to -84 F ( For extreme cold upwind regions ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > page 887 The price free number for Kent Moore is 1-800-345-2233. Portions of this article were reprinted with license, from Dow Chemical Canada, Inc., P.O. Box 1012, Sarnia, Ontario N7T 7K7. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant : > Page 888 Coolant : technical Service Bulletins Cooling System – function of Recycled Engine Coolant Number : 91-235-6B section : 6B date : march 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 116201 discipline : use OF RECYCLED ENGINE COOLANT Model and year : ALL PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS With the current stress on environmental issues and disposal of barren, meaning attention is being given to the recycle of engine coolant. many coolant recycling systems are being aggressively marketed today, ranging from identical complex distillate ( stationary ) to straightforward filtration ( mobile ). As stated in previous service bulletins, General Motors does not endorse the manipulation of recycle locomotive coolants in our products at this distributor point in time. Recycling locomotive coolant is a very complex routine and consequently will require a significant amount of inquiry to determine which of the many processes is acceptable by General Motors. While we understand the growing concern being placed on ( exhausted ) engine coolant disposal, it is imperative mood that the quality of engine coolants being used in General Motors vehicles is not affected in any manner. General Motors is addressing the issue of recycle engine coolants for the unite benefit of our dealers, fomite owners, and the environment. Over the following several months General Motors will conduct an experiment designed to evaluate both distillate and “ on-site ” recycling processes. The results of this experiment will be provided to all dealers ( leap, 1991 ) and will outline which process ( e ) is acceptable to General Motors. It is essential that recycled locomotive coolant not be used in any General Motors products as communicated in previous bulletins. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 889 Coolant : Specifications Engine Cooling System … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 10.4 liters ( 11.0 quarts ) note : All capacities are approximate. When adding, be certain to fill to the estimate level. Recheck fluid flush after filling. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T – DEXRON ( R ) -VI Fluid Information Fluid – A/T : technical Service Bulletins A/T – DEXRON ( R ) -VI Fluid Information INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 04-07-30-037E Date : April 07, 2011 subject : release of DEXRON ( R ) -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid ( ATF ) Models : 2008 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks 2003-2008 HUMMER H2 2006-2008 HUMMER H3 2005-2007 Saturn Relay 2005 and Prior Saturn L-Series 2005-2007 Saturn ION 2005-2008 Saturn VUE with 4T45-E 2005-2008 Saab 9-7X Except 2008 and Prior Chevrolet Aveo, Equinox Except 2006 and Prior Chevrolet Epica Except 2007 and Prior Chevrolet Optra Except 2008 and Prior Pontiac Torrent, Vibe, Wave Except 2003-2005 Saturn ION with CVT or AF23 alone Except 1991-2002 Saturn S-Series Except 2008 and Prior Saturn VUE with CVT, AF33 or 5AT ( MJ7/MJ8 ) Transmission only Except 2008 Saturn Astra Attention : DEXRON ( R ) -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid ( ATF ) is the only approve fluid for guarantee repairs for General Motors transmissions/transaxles requiring DEXRON ( R ) -III and/or prior DEXRON ( R ) transmission fluids. supplant : This bulletin is being revised to update information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 04-07-30-037D ( Section 07 – Transmission/Transaxle ). MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS / TRANSFER CASES and POWER STEERING The subject of this bulletin does not apply to manual transmissions or transplant cases. Any vehicle that previously required DEXRON ( R ) -III for a manual infection or transfer case should now use P/N 88861800. This fluid is labeled manual of arms transmission and Transfer Case Fluid. Some manual transmissions and transfer cases require a different fluid. allow references should be checked when servicing any of these components. Power Steering Systems should now use P/N 9985010 labeled Power Steering Fluid. Consult the Parts Catalog, Owner ‘s Manual, or Service Information ( SI ) for fluid recommendations. Some of our customers and/or General Motors dealerships/Saturn Retailers may have some concerns with DEXRON ( R ) -VI and DEXRON ( R ) -III Automatic Transmission Fluid ( ATF ) and infection guarantee claims. DEXRON ( R ) -VI is the only approve fluent for guarantee repairs for General Motors transmissions/transaxles requiring DEXRON ( R ) -III and/or prior DEXRON ( R ) transmission fluids ( except adenine noted above ). Please remember that the clean anoint reservoirs of the J-45096 – flush and Flow Tester machine should be purged of DEXRON ( R ) -III and filled with DEXRON ( R ) -VI for testing, flushing or filling General Motors transmissions/transaxles ( except a noted above ). DEXRON ( R ) -VI can be used in any proportion in past model vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission/transaxle in space of DEXRON ( R ) -III ( i.e. topping off the fluid in the event of a repair or fluid change ). DEXRON ( R ) -VI is besides compatible with any erstwhile interpretation of DEXRON ( R ) for consumption in automatic rifle transmissions/transaxles. DEXRON ( R ) -VI ATF General Motors Powertrain has upgraded to DEXRON ( R ) -VI ATF with the startle of 2006 vehicle production. Current and anterior automatic transmittance models that had used DEXRON ( R ) -III must immediately entirely use DEXRON ( R ) -VI. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T – DEXRON ( R ) -VI Fluid Information > Page 894 All 2006 and future model transmissions that use DEXRON ( R ) -VI are to be serviced ONLY with DEXRON ( R ) -VI fluent. DEXRON ( R ) -VI is an improvement over DEXRON ( R ) -III in the watch areas : * These ATF change intervals remain the lapp as DEXRON ( R ) -III for the time being. 2006-2008 Transmission Fill and Cooler Flushing Some newfangled applications of the 6L80 six accelerate infection will require the use of the J 45096 Flushing and Flow Tester to accomplish transmission fluid fill. The blank oil reservoir of the machine should be purged of DEXRON ( R ) -III and filled with DEXRON ( R ) -VI. Parts Information Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T – DEXRON ( R ) -VI Fluid Information > Page 895 Fluid – A/T : technical Service Bulletins A/T – body of water Or Coolant Contamination Information INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 08-07-30-035B date : November 01, 2010 discipline : data on Water or Ethylene Glycol in Transmission Fluid Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks with Automatic Transmission Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to update model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 08-07-30-035A ( Section 07 – Transmission/Transaxle ). Water or ethylene diol in automatic transmittance fluent ( ATF ) is harmful to inner transmission components and will have a negative effect on dependability and lastingness of these parts. Water or ethylene ethylene glycol in ATF will besides change the friction of the clutches, frequently resulting in frisson during battle or gear changes, particularly during torsion converter seize engagement. Indications of water in the ATF may include : – ATF blowing out of the transmission release tube. – bureau of alcohol tobacco and firearms may appear cloudy or, in cases of extreme point contamination, have the appearance of a strawberry milkshake. – visible water in the oil pan. – A milky egg white message inside the pan area. – Spacer plate gaskets that appear to be glued to the valve consistency font or case. – Spacer plate gaskets that appear to be swollen or wrinkled in areas where they are not compressed. – corrode on inner infection iron/steel components. If urine in the ATF has been found and the informant of the water entrance has not been identified, or if a leaking in-radiator transmittance vegetable oil cooler is suspected ( with no evidence of cross-contamination in the coolant convalescence reservoir ), a simpleton and quick screen kit out is available that detects the presence of ethylene ethylene glycol in ATF. The “ Gly-Tek ” test kit, available from the Nelco Company, should be obtained and the ATF tested to make an accurate decision on the indigence for radiator substitute. This can help to prevent customer comebacks if the in-radiator transmission petroleum cool is leaking and reduce repair expenses by avoiding radiator surrogate if the cool is not leaking. These test kits can be obtained from : Nelco Company Test kits can be ordered by earphone or through the web site listed above. Orders are shipped standard delivery time but can be shipped on a following day rescue footing for an extra cathexis. One examination kit will complete 10 individual fluent sample distribution tests. For vehicles repaired under guarantee, the monetary value of the complete test kit plus ship charges should be divided by 10 and submitted on the guarantee claim as a net token. The transmission should be repaired or replaced based on the normal price comparison procedure. significant If water or coolant is found in the transmission, the keep up components MUST be replaced. – replace all of the rubber-type seals. – replace all of the composition-faced clutch plates and/or bands. – supplant all of the nylon parts. – replace the torsion converter. – thoroughly clean and rebuild the transmission, using new gaskets and oil percolate. Important The surveil steps must be completed when repairing or replacing. Flush and flow check the transmittance anoint cool using J 45096. Refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 02-07-30-052F- Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flush and Flow Test Essential Tool J 45096 TransFlow. – thoroughly inspect the engine cooling system system and hoses and clean/repair as necessary. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T – DEXRON ( R ) -VI Fluid Information > Page 896 Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T – DEXRON ( R ) -VI Fluid Information > Page 897 Fluid – A/T : technical Service Bulletins A/T – DEXRON III Fluid Introduction File In section : 0 – general Information Bulletin No. : 57-02-01 date : March, 1995 SERVICE MANUAL UPDATE Subject : section 0 – general Information – DEXRON ( R ) -III Transmission Fluid Introduction Models : 1995 and Prior Passenger Cars and Trucks General Motors has phased in a new automatic transmittance fluid, DEXRON ( R ) -III, that does not need replacing under normal service. DEXRON ( R ) -III is designed to help the transmission deliver the best possible performance under all conditions. Refer to Figure 1. The improvements in DEXRON ( R ) -III include better clash stability, more high gear temperature oxidation stability and better substantial compatibility. DEXRON ( R ) -III has the lapp low temperature fluidity as DEXRON ( R ) -IIE, for better transmittance performance in cold weather. DEXRON ( R ) -IIE and DEXRON ( R ) -III are amply compatible. DEXRON ( R ) -III is amply compatible with any General Motors passenger fomite or lighter truck with automatic transmittance and built since 1949. Dealers should require their supplier to include the DEXRON ( R ) -III license number on all automatic transmission fluid invoices. Starting February 1, 1994 DEXRON ( R ) -III was phased into all north american assembly plants. DEXRON ( R ) -III fluid is available from GMSPO ( see fluid numbers below ) : U.S. 1 Quart 12346143 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T – DEXRON ( R ) -VI Fluid Information > Page 898 1 Gallon 12346144 55 Gallon 12346145 In Canada 1 Liter 10952622 4 Liter 10952623 200 Liter 10952624 The 1995 Automatic Transmission/Transaxle fluent change intervals are the play along : ( 1994 and prior should use the schedules as written in the Owner ‘s Manual. ) If the vehicle is chiefly driven under one or more of these conditions : In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F ( 32°C ) or higher. In cragged or mountainous terrain. When doing patronize trailer tow. Uses such as found in cab, patrol car or manner of speaking service. Change the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles ( 63,000 kilometer ). If the vehicle is not used chiefly under any of these conditions, the fluid and filter do not require periodic changing for vehicles under 8,600 GVWR. Vehicles over 8,600 GVWR change the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles ( 83,000 kilometer ) careless of driving conditions. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T – DEXRON ( R ) -VI Fluid Information > Page 899 Fluid – A/T : technical Service Bulletins A/T – Fluid Level Checking Procedure Number : 93-98-7A section : 7A date : FEB. 1993 Corporate Bulletin No. : 377101 ASE No. : A2 subject : AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID LEVEL CHECKING PROCEDURE Model and year : 1990 CELEBRITY 1990-93 CAVALIER, CORSICA, BERETTA AND LUMINA 1990-93 LUMINA APV TRANSMISSION APPLICATIONS : 1990-93 HYDRA-MATIC 3T40 ( RPO MD9 ) 1990-93 HYDRA-MATIC 4T60 ( RPO ME9 ) 1991-93 HYDRA-MATIC 4T60-E ( RPO M13 ) 1993 HYDRA-MATIC 4T80-E ( RPO MH1 ) TRANSMISSION MODELS : All SUBJECT : automatic Transaxle Fluid Level Checking Procedure VEHICLE APPLICATIONS : A, J, L, W Cars AND U-VAN BULLETIN COVERS : Transaxle fluid degree determine and condition information. This updates all information previously published for 1990-93 HYDRA-MATIC 3T40, 4T60, 4T60-E and 4T80-E transaxles. Due to enhancement of fabrication plant fluid fill capabilities, it is particularly crucial to warm the transaxle up to operating temperature before determining that fluid needs to be added. If the transaxle fluid is close to operating temperature, the fluent level may read slightly below the “ ADD ” notice. DO NOT ADD FLUID UNLESS THE TRANSAXLE IS AT OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND THE DIPSTICK SHOWS FLUID LEVEL IS BELOW THE CROSSHATCHED AREA. TRANSAXLE FLUID LEVEL INFORMATION : check fluid level and condition ( discolor and olfactory property ) at recommended service intervals will provide early diagnosis information about the transaxle. This information may then be used to correct a condition that, if not detected early, could result in major transaxle repairs. When adding or changing fluid, function only DEXRON ( R ) -IIE. Refer to Maintenance and Lubrication ( Service Manual Section 0B ) for maintenance information and service intervals. detect : Do not overfill. Overfilling will cause foaming, loss of fluid, shift complaints and possible damage to the transaxle. Fluid level should only be checked when it reaches a normal engage temperature of 82-93 degrees C ( 180-200 degrees F ). This temperature is reached after approximately 24 km ( 15 miles ) of driving. TRANSAXLE FLUID COLOR : Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T – DEXRON ( R ) -VI Fluid Information > Page 900 Fluid color will be red when newfangled. crucial : When new, automatic pistol transaxle fluid is red in color. The red dye is added indeed the fabrication plant can identify it as transaxle fluent and signalize # from engine oil or antifreeze. The red dye is not an indicator of fluid timbre and is not permanent. As the vehicle is driven the fluid will begin to look black in color. The discolor may finally appear light brown university. A dark brown semblance with a burn smell may indicate fluent deterioration and signal a need for a transaxle fluid transfer. TRANSAXLE FLUID CHECKING PROCEDURE : 1. Start engine and drive fomite until the transaxle reaches operating temperature of 82-93 degrees C ( 180-200 degrees F ). This temperature is reached after about 24 km ( 15 miles ) of driving. Inaccurate fluid floor readings will result if the fluid level is checked immediately after the vehicle has been operated under certain conditions : – When outside temperatures are above 32 degrees C ( 90 degrees F ) – At sustained high speeds – In heavy city traffic during hot weather – Towing a preview – In commercial service such as taxi or patrol use If the fomite has been operated under any of these conditions, shut the engine off and allow the vehicle to cool for thirty ( 30 ) minutes. then restart the vehicle and continue with step two. 2. Stop vehicle on level ground and put the gear picker in “ P ” ( Park ). 3. Set parking brake. 4. With your infantry on the bracken bicycle, move the lurch lever through each gearing crop, pausing for about three seconds in each range. then put the gearing selector back in “ P ” ( Park ). 5. Let the engine idle for three to five minutes. 6. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean annoy or towel. 7. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and pull it back out. 8. Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower flush. The fluent should be in the crosshatch “ HOT ” area. important : The fluid charge is o if it is any where within the traverse hatched area. It does not have to beat the lead of the hybridization hatched area. Do not add fluent unless the fluid charge is below the crosshatch area. 9. If the fluent level is where it should be, push the dipstick back in all the way. ADDING TRANSAXLE FLUID : If fluid level is low ( after by rights performing the check procedure above ) add only adequate fluid to bring the charge into the crosshatch area. It does n’t take much fluid, generally less than a pint. Do n’t overfill. Remember that the level does not need to be at the circus tent of the hatched area to be right. After adding fluent, always recheck the fluid horizontal surface as described in the above routine. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid – A/T : capability Specifications Fluid Capacity Pan Capacity … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 4.0 Qts. sum capacity … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … 9.0 Qts. * * Less Torque Converter-6.0 Qts. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 903 Fluid – A/T : Fluid Type Specifications Lubricant Type … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … Dexron II Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Page 904 Fluid – A/T : Service and Repair To check fluid, drive vehicle for at least 15 minutes to bring fluid to operating temperature ( 200°F ). With fomite on a level surface and engine idle in Park and parking brake applied, the flat on the dipstick should be at the “ Full ” stigmatize. To bring the fluent degree from the ADD marker to the FULL punctuate requires one pint of fluid. If vehicle can not be driven sufficiently to bring fluid to engage temperature, the degree on the dipstick should be between the two dimples on the dipstick with fluid temperature at 70°F. note that the two dimples are located above the FULL tag. If extra fluid is required, use lone Dexron II automatic transmission fluid. An early switch to a dark color from the common crimson semblance and or a firm smell that is normally associated with overheat fluid is normal and should not be considered as a positive sign of necessitate care or unit failure. When adding fluid, do not overfill, as foaming and passing of fluid through the vent may occur as the fluid heats up. besides, if fluid grade is besides low, complete loss of drive may occur specially when cold, which can cause transmission failure. Every 100,000 miles, the vegetable oil should be drained, the anoint pan removed, the shield cleaned and fresh fluid added. For vehicles subjected to more austere manipulation such as heavy city traffic specially in hot weather, prolonged periods of idling or towing, this alimony should be performed every 15,000 miles. 1. raise and support fomite, then side drain pan under oil pan. 2. Remove front and side anoint pan attaching bolts, then loosen rise pan attaching bolts. 3. carefully intrude petroleum pan idle from transaxle case and allow fluid to drain. 4. Remove remaining attaching abscond, petroleum pan and gasket. thoroughly clean pan before reinstalling. 5. Remove and discard screen and O-ring seal. 6. Install replacement screen door and O-ring seal, locating filmdom against dipstick stop. 7. Install gasket on oil pan, then install pan and torsion attaching bolts to 8 ft. pound. 8. Lower vehicle and add approximately 4 qts. of fluid. 9. With selector in park, parking brake applied and engine at idle speed and engage temperature, check fluid level and add fluid as necessary. Do not subspecies locomotive. Move switch lever through ranges, then back to “ Park ” military position. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – M/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid – M/T : capacity Specifications Transaxle/Transmission, Manual FWD … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … GLS ( Gear Lubricant, Special ) RWD : 1988 Corvette … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .80W, 80W-90* GL-5 ( Gear Oil, API Service GL-5 ) OD unit … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .AF ( D EXRON ( R ) -II Automatic Transmission Fluid ) 1989-92 Corvette … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..GLS Camaro … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … .AF *For vehicles normally operated in Canada, 80W only FWD : 4-speed … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .2.8 Liters 6.0 Pints 5-speed Isuzu‡ … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 2.5 Liters 5.4 Pints 5-speed Muncie‡‡, Celebrity … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 1.9 Liters 4.0 Pints 5-speed Muncie‡ ‡others … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 2.1 Liters 5.0 Pints ‡Has 7-bolt aluminum end cap ‡‡Has 9-bolt sword end ceiling RWD : corvette 1988 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 1.0 Liters 2.2 Pints OD unit … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … ..1.6 Liters 3.3 Pints Corvette 1989-92 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..2.1 Liters 4.4 Pints Camaro … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..2.8 Liters 6.0 Pints HM-282 and 5TM40 Fluid Capacity … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 4.2 Pts. GM-Isuzu 5 Speed Manual Transaxle Fluid Capacity … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 4.0 Pts. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – M/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 909 Fluid – M/T : Fluid Type Specifications HM-282 and 5TM40 Lubricant type … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. synchromesh Trans Fluid ( Part No. 12345349 ) GM-Isuzu 5 Speed Manual Transaxle Lubricant Type … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. synchromesh Trans Fluid ( Part No. 12345349 ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid – Differential > Component Information > Specifications Fluid – differential : Specifications Standard … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..80W, 80W-90* GL-5 ( Gear Oil, API Service GL-5 ) Limited-Slip … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..80W, 80W-90* GL-5* ( Special Lubricant for Limited-Slip Differentials ) *For vehicles normally operated in Canada, 80W entirely CAPACITY, Refill : Camaro … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..1.7 Liters 3.6 Pints Caprice, Monte Carlo 8-1/2 ” surround gear … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..1.9 Liters 4.3 Pints Corvette … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..1.7 Liters 3.5 Pints LIMITED-SLIP IDENTIFICATION : Tag under back cover-attaching gobble Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine – GM dexos 1 and dexos 2 ( R ) Oil Specifications Engine vegetable oil : technical Service Bulletins Engine – GM dexos 1 and dexos 2 ( R ) Oil Specifications INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 11-00-90-001 date : March 14, 2011 subject : ball-shaped information for GM dexos1 ( TM ) and GM dexos2 ( TM ) Engine Oil Specifications for Spark Ignited and Diesel Engines, Available Licensed Brands, and Service Fill for Adding or arrant Oil Change Models : 2012 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks Excluding All Vehicles Equipped with Duramax ( TM ) Diesel Engines GM dexos 1 ( TM ) Information Center Website Refer to the following General Motors website for dexos 1 ( TM ) information about the different licensed brands that are presently available : hypertext transfer protocol : //www.gmdexos.com GM dexos 1 ( TM ) Engine Oil Trademark and Icons The dexos ( TM ) specification and trademarks are exclusive to General Motors, LLC. entirely those oils displaying the dexos‹› ( TM ) trademark and icon on the battlefront label meet the demand performance requirements and rigorous quality standards set forth in the dexos‹› ( TM ) specification. Look on the front label for any of the logo shown above to identify an authoritative, licensed dexos 1 ( TM ) engine vegetable oil. GM dexos 1 ( TM ) Engine Oil Specification Important General Motors dexos 1 ( TM ) engine vegetable oil specification replaces the former General Motors specifications GM6094M, GM4718M and GM-LL-A-025 for most GM gasoline engines. The oil specified for use in GM passenger cars and trucks, PRIOR to the 2011 model year remains acceptable for those previous vehicles. however, dexos 1 ( TM ) is backward compatible and can be used in those older vehicles. In North America, starting with the 2011 model year, GM introduced dexos 1 ( TM ) certified engine oil as a factory fill and serve fill for gasoline engines. The reasons for the new engine anoint specification are as follows : – To meet environmental goals such as increasing fuel efficiency and reducing engine emissions. – To promote long engine life. – To minimize the number of engine vegetable oil changes in order to help meet the goal of lessening the diligence ‘s overall dependence on blunt oil. dexos 1 ( TM ) is a GM-developed engine oil specification that has been designed to provide the following benefits : – far improve fuel economy, to meet future corporate average fuel economy ( CAFE ) requirements and fuel economy memory by allowing the anoint to maintain its fuel economy benefits throughout the life sentence of the vegetable oil. – More robust formulations for lend engine protection and aeration performance. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine – GM dexos 1 and dexos 2 ( R ) Oil Specifications > Page 917 – accompaniment the GM Oil Life System, thereby minimizing the replacement of engine oil, before its animation has been depleted. – Reduce the duplication of requirements for a large total of home GM engine petroleum specifications. International Lubricants Standardization and Approval Committee ( ILSAC ) GF-5 Standard In addition to GM dexos 1 ( TM ), a newly International Lubricants Standardization and Approval Committee ( ILSAC ) criterion called GF-5, was introduced in October 2010. – There will be a comparable API class, called : SN Resource Conserving. The current GF-4 standard was put in seat in 2004 and will become disused in October 2011. exchangeable to dexos 1 ( TM ), the GF-5 standard will use a new fuel economy test, Sequence VID, which demands a statistically significant increase in fuel economy versus the Sequence VIB test that was used for GF-4. – It is expected that all dexos 1 ( TM ) approved oils will be able of meeting the GF-5 standard. however, not all GF-5 engine oils will be capable of meeting the dexos 1 ( TM ) specification. – Like dexos ( TM ), the fresh ILSAC GF-5 criterion will call for more sophisticated additives. The API will begin licensing marketers during October 2010, to produce and distribute GF-5 attest products, which are expected to include SAE 0W-20, 0W-30, 5W-20, 5W-30 and 10W-30 oils. corporate average Fuel Economy ( CAFE ) Requirements Effect on Fuel Economy Since CAFE standards were first base introduced in 1974, the fuel economy of cars has more than doubled, while the fuel economy of light trucks has increased by more than 50 percentage. Proposed CAFE standards call for a lengthiness of increased fuel economy in raw cars and trucks. To meet these future requirements, all aspects of vehicle operation are being looked at more critically than always ahead. New engineering being introduced in GM vehicles designed to increase vehicle efficiency and fuel economy include direct injection, cam phase, turbocharging and active fuel management ( AFM ). The demands of these new technologies on engine petroleum besides are taken into consideration when determining new oil specifications. AFM for case can help to achieve improved fuel economy. however alternately deactivating and activating the cylinders by not allowing the consumption and consume valves to open contributes to extra stress on the engine oil. Another industry course for meeting ruffianly fuel economy mandates has been a shift toward lower viscosity oils. dexos 1 ( TM ) will finally be offered in several viscosity grades in accordance with engine needs : SAE 0W-20, 5W-20, 0W-30 and 5W-30. Using the right viscosity grade oil is critical for proper engine performance. Always refer to the Maintenance section of a vehicle Owner Manual for the proper viscosity grade for the engine being serviced. GM Oil Life System in Conjunction With dexos ( TM ) Supports extend Oil Change Intervals To help conserve oil while maintaining engine protection, many GM vehicles are equipped with the GM Oil Life System. This system can provide oil change intervals that exceed the traditional 3,000 mile ( 4,830 kilometer ) recommendation. The dexos ( TM ) specification, with its requirements for better oil robustness, compliments the GM Oil Life System by supporting stretch oil deepen intervals over the life of a vehicle. If all GM customers with GM Oil Life System equipped vehicles would use the system as intended, GM estimates that more than 100 million gallons of oil could be saved annually. GM dexos 2 ( TM ) Information Center Website Refer to the following General Motors website for dexos 2 ( TM ) information about the different licensed brands that are presently available : hypertext transfer protocol : //www.gmdexos.com GM dexos 2 ( TM ) Engine Oil Trademark and Icons Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine – GM dexos 1 and dexos 2 ( R ) Oil Specifications > Page 918 The dexos ( TM ) stipulation and trademarks are exclusive to General Motors, LLC. lone those oils displaying the dexos ( TM ) trademark and icon on the front label meet the demand operation requirements and rigorous quality standards set forth in the dexos ( TM ) stipulation. Look on the front label for any of the logo shown above to identify an authoritative, licensed dexos 2 ( TM ) locomotive vegetable oil. GM dexos 2 ( TM ) Engine Oil Specification – dexos 2 ( TM ) is approved and recommended by GM for function in Europe starting in model year 2010 vehicles, regardless of where the fomite was manufactured. – dexos 2 ( TM ) is the commend service fill up oil for european gasoline engines. Important The Duramax ( TM ) diesel engine is the exception and requires lubricants meeting stipulation CJ-4. – dexos 2 ( TM ) is the recommend service fill vegetable oil for european light-duty diesel engines and replaces GM-LL-B-025 and GM-LL-A-025. – dexos 2 ( TM ) protects diesel engines from harmful carbon black deposits and is designed with limits on certain chemical components to prolong catalyst life and protect expensive discharge reduction systems. It is a robust petroleum, resisting abasement between petroleum changes and maintaining optimum performance longer. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine anoint : capacity Specifications Cooling Capacity ( With or W /out A/C ) … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 11.0 qts Radiator Cap Relief Pressure, PSI … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 15 Thermostat Opening temperature … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 195° Fuel Tank Gallons … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 13.6 Engine Oil Refill Quarts [ 2 ] … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 4 manual Transaxle Pints … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. [ 4 ] Automatic Transaxle Quarts … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .. [ 1 ] [ 3 ] [ 1 ] Capacity approximate. Make final hindrance with dipstick and add fluid as necessary. [ 2 ] Additional oil may be required to bring oil level to fully target when changing anoint filter. [ 3 ] Oil pan only, 4 qts. After pass, less torsion converter drain, 6 qts. ; with torsion converter drain, 9 qts. [ 4 ] Isuzu 5 spd., 5.4 pts. ; Muncie 5 spd., 4 pts. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Power Steering Fluid : > 033206 > Mar > 94 > P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold Power Steering Fluid : customer Interest P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold Group Ref. : Steering/Suspension Bulletin No. : 033206 date : March 1994 SUBJECT : REDUCED POWER STEERING ASSIST AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES ( NEW POWER STEERING FLUID ) model : 1994 AND PRIOR PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS Applications : Appropriate for all passenger vehicles, but particularly beneficial in 1980 and former FWD Models equipped with Power Rack and Pinion Steering. condition : Comments of abridge ability steering assist at abject ambient temperatures ( approximately 10°F and lower ) may be noted by some vehicle operators when turning the steering rack in BOTH the right and left commission during warm-up after cold start. All vehicles with power steering parade this condition to varying degrees, but condition may be more obtrusive with power rack and pennon steering systems that typically have longer hoses and cool lines. note : This condition, which is related to ability steering fluid viscosity, should not, however, be confused with conditions having like symptoms such as that described divisional special policy numbers listed : campaign : In cold weather, baron steering fluid thickens in the same manner as any other petroleum-based oil or fluid. Upon cold start, the fluid resists movement through the system and the driver senses deoxidize ability aid ( sometimes referred to as “ stiff tip ” ). As the fomite operates and fluid circulates through the ability steering system, the fluid warms and thins to its normal operate on viscosity. correction : Saginaw Division has developed a modern first gear Temperature Climate Service Fluid for consumption in cold climates. Compared with conventional power steering fluid, this raw fluid flows better at first gear temperatures and resists the thickening which contributes to reduced power help upon beginning up. RACK AND PINION STEERING SYSTEMS Reduced power serve upon cold upwind start may be more detectable in Power Rack and Pinion steering systems that may contain six or more feet of Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Power Steering Fluid : > 033206 > Mar > 94 > P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold > Page 929 pressure and reelect hose along with long cool lines. such retentive systems contain greater volumes of fluid and vehicles so equipped tend to have longer periods of reduce power assist. The newly fluid performs particularly well with current designed Rack and Pinion steering systems and special remanufactured Rack and Pinion Steering Assemblies. PARTS data : low Temperature Climate Service Fluid is available from GMSPO. Order as : Parts are presently available from GMSPO. SERVICE PROCEDURE : The office steering fluid successor operation is a two-stage process : first, flushing the previous fluid from the system with new fluid ; and second, bleeding the organization to remove any trap vent. The two sequences outline the steps in each procedure. FLUSHING THE POWER STEERING SYSTEM 1. Raise the front end of the vehicle off the ground until the wheels are barren to turn. 2. Remove the fluid rejoinder line at the pump reservoir inlet connection. 3. Plug the intake connection port on the pump reservoir. 4. position the fluid fall line toward a boastfully container in arrange to catch the drain fluid. 5. While a second person fills the reservoir with new moo Temperature Climate Service Fluid, start and run the engine at idle. 6. Turn the steering wheel from hold on to stop. NOTICE : Do not hold the wheel against stops while flushing the system, Holding steering wheel against wheel stops will cause high arrangement press, overheating, and damage to the pump and/or gear. 7. Continue draining until all of the old fluid is cleared from the might steering organization. summation of approximately 1 quart of new fluid will be required to flush system. 8. Unplug pump reservoir inlet and reconnect return line. 9. Turn engine off, and fill reservoir to the “ Full Cold ” grade. 10. Continue with succeed routine “ Bleeding the Power Steering System ”. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Power Steering Fluid : > 033206 > Mar > 94 > P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold > Page 930 BLEEDING THE POWER STEERING SYSTEM After replacing the fluid or servicing the might steering hydraulic system, you must bleed breeze from the system. Air in the system prevents an accurate fluent level reading, causes pump cavitation make noise and over clock could damage the pump. To bleed the power steering system proceed as follows : 1. Begin with the locomotive off, front wheels off the grind, and wheels turned all the way to the left. 2. Add Low Temperature Climate Service Fluid to the “ FULL COLD ” tag on the fluid level index. 3. Bleed the system by turning the wheels from side to side without hitting stops. important : Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Power Steering Fluid : > 033206 > Mar > 94 > P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold > Page 931 This may require turning the wheels from side to side twenty dollar bill times. On systems with long return lines or fluid coolers, turning steering rack lock-to-lock forty times may be required. Keep the fluid level at the “ FULL COLD ” scratch. fluid with air In it has a light tan appearance. This air must be eliminated from the fluid before normal steering action can be obtained. 4. Start the engine. With the locomotive idleness, recheck the fluid level. If necessary, add fluid to bring the level to the “ FULL COLD ” commemorate. 5. Return the wheels to the center position. Lower front wheels to the footing. Continue running the engine for two or three minutes. 6. Test the fomite to be surely the steer functions normally and is free from noise. crucial : inspect for fluid escape at connection points along the power steering arrangement. 7. Recheck the fluid level as described in Steps 3 and 4 except that the fluid floor should immediately be up to the “ FULL HOT ” distinguish after the system has stabilized at its normal function temperature. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Power Steering Fluid : > 912083B > Feb > 91 > Power Steering – Reduced Assist At Low Temperatures Power Steering Fluid : customer Interest Power Steering – Reduced Assist At Low Temperatures Number : 91-208-3B incision : 3B FEBRUARY 1991 Date : Corporate Bulletin No. : 033206R subject : REDUCED POWER STEERING ASSIST AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES Model and year : ALL 1980-91 PASSENGER CARS Applications Appropriate for all passenger vehicles, but particularly beneficial in 1980 and subsequently FWD Models equipped with Power Rack and Pinion Steering. CONDITION Comments of boil down power steering assist at humble ambient temperatures ( approximately 10 degrees Fahrenheit and lower ) may be noted by some vehicle operators when turning the steering bicycle in BOTH the right and leave guidance during warm-up after cold begin. All vehicles with power steering display this condition to varying degrees, but condition may be more obtrusive with power rack and flight feather steering systems that typically have longer hoses and cool lines. eminence : This discipline, which is related to ability steering fluid viscosity, should not, however, be confused with conditions having similiar symptoms such as that described in divisional bulletins indicated below, related to inner steering gearing fluid by-pass. Chevrolet # 88-417-3B campaign : In cold weather, might steering fluent thickens in the lapp manner as any other petroleumbased oil or fluent. Upon cold begin, the fluid resists movement through the organization and the driver senses reduce office assist ( sometimes referred to as “ firm guide ” ). As the vehicle operates and fluent circulates through the exponent steering system, the fluid warms and thins to its normal manoeuver viscosity. correction : Saginaw Division has developed a modern low Temperature Climate Service Fluid for practice in cold climates. Compared with ceremonious power steering fluid, this new fluid flows better at low temperatures and resists the node which contributes to reduced power serve upon beginning up. RACK AND PINION STEERING SYSTEMS Reduced power assist upon cold weather start may be more noticeable in Power Rack and Pinion steering systems that may contain six or more feet of coerce and return key hose along with long cool lines. such long systems contain greater volumes of fluid and vehicles thus equipped tend to have longer periods of boil down baron help. The new fluid performs particularly well with stream designed Rack and Pinion steering systems and special remanufactured Rack and Pinion Steering Assemblies. PARTS data : low Temperature Climate Service Fluid is available from GMSPO. Order as : Container Size Part Number 16 ounce 12345866 32 ounce 12345867 Parts are presently available from GMSPO. SERVICE PROCEDURE : The might steering fluid substitute operation is a two-stage march : first gear, flushing the old fluid from the system with raw fluid ; and second, bleeding the system to remove any trap air travel. The follow two sequences outline the steps in each operation. FLUSHING THE POWER STEERING SYSTEM Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Power Steering Fluid : > 912083B > Feb > 91 > Power Steering – Reduced Assist At Low Temperatures > Page 936 1. Raise the battlefront end of the vehicle off the crunch until the wheels are free to turn. 2. Remove the fluid return line at the pump reservoir intake connection. 3. Plug the intake connection port on the pump reservoir. 4. position the fluent return channel toward a large container in order to catch the enfeeble fluent. 5. While a second gear person fills the reservoir with fresh low Temperature Climate Service Fluid, start and run the engine at idle. 6. Turn the steering wheel from hold on to stop. NOTICE : Do not hold the wheel against stops while flushing the system. Holding steering wheel against wheel stops will cause high system coerce, overheating, and damage to the pump and/or gear. 7. Continue draining until all of the erstwhile fluid is cleared from the ability steering system. addition of approximately 1 quart of new fluid will be required to flush system. 8. Unplug pump reservoir inlet and reconnect render line. 9. Turn engine off, and fill reservoir to the “ Full Cold ” mark. 9. Continue with follow routine “ Bleeding the Power Steering System ”. BLEEDING THE POWER STEERING SYSTEM After replacing the fluid or servicing the world power steering hydraulic system, you must bleed breeze from the system. Air in the system prevents an accurate fluid level reading, causes pump cavitation noise and over time could damage the heart. To bleed the might steering system proceed as follows : 1. Begin with the engine off, front wheels off the prime, and wheels turned all the way to the leave. 2. Add Low Temperature Climate Service Fluid to the “ FULL COLD ” distinguish on the fluent level indicator. 3. Bleed the system by turning the wheels from english to side without hitting stops. important : This may require turning the wheels from side to side several times. Keep the fluid level at the “ FULL COLD ” mark. fluid with air in it has a light tan appearance. This air out must be eliminated from the fluid before normal steering action can be obtained. 4. Start the engine. With the engine idleness, recheck the fluid level. If necessary, add fluid to bring the level to the “ FULL COLD ” tag. 5. Return the wheels to the center side. Lower front wheels to the ground. Continue running the engine for two or three minutes. 6. Test the vehicle to be sure the steer functions normally and is absolve from noise. significant : inspect for fluid escape at connection points along the world power steering system. 7. Recheck the fluid level as described in Steps 3 and 4 except that the fluent level should immediately be up to the “ FULL HOT ” set after the system has stabilized at its normal engage temperature. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Steering Fluid : > 033206 > Mar > 94 > P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold Power Steering Fluid : All Technical Service Bulletins P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold Group Ref. : Steering/Suspension Bulletin No. : 033206 date : March 1994 SUBJECT : REDUCED POWER STEERING ASSIST AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES ( NEW POWER STEERING FLUID ) model : 1994 AND PRIOR PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS Applications : Appropriate for all passenger vehicles, but peculiarly beneficial in 1980 and by and by FWD Models equipped with Power Rack and Pinion Steering. stipulate : Comments of decreased baron steering aid at low ambient temperatures ( approximately 10°F and lower ) may be noted by some vehicle operators when turning the steering rack in BOTH the right and left direction during warm-up after cold begin. All vehicles with power steering parade this stipulate to varying degrees, but condition may be more noticeable with ability rack and pinion steering systems that typically have longer hoses and cooler lines. note : This condition, which is related to might steering fluid viscosity, should not, however, be confused with conditions having exchangeable symptoms such as that described divisional special policy numbers listed : cause : In cold weather, ability steering fluid thickens in the like manner as any early petroleum-based vegetable oil or fluid. Upon cold start, the fluid resists movement through the system and the driver senses reduce baron assist ( sometimes referred to as “ cadaver steer ” ). As the fomite operates and fluent circulates through the power steering system, the fluid warms and thins to its normal function viscosity. correction : Saginaw Division has developed a raw low Temperature Climate Service Fluid for function in cold climates. Compared with conventional exponent steering fluid, this new fluent flows better at low temperatures and resists the thicken which contributes to reduced office assist upon startle up. RACK AND PINION STEERING SYSTEMS Reduced office assist upon cold weather begin may be more obtrusive in Power Rack and Pinion steering systems that may contain six or more feet of Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Steering Fluid : > 033206 > Mar > 94 > P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold > Page 942 imperativeness and return hose along with long cool lines. such long systems contain greater volumes of fluid and vehicles therefore equipped tend to have longer periods of reduce ability assist. The new fluid performs particularly well with current designed Rack and Pinion steering systems and particular remanufactured Rack and Pinion Steering Assemblies. PARTS information : moo Temperature Climate Service Fluid is available from GMSPO. Order as : Parts are presently available from GMSPO. SERVICE PROCEDURE : The power steering fluid successor routine is a two-stage serve : inaugural, flushing the old fluid from the organization with new fluent ; and second, bleeding the system to remove any trap air. The two sequences outline the steps in each procedure. FLUSHING THE POWER STEERING SYSTEM 1. Raise the front end of the vehicle off the grind until the wheels are loose to turn. 2. Remove the fluid tax return line at the pump reservoir intake connection. 3. Plug the intake connection port on the pump reservoir. 4. position the fluent render line toward a big container in ordering to catch the enfeeble fluid. 5. While a second gear person fills the reservoir with new broken Temperature Climate Service Fluid, starting signal and run the engine at baseless. 6. Turn the steering steering wheel from stop to stop. NOTICE : Do not hold the bicycle against stops while flushing the system, Holding steering steering wheel against wheel stops will cause high system atmospheric pressure, overheating, and damage to the pump and/or gear. 7. Continue draining until all of the old fluid is cleared from the world power steering arrangement. accession of approximately 1 quart of newly fluid will be required to flush system. 8. Unplug pump reservoir intake and reconnect hark back line. 9. Turn locomotive off, and fill reservoir to the “ Full Cold ” punctuate. 10. Continue with stick to operation “ Bleeding the Power Steering System ”. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Steering Fluid : > 033206 > Mar > 94 > P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold > Page 943 BLEEDING THE POWER STEERING SYSTEM After replacing the fluid or servicing the baron steering hydraulic system, you must bleed air from the system. Air in the system prevents an accurate fluid degree read, causes pump cavitation make noise and over fourth dimension could damage the pump. To bleed the power steering system proceed as follows : 1. Begin with the locomotive off, front wheels off the grind, and wheels turned all the way to the leave. 2. Add Low Temperature Climate Service Fluid to the “ FULL COLD ” mark on the fluid grade indicator. 3. Bleed the system by turning the wheels from english to side without hitting stops. authoritative : Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Steering Fluid : > 033206 > Mar > 94 > P/S – Reduced Assist When Cold > Page 944 This may require turning the wheels from side to side twenty times. On systems with long return lines or fluid coolers, turning steering steering wheel lock-to-lock forty times may be required. Keep the fluid degree at the “ FULL COLD ” mark. fluid with tune In it has a sparkle tangent appearance. This air must be eliminated from the fluid before normal steering carry through can be obtained. 4. Start the engine. With the engine idle, recheck the fluid level. If necessary, add fluid to bring the level to the “ FULL COLD ” mark. 5. Return the wheels to the center position. Lower presence wheels to the ground. Continue running the locomotive for two or three minutes. 6. Test the vehicle to be certain the guide functions normally and is free from noise. crucial : inspect for fluid escape at connection points along the exponent steering system. 7. Recheck the fluent grade as described in Steps 3 and 4 except that the fluid level should immediately be up to the “ FULL HOT ” score after the system has stabilized at its normal operate temperature. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Steering Fluid : > 912083B > Feb > 91 > Power Steering – Reduced Assist At Low Temperatures Power Steering Fluid : All Technical Service Bulletins Power Steering – Reduced Assist At Low Temperatures Number : 91-208-3B section : 3B FEBRUARY 1991 Date : Corporate Bulletin No. : 033206R subject : REDUCED POWER STEERING ASSIST AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES Model and year : ALL 1980-91 PASSENGER CARS Applications Appropriate for all passenger vehicles, but peculiarly beneficial in 1980 and former FWD Models equipped with Power Rack and Pinion Steering. CONDITION Comments of reduce baron steering assist at low ambient temperatures ( approximately 10 degrees Fahrenheit and lower ) may be noted by some vehicle operators when turning the steering wheel in BOTH the right and leave guidance during warm-up after cold start. All vehicles with power steering exhibit this condition to varying degrees, but circumstance may be more detectable with baron rack and flight feather steering systems that typically have longer hoses and cool lines. eminence : This condition, which is related to power steering fluid viscosity, should not, however, be confused with conditions having similiar symptoms such as that described in divisional bulletins indicated below, related to home guidance gear fluid by-pass. Chevrolet # 88-417-3B lawsuit : In cold weather, power steering fluid thickens in the same manner as any other petroleumbased petroleum or fluid. Upon cold starting, the fluid resists movement through the system and the driver senses reduce world power assist ( sometimes referred to as “ starchy tip ” ). As the vehicle operates and fluid circulates through the baron steering system, the fluid warms and thins to its normal operate viscosity. correction : Saginaw Division has developed a new low Temperature Climate Service Fluid for manipulation in coldness climates. Compared with conventional might steering fluid, this new fluid flows better at gloomy temperatures and resists the thicken which contributes to reduced ability serve upon startle improving. RACK AND PINION STEERING SYSTEMS Reduced power assist upon coldness weather start may be more noticeable in Power Rack and Pinion steering systems that may contain six or more feet of pressure and recurrence hose along with long cool lines. such long systems contain greater volumes of fluid and vehicles so equipped tend to have longer periods of reduce power serve. The newly fluid performs peculiarly well with current designed Rack and Pinion steering systems and special remanufactured Rack and Pinion Steering Assemblies. PARTS information : low Temperature Climate Service Fluid is available from GMSPO. Order as : Container Size Part Number 16 ounce 12345866 32 ounce 12345867 Parts are presently available from GMSPO. SERVICE PROCEDURE : The might steering fluid surrogate routine is a two-stage serve : first, flushing the old fluid from the arrangement with newly fluid ; and second, bleeding the organization to remove any trap air. The follow two sequences outline the steps in each procedure. FLUSHING THE POWER STEERING SYSTEM Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Steering Fluid : > 912083B > Feb > 91 > Power Steering – Reduced Assist At Low Temperatures > Page 949 1. Raise the front goal of the vehicle off the ground until the wheels are free to turn. 2. Remove the fluid return credit line at the pump reservoir intake connection. 3. Plug the inlet connection port on the pump reservoir. 4. position the fluid return line toward a bombastic container in order to catch the drain fluent. 5. While a second person fills the reservoir with new broken Temperature Climate Service Fluid, start and run the locomotive at idle. 6. Turn the steering wheel from discontinue to stop. NOTICE : Do not hold the wheel against stops while flushing the organization. Holding steering wheel against wheel stops will cause high system pressure, overheating, and damage to the pump and/or gear. 7. Continue draining until all of the old fluid is cleared from the power steering system. addition of approximately 1 quart of new fluid will be required to flush system. 8. Unplug pump reservoir intake and reconnect recurrence line. 9. Turn engine off, and fill reservoir to the “ Full Cold ” mark. 9. Continue with come procedure “ Bleeding the Power Steering System ”. BLEEDING THE POWER STEERING SYSTEM After replacing the fluid or servicing the power steering hydraulic system, you must bleed air from the arrangement. Air in the organization prevents an accurate fluid degree learn, causes pump cavitation noise and over time could damage the pump. To bleed the power steering organization proceed as follows : 1. Begin with the engine off, front wheels off the land, and wheels turned all the means to the leave. 2. Add Low Temperature Climate Service Fluid to the “ FULL COLD ” mark on the fluid level indicator. 3. Bleed the system by turning the wheels from side to side without hitting stops. significant : This may require turning the wheels from slope to side respective times. Keep the fluid level at the “ FULL COLD ” commemorate. fluid with vent in it has a light tan appearance. This air must be eliminated from the fluid before normal steering military action can be obtained. 4. Start the engine. With the locomotive idle, recheck the fluent degree. If necessity, add fluid to bring the level to the “ FULL COLD ” bell ringer. 5. Return the wheels to the center status. Lower battlefront wheels to the ground. Continue running the engine for two or three minutes. 6. Test the vehicle to be certain the steering functions normally and is unblock from randomness. important : inspect for fluid escape at connection points along the power steering organization. 7. Recheck the fluid floor as described in Steps 3 and 4 except that the fluid degree should now be up to the “ FULL HOT ” mark after the system has stabilized at its normal manoeuver temperature. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 Vehicles to R-134A Refrigerant : technical Service Bulletins A/C – Retrofitting R-12 Vehicles to R-134A Group Ref. : HVAC Bulletin No. : 331226 date : January, 1994 INFORMATION SUBJECT : retrofit R-12 VEHICLES TO R-134a MODELS : 1994 AND PRIOR YEARS, PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS WITH R-12 A/C SYSTEMS There has been a great deal of data presented by the media regarding the need to retrofit vehicles produced with R-12, to a utility refrigerant. This bulletin will outline GM ‘s position and future plans on this subject. Most authoritative, there is presently NO necessity to retrofit any R-12 vehicle. Vehicles built with R-12 can be serviced with R-12, a long as the refrigerant is available. At some steer in time, R-12 may become either excessively scarce or excessively expensive to economically justify service on some vehicles with R-12. By that time, GM will provide you with instructions on retrofitting those vehicles from R-12 to R-134a. GM vehicle divisions, platforms, and component suppliers have been actively working on the details of retrofitting R-12 vehicles. An enormous sum of sour is required to determine how hundreds of vehicle models can be satisfactorily retrofitted. extra data will be provided as it becomes available. The comply items contain crucial technical information that should answer many of the questions, and correct some misconceptions reported in the media. utility REFRIGERANTS R-134a is the only approved substitute refrigerant that GM recommends and it should only be used if a complete retrofit routine has been performed. none of the other refrigerants presently being marketed as successor or drop-in substitutes for R-12 are approved for use in GM vehicles. R-12 and R-134a are not exchangeable. R-134a can not be added to fill a low R-12 arrangement. The combination of the two materials can cause high system pressures, which could cause damage to the organization. Retrofitting an R-12 fomite to R-134a requires careful planning to insure that neither the vehicle nor the A/C service equipment has become contaminated. residual MINERAL OIL The concern that mineral vegetable oil is chemically antagonistic with R-134a and/or PAG lubricant has been proven to be untrue. A convention charge of mineral anoint left in the A/C system after a retrofit to R-134a will not damage the system. mineral petroleum, however, does not mix well with R-134a, and will not provide adequate lubrication. Tests on both the orifice tube and TXV systems show that the mineral anoint parks in places such as the accumulator, and does not appreciably feign performance or damage the system. The retrofit service bulletin will specify the correct oil to be used. It is significant that this oil recommendation be followed carefully. RESIDUAL R-12 Residual R-12 left in a system, due to improper retrofit service procedures, may result in system wrong unless the remainder R-12 is kept below the 2 percentage limit specified by the Society of Automotive Engineers ‘ Specification J-1661. New service methods are being developed to minimize the level of R-12 remaining in the A/C system after the retrofit procedure is completed. Following these raw procedures will be critical to insure that the above limits are met. SYSTEM FLUSHING R-11, a material normally used as an A/C system flushing solvent, has been found to be chemically inappropriate with PAG lubricant. Technicians should be mindful that residual R-11 remaining in an R-12 system will be very damaging if the fomite is retrofitted to R-134a late in its life. For many years GM has recommended the use of in-line filters as an alternative to system flushing. SYSTEM FLUSHING, USING EITHER R-11 OR ANY OTHER FLUSHING MATERIAL, IS NOT APPROVED BY GM FOR ANY A/C SYSTEM. DESICCANT PROTECTION Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 Vehicles to R-134A > Page 954 It has been reported that the desiccant ( moisture absorption corporeal ) used in 1992 and older R-12 A/C systems is incompatible with R-134a and PAG oil. The older desiccant was designed specifically for R-12 systems, but testing has shown that it is NOT necessary to replace the older desiccant equitable because the vehicle is being retrofitted to R-134a. 1993 and newer GM vehicles use desiccant designed to be compatible with both R-12 and R-134a systems. The amount of desiccant used in most GM vehicles is designed to stopping point for at least seven years. To help maintain adequate protection for vehicles that must be retrofitted, it is recommended that the accumulator/dryer, which contains the desiccant, be replaced if the vehicle is more than five years old. “ O ” RINGS While continuing to service with R-12, be sure to use “ O ” rings and sealing wax materials which are compatible with R-134a and PAG oil. This rehearse will eliminate concern in case the vehicle requires retrofitting later in its life. All “ O ” rings and seal materials available from GMSPO are compatible with R-134a systems. RETROFITTED SYSTEM PERFORMANCE Currently, it appears that for most GM vehicles, the retrofit procedure will require minimal changes to the existing system. Some vehicles may need extra parts and/or procedures to provide acceptable performance and/or lastingness. Our testing has shown that vehicles that have undergone recommended retrofit procedures will, in most climatic conditions, be minimally affected in terms of A/C performance. serve POLICY Basic service policy is as follows : During Warranty – If an R-12 produced vehicle A/C arrangement must be repaired or recharged under guarantee, repairs will be completed using R-12. If R-12 is unavailable or unaffordable, GM will notify the principal body and will pay for the guarantee rectify and the retrofit to R-134a. note : It a customer requests that an in-warranty fomite be converted to R-134a, and the R-12 system is functioning properly, the customer will be expected to pay for the retrofit. Out of Warranty – The cost of the conversion will be the province of the customer. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a Technical Service Bulletin # 431207E Date : 970101 A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a File In section : 1 – HVAC Bulletin No. : 43-12-07E go steady : January, 1997 INFORMATION Subject : Guidelines for Retrofitting R-12 Vehicles to R-134a Models : 1984-94 Passenger Cars and Trucks ( See List Below ) This bulletin is being revised with the follow changes : 1. accession of all remaining GM vehicles, as listed. 2. Format rearranged for easier habit. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 43-12-07D ( Section 1 – HVAC ). Car/Truck Platform Coverage Starts : 1984 – ampere, B, D, E, F, J, K, P, Y Carlines 1985 – C, M, N, R, S Carlines 1986 – H Carline 1987 – lambert, V ( Allante ) Car lines ; M/L, G, R/V, S/T, P Truck lines 1988 – T ( LeMans ), E ( Reatta ), W Car lines ; C/k, MED. Duty Truck lines 1989 – tracker 1990 – U Van Vehicles not Covered : T ( Chevette and T1000 ), G RWD, C RWD, and X Car If a fomite is not covered in the list above, GM ‘s recommendation is that the vehicle continue to be serviced with R-12. This bulletin outlines the detail retrofit procedures, ampere well as providing background information on many components and procedures. It is significant to follow the bulletin, since each car and hand truck line has unique parts and procedures. however, the basic operation is simple, and will become easier as you complete more retrofits. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 960 Retrofit Requirements The customer should be reminded that there is NO requirement in the U.S. to retrofit any vehicle produced with R-12. Vehicles built with R-12 can be serviced with R-12 adenine long as it is available ( except in certain canadian Provinces ). GM has taken steps to extend the supply of R-12 and recommends that all R-12 vehicles continue to be serviced with R-12 vitamin a long as it is available. Training Video Before doing a retrofit the first base time, it is recommended that you view the Certified Plus Training Video, Program count 51010.15, “ R-134a retrofit for GM Cars and Trucks ”. table of Contents A. Retrofit Procedure 1. audit Condition of Vehicle 2. Recover the R-12 ( new method ) 3. Install the service port conversion fittings 4. Install any extra parts needed 5. evacuate and recharge with new PAG or V5 retrofit oil and R-134a 6. Install the retrofit tag Platform Details Compressor Replacement Chart B. General Information 1. performance 2. Leakage 3. desiccant 4. Improved Cooling Performance 5. PAG or V5 Oil Compatibility 6. refrigerant Oil Level Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 961 C. Parts Information D. Warranty Information 1. vehicle distillery in Warranty 2. Customer Paid ‘ Retrofitting Costs 3. Labor Time Information Notes on Retrofit Important : Before proceeding with any retrofit, make certain you have all part Parts required on hand to perform a proper and complete rectify with Minimal downtime. R-12 Removal Prior to Retrofit To prepare a arrangement for retrofitting, the R-12 must be recovered and the organization must be wholly evacuated. emptying is necessity to insure that humble amounts of R-12 and publicize remaining in the arrangement are removed. This will prevent cross contamination of the two refrigerants, which could lead to reduced A/C system dependability and performance. It is very significant that the intend times for waiting after recovery and emptying not be reduced. This prison term is required to sufficiently remove residual R-12 from the anoint in the system. A considerable measure of testing has determined that the trace routine is required to achieve satisfactory results and conform to SAE J 1661 : 1. visit Condition of Vehicle Install the gauge set on the high and low side ports. Use normal diagnostic procedures to find the cause of the fomite ‘s reported condition. One of three conditions will exist with the refrigerant system : a. system press chastise, no leaks – go to Step 2 ( Recovery ). This would normally apply when : 1. The system must be recovered/recharged for a compensate to a system other than the A/C arrangement, or 2. Where the A/C system condition did not involve leaks, but requires recovery/recharge to replace a component. barn. Compressor not operating, but some charge. leak quiz to find the leak, complete step 2 ( Recovery ), then correct the leak before proceeding with Step 3 ( Conversion port installation ). c. No charge in system – continue with the Conversion port initiation in Step 3. Use the ACR4 to evacuate for 5 minutes. If the leak can be heard, repair the escape. If the leak can not be heard, charge with 1/2 beat of R-134a. Leak test with the J 39400 Leak Detector, recover the R-134a, repair any extra leaks found, and proceed with the elimination in Step 5. 2. Recover the R-12 from the System Notice : THIS PROCEDURE IS DIFFERENT THAN THE NORMAL ( NON-RETROFIT ) RECOVERY PROCEDURE. R-12 will be recovered through the HIGH SIDE SERVICE PORT ONLY, WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING. Recovery through the low side will not efficaciously remove the R-12 from the accumulator, resulting in possible wrong to the retrofit system. crucial : vehicle must be above 50° F ( 10° C ) to allow for dispatch convalescence of the R-12. If it is not, either allow it to warm up in the shop overnight, or increase the elimination time in Step 5.a to 30 minutes. a. Connect the recovery hose from the R-12 convalescence cart ( ACR3 ) to the middle port of the A/C gauge plant. Open the anoint drain valve on the ACR3 handcart long adequate to drain the oil. failure to do thus could cause excessive amounts of oil to build up in the centrifuge, resulting in damage to the recovery cart compressor. boron. Start the engine. Leave the hood up, and the windows open. On vehicles with manual A/C controls, set the A/C controls to normal A/C mode, high electric fan, and temperature control condition to full cold. On cars with automatic rifle A/C controls, set the temperature to 75° F, “ AUTO ” manner, and manually choose high electric fan. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 962 Make certain the vehicle compressor is engaged. Turn the cart on and start the recovery cycle. OPEN ONLY THE HIGH SIDE VALVE ON THE GAUGE SET. The vehicle system should finally shut the compressor off. If the low side blackmail drops below 15 psi, and the compressor does not turn off, turn it off now ( go to “ VENT ” or “ ECON ” mood ), but leave the engine run and the blower on ” high ”. c. After the recovery cart shuts off the first base time, wait 5 minutes. If the imperativeness on either the high or the humble side rises above 0 psi, restart the convalescence process. After the second shutoff, wait 2 minutes. If the pressure again rises above 0 psi, resume, and after shutoff, again wait 2 minutes. The process can be stopped when the blackmail does not rise above 0 psi after 2 minutes. The engine can be shut off at this time. d. Remove the R-12 reclaim hose and the gauge jell from the vehicle. Any repairs needed should be done at this time. If any components other than the compressor are replaced, they should be installed dry, and no supernumerary oil should be added. 3. Install the Service Port Conversion Fittings Important : For GEO vehicles, skip to Step 4. Fitting initiation is covered in that step. For vehicles that require a HPCOS, see step 4. Some of these vehicles use a specific combination fitting to mount the HPCOS, which includes the gamey side serve port fitting and the HPCOS port. The low side fitting is installed as detail downstairs. See “ Platform Details ” for far information. authoritative : A fresh tool kit, P/N J 39500-250, has been released. This kit contains the stick to items : ^ J 39500-71 Oil Injection Bottle Conversion Kit ( includes 3 12 oz bottles, an extender tube, caps, and fittings ) ^ J 39500-275 Tool kit, including the adopt : ( See Figure 2 ) – joule 34611-A Double ended valve core remover – J 25498-A High side arranger fitting – J 38702 Deep valve effect adapter fitting Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 963 – joule 41265 Thread clean wire brush – J 41266 Low side port ribbon refinisher – J 41267 High slope port thread refinisher – J 39037 High slope octagon socket – J 41256 Low side octagon socket New abject profile, quick plug in couplers, J 39500-20A ( High slope ), and J 39500-24A ( Low side ), have been released as necessity tools, to attach to the ACR4 ( see Figure 3 ). These are much smaller couplers than the existing ones, and will allow attachment to the port fittings in much tighter quarters. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 964 Select and install the proper R-134a fittings ( shown in Figure 4 ) from the chart below, based on how the ACR4 couplers will attach. besides, remember to check for proper hood clearance with the conversion fittings. Try the straight fittings beginning. The bikini high side fitting is used when the existing fitting is screwed into the pipe fitting ( some 1992, and about all 1993 models, use these fittings ). Use the 90° elbow if the straight fit does not allow the ACR4 couplers to connect. Fitting Type High Side Low Side Straight 52467941 52467943 Straight Two-piece 52467324 N/A 90° Elbow 52469054 52469055 The fittings should be installed as follows : a. Remove the caps from the R-12 fittings. Remove any crap or dirt from the port threads using the thread clean wire brush, J 41265. Inspect the fittings for weave price. If any damage is found, use the port string refinisher ( J 41266 humble side, J 41267 high side ) to repair the string. For the bikini fitting, remove the existing R-12 meet and discard it. Use creature J 38704A ( previously released, not function of the above kit ) to remove the match. Make sure to hold the line securely to prevent damage when removing the existing fitting. If the fitting can not be removed well, use the saddle clamp valve listed below and seal the R-12 larboard and cap permanently. b-complex vitamin. Install the selected match onto the existing R-12 equip. Leave the valve core in the straightaway fittings, and remove the valve core when using the 90° fittings. If the valve cores need to be removed at a late time, they can be removed with the straight conversion fittings in home. On the humble english straight fitting, use the J 34611-A tool to remove the core bowling pin in the conversion fitting, then remove the core valve from the original R-12 fit. Always recover the charge before valve core removal. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 965 Use the octagon sockets on the straight fittings ( J 39037 senior high school side, and J 41256 low side ). Torque the new fitting until it seats. The fitting should seat in full BEFORE reaching 11 N.m ( 8 pound foot ). If 11 N.m ( 8 pound foot ) of torsion is reached and the suit has not seated, it is probable that the threads have been damaged. In this case, remove the suit and use the string refinisher listed above. Reinstall the fitting, adding one drop of a thread locking compound such as Loctite ( R ) 242. The fittings ( except the two-piece ) have a thread lock compound applied to the threads. This compound will set up enough to restrict removal of the appointment in about 15 minutes. The fittings can nowadays be used to evacuate the organization ( see Step 5 ). An extra character of conversion port fitting has been developed. This fitting is called a saddle clamp valve ( see Figure 5 ). It can be clamped directly on a metallic element refrigerant lineage, and will be used if the existing fitting is damaged or is inaccessible. A drop of a ribbon interlock compound, such as Loctite ( R ) 242, should be used on each bolt to prevent the threads from loosening. The R134a bicycle seat clamp valve part numbers are : If an existing R-12 service port is not used, it must be rendered inoperative. Place several drops of a train of thought lock compound, such as Loctite ( R ) 243, in the valve kernel, and onto the cap threads. Secure the cap and let it set for 15 minutes. 4. Install Any Additional Parts Needed See “ Platform Details ” after Step 6. If a vehicle is listed as a “ basic retrofit ”, no extra parts are required ( except for compressors, see the Compressor Replacement Chart at the begin of Platform Details ). If no parts are required, PROCEED TO STEP 5. Compressors Compressors do not need to be replaced as character of a normal retrofit, unless indicated in the Compressor Replacement Chart. An R-12 compressor that is operating properly can, in most cases, be left in the fomite when it is retrofitted to R134a. however, if a compressor failure is the reason the vehicle is in for serve, and the vehicle will be retrofitted, OR if a vehicle has already been retrofitted with R-134a and the compressor fails at some time in the future, modern compressors for use with R-134a are available. See the GMSPO Parts Catalog for specific function numbers. DO NOT use a refilling R-12 compressor for any vehicle retrofitted to R-134a ( unless it is the modern ” oil-less ” design ). See “ Compressor Availability ” at the end of the Compressor Replacement Chart. Accumulator /Dryer If the fomite is more than 5 years old, the Accumulator/Dryer ( A/D ) should be replaced to ensure that moisture is removed from the system. See the instructions for proper A/D identification in General Information. high atmospheric pressure Cut-Off Switch ( HPCOS ) Most trucks, and some 1984-93 B and D cars, require that a HPCOS be added to protect the refrigerant organization during long idles at eminent temperature. The HPCOS kit out ( P/N 15981985 ) contains the switch, wire harness, hotness sealing splice connectors, switch “ 0 ” surround, and facility instructions. A bicycle seat clamp adapter ( P/N 15985307 ), or a special dual equip, is mounted to the high press line, and provides the port to mount the substitution. A drop of a Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 966 weave locking compound, such as Loctite ( R ) 242, should be used on each abscond of the saddle clamp to prevent the threads from loosening. Some vehicles produced during the second half of the 1993 model year will already have a factory installed HPCOS. Check the back of the compressor for this switch. If present, the above substitution will not have to be added. 5. Evacuate the System, and Recharge with PAG or V5 Retrofit Oil and R-134a Newly designed moo profile promptly associate couplers for the ACR4, J 39500-20A and J 39500-24A, have been released. These should be installed before proceeding with the elimination. See pace 3, and Figure 3. a. Connect the R-134a handcart ( ACR4 ) to the system. Open the coupling valves on the hoses sol that the pressures can be read on the gauges. On the haul, open the HIGH SIDE VALVE ONLY. DO NOT OPEN THE LOW SIDE VALVE ! Program the cart for a 15 minute elimination. authoritative : If the vehicle has been at outside temperatures of less than 50° F ( 10° C ), or at high altitudes ( above 3000 foot ), use a 30 minute evacuation to insure accomplished removal of the R-12. If the vacuum pump will not start and a “ H-P ” read is indicated on the ACR4 display, loosen the fit at the gamey side line connection to the ACR4 to relieve pressure in the line. Tighten the fitting after coerce has been relieved. DO NOT USE THE RECOVERY MODE TO RELIEVE LINE PRESSURE. bacillus. Start the evacuation. For a proper evacuation, the cart must pull down to 28-29 in. Hg. at sea grade ( reduce by 1 in. for each 1000 foot above ocean flat ). Check the abject side gauge for proper vacuum level, to make surely the newly fittings are operating by rights. While the emptying is being done, the Retrofit label can be filled out and install ( see Step 6 ). crucial : If the compressor was replaced at the same time as this retrofit, and the new compressor was shipped with the right total of PAG petroleum already in it, DO NOT add any extra oil to the system ! Go to Step D. If an “ oil-less ” compressor was installed, add petroleum in Step C. A new retrofit oil for use with V5 compressor vehicles has been released. This oil will be used ONLY for retrofit vehicles in which the original V5 compressor is retained. IT WILL NOT BE USED IF A COMPRESSOR IS REPLACED AT THE TIME OF THE RETROFIT. failure to use this oil may significantly shorten the utilitarian life of the compressor. crucial : If the V5 Retrofit oil is not available from GMSPO, the compressor MUST BE REPLACED ! To summarize the decline retrofit oil use : ^ Compressor replaced during retrofit – NO OIL ADDED if new compressor shipped with oil – 8 oz. of PAG anoint ( 9 oz of PAG anoint with V5 compressor ) added if compressor shipped without petroleum ( “ oil-less ” design ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 967 ^ PAG vegetable oil used for future military service if needed ( check PAG on box on label, Figure 6 ). ^ HR6 or R4 original compressor RETAINED – add 8 oz FAG oil to system ^ V5 original compressor RETAINED – add 9 oz V5 Retrofit oil to system. If V5 Retrofit vegetable oil is not available from GMSPO, REPLACE THE COMPRESSOR. c. Based on the above chart, add petroleum if needed. Use the modern petroleum bottle and the carry tube kit, J 39500-71. Fill the bottle with at least 10 oz of petroleum. Attach the new bottle to the binding of the ACR4, and open the anoint fill valve. Allow the correct amount of anoint to be drawn into the system. DO NOT allow the vegetable oil level to drop below the end of the pickup tube. This will prevent any tune from being drawn into the arrangement. If any oil was removed during the R-12 recovery evacuation steps, DO NOT add extra oil to replace it. d. Determine the correct measure of R-134a to use. Check the existing label of the fomite for the R-12 commit amount. Use the formula { ( R12 x .9 ) – .25 pound = R-134a } to determine the compensate charge. This can besides be stated as : Take 90 % of the R12 charge, and subtract 1/4 pound. Follow the directions for the ACR4 handcart to recharge the system. At the end of the process, “ CPL ” will be displayed. Close the high side valve. e. Start the vehicle, become on the A/C system, and confirm that pressures are within normal engage ranges, as shown in the 1994 Service Manual. The 1994 Service Manuals can be used as a reference for diagnosis and specification of retrofit systems. On some vehicles with automatic rifle A/C controls or moo charge diagnostics, the A/C compressor may not engage if any diagnostic codes were set during the retrofit. Check to see if any codes were set in either the HVAC or Engine Control systems. If they were, net the codes following the directions in the Service Manual. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 968 f. TO INSURE AN ACCURATE CHARGE AMOUNT, IT IS IMPORTANT TO CLEAR THE ACR4 OF ANY REMAINING REFRIGERANT. Close the high gear side coupling valve and remove the senior high school side hose from the vehicle. then, open both the high and broken side valves on the ACR4. After the pressures on both gages are at low side coerce, close the low side coupling valve. See Step G below, then remove the low english hose from the vehicle. Shut off the engine. Install the service interface caps on the new fittings. These serve as a seal and can prevent system leaks. g. In the unlikely event that the depleted side fitting leaks when the coupling is removed, use the follow routine : 1. immediately reinstall the coupling on the fit. 2. Find the valve kernel remover J 34611-A. 3. Remove the coupling. 4. Use the double-ended valve core remover to turn the valve kernel personal identification number counter-clockwise until the leak stops. 5. Install the crown. If the leak was significant or continued for an extend period of prison term, it is highly recommended to evacuate and recharge the system to insure proper performance. If there is any question, the organization can be rechecked by repeating Step F. h. Leak screen any new port fittings, adapters, or valves that were installed, and any joints that were opened or repaired during the retrofit process, using instrument J 39400. 6. Install the Retrofit Label The retrofit label ( P/N 21030857, axial rotation of 250 ) has been developed following SAF specifications to insure a legato conversion from R-12 to R-134a, and to insure a professional set about to the retrofit and a quality repair. Following the instructions in this bulletin will insure that the retrofit meets the SAE standards. Fill in the fresh label using a typewriter or a ball-point pen ( see Figure 6 ). Select a location for the label that will be well visible. Some suggest areas are the radiator support empanel, an area near the existing R-12 charge label, or a apartment surface near the high or low side serve ports. The area selected should be a clean, underhood, paint sheet alloy surface, and should be degreased and wiped toss off with a non-petroleum based clean. Do not install the label on a rubberize come on. Apply the label, then apply the clear overlie to the label. Do not remove, cover, or render indecipherable the existing R-12 commit label. DO cover the R-12 refrigerant charge total on the existing label with an indelible, preferably black, marker. Platform Details Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 969 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 970 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 971 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 972 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 973 FOR ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT GEO, see the “ Compressor Replacement Chart ” at the end of this section. Compressor substitute requirements ARE NOT LISTED in the platform details ( except for application details ), except as note below for Y car and P and Medium Duty hand truck. Compressor Replacement Chart Important : It is crucial to check the date code on the compressor. Any vehicle may have had a compressor replaced either during or after the guarantee time period. The date code will determine whether or not the compressor must be replaced. Compressor Availability A newfangled compressor for use with R-134a systems will be shipped with the adjust come of PAG anoint installed ( see “ IMPORTANT ” below ). Do not add any extra oil in Step 5 of the retrofit procedure if a compressor is to be replaced with a raw R-134a compressor at the same time the initial retrofit is Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 974 being done. crucial : During 1996, “ oil-less ” compressors began to be serviced with NO added petroleum. New depart numbers will be issued, and both the box and the compressor will be intelligibly marked to indicate that no oil is confront. If you receive one of these newer compressors, just add the normal amount of anoint to the system in Step 5 of the retrofit routine ( 8 oz of PAG oil, or 9 oz of PAG oil with V5 compressor ). These “ oil-less ” compressors are compatible with EITHER R12 or R-134a. Geo Models Compressors DO NOT HAVE TO BE REPLACED as separate of the retrofit. New compressors are shipped with enough oil to accommodate the entire A/C arrangement. Do not add extra PAG oil to the system it the compressor is being replaced. 1985-88 Nova, 1989-93 Prizm ( S ) 1. Using the Service Manual, remove the take after components in the decree given : a. Receiver/dryer. b. Loosen evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe ( to be reinstalled ) c. 1985-92 only : Loosen compressor to condenser ( compressor exhaust ) pipe ( to be reinstalled ). d. 1985-88 merely : Service Valve & Extension Housing on compressor ( to be installed ). e. Compressor ( only if being replaced ). 2. Using the Service Manual, install the postdate components in the order given. Be sure to use new 0-rings whenever a refrigerant connection has been disconnected. a. Compressor ( if being replaced ). b. High and humble side arranger fittings ( see Step 3 of the retrofit routine for detail facility instructions ). c. 1985-88 merely : Service Valve & Extension Housing on compressor using new 0-rings. Six small 0-rings and one bombastic 0-ring are required. d. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe 0-ring. e. 1985-92 Compressor to condenser ( discharge ) hose 0-ring. f. Receiver/dryer and 0-rings. R-134a amount : 85-92 – 650 grams ( 1.43 pound ) 93 – 700 grams ( 1.54 pound ) PAG oil measure : 100 milliliter ( 3.0 oz ) Parts Required : Receiver/dryer : 85-88 – 94855761 89-93 – 94855762 Adapter Fittings : moo Side – 94855760 High Side – 94855759 0-Rings : 85-88 Compressor – small 0-rings ( 6 required ) – 94857336 – boastfully 0-ring – 94857337 85-93 Receiver/Dryer ( 2 ) – 94845949 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 975 85-93 Suction hose – 94855765 85-92 Discharge hose – 94845943 1985-88 Sprint, 1989-93 Metro ( M ) 1. Using the Service Manual, remove the following components in the order given : a. Receiver/dryer. b. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe. c. Compressor to condenser ( compressor fire ) pipe. d. Joint service connection on compressor ( to be reinstalled ). e. Compressor ( only if being replaced ). 2. Using the Service Manual, install the trace components in the the arrange given. Be certain to use modern 0-rings whenever a refrigerant connection has been disconnected. a. Compressor ( if being replaced ). barn. High and moo side arranger fittings ( see Step 3 of the retrofit operation for detail facility instructions ). c. Joint service connection to compressor. Use newfangled 0-rings. Six small 0-rings and one large 0-ring are required. d. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe, and raw 0-ring. e. Compressor to condenser ( free ) hose and newly 0-ring. f. Receiver/dryer and 0-ring. R-134a measure : 500 grams ( 1.10 pound ) PAG vegetable oil amount : 100 two hundred ( 3.0 oz ) Parts Required : Receiver/dryer : 85-86 – 91172081 87-88 – 91172079 89-93 – 96068480 Adapter Fittings : moo Side – 91172092 85-88 – high Side – 91172094 89-93 – high Side – 52467941 0-Rings : Compressor – belittled 0-rings ( 6 required ) – 91172095 – big 0-ring – 96068915 Receiver/Dryer ( 2 ) – 96068488 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 976 89-93 – suction hose – 96068490 89-93 – discharge hose – 96068489 suction hose : 85-86 – 91172086 85-86 Dealer installed : 91172087 87-88 – 91172088 89-93 – w/turbo – 96069121 – w/o turbo – 91172089 Discharge hose : 85-86 – 91172082 85-86 Dealer installed : 91172083 87-88 – 91172084 89-93 – 96069024 1989-93 Tracker 1. Using the Service Manual, remove the adopt components in the order given : a. Receiver/dryer. b. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe. c. Compressor to condenser ( compressor discharge ) pipe. d. Joint overhaul connection on compressor ( to be reinstalled ). e. Compressor ( alone if being replaced ). 2. Using the Service Manual, install the comply components in the rate given. Be certain to use fresh 0-rings whenever a refrigerant connection has been disconnected. a. Compressor ( if being replaced ). b. High and broken side arranger fittings ( see Step 3 of the Retrofit routine for detail facility instructions ). c. Joint service connection to compressor. Use new 0-rings. Six little 0-rings and one large 0-ring are required. d. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) organ pipe, and new 0-ring. e. Compressor to condenser ( discharge ) hosiery and new 0-ring. f. Receiver/dryer and 0-ring. R-134a sum : 550 grams ( 1.21 pound ) PAG vegetable oil amount : 100 milliliter ( 3.0 oz ) Parts Required : Receiver/dryer – 91172080 Adapter, Low Side – 91172092 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 977 Adapter, High Side – 91172093 0-Rings : Compressor – small ( 6 ) – 91172095 Large – 96068915 Receiver/dryer ( 2 ) – 96068488 Suction hose – 96068490 Discharge hose – 96068489 Suction hose – 91172091 Discharge hose – 91172085 1985-89 Spectrum and 1990-93 Storm ( R ) 1. Using the Service Manual, remove the pursue components in the ordering given : a. Condenser ( Storm ) or radiator grill ( Spectrum ) ( to be reinstalled ). boron. triple switch ( Storm ) or double press trade ( Spectrum ) ( to be reinstalled ). c. Receiver/dryer. d. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe. e. Check valve from high side overhaul valve ( discard ). f. Compressor ( lone if being replaced ). 2. Using the Service Manual, install the follow components in the club given. Be surely to use raw 0-rings whenever a refrigerant joining has been disconnected. a. Compressor ( if being replaced ). bel. high side adapter match ( see Step 3 of the retrofit routine for detail installation instructions ). low Side – contribution of sucking hose c. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) organ pipe, and new 0-rings. d. Receiver/dryer and 0-rings. e. Triple trade or dual switch, and new 0-ring. f. Condenser or radiator wicket. R-134a sum : 91 – 500 grams ( 1.10 pound ) 92-93 – 600 grams ( 1.32 pound ) PAG oil amount : 150 milliliter ( 4.50 oz ) Parts Required : Receiver/dryer : 85-89 – 97104795 90-91 – 97104797 92-93 – 97104798 Adapter, High Side : Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 978 85-89 – 97104794 90-93 – 97104793 Adapter, Low Side : depart of Hose Asm. 0-rings : Receiver/dryer 85-91 – 94154048 92-93 – 94461700 Switch/pipe – 94461902 suction hose : 85-86 : 1.5L – 97104799 ; 1.6L – 97104800 90-93 : 1.6L – 97104801 ; 1.8L – 97104803 B. General Information Several items affecting the operation and lastingness of the system should be considered : 1. performance When performed properly, the retrofit from R-12 to R-134a will have minimal effect on the system’s performance in most climatic conditions found in the United States and Canada. 2. escape know has shown that most escape in an A/C arrangement is due to leaks at the joints, or through a belittled leak in a hose, normally at the pair. The R-134a molecules are smaller than R-12, and a small leak may result in a firm loss of refrigerant with R-134a. Because of this, it is identical important to leak check all vehicles using the J 39400 leak detector, BEFORE the retrofit is performed, and repair any leaks found. “ 0 ” rings and hoses used in most GM vehicles are compatible with R-134a and do not need substitute during a retrofit. “ 0 ” rings or hoses installed in previous repairs may have been of non-compatible materials if GM parts were not used and will be more probably to deteriorate and leak than the master equipment materials. All “ 0 ” rings and hoses available through GMSP0 are compatible with R-134a. Remember that the normal policy is to replace the “ 0 ” rings whenever a joint is opened for any reason. 3. Desiccant You may have heard that the presently used desiccant in the storage battery is not compatible with R-134a. Extensive test has shown that it is, in fact, suitable for use with R-134a, once it has been in avail in an R-12 system. The accumulator in these models will not have to be changed during the retrofit procedure, unless the vehicle is more than 5 years previous. Vehicles more than 5 years honest-to-god should have the A/D replaced to add modern desiccant for proper system drying. In the event that an accumulator/dryer ( A/D ) needs to be replaced on a retrofit arrangement in the future, alone A/D ‘s with XH-7 desiccant should be used. The military service parts for the 1993 vehicles contain only XH-7 desiccant. The parts for the 1992 and older vehicles may contain either XH-5 or XH-7. Parts containing XH-7 can be identified ( see Figure 1 ) by 1 ) an “ A ” printed on the top of the A/D ; or 2 ) if there is a tag on top of the A/D, there will be a square with an “ A ” inside ; or 3 ) if there is a time code and date printed on top of the A/D barely under the “ Harrison ” logo, the A/D contains XH-7. A/D ‘s containing XH-5 can even be used on R-12 vehicles. 4. Improved cool performance There have been service bulletins issued in the past with information improving the cooling performance of existing R-12 systems. These bulletins can besides be used to improve the operation of retrofit vehicles in high ambient temperature climates. 5. PAG or V5 Oil Compatibility Contrary to information published to date outside of General Motors, mineral anoint and PAG or V5 oil ARE chemically compatible. The mineral oil left in the system after reclaiming the R-12 can remain in the system with no harmful effects. however, the mineral petroleum will not mix with the R-134a, and so will not circulate and perform its lubricating function. Testing has shown that most of the mineral oil will finally collect in the Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 979 storage battery. The arrangement will operate properly arsenic retentive as refrigerant charge amounts are rigorously adhered to. 6. refrigerant Charge Level The retrofit R-134a appoint level is more critical than with R-12 systems. Overcharging may push the mineral oil out of the AID, and cause it to circulate as a liquid. This is more likely to result in compressor damage. undercharge may lead to personnel casualty of operation. It is very authoritative to clear the hoses during the charge operation, to insure that all the refrigerant is delivered to the vehicle A/C system. This is covered in Step 6D of the Retrofit Procedure. C. Parts Information Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 980 Important : All of the adopt parts are NOT NEEDED for a normal retrofit. Follow the bulletin procedures to determine which parts you need ! Individual vehicle kits are not necessary, since most of the parts are generic and merely a few parts are needed for most vehicles. GEO Parts are listed in “ Platform Details. ” Parts are presently available from GMSPO. D. Warranty Information 1. vehicle still Within the Original New Vehicle Limited Warranty Period When GM models for the years listed in the bulletin ask repairs to the refrigerant organization and the vehicles are still covered under the New Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431207E > Jan > 97 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a > Page 981 Vehicle Limited Warranty, dealers are instructed to proceed as follows : crucial : On vehicles equipped with A/C systems NOT produced by GM ( i.e., rear A/C systems in van conversions ), consult the manufacturer of that A/C system for retrofit guidelines. ^ Offer the customer the option of repairing and recharging the system with R12, or retrofitting after animate and recharging with R-134a at no extra mission. ^ Provide the owner with, and review the information contained in, the “ Converting Your Auto Air Conditioning System to Use the New Refrigerant ” booklet. ( Brochure, Form GM-0011, can be ordered spare of charge from GM Fulfillment HQ, Phone 1-800-269-5100 ). ^ Record the customer ‘s choice on the compensate decree and, as with all properly completed rectify orders, ask the customer to sign on the appropriate line acknowledging the repairs requested. ^ Under no circumstances should the retrofit to R-134a be performed unless the customer has had the option explained anterior to repair. Once the vehicle has been retrofitted to R-134a, a significant outgo would be incurred to go back to R-12, in the consequence the customer has changed his/her heed. THIS OFFER APPLIES ONLY TO VEHICLES REQUIRING A/C REFRIGERANT SYSTEM REPAIRS UNDER THE TERMS OF THE NEW VEHICLE LIMITED WARRANTY. It is not a especial policy, and any existing deductibles silent apply. This is merely an choice being offered to the customer during the guarantee period at this clock time. GM reserves the right to terminate this crack at any time. If the R-12 refrigerant organization does not require discharging for a guarantee haunt, but the customer requests a retrofit to R-134a, the retrofit WOULD BE PERFORMED AT THE CUSTOMER’S EXPENSE, EVEN DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD. 2. Customer Paid Retrofitting Costs If the customer requests a retrofit to R-134a, for a particular vehicle whose retrofit parts and procedures have been released in this bulletin, the customer would be expected to pay the costs to retrofit under the come conditions : ^ The vehicle is no long covered by the terms of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. ^ The vehicle is covered by guarantee, but the repair covered under the guarantee does not require evacuate and recharging the refrigerant system. 3. Labor Time Information For Vehicles Repaired Under Warranty : habit existing labor operations for correcting the original condition. The quantity of R-134a used should be charged to the normal labor process ( not D4500 ), good as if it were R-12. Use D4500, 0.3 HR., to charge for parts and labor movement, for all of the follow items : ^ extra meter for recovery of R-12 to meet SAE standards ; ^ Install high and low side service port converter fittings ; ^ Add PAG or V5 retrofit oil ; ^ Complete pronounce data and install. Add 0.2 hours to D4500 for installation of the HPCOS. Use T5321, 0.3 HR., for the Pontiac Bonneville hood varnish installation. ANY PARTS OR LABOR TIME OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED ABOVE SHOULD BE CHARGED TO THE REGULAR LABOR OPERATION CORRESPONDING TO THE ORIGINAL CONDITION THAT 1S cost REPAIRED. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 631209 > May > 96 > A/C – R12 or R134a Service Recommendations Technical Service Bulletin # 631209 Date : 960501 A/C – R12 or R134a Service Recommendations File In section : 1 – HVAC Bulletin No. : 63-12-09 Date : May, 1996 INFORMATION Subject : Service Issues for Vehicles with R12 or R134a Air Conditioning Systems Models : 1988-96 Passenger Cars and Trucks R12 Service Recommendations As you know, production of R12 refrigerant ceased on December 31, 1995. Although R12 will no retentive be manufactured, there is a reserve supply of R12 available. This substitute, along with nonindulgent A/C repair service adhesiveness to proper refrigerant recycle procedures, should assure continue handiness to meet consumers ‘ needs. R12 can and should continue to be used to service vehicles built with R12 A/C systems a long as it is available. If R12 is no longer available or low-cost, a system retrofit use R134a is recommended. R134a IS THE ONLY SUBSTITUTE REFRIGERANT RECOMMENDED BY GM FOR USE IN GM VEHICLE A/C SYSTEMS, AND THEN ONLY AFTER FOLLOWING THE PROPER RETROFIT PROCEDURES FOR THE SPECIFIC MODEL. All new vehicle manufacturers have chosen R134a for retrofit. One of the key reasons is to protect both the servicing diligence and consumers from the high costs that would result from purchasing equipment necessary to service multiple refrigerants. This position besides reduces the threat of recycle refrigerant contamination. GM presently offers a simple, depleted monetary value R12 to R134a retrofit on many of its recently model, front wheel repel passenger cars. Dealers should discuss this capability with owners of these particular models, listed in Retrofit Corporate Bulletin # 43-12-07D, whenever a rectify to the A/C refrigerant system is required. early retrofit of these specific models will aid in prolonging handiness of the R12 provision and provide trader servicing technicians the opportunity to become more familiar with the proper procedures for performing a retrofit. Remember – R12 and R134a refrigerant are not interchangeable ! They can not be mix together. In fact, despite the claims of some refrigerant manufacturers, no proposed R12 refrigerant utility can be added to, mix with or used to “ top off ” an R12 system. Under provisions of law covering the service of refrigerants, mixing unlike refrigerant products during service is prohibited. To Summarize GM R12 Service Policy 1. Service R12 vehicles with good quality new or recycle R12 american samoa farseeing as it is available. 2. Purchase R12 from a authentic supplier. GMSPO has a supply of high timbre R12 available. Dealers are requested to use only R12 supplied by GMSPO for guarantee repairs. This high quality refrigerant will insure system performance and avoid the possibility of introducing contaminated material into the customer ‘s A/C arrangement. 3. cautiously test recovered R12 using the PureGuard monitor. On convalescence equipment not protected by the PureGuard, always test the convalescence cylinder prior to recharging a vehicle A/C system. 4. Discuss the R12 to R134a retrofit option with owners of GM vehicles listed in Retrofit Corporate Bulletin # 43-12-07D. Provide owner with a copy of the tract “ Converting Your Auto Air Conditioning System to Use the New Refrigerant ”. 5. Become companion with retrofit procedures and drill caution in the handle of unalike refrigerants to prevent contaminant. R134A Service Recommendations When servicing a previously retrofitted vehicle, there is concern that if all of the R12 is not completely removed prior to the retrofit operation, it could contaminate your R134a equipment and convalescence tank when a subsequent A/C repair is performed. Although the number of retrofits being performed nowadays is minimal, the volume will increase as R12 prices rise. GM Service Technology Group is in the serve of field testing a new R134a refrigerant honor examiner like to the PureGuard R12 refrigerant tester you now use. This new tool will mount to your ACR4 R134a Recovery Recycle and Recharge cart and sample all R134a refrigerant prior to recovery. It is expected that testing of this cock will be completed this year. This new instrument, the Pureguard 2, will besides test vehicles and your recycle cooler for air contamination, which is threatening A/C system performance. high levels of publicize have been found in the recovery tanks on a phone number of R12 and R134a recovery carts. Air contamination is caused by improper recovery Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 631209 > May > 96 > A/C – R12 or R134a Service Recommendations > Page 986 procedures and short-cutting refrigerant recycling times. Use the follow operation for testing and correcting air contamination in your A/C overhaul equipment. 1. Make certain that the ACR4 equipment has not been used for at least 12 hours. It is recommended that the equipment be left in an area where the temperature will remain constant overnight to allow the temperature of the refrigerant in the tank to stabilize. 2. Record the surrounding air temperature next to the ACR4 refrigerant tank. authoritative : A major assumption is that the ambient air temperature next to the tank represents the refrigerant temperature in the tank. failure to take care in measuring the temperature could result in unnecessary work. 3. Close both liquid ( blue ) and vapor ( red ) valves on the ACR4 tank car. 4. Disconnect low side ( blue ) service hose from the binding of the ACR4. 5. lento disconnect the tank vaporization hose ( bolshevik ) from the back of the ACR4 and connect it to the moo side servicing port. 6. Open the vaporization ( red ) valve on the tank and criminal record the tank pressure on the low english pot. 7. Restore hoses to the original military position. 8. Referring to the Table, find the ambient temperature measured in Step 2. Compare the pressure reading from Step 6 to the “ utmost permissible imperativeness ”. If the atmospheric pressure reading from Step 6 is less than the “ maximum allowable blackmail ”, no far action is necessary. crucial : The closer the tank pressure is to the desired tank car pressure, the better the A/C system will perform. 9. If the pressure reading from Step 6 exceeds the maximum allowable coerce from the Table, exposed both tank valves and operate the ACR4 through 4 or 5 emptying cycles. This will activate the automatic air vomit to lower the cooler press. important : post should not be connected to fomite. 10. Repeat the tank car pressure checking procedure the future day to determine if the pressure has been reduced to acceptable levels. If the cooler pressure has been reduced but is not acceptable, hertz with ACR4 through more elimination cycles and recheck the adjacent day. Continue process until acceptable pressure is obtained. If the tank pressure is not reduced through the emptying cycle, then Kent-Moore should be contacted at 1-800-345-2233. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 531205 > May > 95 > Contaminated R12 Refrigerant – Testing & Handling refrigerant : technical Service Bulletins Contaminated R12 Refrigerant – Testing & Handling FILE IN SECTION : 1 – HVAC BULLETIN NO. : 53-12-05 date : May, 1995 subject : Contaminated R12 Refrigerant Testing and Handling MODELS : 1994 and Prior Passenger Cars and Trucks with R12 A/C Systems The J 39851 “ PureGuard ” R12 refrigerant monitor was recently shipped to all GM dealers as an necessity tool to test R12 refrigerant. Dealers are strongly urged to install this protective device on their ACR3 or other R12 convalescence equipment immediately. The PureGuard is easily installed on any convalescence haul ( 20 minutes ), requires no recovery handcart modifications, is in full automatic rifle ( no train required ) and does not increase the time required to perform normal A/C serve procedures. Proper function of this cock can : ^ Prevent damage to your R12 recovery/recycling equipment. ^ Prevent contamination of previously recovered R12 in the recovery tank. ^ Prevent loss of your recuperate R12 as contaminated refrigerant will activate automatic pistol air purify system. ^ Prevent the spread of contaminate R12 to other vehicles you service. If your franchise has multiple R12 convalescence stations which are not protected, use the PureGuard to check the refrigerant in these convalescence tanks for contamination at least once each workweek. Simply connect the PureGuard blue service hose ( that would normally be connected to the vehicle low side service port ) to the crimson or vapor side of any recovery cart tank and run the test. It is besides important to check a tank containing recovered/recycled substantial for purity before facility on your charging equipment. even newfangled R12 refrigerant purchased from sources other than GM should be tested for contaminant anterior to use. Sources of Contaminated R12 Refrigerant Since refrigerant testing has not been a criterion commit in the mobile A/C repair diligence, the come of R12 refrigerant contaminant is unknown. As R12 prices rise and supplies are depleted, it is anticipated that contaminated R12 refrigerant may become more prevailing from the follow adenine well as other sources : ^ The practice of R12 refrigerant substitutes without facility of unique service fittings and proper identification label. ^ Improper use of R12 substitutes, such as topping off R12 systems with R134a or other refrigerants available to “ do-it-yourselfers ”. ^ Poor quality or contaminated new or reprocessed R12 refrigerant. R12 can and should continue to be used to service vehicles built with R12 ampere long as it is available. Combining any refrigerant with R12 results in a refrigerant mix which can not be used in an A/C system. R134a is the only utility refrigerant approved by GM and should only be used when the allow retrofit service bulletin procedures are explicitly followed. Use of any early substitute refrigerant requires the purchase of extra dedicate convalescence, recycling ( if applicable ) and charging equipment to service each substitute refrigerant used. however, you should know that the Environmental Protection Agency ( EPA ) has listed several products as acceptable replacements for R12 mobile A/C systems under the Significant New Alternatives Policy ( SNAP ). Some of these products are : R134a, R401c ( a DuPont refrigerant blend ) and FRIGC ( another refrigerant blend ). It is authoritative to understand that the SNAP platform only considers the health, base hit and environmental characteristics of a chemical. It does not test for A/C system cooling performance or lastingness. That opinion is deferred to the vehicle manufacturer. Use of any R12 refrigerant alternate without dedicated military service equipment, alone fittings, labels and refrigerant testing prior to recovery, could result in contamination of the R12 supply and the passing of the R12 recycling platform. What To Do When Contamination is Detected Repeat the quiz to verify contaminated refrigerant is present. clear the PureGuard following the instructions listed on the confront panel, then perform a irregular test to verify that the vehicle A/C system contains contaminated or mix refrigerant. Contact the vehicle owner to advise that previous A/C organization repairs were apparently performed with an R12 refrigerant utility. Suggest the owner Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 531205 > May > 95 > Contaminated R12 Refrigerant – Testing & Handling > Page 991 liaison or return to the previous repair facility. Explain that environmental regulations prohibit haunt facilities from discharging ozone depleting A/C refrigerants into the atmosphere. Explain that recovery of this strange refrigerant could damage your service equipment. If the customer wishes to pursue repairs through your facility, it is recommended that the proper A/C service equipment be purchased. General Motors recommends the Kent-Moore J 41428 ” scavenger ”, an breeze operated refrigerant recovery post, be used to remove unknown refrigerants. The air out operated feature reduces the venture of recovering potentially flammable refrigerants. Dealers should evaluate the need to purchase the equipment based on the number of contaminated vehicles they encounter. As an alternative to the initial purchase of a recovery only station, dealers should check locally for A/C specialization shops which may have the equipment to service alternate or contaminated refrigerants. They may be able to provide contaminated refrigerant convalescence service to the dealer. The GM Service Technology Group has tested a recovery operation where a 15 or 30 pound DOT approved refillable tank is fully evacuated then connected to a vehicle A/C system to recover the charge. Testing has shown that even when the convalescence tank is cooled down in dry ice, the procedure does not guarantee the entire charge will be recovered. Since EPA regulations require wide recovery of ozone consume substances, GM does not recommend this operation. Contaminated Refrigerant Disposal Although A/C refrigerant test and disposal have not been a service drill in the mobile A/C industry, It has been common in the stationary A/C service industry for many years. Listed at the goal of this bulletin are companies that provide refrigerant disposal service for the stationary A/C diligence. Please be advised that GM has not independently evaluated these companies and is not in any way endorsing or promoting the use of these companies. Each of these companies has expressed an sake in providing refrigerant disposal service to GM dealers. In working with the stationary A/C industry, these companies typically receive boastfully volumes of different refrigerants that have been mixed together. unfortunately, because the bulk of material returned by the mobile A/C diligence will be in much smaller quantities, the monetary value of handling will be greater. To arrange for return of the refrigerant, plainly call the company nearest you using the phone number listed below. The company will advise you on placard and ship procedures. Disposal cost will vary between $ 3.00 and $ 5.00 per pound plus freight and cover. embark charges will vary by distance and placement. In general, a 7 to 10 day turn-around time on the tank can be expected. The tank can be shipped via park carrier. Documents that your refrigerant has been properly disposed of will be sent to you with the fall of your tank. As an alternative, many dealerships already have contracts in place with a disposal company who manages their hazardous wastes. In these cases, the disposal service may agree to handle containers of interracial refrigerants. initially, the local anesthetic administration companies may be surprised by this inquiry. They may want to evaluate how much corporeal will be collected before deciding whether to provide this service. As we move ahead with the exercise of testing R12 refrigerant, it will take time for all the questions to be answered. STG will provide extra data equally soon as it is available. Understanding The PureGuard The PureGuard is a highly sensitive legal document capable of detecting R12 with 3 % or less cross-contamination with other refrigerants. Any refrigerant concoction in excess of this amount poses a threat to both your refrigerant supply and recovery equipment. The PureGuard uses a pass/fail border on when monitoring the refrigerant and is precisely calibrated to cut power to the recovery machine if it encounters R12 shuffle with any utility refrigerants. The PureGuard ignores the presence of the tune, dyes or oils in the refrigerant sampled. At least 20 psi must be show in the vehicle ‘s A/C system for the PureGuard to serve. otherwise, refrigerant can not be introduced to the PureGuard ‘s examination chamber. If a fomite ‘s A/C arrangement contains less than 20 pounds per square inch, it is an indication that the fomite ‘s system is about depleted of refrigerant. occasionally, erratic PureGuard process or service code 002 display will be encountered when A/C system pressure is precisely 20 psi. If this occurs, merely hertz the on/off switch over to reset the PureGuard. After the 30 second PureGuard warm-up cycle, proceed immediately with vehicle recovery operation. feedback from the field has indicated PureGuard military service code 002 will besides be displayed if the oil drain port is not sealed. Make sure the “ 0 ” ring seal in the cap is in put and that the capital is tight. If the PureGuard fails to clear or if you experience any other problems operating the PureGuard, contact Kent-Moore Technical Service at 1-800-345-2233. The unit should not be returned without beginning contacting Kent-Moore to obtain recurrence authority. Refrigerant Disposal Locations : United States Refrigerant Reclamation Inc. 12420 North Green River Rd. Evansville, IN 47711 800-207-5931, FAX – 812-867-1463 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 531205 > May > 95 > Contaminated R12 Refrigerant – Testing & Handling > Page 992 Omega Refrigerant Reclamation 5263 North Fourth St. Irwindale, CA 91706 310-698-0991, FAX 310-696-1908 Refrigerant Management Svcs of Georgia 216 F. Atlanta Hwy. Cumming, GA 30130 Ph/FAX 800-347-5872 Refrigerant Reclaim Inc. 122 Old Stage Coach Rd. Dumfries, VA 22026 800-238-5902, FAX 703-441-0393 Gartech Refrigerant Reclamation Ctr. 2002 Platinum Garland, TX 75042 214-272-4070, FAX 214-272-8548 National Refrigerants, Inc. 11401 Roosevelt Blvd. Philadelphia, PA 19154 215-698-6620, FAX 215-602-8205 CFC Reclamation 1321 Swift North Kansas City, MO 64116 816-471-2511 Full Cycle-Global 550 James Street Lakewood, NJ 08701 908-370-3400, FAX – 908-370-3088 Refrigerant Reclaim Svcs, Inc. dba Full Cycle-Global 121 S. Norwood Drive Ft. Worth, TX 76053-7807 817-282-0022, FAX – 800-831-6182 Full Cycle-Global 2055 Silber, Ste. 109 Houston, TX 77055 713-681-7370, FAX – 713-681-9947 Full Cycle-Global 343 South Airline Hwy. Gonzales, LA 70737 504-644-5303, FAX – 504-644-1809 Full Cycle-Global 2966 Wireton Blue Island, IL 60406 708-388-8551, FAX – 708-388-8550 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431223 > Sep > 94 > A/C Refrigerant – contaminant refrigerant : technical Service Bulletins A/C Refrigerant – contamination File In section : 1 – HVAC Bulletin No. : 43-12-23 date : September, 1994 subject : Contaminated A/C Refrigerant Models : 1994 and Prior Passenger Cars and Trucks with R12 Air Conditioning Systems Government regulations limit the output of R12 refrigerant, normally referred to as Freon, during 1994/1995 and restrict manufacture of fresh R12 corporeal effective January 1, 1996. As R12 prices get up and supplies are depleted, it is anticipated non-approved ersatz refrigerants and/or poor people quality R12 fabric sold as new or reprocessed may become more prevailing. The Mobile Air Conditioning Society ( MACS ) recently expressed business over reports of the sale of R12 refrigerant containing american samoa eminent as 15 % contamination by R22, a refrigerant normally used in stationary home systems but unsuitable for habit in mobile units. GM dealers should be careful to protect against contaminating their existing supplies of R12 or the A/C systems in customers’ vehicles they service by dealing with reputable suppliers. All R12 refrigerant purchased for guarantee repairs should be purchased through GM SPO to ensure GM quality standards are met. The use of non-approved R12 refrigerant substitutes, some of which contain flammable materials, has besides been reported by MACS. These products are available to “ do-it-yourselfers ” who, in many cases, believe they are harmless replacements for the small cans of R12 used so normally in the by. once added to the A/C arrangement, the vehicle can no farseeing be serviced using R12 recovery/recycling equipment without : – Risking permanent damage to recovery/recycling equipment – Contaminating the previously recovered R12 material in the convalescence tank – Spreading the contamination when the recovered material is used to charge early vehicles or – potential loss of the recovered material if the pollute tied is high enough to activate the publicize purge system Contaminated refrigerant besides impacts customer satisfaction through poor fomite A/C performance and loss of A/C system compressor/component lastingness. system or component failure resulting from the use of refrigerant which does not meet GM specification is not covered by the “ New Vehicle Warranty ”. unfortunately, there is no elementary method acting to identify if a “ do-it-yourself ” or repair patronize has added to or recharged a system with a non-approved refrigerant. The inability to protect against the diffuse of contaminated refrigerant threatens the recycling course of study and the industry ‘s desire to maximize habit of the remaining R12 add. Beginning in 1993, General Motors STG, Harrison Division, Research Labs and Kent-Moore worked in conjunction with suppliers of assorted technologies to develop a tester to identify contaminate refrigerant in fomite A/C systems before recovery. During development of the engineering, several principal service director focus group studies were conducted to identify purpose features to best courtship franchise needs. The discussions and surveys clearly indicated the desire for a dedicate instrument, permanently mounted to the refrigerant recovery haul to ensure ALL vehicles are automatically tested anterior to recovering refrigerant. Testing ALL refrigerant for contaminant anterior to recovery is the only means to ensure customer gratification, protect recovery equipment and keep off unintentional discharge of refrigerant by your franchise. General Motors has evaluated all available technology for this undertaking and alone the J 39851 R12 ” Pureguard ” meets General Motors ‘ specifications. The J 39851 R12 Pureguard Refrigerant Monitor has been classified as an essential creature and will be shipped by Kent-Moore to your franchise beginning in September of 1994. The essential price of the R12 “ Pureguard ” is $ 561 ( for canadian dealers the price is $ 800 Canadian ). If your franchise has multiple R12 convalescence equipment, extra units may be ordered from Kent-Moore for $ 561 at 1-800-345-2233. Features of the R12 “ Pureguard ” admit : – universally mounts to R12 Recovery Equipment – automatically interrupts office to the Recovery Equipment when contaminated refrigerant is identified – in full automatic design does not require technician action, discipline or interpretation – LCD displays Pureguard functions Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 431223 > Sep > 94 > A/C Refrigerant – contaminant > Page 997 – Meets GM contaminant sensitivity requirements – Self calibrating – Micro-processor controlled – audio alarm alerts technician early refrigerant Identifiers are being advertised which may be available this A/C temper. however, ONLY the Kent-Moore J 39851 R12 “ Pureguard ” meets General Motors ‘ current specifications which ensure recovered refrigerant is compatible with General Motors vehicles and General Motors approved recovery systems. An R134a Pureguard Refrigerant Identifier is presently under development and is anticipated to be available in early 1995. The contamination of R134a refrigerant is not expected to be a business until the program to retrofit R12 vehicles to R134a become more widely used. future bulletins will be issued to address the recovery and disposal of contaminated refrigerant. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 331226 > Jan > 94 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 Vehicles to R-134A Refrigerant : technical Service Bulletins A/C – Retrofitting R-12 Vehicles to R-134A Group Ref. : HVAC Bulletin No. : 331226 date : January, 1994 INFORMATION SUBJECT : retrofit R-12 VEHICLES TO R-134a MODELS : 1994 AND PRIOR YEARS, PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS WITH R-12 A/C SYSTEMS There has been a great cover of information presented by the media regarding the motivation to retrofit vehicles produced with R-12, to a ersatz refrigerant. This bulletin will outline GM ‘s situation and future plans on this subject. Most authoritative, there is presently NO necessity to retrofit any R-12 vehicle. Vehicles built with R-12 can be serviced with R-12, arsenic long as the refrigerant is available. At some orient in time, R-12 may become either besides barely or besides expensive to economically justify service on some vehicles with R-12. By that time, GM will provide you with instructions on retrofitting those vehicles from R-12 to R-134a. GM vehicle divisions, platforms, and part suppliers have been actively working on the details of retrofitting R-12 vehicles. An enormous amount of make is required to determine how hundreds of vehicle models can be satisfactorily retrofitted. extra information will be provided as it becomes available. The surveil items contain crucial technical information that should answer many of the questions, and correct some misconceptions reported in the media. stand-in REFRIGERANTS R-134a is the only approve alternate refrigerant that GM recommends and it should only be used if a accomplished retrofit procedure has been performed. none of the other refrigerants presently being marketed as substitute or drop-in substitutes for R-12 are approved for manipulation in GM vehicles. R-12 and R-134a are not exchangeable. R-134a can not be added to fill a depleted R-12 system. The combination of the two materials can cause high system pressures, which could cause damage to the system. Retrofitting an R-12 fomite to R-134a requires careful training to insure that neither the vehicle nor the A/C service equipment has become contaminated. remainder MINERAL OIL The business that mineral oil is chemically inappropriate with R-134a and/or PAG lubricant has been proven to be untrue. A normal care of mineral oil left in the A/C system after a retrofit to R-134a will not damage the organization. mineral anoint, however, does not mix well with R-134a, and will not provide adequate lubrication. Tests on both the orifice tube and TXV systems show that the mineral petroleum parks in places such as the storage battery, and does not appreciably feign operation or damage the system. The retrofit overhaul bulletin will specify the decline oil to be used. It is important that this anoint recommendation be followed carefully. RESIDUAL R-12 Residual R-12 left in a organization, due to improper retrofit serve procedures, may result in system damage unless the remainder R-12 is kept below the 2 percentage limit specified by the Society of Automotive Engineers ‘ Specification J-1661. New service methods are being developed to minimize the level of R-12 remaining in the A/C system after the retrofit procedure is completed. Following these new procedures will be critical to insure that the above limits are met. SYSTEM FLUSHING R-11, a material normally used as an A/C system flushing solvent, has been found to be chemically inappropriate with PAG lubricant. Technicians should be aware that remainder R-11 remaining in an R-12 system will be very damaging if the vehicle is retrofitted to R-134a late in its life. For many years GM has recommended the use of in-line filters as an alternative to system flushing. SYSTEM FLUSHING, USING EITHER R-11 OR ANY OTHER FLUSHING MATERIAL, IS NOT APPROVED BY GM FOR ANY A/C SYSTEM. DESICCANT PROTECTION Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 331226 > Jan > 94 > A/C – Retrofitting R-12 Vehicles to R-134A > Page 1002 It has been reported that the desiccant ( moisture absorption substantial ) used in 1992 and older R-12 A/C systems is uncongenial with R-134a and PAG anoint. The older desiccant was designed specifically for R-12 systems, but testing has shown that it is NOT necessity to replace the older desiccant just because the vehicle is being retrofitted to R-134a. 1993 and newer GM vehicles use desiccant designed to be compatible with both R-12 and R-134a systems. The sum of desiccant used in most GM vehicles is designed to last for at least seven years. To help maintain adequate protection for vehicles that must be retrofitted, it is recommended that the accumulator/dryer, which contains the desiccant, be replaced if the vehicle is more than five years old. “ O ” RINGS While continuing to service with R-12, be certain to use “ O ” rings and varnish materials which are compatible with R-134a and PAG vegetable oil. This rehearse will eliminate business in case the vehicle requires retrofitting later in its life. All “ O ” rings and cachet materials available from GMSPO are compatible with R-134a systems. RETROFITTED SYSTEM PERFORMANCE Currently, it appears that for most GM vehicles, the retrofit operation will require minimal changes to the existing arrangement. Some vehicles may need extra parts and/or procedures to provide satisfactory performance and/or lastingness. Our testing has shown that vehicles that have undergone recommended retrofit procedures will, in most climatic conditions, be minimally affected in terms of A/C operation. service POLICY Basic servicing policy is as follows : During Warranty – If an R-12 produced fomite A/C system must be repaired or recharged under guarantee, repairs will be completed using R-12. If R-12 is unavailable or unaffordable, GM will notify the dealer soundbox and will pay for the guarantee rectify and the retrofit to R-134a. note : It a customer requests that an in-warranty vehicle be converted to R-134a, and the R-12 system is functioning by rights, the customer will be expected to pay for the retrofit. Out of Warranty – The cost of the conversion will be the province of the customer. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > 922501A > Aug > 92 > A/C – use of Alternate Refrigerants In CFC 12 Refrigerant : technical Service Bulletins A/C – use of Alternate Refrigerants In CFC 12 Number : 92-250-1A section : 0A date : august 1992 Corporate Bulletin No. : 231205 ASE No. : A7 capable : use OF ALTERNATE REFRIGERANTS IN CFC 12 REFRIGERANT MOBILE AIR CONDITIONERS Model and Year : GALL MODEL YEARS – all PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS INCLUDING GEO A number of inquiries have been received concerning the use of “ alternate refrigerants ” as a successor for R-12 refrigerant in General Motors atmosphere conditioning systems. Regardless of any advertise claims, there are presently no substitutes for refrigerant R-12 approved by General Motors. At the stage time, only new or recycle R-12 is approved for function in General Motors R-12 breeze conditioning systems. Based on studies performed to date, the use of “ alternate refrigerants ” in General Motors R-12 air conditioning systems may result in higher system pressures, higher leak rates or incompatibility with dry and seal materials. System performance and dependability may besides be affected. Service equipment manufacturers have indicated that cross-contaminating R-12 recovery/recycling equipment with “ alternate refrigerants ” may damage the equipment. General Motors supports the society of Automotive Engineers recommended avail procedures for recovery and recycle of R-12. The use of known “ alternate refrigerants ” without proper military service practices for identifying vehicle systems containing these “ alternate refrigerants ” and dedicated recovery equipment to overhaul those vehicles will contaminate the recycle provide of R-12 refrigerant. contamination of the recycle R-12 refrigerant makes the refrigerant unserviceable for recharging publicize conditioning systems and could jeopardize the recycling program. At the confront time, General Motors has not approved any “ alternate refrigerant ” for R-12 in R-12 publicize conditioning systems. therefore, R-12 systems should continue to be serviced with fresh or recycled R-12 entirely. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1007 refrigerant : technical Service Bulletins A/C Refrigerant – contamination File In section : 1 – HVAC Bulletin No. : 43-12-23 date : September, 1994 discipline : Contaminated A/C Refrigerant Models : 1994 and Prior Passenger Cars and Trucks with R12 Air Conditioning Systems Government regulations limit the production of R12 refrigerant, normally referred to as Freon, during 1994/1995 and restrict manufacture of fresh R12 material effective January 1, 1996. As R12 prices rise and supplies are depleted, it is anticipated non-approved utility refrigerants and/or inadequate quality R12 material sold as fresh or reprocessed may become more prevailing. The Mobile Air Conditioning Society ( MACS ) recently expressed concern over reports of the sale of R12 refrigerant containing ampere high as 15 % contaminant by R22, a refrigerant normally used in stationary home systems but inapplicable for consumption in mobile units. GM dealers should be careful to protect against contaminating their existing supplies of R12 or the A/C systems in customers’ vehicles they service by dealing with reputable suppliers. All R12 refrigerant purchased for guarantee repairs should be purchased through GM SPO to ensure GM choice standards are met. The use of non-approved R12 refrigerant substitutes, some of which contain flammable materials, has besides been reported by MACS. These products are available to “ do-it-yourselfers ” who, in many cases, believe they are harmless replacements for the small cans of R12 used so normally in the by. once added to the A/C system, the vehicle can no farseeing be serviced using R12 recovery/recycling equipment without : – Risking permanent price to recovery/recycling equipment – Contaminating the previously recovered R12 material in the recovery tank – Spreading the contamination when the recovered fabric is used to charge other vehicles or – possible loss of the recovered corporeal if the contaminated level is high enough to activate the air purge system Contaminated refrigerant besides impacts customer satisfaction through poor vehicle A/C performance and loss of A/C arrangement compressor/component lastingness. system or component failure resulting from the practice of refrigerant which does not meet GM specification is not covered by the “ New Vehicle Warranty ”. unfortunately, there is no elementary method to identify if a “ do-it-yourself ” or rectify denounce has added to or recharged a system with a non-approved refrigerant. The inability to protect against the diffuse of contaminated refrigerant threatens the recycling program and the diligence ‘s desire to maximize function of the remaining R12 add. Beginning in 1993, General Motors STG, Harrison Division, Research Labs and Kent-Moore worked in junction with suppliers of assorted technologies to develop a examiner to identify contaminate refrigerant in vehicle A/C systems before convalescence. During development of the technology, respective principal service coach focus group studies were conducted to identify design features to best suit franchise needs. The discussions and surveys intelligibly indicated the desire for a dedicated legal document, permanently mounted to the refrigerant recovery cart to ensure ALL vehicles are automatically tested anterior to recovering refrigerant. Testing ALL refrigerant for contaminant prior to recovery is the only means to ensure customer gratification, protect convalescence equipment and invalidate unintentional vent of refrigerant by your franchise. General Motors has evaluated all available technology for this visualize and only the J 39851 R12 ” Pureguard ” meets General Motors ‘ specifications. The J 39851 R12 Pureguard Refrigerant Monitor has been classified as an essential tool and will be shipped by Kent-Moore to your franchise beginning in September of 1994. The essential price of the R12 “ Pureguard ” is $ 561 ( for canadian dealers the price is $ 800 Canadian ). If your franchise has multiple R12 convalescence equipment, extra units may be ordered from Kent-Moore for $ 561 at 1-800-345-2233. Features of the R12 “ Pureguard ” include : – universally mounts to R12 Recovery Equipment – automatically interrupts office to the Recovery Equipment when contaminated refrigerant is identified – amply automatic invention does not require technician natural process, discipline or interpretation – LCD displays Pureguard functions Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1008 – Meets GM contaminant sensitivity requirements – Self calibrating – Micro-processor controlled – audio alarm alerts technician other refrigerant Identifiers are being advertised which may be available this A/C temper. however, ONLY the Kent-Moore J 39851 R12 “ Pureguard ” meets General Motors ‘ current specifications which ensure recovered refrigerant is compatible with General Motors vehicles and General Motors approved recovery systems. An R134a Pureguard Refrigerant Identifier is presently under development and is anticipated to be available in early 1995. The contamination of R134a refrigerant is not expected to be a refer until the platform to retrofit R12 vehicles to R134a become more widely used. future bulletins will be issued to address the recovery and disposal of contaminated refrigerant. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > foliate 1009 Technical Service Bulletin # 431207E Date : 970101 A/C – Retrofitting R-12 to R-134a File In section : 1 – HVAC Bulletin No. : 43-12-07E date : January, 1997 INFORMATION Subject : Guidelines for Retrofitting R-12 Vehicles to R-134a Models : 1984-94 Passenger Cars and Trucks ( See List Below ) This bulletin is being revised with the follow changes : 1. addition of all remaining GM vehicles, as listed. 2. Format rearranged for easier use. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 43-12-07D ( Section 1 – HVAC ). Car/Truck Platform Coverage Starts : 1984 – a, B, D, E, F, J, K, P, Y Carlines 1985 – C, M, N, R, S Carlines 1986 – H Carline 1987 – liter, V ( Allante ) Car lines ; M/L, G, R/V, S/T, P Truck lines 1988 – T ( LeMans ), E ( Reatta ), W Car lines ; C/k, MED. Duty Truck lines 1989 – tracker 1990 – U Van Vehicles not Covered : T ( Chevette and T1000 ), G RWD, C RWD, and X Car If a vehicle is not covered in the list above, GM ‘s recommendation is that the vehicle proceed to be serviced with R-12. This bulletin outlines the detail retrofit procedures, ampere well as providing background information on many components and procedures. It is crucial to follow the bulletin, since each car and truck line has unique parts and procedures. however, the basic routine is elementary, and will become easier as you complete more retrofits. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1010 retrofit Requirements The customer should be reminded that there is NO requirement in the U.S. to retrofit any vehicle produced with R-12. Vehicles built with R-12 can be serviced with R-12 ampere long as it is available ( except in certain canadian Provinces ). GM has taken steps to extend the provide of R-12 and recommends that all R-12 vehicles continue to be serviced with R-12 american samoa hanker as it is available. Training Video Before doing a retrofit the first time, it is recommended that you view the Certified Plus Training Video, Program act 51010.15, “ R-134a retrofit for GM Cars and Trucks ”. table of Contents A. Retrofit Procedure 1. visit Condition of Vehicle 2. Recover the R-12 ( modern method ) 3. Install the military service port conversion fittings 4. Install any extra parts needed 5. evacuate and recharge with new PAG or V5 retrofit vegetable oil and R-134a 6. Install the retrofit tag Platform Details Compressor Replacement Chart B. General Information 1. operation 2. Leakage 3. desiccant 4. Improved Cooling Performance 5. PAG or V5 Oil Compatibility 6. refrigerant Oil Level Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1011 C. Parts Information D. Warranty Information 1. vehicle even in Warranty 2. Customer Paid ‘ Retrofitting Costs 3. Labor Time Information Notes on Retrofit Important : Before proceeding with any retrofit, make certain you have all component Parts required on hand to perform a proper and complete animate with Minimal downtime. R-12 Removal Prior to Retrofit To prepare a system for retrofitting, the R-12 must be recovered and the system must be wholly evacuated. evacuation is necessary to insure that small amounts of R-12 and air remaining in the system are removed. This will prevent cross contamination of the two refrigerants, which could lead to reduced A/C system dependability and performance. It is identical authoritative that the specified times for waiting after convalescence and emptying not be reduced. This meter is required to sufficiently remove remainder R-12 from the oil in the system. A considerable total of testing has determined that the surveil procedure is required to achieve satisfactory results and conform to SAE J 1661 : 1. inspect Condition of Vehicle Install the gauge set on the high gear and low side ports. Use normal diagnostic procedures to find the causal agent of the vehicle ‘s reported stipulate. One of three conditions will exist with the refrigerant arrangement : a. organization pressure right, no leaks – proceed to Step 2 ( Recovery ). This would normally apply when : 1. The system must be recovered/recharged for a repair to a system other than the A/C system, or 2. Where the A/C arrangement condition did not involve leaks, but requires recovery/recharge to replace a component. b. Compressor not operating, but some accusation. leak test to find the leak, complete dance step 2 ( Recovery ), then correct the leak before proceeding with Step 3 ( Conversion port facility ). c. No blame in system – proceed with the Conversion port facility in Step 3. Use the ACR4 to evacuate for 5 minutes. If the leak can be heard, repair the leak. If the leak can not be heard, charge with 1/2 lumber of R-134a. Leak test with the J 39400 Leak Detector, recover the R-134a, repair any extra leaks found, and proceed with the emptying in Step 5. 2. Recover the R-12 from the System Notice : THIS PROCEDURE IS DIFFERENT THAN THE NORMAL ( NON-RETROFIT ) RECOVERY PROCEDURE. R-12 will be recovered through the HIGH SIDE SERVICE PORT ONLY, WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING. Recovery through the low english will not efficaciously remove the R-12 from the storage battery, resulting in possible damage to the retrofit system. crucial : vehicle must be above 50° F ( 10° C ) to allow for complete recovery of the R-12. If it is not, either allow it to warm up in the shop nightlong, or increase the emptying prison term in Step 5.a to 30 minutes. a. Connect the convalescence hose from the R-12 recovery cart ( ACR3 ) to the in-between port of the A/C gauge set. Open the anoint enfeeble valve on the ACR3 cart long adequate to drain the oil. failure to do so could cause excessive amounts of vegetable oil to build up in the centrifuge, resulting in damage to the convalescence cart compressor. b-complex vitamin. Start the engine. Leave the hood up, and the windows open. On vehicles with manual A/C controls, set the A/C controls to normal A/C mode, senior high school blower, and temperature control to broad cold. On cars with automatic rifle A/C controls, set the temperature to 75° F, “ AUTO ” modality, and manually choice high cetacean. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1012 Make certain the vehicle compressor is engaged. Turn the handcart on and start the convalescence cycle. OPEN ONLY THE HIGH SIDE VALVE ON THE GAUGE SET. The vehicle organization should finally shut the compressor off. If the broken side pressure drops below 15 psi, and the compressor does not turn off, turn it off now ( go to “ VENT ” or “ ECON ” manner ), but leave the engine running and the cetacean on ” high ”. c. After the convalescence haul shuts off the first meter, wait 5 minutes. If the pressure on either the high or the low english rises above 0 psi, restart the convalescence summons. After the moment shutoff, wait 2 minutes. If the atmospheric pressure again rises above 0 psi, restart, and after shutoff, again wait 2 minutes. The process can be stopped when the press does not rise above 0 psi after 2 minutes. The locomotive can be shut off at this prison term. d. Remove the R-12 domesticate hose and the gauge set from the vehicle. Any repairs needed should be done at this time. If any components other than the compressor are replaced, they should be installed dry, and no extra oil should be added. 3. Install the Service Port Conversion Fittings Important : For GEO vehicles, omission to Step 4. Fitting initiation is covered in that step. For vehicles that require a HPCOS, see step 4. Some of these vehicles use a particular combination equip to mount the HPCOS, which includes the high side service port equip and the HPCOS port. The depleted slope fit is installed as detailed downstairs. See “ Platform Details ” for further information. significant : A new tool kit, P/N J 39500-250, has been released. This kit contains the watch items : ^ J 39500-71 Oil Injection Bottle Conversion Kit ( includes 3 12 oz bottles, an extender metro, caps, and fittings ) ^ J 39500-275 Tool kit, including the succeed : ( See Figure 2 ) – joule 34611-A Double ended valve core remover – J 25498-A High english adapter fitting – J 38702 Deep valve core adapter fitting Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > foliate 1013 – J 41265 Thread scavenge wire brush – J 41266 Low side larboard thread refinisher – J 41267 High side port thread refinisher – J 39037 High side octagon socket – J 41256 Low english octagon socket New low profile, quick connect couplers, J 39500-20A ( High side ), and J 39500-24A ( Low side ), have been released as substantive tools, to attach to the ACR4 ( see Figure 3 ). These are much smaller couplers than the existing ones, and will allow attachment to the port fittings in much tighter quarters. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1014 Select and install the proper R-134a fittings ( shown in Figure 4 ) from the chart below, based on how the ACR4 couplers will attach. besides, remember to check for proper hood headroom with the conversion fittings. Try the square fittings first. The two-piece high side fit is used when the existing fitting is screwed into the pipe fitting ( some 1992, and about all 1993 models, use these fittings ). Use the 90° elbow if the straight match does not allow the ACR4 couplers to connect. Fitting Type High Side Low Side Straight 52467941 52467943 Straight Two-piece 52467324 N/A 90° Elbow 52469054 52469055 The fittings should be installed as follows : a. Remove the caps from the R-12 fittings. Remove any dirt or dirt from the port threads using the screw thread clean cable brush, J 41265. Inspect the fittings for string wrong. If any damage is found, use the port string refinisher ( J 41266 abject side, J 41267 high side ) to repair the thread. For the two-piece match, remove the existing R-12 suit and discard it. Use tool J 38704A ( previously released, not part of the above kit ) to remove the fitting. Make sure to hold the cable securely to prevent damage when removing the existing fitting. If the fitting can not be removed easily, use the saddle clamp valve listed below and seal the R-12 port and hood permanently. boron. Install the selected fit onto the existing R-12 adjustment. Leave the valve core in the straight fittings, and remove the valve core when using the 90° fittings. If the valve cores need to be removed at a late time, they can be removed with the straight conversion fittings in invest. On the low side straight fit, use the J 34611-A tool to remove the effect peg in the conversion fit, then remove the core valve from the master R-12 match. Always recover the charge before valve congress of racial equality removal. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > foliate 1015 Use the octagon sockets on the directly fittings ( J 39037 high english, and J 41256 low side ). Torque the new match until it seats. The equip should seat fully BEFORE reaching 11 N.m ( 8 pound foot ). If 11 N.m ( 8 pound foot ) of torsion is reached and the fit has not seated, it is probable that the threads have been damaged. In this casing, remove the match and use the weave refinisher listed above. Reinstall the match, adding one drop of a thread locking compound such as Loctite ( R ) 242. The fittings ( except the two-piece ) have a thread lock intensify applied to the threads. This compound will set up adequate to restrict removal of the equip in about 15 minutes. The fittings can now be used to evacuate the system ( see Step 5 ). An extra character of conversion port fit has been developed. This fit is called a saddle clamp valve ( see Figure 5 ). It can be clamped immediately on a alloy refrigerant wrinkle, and will be used if the existing match is damaged or is inaccessible. A dribble of a train of thought engage compound, such as Loctite ( R ) 242, should be used on each abscond to prevent the threads from loosening. The R134a saddle clamp valve depart numbers are : If an existing R-12 service port is not used, it must be rendered inoperative. Place respective drops of a thread lock compound, such as Loctite ( R ) 243, in the valve core, and onto the capital threads. Secure the cap and let it set for 15 minutes. 4. Install Any Additional Parts Needed See “ Platform Details ” after Step 6. If a vehicle is listed as a “ basic retrofit ”, no extra parts are required ( except for compressors, see the Compressor Replacement Chart at the beginning of Platform Details ). If no parts are required, PROCEED TO STEP 5. Compressors Compressors do not need to be replaced as separate of a convention retrofit, unless indicated in the Compressor Replacement Chart. An R-12 compressor that is operating by rights can, in most cases, be left in the vehicle when it is retrofitted to R134a. however, if a compressor failure is the reason the vehicle is in for service, and the fomite will be retrofitted, OR if a vehicle has already been retrofitted with R-134a and the compressor fails at some time in the future, modern compressors for use with R-134a are available. See the GMSPO Parts Catalog for particular character numbers. DO NOT use a substitution R-12 compressor for any vehicle retrofitted to R-134a ( unless it is the new ” oil-less ” design ). See “ Compressor Availability ” at the end of the Compressor Replacement Chart. Accumulator /Dryer If the vehicle is more than 5 years old, the Accumulator/Dryer ( A/D ) should be replaced to ensure that moisture is removed from the system. See the instructions for proper A/D identification in General Information. high pressure Cut-Off Switch ( HPCOS ) Most trucks, and some 1984-93 B and D cars, require that a HPCOS be added to protect the refrigerant system during long idles at high temperature. The HPCOS kit ( P/N 15981985 ) contains the switch over, wire rule, heat sealing splice connectors, switch “ 0 ” surround, and installation instructions. A charge clamp arranger ( P/N 15985307 ), or a extra double appointment, is mounted to the high pressure note, and provides the port to mount the trade. A drop of a Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1016 thread locking intensify, such as Loctite ( R ) 242, should be used on each bolt of the saddle clamp to prevent the threads from loosening. Some vehicles produced during the second half of the 1993 model year will already have a factory installed HPCOS. Check the binding of the compressor for this switch. If present, the above switch will not have to be added. 5. Evacuate the System, and Recharge with PAG or V5 Retrofit Oil and R-134a Newly designed low profile quick connect couplers for the ACR4, J 39500-20A and J 39500-24A, have been released. These should be installed before proceeding with the evacuation. See step 3, and Figure 3. a. Connect the R-134a handcart ( ACR4 ) to the organization. Open the coupling valves on the hoses then that the pressures can be read on the gauges. On the haul, open the HIGH SIDE VALVE ONLY. DO NOT OPEN THE LOW SIDE VALVE ! Program the cart for a 15 moment elimination. important : If the vehicle has been at outside temperatures of less than 50° F ( 10° C ), or at high altitudes ( above 3000 foot ), use a 30 minute evacuation to insure complete removal of the R-12. If the vacuum pump will not start and a “ H-P ” learn is indicated on the ACR4 display, loosen the fitting at the gamey slope occupation connection to the ACR4 to relieve pressure in the line. Tighten the suit after pressure has been relieved. DO NOT USE THE RECOVERY MODE TO RELIEVE LINE PRESSURE. b. Start the elimination. For a proper emptying, the cart must pull down to 28-29 in. Hg. at sea level ( reduce by 1 in. for each 1000 foot above ocean level ). Check the low side gauge for proper vacuum level, to make certain the new fittings are operating by rights. While the elimination is being done, the Retrofit label can be filled out and install ( see Step 6 ). important : If the compressor was replaced at the lapp fourth dimension as this retrofit, and the modern compressor was shipped with the chastise amount of PAG vegetable oil already in it, DO NOT add any extra oil to the system ! Go to Step D. If an “ oil-less ” compressor was installed, add oil in Step C. A new retrofit vegetable oil for use with V5 compressor vehicles has been released. This oil will be used ONLY for retrofit vehicles in which the master V5 compressor is retained. IT WILL NOT BE USED IF A COMPRESSOR IS REPLACED AT THE TIME OF THE RETROFIT. failure to use this oil may significantly shorten the utilitarian life of the compressor. important : If the V5 Retrofit vegetable oil is not available from GMSPO, the compressor MUST BE REPLACED ! To summarize the decline retrofit vegetable oil usage : ^ Compressor replaced during retrofit – NO OIL ADDED if new compressor shipped with anoint – 8 oz. of PAG petroleum ( 9 oz of PAG petroleum with V5 compressor ) added if compressor shipped without oil ( “ oil-less ” design ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1017 ^ PAG anoint used for future service if needed ( grade PAG on box on label, Figure 6 ). ^ HR6 or R4 original compressor RETAINED – add 8 oz FAG oil to system ^ V5 original compressor RETAINED – add 9 oz V5 Retrofit oil to system. If V5 Retrofit vegetable oil is not available from GMSPO, REPLACE THE COMPRESSOR. c. Based on the above chart, add oil if needed. Use the new anoint bottle and the extend tube kit, J 39500-71. Fill the bottle with at least 10 oz of oil. Attach the newfangled bottle to the back of the ACR4, and open the oil meet valve. Allow the decline amount of oil to be drawn into the system. DO NOT allow the vegetable oil level to drop below the end of the pickup metro. This will prevent any vent from being drawn into the arrangement. If any vegetable oil was removed during the R-12 recovery evacuation steps, DO NOT add extra anoint to replace it. d. Determine the right total of R-134a to use. Check the existing pronounce of the vehicle for the R-12 charge sum. Use the convention { ( R12 x .9 ) – .25 pound = R-134a } to determine the compensate mission. This can besides be stated as : Take 90 % of the R12 charge, and subtract 1/4 pound. Follow the directions for the ACR4 handcart to recharge the system. At the end of the process, “ CPL ” will be displayed. Close the high side valve. e. Start the vehicle, turn on the A/C system, and confirm that pressures are within normal operating ranges, as shown in the 1994 Service Manual. The 1994 Service Manuals can be used as a reference for diagnosis and specification of retrofit systems. On some vehicles with automatic A/C controls or low charge diagnostics, the A/C compressor may not engage if any diagnostic codes were set during the retrofit. Check to see if any codes were set in either the HVAC or Engine Control systems. If they were, well-defined the codes following the directions in the Service Manual. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1018 f. TO INSURE AN ACCURATE CHARGE AMOUNT, IT IS IMPORTANT TO CLEAR THE ACR4 OF ANY REMAINING REFRIGERANT. Close the high side coupling valve and remove the high side hose from the vehicle. then, overt both the high and low side valves on the ACR4. After the pressures on both gages are at low side press, close the low side coupling valve. See Step G below, then remove the depleted side hose from the vehicle. Shut off the engine. Install the service larboard caps on the new fittings. These serve as a cachet and can prevent system leaks. g. In the improbable consequence that the low english fitting leaks when the coupling is removed, use the follow procedure : 1. immediately reinstall the coupling on the meet. 2. Find the valve core remover J 34611-A. 3. Remove the coupling. 4. Use the double-ended valve core remover to turn the valve core pin counter-clockwise until the leak stops. 5. Install the cap. If the leak was hearty or continued for an strain period of time, it is highly recommended to evacuate and recharge the system to insure proper performance. If there is any wonder, the system can be rechecked by repeating Step F. h. Leak test any new port fittings, adapters, or valves that were installed, and any joints that were opened or repaired during the retrofit process, using tool J 39400. 6. Install the Retrofit Label The retrofit label ( P/N 21030857, roll of 250 ) has been developed following SAF specifications to insure a polish transition from R-12 to R-134a, and to insure a professional border on to the retrofit and a quality compensate. Following the instructions in this bulletin will insure that the retrofit meets the SAE standards. Fill in the new label using a typewriter or a ball-point penitentiary ( see Figure 6 ). Select a placement for the tag that will be easily visible. Some suggest areas are the radiator confirm jury, an area near the existing R-12 charge label, or a flat surface near the high or low side service ports. The area selected should be a clean, underhood, paint sheet metal surface, and should be degreased and wiped down with a non-petroleum based clean. Do not install the label on a arctic surface. Apply the tag, then apply the clear overlie to the label. Do not remove, cover, or hand over indecipherable the existing R-12 charge label. DO cover the R-12 refrigerant charge sum on the existing label with an indelible, preferably total darkness, marker. Platform Details Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1019 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > foliate 1020 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1021 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1022 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1023 FOR ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT GEO, see the “ Compressor Replacement Chart ” at the end of this section. Compressor successor requirements ARE NOT LISTED in the platform details ( except for application details ), except as note below for Y car and P and Medium Duty hand truck. Compressor Replacement Chart Important : It is important to check the date code on the compressor. Any vehicle may have had a compressor replaced either during or after the guarantee period. The date code will determine whether or not the compressor must be replaced. Compressor Availability A new compressor for use with R-134a systems will be shipped with the adjust amount of PAG anoint installed ( see “ IMPORTANT ” below ). Do not add any extra vegetable oil in Step 5 of the retrofit routine if a compressor is to be replaced with a new R-134a compressor at the lapp time the initial retrofit is Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1024 being done. authoritative : During 1996, “ oil-less ” compressors began to be serviced with NO added oil. New part numbers will be issued, and both the box and the compressor will be clearly marked to indicate that no oil is stage. If you receive one of these newer compressors, simply add the normal sum of petroleum to the organization in Step 5 of the retrofit routine ( 8 oz of PAG oil, or 9 oz of PAG oil with V5 compressor ). These “ oil-less ” compressors are compatible with EITHER R12 or R-134a. Geo Models Compressors DO NOT HAVE TO BE REPLACED as separate of the retrofit. New compressors are shipped with enough anoint to accommodate the integral A/C system. Do not add extra PAG oil to the arrangement it the compressor is being replaced. 1985-88 Nova, 1989-93 Prizm ( S ) 1. Using the Service Manual, remove the be components in the order given : a. Receiver/dryer. barn. Loosen evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe ( to be reinstalled ) c. 1985-92 entirely : Loosen compressor to condenser ( compressor fire ) pipe ( to be reinstalled ). d. 1985-88 only : Service Valve & Extension Housing on compressor ( to be installed ). e. Compressor ( only if being replaced ). 2. Using the Service Manual, install the follow components in the order given. Be certain to use raw 0-rings whenever a refrigerant connection has been disconnected. a. Compressor ( if being replaced ). barn. High and first gear side arranger fittings ( see Step 3 of the retrofit routine for detail installation instructions ). c. 1985-88 only : Service Valve & Extension Housing on compressor using new 0-rings. Six small 0-rings and one large 0-ring are required. d. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe 0-ring. e. 1985-92 Compressor to condenser ( discharge ) hose 0-ring. f. Receiver/dryer and 0-rings. R-134a sum : 85-92 – 650 grams ( 1.43 pound ) 93 – 700 grams ( 1.54 pound ) PAG petroleum measure : 100 milliliter ( 3.0 oz ) Parts Required : Receiver/dryer : 85-88 – 94855761 89-93 – 94855762 Adapter Fittings : low Side – 94855760 High Side – 94855759 0-Rings : 85-88 Compressor – little 0-rings ( 6 required ) – 94857336 – boastfully 0-ring – 94857337 85-93 Receiver/Dryer ( 2 ) – 94845949 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1025 85-93 Suction hose – 94855765 85-92 Discharge hose – 94845943 1985-88 Sprint, 1989-93 Metro ( M ) 1. Using the Service Manual, remove the watch components in the ordain given : a. Receiver/dryer. b. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) organ pipe. c. Compressor to condenser ( compressor discharge ) pipe. d. Joint service connection on compressor ( to be reinstalled ). e. Compressor ( merely if being replaced ). 2. Using the Service Manual, install the postdate components in the the order given. Be certain to use new 0-rings whenever a refrigerant joining has been disconnected. a. Compressor ( if being replaced ). barn. High and broken side arranger fittings ( see Step 3 of the retrofit procedure for detail initiation instructions ). c. Joint serve connection to compressor. Use new 0-rings. Six small 0-rings and one bombastic 0-ring are required. d. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe, and new 0-ring. e. Compressor to condenser ( dispatch ) hose and new 0-ring. f. Receiver/dryer and 0-ring. R-134a sum : 500 grams ( 1.10 pound ) PAG oil amount : 100 milliliter ( 3.0 oz ) Parts Required : Receiver/dryer : 85-86 – 91172081 87-88 – 91172079 89-93 – 96068480 Adapter Fittings : low Side – 91172092 85-88 – high Side – 91172094 89-93 – high Side – 52467941 0-Rings : Compressor – small 0-rings ( 6 required ) – 91172095 – large 0-ring – 96068915 Receiver/Dryer ( 2 ) – 96068488 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1026 89-93 – suction hose – 96068490 89-93 – discharge hose – 96068489 suction hosiery : 85-86 – 91172086 85-86 Dealer installed : 91172087 87-88 – 91172088 89-93 – w/turbo – 96069121 – w/o turbo – 91172089 Discharge hosiery : 85-86 – 91172082 85-86 Dealer installed : 91172083 87-88 – 91172084 89-93 – 96069024 1989-93 Tracker 1. Using the Service Manual, remove the follow components in the arrange given : a. Receiver/dryer. b. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe. c. Compressor to condenser ( compressor discharge ) shriek. d. Joint service connection on compressor ( to be reinstalled ). e. Compressor ( lone if being replaced ). 2. Using the Service Manual, install the surveil components in the order given. Be certain to use new 0-rings whenever a refrigerant joining has been disconnected. a. Compressor ( if being replaced ). boron. High and broken side adapter fittings ( see Step 3 of the Retrofit procedure for detail initiation instructions ). c. Joint service connection to compressor. Use new 0-rings. Six small 0-rings and one large 0-ring are required. d. Evaporator to compressor ( sucking ) pipe, and new 0-ring. e. Compressor to condenser ( discharge ) hose and new 0-ring. f. Receiver/dryer and 0-ring. R-134a total : 550 grams ( 1.21 pound ) PAG vegetable oil amount : 100 milliliter ( 3.0 oz ) Parts Required : Receiver/dryer – 91172080 Adapter, Low Side – 91172092 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > foliate 1027 Adapter, High Side – 91172093 0-Rings : Compressor – small ( 6 ) – 91172095 Large – 96068915 Receiver/dryer ( 2 ) – 96068488 Suction hose – 96068490 Discharge hose – 96068489 Suction hose – 91172091 Discharge hose – 91172085 1985-89 Spectrum and 1990-93 Storm ( R ) 1. Using the Service Manual, remove the follow components in the arrange given : a. Condenser ( Storm ) or radiator grille ( Spectrum ) ( to be reinstalled ). barn. triple switch ( Storm ) or double press throw ( Spectrum ) ( to be reinstalled ). c. Receiver/dryer. d. Evaporator to compressor ( sucking ) pipe. e. Check valve from gamey side service valve ( discard ). f. Compressor ( only if being replaced ). 2. Using the Service Manual, install the following components in the order given. Be sure to use new 0-rings whenever a refrigerant association has been disconnected. a. Compressor ( if being replaced ). boron. high side arranger fitting ( see Step 3 of the retrofit procedure for detail initiation instructions ). first gear Side – part of suction hosiery c. Evaporator to compressor ( suction ) pipe, and newfangled 0-rings. d. Receiver/dryer and 0-rings. e. Triple switch or double switch, and new 0-ring. f. Condenser or radiator wicket. R-134a total : 91 – 500 grams ( 1.10 pound ) 92-93 – 600 grams ( 1.32 pound ) PAG anoint sum : 150 milliliter ( 4.50 oz ) Parts Required : Receiver/dryer : 85-89 – 97104795 90-91 – 97104797 92-93 – 97104798 Adapter, High Side : Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1028 85-89 – 97104794 90-93 – 97104793 Adapter, Low Side : function of Hose Asm. 0-rings : Receiver/dryer 85-91 – 94154048 92-93 – 94461700 Switch/pipe – 94461902 sucking hose : 85-86 : 1.5L – 97104799 ; 1.6L – 97104800 90-93 : 1.6L – 97104801 ; 1.8L – 97104803 B. General Information Several items affecting the performance and lastingness of the system should be considered : 1. performance When performed by rights, the retrofit from R-12 to R-134a will have minimal effect on the system’s performance in most climatic conditions found in the United States and Canada. 2. escape experience has shown that most escape in an A/C system is ascribable to leaks at the joints, or through a little leak in a hose, normally at the copulate. The R-134a molecules are smaller than R-12, and a minor leak may result in a fast loss of refrigerant with R-134a. Because of this, it is very crucial to leak check all vehicles using the J 39400 leak detector, BEFORE the retrofit is performed, and repair any leaks found. “ 0 ” rings and hoses used in most GM vehicles are compatible with R-134a and do not need replacement during a retrofit. “ 0 ” rings or hoses installed in former repairs may have been of non-compatible materials if GM parts were not used and will be more probably to deteriorate and leak than the master equipment materials. All “ 0 ” rings and hoses available through GMSP0 are compatible with R-134a. Remember that the normal policy is to replace the “ 0 ” rings whenever a joint is opened for any reason. 3. Desiccant You may have heard that the presently used desiccant in the collector is not compatible with R-134a. Extensive quiz has shown that it is, in fact, suitable for use with R-134a, once it has been in service in an R-12 system. The accumulator in these models will not have to be changed during the retrofit procedure, unless the fomite is more than 5 years old. Vehicles more than 5 years previous should have the A/D replaced to add new desiccant for proper system drying. In the consequence that an accumulator/dryer ( A/D ) needs to be replaced on a retrofit system in the future, merely A/D ‘s with XH-7 desiccant should be used. The service parts for the 1993 vehicles contain merely XH-7 desiccant. The parts for the 1992 and older vehicles may contain either XH-5 or XH-7. Parts containing XH-7 can be identified ( see Figure 1 ) by 1 ) an “ A ” printed on the crown of the A/D ; or 2 ) if there is a label on top of the A/D, there will be a square with an “ A ” inside ; or 3 ) if there is a time code and date printed on peak of the A/D barely under the “ Harrison ” logo, the A/D contains XH-7. A/D ‘s containing XH-5 can still be used on R-12 vehicles. 4. Improved cooling operation There have been service bulletins issued in the past with data improving the cooling performance of existing R-12 systems. These bulletins can besides be used to improve the performance of retrofit vehicles in high gear ambient temperature climates. 5. PAG or V5 Oil Compatibility Contrary to data published to date outside of General Motors, mineral petroleum and PAG or V5 oil ARE chemically compatible. The mineral oil left in the system after reclaiming the R-12 can remain in the system with no harmful effects. however, the mineral oil will not mix with the R-134a, and so will not circulate and perform its lubricating officiate. Testing has shown that most of the mineral oil will finally collect in the Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1029 accumulator. The system will operate properly a long as refrigerant charge amounts are strictly adhered to. 6. refrigerant Charge Level The retrofit R-134a bang grade is more critical than with R-12 systems. Overcharging may push the mineral oil out of the AID, and cause it to circulate as a liquid. This is more likely to result in compressor damage. undercharge may lead to loss of performance. It is identical crucial to clear the hoses during the charge process, to insure that all the refrigerant is delivered to the vehicle A/C system. This is covered in Step 6D of the Retrofit Procedure. C. Parts Information Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1030 significant : All of the pursuit parts are NOT NEEDED for a normal retrofit. Follow the bulletin procedures to determine which parts you need ! Individual vehicle kits are not necessary, since most of the parts are generic and merely a few parts are needed for most vehicles. GEO Parts are listed in “ Platform Details. ” Parts are presently available from GMSPO. D. Warranty Information 1. vehicle even Within the Original New Vehicle Limited Warranty Period When GM models for the years listed in the bulletin ask repairs to the refrigerant system and the vehicles are inactive covered under the New Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1031 Vehicle Limited Warranty, dealers are instructed to proceed as follows : authoritative : On vehicles equipped with A/C systems NOT produced by GM ( i.e., rear A/C systems in van conversions ), consult the manufacturer of that A/C organization for retrofit guidelines. ^ Offer the customer the option of repairing and recharging the system with R12, or retrofitting after haunt and recharging with R-134a at no extra cathexis. ^ Provide the owner with, and review the data contained in, the “ Converting Your Auto Air Conditioning System to Use the New Refrigerant ” booklet. ( Brochure, Form GM-0011, can be ordered free of charge from GM Fulfillment HQ, Phone 1-800-269-5100 ). ^ Record the customer ‘s choice on the repair arrange and, as with all by rights completed animate orders, ask the customer to sign on the allow trace acknowledging the repairs requested. ^ Under no circumstances should the retrofit to R-134a be performed unless the customer has had the option explained anterior to repair. Once the fomite has been retrofitted to R-134a, a meaning consumption would be incurred to go back to R-12, in the event the customer has changed his/her judgment. THIS OFFER APPLIES ONLY TO VEHICLES REQUIRING A/C REFRIGERANT SYSTEM REPAIRS UNDER THE TERMS OF THE NEW VEHICLE LIMITED WARRANTY. It is not a special policy, and any existing deductibles inactive apply. This is simply an choice being offered to the customer during the guarantee period at this time. GM reserves the justly to terminate this extend at any time. If the R-12 refrigerant system does not require discharging for a guarantee animate, but the customer requests a retrofit to R-134a, the retrofit WOULD BE PERFORMED AT THE CUSTOMER’S EXPENSE, EVEN DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD. 2. Customer Paid Retrofitting Costs If the customer requests a retrofit to R-134a, for a specific vehicle whose retrofit parts and procedures have been released in this bulletin, the customer would be expected to pay the costs to retrofit under the pursuit conditions : ^ The vehicle is no long covered by the terms of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. ^ The vehicle is covered by guarantee, but the repair covered under the guarantee does not require evacuate and recharging the refrigerant system. 3. Labor Time Information For Vehicles Repaired Under Warranty : manipulation existing undertaking operations for correcting the original circumstance. The measure of R-134a used should be charged to the normal undertaking operation ( not D4500 ), precisely as if it were R-12. Use D4500, 0.3 HR., to charge for parts and undertaking, for all of the pursue items : ^ extra time for convalescence of R-12 to meet SAE standards ; ^ Install high gear and moo side military service interface converter fittings ; ^ Add PAG or V5 retrofit vegetable oil ; ^ Complete tag information and install. Add 0.2 hours to D4500 for initiation of the HPCOS. Use T5321, 0.3 HR., for the Pontiac Bonneville hood seal facility. ANY PARTS OR LABOR TIME OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED ABOVE SHOULD BE CHARGED TO THE REGULAR LABOR OPERATION CORRESPONDING TO THE ORIGINAL CONDITION THAT 1S exist REPAIRED. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > foliate 1032 Technical Service Bulletin # 631209 Date : 960501 A/C – R12 or R134a Service Recommendations File In department : 1 – HVAC Bulletin No. : 63-12-09 Date : May, 1996 INFORMATION Subject : Service Issues for Vehicles with R12 or R134a Air Conditioning Systems Models : 1988-96 Passenger Cars and Trucks R12 Service Recommendations As you know, production of R12 refrigerant ceased on December 31, 1995. Although R12 will nobelium long be manufactured, there is a reserve supply of R12 available. This reserve, along with rigorous A/C repair service adhesiveness to proper refrigerant recycle procedures, should assure retain handiness to meet consumers ‘ needs. R12 can and should continue to be used to servicing vehicles built with R12 A/C systems arsenic long as it is available. If R12 is no longer available or low-cost, a system retrofit use R134a is recommended. R134a IS THE ONLY SUBSTITUTE REFRIGERANT RECOMMENDED BY GM FOR USE IN GM VEHICLE A/C SYSTEMS, AND THEN ONLY AFTER FOLLOWING THE PROPER RETROFIT PROCEDURES FOR THE SPECIFIC MODEL. All new vehicle manufacturers have chosen R134a for retrofit. One of the key reasons is to protect both the avail industry and consumers from the high costs that would result from purchasing equipment necessary to service multiple refrigerants. This situation besides reduces the threat of recycle refrigerant contaminant. GM presently offers a simple, gloomy cost R12 to R134a retrofit on many of its late model, front wheel drive passenger cars. Dealers should discuss this capability with owners of these specific models, listed in Retrofit Corporate Bulletin # 43-12-07D, whenever a repair to the A/C refrigerant system is required. early retrofit of these specific models will aid in prolonging handiness of the R12 supply and provide dealer service technicians the opportunity to become more familiar with the proper procedures for performing a retrofit. Remember – R12 and R134a refrigerant are not exchangeable ! They can not be desegregate together. In fact, despite the claims of some refrigerant manufacturers, no proposed R12 refrigerant substitute can be added to, blend with or used to “ top off ” an R12 system. Under provisions of law covering the service of refrigerants, mixing unlike refrigerant products during service is prohibited. To Summarize GM R12 Service Policy 1. Service R12 vehicles with good timbre new or recycle R12 equally long as it is available. 2. Purchase R12 from a dependable supplier. GMSPO has a provision of high gear quality R12 available. Dealers are requested to use lone R12 supplied by GMSPO for guarantee repairs. This high quality refrigerant will insure organization performance and avoid the possibility of introducing contaminated material into the customer ‘s A/C organization. 3. cautiously examination recovered R12 using the PureGuard monitor. On recovery equipment not protected by the PureGuard, constantly test the recovery cylinder prior to recharging a vehicle A/C arrangement. 4. Discuss the R12 to R134a retrofit option with owners of GM vehicles listed in Retrofit Corporate Bulletin # 43-12-07D. Provide owner with a replicate of the booklet “ Converting Your Auto Air Conditioning System to Use the New Refrigerant ”. 5. Become familiar with retrofit procedures and exercise care in the wield of unalike refrigerants to prevent contamination. R134A Service Recommendations When servicing a previously retrofitted fomite, there is concern that if all of the R12 is not wholly removed prior to the retrofit operation, it could contaminate your R134a equipment and recovery tank when a subsequent A/C repair is performed. Although the number of retrofits being performed today is minimal, the volume will increase as R12 prices rise. GM Service Technology Group is in the process of field testing a new R134a refrigerant honor tester alike to the PureGuard R12 refrigerant examiner you now use. This newly tool will mount to your ACR4 R134a Recovery Recycle and Recharge cart and sample all R134a refrigerant anterior to recovery. It is expected that testing of this creature will be completed this year. This newly tool, the Pureguard 2, will besides test vehicles and your recycle tank for air contaminant, which is threatening A/C system operation. high levels of air travel have been found in the recovery tanks on a number of R12 and R134a recovery carts. Air contamination is caused by improper recovery Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Technical Service Bulletins for Refrigerant : > page 1033 procedures and short-cutting refrigerant recycling times. Use the trace operation for testing and correcting air contamination in your A/C service equipment. 1. Make certain that the ACR4 equipment has not been used for at least 12 hours. It is recommended that the equipment be left in an area where the temperature will remain constant overnight to allow the temperature of the refrigerant in the tank to stabilize. 2. Record the surrounding air travel temperature next to the ACR4 refrigerant tank. significant : A major assumption is that the ambient air temperature next to the tank represents the refrigerant temperature in the tank. failure to take wish in measuring the temperature could result in unnecessary work. 3. Close both liquid ( blue ) and vaporization ( bolshevik ) valves on the ACR4 tank. 4. Disconnect gloomy side ( blue ) avail hose from the back of the ACR4. 5. lento disconnect the tank car vaporization hose ( red ) from the back of the ACR4 and connect it to the depleted side service port. 6. Open the vapor ( crimson ) valve on the cooler and record the tank atmospheric pressure on the low slope bet on. 7. Restore hoses to the master position. 8. Referring to the Table, find the ambient temperature measured in Step 2. Compare the pressure reading from Step 6 to the “ maximum allowable pressure ”. If the blackmail reading from Step 6 is less than the “ maximum permissible pressure ”, no further legal action is necessary. important : The closer the tank pressure is to the desired tank pressure, the better the A/C system will perform. 9. If the pressure reading from Step 6 exceeds the utmost allowable coerce from the Table, open both tank valves and operate the ACR4 through 4 or 5 evacuation cycles. This will activate the automatic air purge to lower the tank pressure. significant : place should not be connected to vehicle. 10. Repeat the tank pressure checking operation the adjacent day to determine if the press has been reduced to acceptable levels. If the tank press has been reduced but is not acceptable, cycle with ACR4 through more evacuation cycles and recheck the adjacent day. Continue process until acceptable atmospheric pressure is obtained. If the tank atmospheric pressure is not reduced through the elimination bicycle, then Kent-Moore should be contacted at 1-800-345-2233. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1034 Refrigerant : Specifications MAKE, YEAR & MODEL Kg. Oz. CHEVROLET 1992 Beretta, Corsica 1.2 42 1992-91 Caprice 1.4 50 1992-90 Lumina 1.0 36 1992-88 Camaro, Corvette 1.0 36 1992-86 Cavalier 1.0 36 1991-89 Beretta, Corsica 1.3 44 1990-86 Celebrity 1.1 40 1990-82 Caprice 1.6 54 1989-87 Spectrum 0.8 28 1988-87 Beretta, Corsica, Corvette 1.0 36 1988-85 Sprint 0.7 24 1988-83 Monte Carlo 1.6 54 1987-83 Camaro 1.4 48 Chevette 1.0 36 1986-85 Spectrum 0.7 24 1986-83 Impala, Malibu 1.6 54 1985-83 Cavalier, Celebrity, Corvette 1.3 44 citation 1.3 44 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant anoint : capacity Specifications System … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …. 8 oz Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1039 Refrigerant vegetable oil : Fluid Type Specifications REFRIGERANT OIL TYPE ^ R-12 refrigerant vegetable oil, 525 viscosity ( See Note ). bill : If vehicle has been converted to R-134a use PAG ( Polyalkaline Glycol ) synthetic refrigerant oil ( GM Part No. 12345923 ) or equivalent. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Hydraulic System Bleeding Brake Bleeding : Service and Repair Hydraulic System Bleeding Manual Bleeding Pressure shed blood is recommended for all non-ABS hydraulic systems. however, if a pressure hemophiliac is unavailable, use the following procedure. Brake fluent damages painted surfaces. immediately clean any spill fluent. 1. Remove void substitute by pumping brakes several times with locomotive off. 2. Fill master cylinder reservoir with clean brake fluid. Check fluid level much during run procedure ; do not let reservoir fall below half full. 3. If necessary, bleed maestro cylinder as follows : a. disconnect overcome cylinder ahead brake line connection until fluid flows from reservoir. Reconnect and tighten bracken line. bel. Instruct an assistant to slowly lower bracken pedal one time and delay. c. Crack open presence bracken credit line connection again, purging air from cylinder. d. Retighten connection and lento release brake pedal. e. Wait 15 seconds, then duplicate until all breeze is purged. f. Bleed the rearward ( nearest the cowl ) brake line connection by repeating steps a through e. 4. Loosen, then slightly retighten hemophiliac valves at all four wheels. Repair any broken, stripped or frozen valves at this time. 5. Proceed to appropriate wheel first and follow set succession according to the bleed sequence. Bleeding sequence : RR-LF-LR-RF Fig. 20 Bleeding Brakes 6. plaza guileless tube over bleeder valve, then allow tube to hang down into guileless container, Fig. 20. see end of tube is submerged in clean brake fluid. 7. Instruct an adjunct to slowly lower brake pedal one time and delay. 8. Crack open hemophiliac valve, purging air from cylinder. Retighten hemophiliac sleep together and lento release pedal. 9. Wait 15 seconds, then repeat steps 7 and 8. Repeat these steps until all air is bled from system. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Hydraulic System Bleeding > Page 1044 Fig. 21 install pressure Bleeder Adapter Fig. 20 Bleeding Brakes Pressure Bleeding, Non-ABS lone 1. Loosen, then slightly retighten hemophiliac valves at all four wheels. Repair any better, stripped or freeze valves at this prison term. 2. Using a diaphragm type pressure hemophiliac, install desirable hemophiliac arranger to master cylinder, Fig. 21. 3. charge hemophiliac ball to 20-25 psi. 4. plug in pressure hemophiliac line to adapter. 5. overt line valve on pressure hemophiliac, then depress bleed-off valve on arranger until a small measure of brake fluid is released. 6. raise and digest vehicle. 7. Proceed to appropriate wheel first and follow stage set sequence according to Wheel Bleeding Sequence. 8. put crystalline tube over bleeder valve, then allow metro to hang down into diaphanous container, Fig. 20. guarantee end of tube is submerged in clean brake fluent. 9. open hemophiliac valve 1/2 to 3/4 turn and allow fluid to flow into container until all atmosphere is purged from line. Wheel Bleeding Sequence Rear wheel drive models except Corvette : if manual shed blood, RR-LR-RF-LF ; if blackmail run, bleed front brakes together and rear brakes together. Front wheel drive models except Spectrum : RR-LF-LR-RF. 1989 corvette : RF-RR-LR-LF. spectrum : LF-RR-RF-LR. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Hydraulic System Bleeding > Page 1045 Flushing Hydraulic System If brake fluid is honest-to-god, rust or contaminated, or whenever newly parts are installed in hydraulic system, the system must be flushed. Bleed brakes, allowing at least one quart of clean brake fluid to pass through system. Any rubber eraser parts in hydraulic system which were exposed to contaminated fluid must be replaced. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Hydraulic System Bleeding > Page 1046 Brake Bleeding : Service and Repair Master Cylinder Bleeding This operation can be performed with overlord cylinder on or off vehicle. caution : Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. Brake fluid can besides damage electric connections. Shop cloths and uninfected containers should be used to prevent spillage of brake fluid. 1. Disconnect brake lines at headmaster cylinder, if necessary. 2. Connect suitable lengths of brake lines to master cylinder and immerse other ends of lines in headmaster cylinder reservoir. 3. Apply master cylinder pushrod or brake pedal point with entire strokes until air bubbles have disappeared in reservoir. It may require 20-30 applications to in full eliminate air bubbles. 4. Remove bleeding lines from master cylinder, then install overcome cylinder on vehicle, if necessity, and connect brake lines. 5. Fill the reservoir. Normal bleeding procedures should be followed after the master cylinder is installed. For extra information see bench Bleeding. See : Brakes and Traction Control/Hydraulic System/Brake Master Cylinder/Fundamentals and Basics Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1047 Brake Bleeding : Fundamentals and Basics BENCH BLEEDING Why A master-cylinder will develop little or no atmospheric pressure if air is trapped in cylinder bear. Normal brake bleeding will not remove vent trapped within the master-cylinder. How clamp the master-cylinder securely in a vice. It is normally best to clamp the side of the frailty onto the flat surface that is used to secure the master-cylinder to the bracken booster. There are two basic methods for bleeding master-cylinder, one use stroking the master-cylinder to expel air from the cylinder yield while the other utilizes a big syringe to backflush fluid from the exit ports to the reservoir. Stroking Fill the master-cylinder with houseclean brake fluid. – The brake trace fittings on the master-cylinder should be capped or plugged. note : particular “ bench bleeding ” plastic fittings are available which allow for recirculating the brake fluid back into the reservoir. – Using a dull object, lento stroke the master-cylinder piston, atmosphere and bracken fluid will be expelled from the brake line fittings. Prior to releasing the piston plug or cap the wall socket ports. – repeat this operation 8-10 times or until no breeze is emitted from the wall socket ports. – When finished, cap the release ports and install the master-cylinder. Syringe Fill the syringe ( one specially designed for brake shed blood ) with fairly brake fluent. – Insert the end of the syringe into one of the release ports on the master-cylinder. – slowly compress the syringe and back flush the brake fluid through the master-cylinder. – A combination of air and brake fluid will be emitted from the inlet port in the fluid reservoir. – duplicate this procedure until only brake fluid is emitted into the reservoir. Cap the exit ports and install the master-cylinder. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Breaker : Diagram Information and Instructions Cell References CELL REFERENCES General Motors vehicles frequently use “ CELL ” references in their electrical wiring diagrams. These references are used in the Original Equipment Manual to refer to a section in the manual and not a specific diagram ( s ). GM Sample Diagram W/ Cell Reference For example, in the diagram illustrated “ Cell 20 ” is not a reference to another diagram but a reference to “ Section 20 ” in the OE manual. In the case, “ section 20 ” is the engine control section of the manual. To navigate through these “ Cell ” references startle at the vehicle level and go to : Diagrams / Electrical Diagrams – for a complete list of the diagrams available for the vehicle. Choose the system you are working on and view those diagrams. note : If uncertain of the organization – try on utilizing the research have. Type a component in the search have that belongs to the system and when the results are display note the path display. This will show the organization the component belongs in. conventional Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1053 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1054 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1055 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1056 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1057 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1058 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1059 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1060 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1061 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1062 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1063 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1064 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1065 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1066 Symbol Identification Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1067 Symbol Indentification Wire Color Code Identification Black : BLK Blue : BLU Brown : BRN Gray : GR Green : GRN Natural : NAT orange : ORN Pink : PNK purple : PPL Red : red tan : TAN Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1068 White : WHT yellow : YEL Dark : DK ( example : DK GRN same as Dark Green ) light : LT ( model : LT BLU lapp as Light Blue ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1069 Circuit Breaker : diagnostic Aids Pull-to-Seat Connectors NOTE : The following general compensate procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( randomness ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal haunt kit J 38125 or equivalent. figure 20 – distinctive Pull-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Pull-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 20 ). The steps are illustrated with distinctive connectors. Your connection may be different, but the repair steps are similar. Some connectors DO NOT require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that DO NOT apply. 1. separate connection halves. Using the proper pick or removal tool, remove terminal ( see Figures 21 & 22 ). a. Pull head lightly. b. Insert pick from front man of connection into duct. c. Pry tab up with tool. d. Push lead to remove. Figure 21 Figure 22 2. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock sea tangle. 3. Make repair. a. Pull terminal wire out of connection body. b. Cut wire as close to terminal as possible. c. Strip 5 millimeter ( 3/16 ” ) of insulation from the cable ( see Figure 23 ). d. Crimp new terminal to wire. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1070 e. Solder with rosin core solder. f. Carefully pull on wire to draw terminal into connection body until it locks. Push-to-Seat Connectors note : The following general repair procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( sulfur ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal animate kit J38125 or equivalent. name 1 – distinctive Push-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Push-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 1 ). The steps are illustrated with distinctive connectors. Your connection may be different, but the haunt steps are like. Some connectors Do not require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that Do not apply. Remove Terminal Position Assurance ( TPA ) device, Connector Position Assurance ( CPA ) device and/or secondary lock. 1. separate connection halves ( see Figures 2 through 6 ). Figure 2 Figure 3 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1071 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 2. Release terminal using proper pick or removal joyride. Gently pull cable and terminal out the spinal column of the connection ( see Figures 7 through 11 ). Figure 7 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1072 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 3. If concluding is to be re-used, re-form lock serrated wrack ( see Figures 12 through 16 ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1073 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 4. Make rectify. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1074 When using a new terminal : a. Slip cable seal away from terminal ( if seal exist ). barn. Cut cable as close to terminal as possible. c. Slip a new cable seal onto wire ( if necessary ). d. Strip 5mm ( 3/16 ” ) of insulation from wire. e. Crimp a modern terminal to the wire. f. Solder with resin core solder. g. Slide cable seal toward terminal ( if equipped with a cachet ). h. Crimp cable television seal and insulation ( if equipped with a sealing wax ). one. Apply dirt to connectors outside the passenger compartment where the connection primitively was equipped with dirt. figure 17 To re-use a terminal or lead assembly, see former steps c through i for repairs. Be certain to keep cable varnish ( if equipped ) on terminal side of splice. 5. insert star from the second until it catches. 6. Install TPA ‘s, CPA ‘s and/or secondary locks, if equipped ( see Figures 18 & 19 ). Figure 18 Figure 19 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1075 Circuit Breaker : electric Diagrams Fuse Block Details : Gauges Cluster : circuit Breaker 14, Fuse 2, Fuse 3, and Fuse 5 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1076 Fuse Block Details : Gauges Cluster : circuit Breaker 15 and Fuse 16 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1077 Fuse Block Details : standard bunch : Power Accessory Circuit Breaker, ECM, Turn, Back-Up Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Circuit Breaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1078 Fuse Block Details : standard bunch : Window Circuit Breaker and Heater-A/C Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical – Aftermarket Fuse Warning Fuse : technical Service Bulletins Electrical – Aftermarket Fuse Warning Bulletin No. : 07-08-45-002 date : September 05, 2007 ADVANCED SERVICE INFORMATION Subject : Service Alert : Concerns With Aftermarket Fuses in GM Vehicles Models : 2008 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks ( including Saturn ) 2008 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2008 and Prior Saab 9-7X Concerns with Harbor Freight Tools “ Storehouse ” Branded Blade Type Fuses General Motors has become aware of a fuse hark back by Harbor Freight Tools/Storehouse for a assortment of aftermarket fuses. In two cases, these fuses have not provided security for the wiring system of the vehicles they were customer installed in. Upon testing the 15 adenosine monophosphate version, it was found that the blend still would not “ open ” when shorted immediately across the battery terminals. How to Identify These Fuses Packed in a 120 piece set, the fuse has a translucent, hard credit card, blue sky torso with the amperage stamped into the top. There are no white paint numbers on the fuse to indicate amperage. There are no identifying marks on the blend to tell who is making it. The fuses are known to be distributed by Harbor Freight Tools but there may be other marketers, and packaging of this expressive style of fuse. It would be prudent to replace these fuses if found in a customers vehicle. Likewise, if wire overheat is found you should check the fuse jury for the bearing of this style of fuse. All GM dealers should use genuine GM fuses on the vehicles they service. You should besides encourage the use of GM fuses to your customers to assure they are getting the compulsory electrical system protection. GM has no cognition of any concerns with early aftermarket fuses. If extra information becomes available, this bulletin will be updated. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1083 Fuse : Locations LH Rear Corner Of Engine Compartment. LH Rear Side Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Skyhawk LH Front Of Dash Panel. LH Rear Side Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse : Diagram Information and Instructions Cell References CELL REFERENCES General Motors vehicles often use “ CELL ” references in their electrical wiring diagrams. These references are used in the Original Equipment Manual to refer to a section in the manual and not a specific diagram ( second ). GM Sample Diagram W/ Cell Reference For example, in the diagram illustrated “ Cell 20 ” is not a reference book to another diagram but a reference to “ Section 20 ” in the OE manual. In the exercise, “ section 20 ” is the engine control condition segment of the manual of arms. To navigate through these “ Cell ” references start at the fomite floor and go to : Diagrams / Electrical Diagrams – for a complete list of the diagrams available for the vehicle. Choose the system you are working on and view those diagrams. note : If diffident of the system – try on utilizing the research feature. Type a part in the search feature that belongs to the system and when the results are expose note the path display. This will show the system the component belongs in. conventional Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1086 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1087 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1088 Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1089 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1090 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1091 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1092 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1093 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1094 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1095 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1096 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1097 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1098 Schematic Symbols Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1099 Symbol Identification Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1100 Symbol Indentification Wire Color Code Identification Black : BLK Blue : BLU Brown : BRN Gray : GR Green : GRN Natural : NAT orange : ORN Pink : PNK purple : PPL Red : red tan : TAN Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1101 White : WHT yellow : YEL Dark : DK ( model : DK GRN lapp as Dark Green ) light : LT ( model : LT BLU lapp as Light Blue ) Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1102 Fuse : diagnostic Aids Pull-to-Seat Connectors NOTE : The following general compensate procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( randomness ) or Tools that apply to your concluding. Use Terminal repair kit J 38125 or equivalent. figure 20 – typical Pull-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Pull-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 20 ). The steps are illustrated with distinctive connectors. Your connection may be different, but the haunt steps are similar. Some connectors DO NOT require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that DO NOT apply. 1. separate connection halves. Using the proper pick or removal joyride, remove terminal ( see Figures 21 & 22 ). a. Pull moderate gently. b. Insert picking from battlefront of connection into canal. c. Pry tab up with tool. d. Push star to remove. Figure 21 Figure 22 2. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form interlock sea tangle. 3. Make compensate. a. Pull end wire out of connection body. b. Cut wire as close to terminal as potential. c. Strip 5 millimeter ( 3/16 ” ) of insulating material from the wire ( see Figure 23 ). d. Crimp newfangled terminal to wire. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1103 e. Solder with rosin core solder. f. Carefully pull on electrify to draw terminal into connection soundbox until it locks. Push-to-Seat Connectors note : The following general repair procedures can be used to repair most types of connectors. Use the Pick ( randomness ) or Tools that apply to your terminal. Use Terminal repair kit J38125 or equivalent. human body 1 – distinctive Push-To-Seat Connector Follow the steps below to repair Push-To-Seat connectors ( Figure 1 ). The steps are illustrated with typical connectors. Your connection may be different, but the rectify steps are similar. Some connectors Do not require all the steps shown. Skip the steps that Do not apply. Remove Terminal Position Assurance ( TPA ) device, Connector Position Assurance ( CPA ) device and/or secondary interlock. 1. separate connection halves ( see Figures 2 through 6 ). Figure 2 Figure 3 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1104 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 2. Release terminal using proper clean or removal cock. Gently pull cable and terminal out the back of the connection ( see Figures 7 through 11 ). Figure 7 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1105 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 3. If terminal is to be re-used, re-form lock serrated wrack ( see Figures 12 through 16 ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1106 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 4. Make compensate. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1107 When using a new end : a. Slip cable varnish away from terminal ( if seal exist ). barn. Cut cable as close to terminal as possible. c. Slip a new cable navy seal onto wire ( if necessary ). d. Strip 5mm ( 3/16 ” ) of insulation from wire. e. Crimp a new terminal to the wire. f. Solder with rosin core solder. g. Slide cable seal toward terminal ( if equipped with a sealing wax ). h. Crimp cable seal and insulation ( if equipped with a seal ). one. Apply grease to connectors outside the passenger compartment where the connection in the first place was equipped with grease. number 17 To re-use a terminal or head assembly, see former steps c through i for repairs. Be sure to keep cable seal ( if equipped ) on terminal side of splice. 5. insert lead from the back until it catches. 6. Install TPA ‘s, CPA ‘s and/or secondary locks, if equipped ( see Figures 18 & 19 ). Figure 18 Figure 19 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1108 Fuse : electrical Diagrams Fuse Block Details : Gauges Cluster : circuit Breaker 14, Fuse 2, Fuse 3, and Fuse 5 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1109 Fuse Block Details : Gauges Cluster : lap Breaker 15 and Fuse 16 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1110 Fuse Block Details : Gauges Cluster : fuse 1 and Fuse 8 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1111 Fuse Block Details ( Fuse 4, Fuse 6 & Fuse 9 ) W/Digital & Gauge Cluster Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1112 Fuse Block Details : Gauges Cluster : blend 10, Fuse 11, and Fuse 12 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1113 Fuse Block Details : Gauges Cluster : fuse 10, Fuse 11, and Fuse 12 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1114 Fuse Block Details : standard bunch : Front Parking, Radio/Courtesy, Stop Lamps, and Tail Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1115 Fuse Block Details : standard bunch : Gauges Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1116 Fuse Block Details : criterion cluster : Gauges Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1117 Fuse Block Details : standard cluster : instrument Lamps, Radio 1, Radio 2, and Wiper Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1118 Fuse Block Details : standard cluster : Power Accessory Circuit Breaker, ECM, Turn, Back-Up Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1119 Fuse Block Details : standard bunch : Window Circuit Breaker and Heater-A/C Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Convenience Center Fuse Block : Locations Convenience Center Behind LH Side Of I/P. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier Behind LH Side Of I/P. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Skyhawk Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Convenience Center > Page 1124 Behind LH Side Of I/P. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Convenience Center > Page 1125 Fuse Block : Locations Fuse Block Behind LH Side Of I/P. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Skyhawk LH Corner Of I/P. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Convenience Center > Page 1126 Behind Instrument Cluster. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Sunbird Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Convenience Center > Page 1127 Engine Compartment Component Locations. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier w/4-134/2.2L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Convenience Center > Page 1128 Engine Compartment Component Locations. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Cavalier w/V6-189/3.1L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Convenience Center > Page 1129 Engine Compartment Component Locations. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Skyhawk w/4-121/2.0L Engines Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Convenience Center > Page 1130 Engine Compartment Component Locations. Behind LH Side Of I/P Applicable to : Sunbird w/4-121/2.0L Engine Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fusible Link > Component Information > Locations > Fusible Link A fusible yoke : Locations Fusible Link A Lower LH Front Of Engine. Front Of Engine Applicable to : V6-189/3.1L Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fusible Link > Component Information > Locations > Fusible Link A > Page 1135 Fusible Link : Locations Fusible Link L LH Front Of Dash Panel. LH Rear Side Of Engine Compartment Applicable to : Cavalier Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Coolant Level Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Coolant Level Indicator Lamp : > 901506B > Jan > 90 > Low Coolant Indicator Light – intermittent Operation Coolant Level Indicator Lamp : customer Interest Low Coolant Indicator Light – intermittent Operation Number : 90-150-6B section : 6B date : January 1990 Corp. Bulletin No. : 076201 subjugate : INTERMITTENT LOW COOLANT INDICATOR LIGHT DURING TURNS Model and class : 1989 J CAR WITH 2.8L ( VIN CODE W ) ENGINE 1990 J CAR WITH 3.1L ( VIN CODE T ) ENGINE The gloomy coolant indicator easy may illuminate during unvoiced, left hand turns, or during acceleration if the tide tank car coolant level registers deoxyadenosine monophosphate little as 1/2 edge below the “ FULL COLD ” crisscross when checked cold ( coolant at 60 – 90 degrees F ). As a resultant role of a abject coolant floor in the billow tank, movement of the coolant ( squelch ) can momentarily trigger the low coolant throw in the tank. first gear coolant level can result from the normal work of trapped air purging from the cool system, a cool organization leak, and/or variations in forum plant fill. In most cases, adding coolant to the tide tank to bring the coolant level one ( 1 ) column inch above the ” FULL COLD MARK ” ( when checked cold ) will correct this stipulate. however, be indisputable to visually inspect the cooling system for possible leaks. The system should besides be inspected for any crimp, kinked or improperly routed hoses or lines that could prevent a proper coolant fill. After filling the scend tank as described above, verify correction by cautiously driving the vehicle through a series of sharp leave hired hand turns and/or by making moderate vehicle accelerations. Should an intermittent low coolant light still exist, confirm that the low coolant switch over in the tide tank is operating properly. Refer to Section 6B of the appropriate service manual. If the low coolant switch is confirmed to be operating by rights and coolant level is right, install a newly rush tank, separate count 22538029. Refer to service manual section 6B for billow tank removal and initiation procedure. note : The new rush tank incorporates a revised internal switch and float mechanism. The revised switch and float mechanism allows coolant grade in the rush tank to reach a point more easily distinguished as “ LOW ” when visually observed, before turning on the low coolant alight. The new rush tank was released to product and GMSPO in early September, 1989. Although a new separate issue was not released, the new tank can be identified by a julian Date code stamp of 2229 or greater. The date code is located on the lead back area of the cooler. Parts are presently available from GMSPO. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Coolant Level Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Coolant Level Indicator Lamp : > 901506B > Jan > 90 > Low Coolant Indicator Light – intermittent Operation Coolant Level Indicator Lamp : All Technical Service Bulletins Low Coolant Indicator Light Intermittent Operation Number : 90-150-6B section : 6B date : January 1990 Corp. Bulletin No. : 076201 submit : INTERMITTENT LOW COOLANT INDICATOR LIGHT DURING TURNS Model and class : 1989 J CAR WITH 2.8L ( VIN CODE W ) ENGINE 1990 J CAR WITH 3.1L ( VIN CODE T ) ENGINE The low coolant indicator inner light may illuminate during hard, leave hand turns, or during acceleration if the tide cooler coolant degree registers arsenic little as 1/2 column inch below the “ FULL COLD ” cross off when checked cold ( coolant at 60 – 90 degrees F ). As a leave of a low coolant level in the billow tank, motion of the coolant ( slosh ) can momentarily trigger the low coolant switch in the tank. low coolant horizontal surface can result from the normal procedure of trapped air out purging from the cooling system system, a cooling system leak, and/or variations in assembly implant fill. In most cases, adding coolant to the billow cooler to bring the coolant level one ( 1 ) inch above the ” FULL COLD MARK ” ( when checked cold ) will correct this stipulate. however, be sure to visually inspect the cooling system for possible leaks. The system should besides be inspected for any bony, kinked or improperly routed hoses or lines that could prevent a proper coolant occupy. After filling the soar tank as described above, verify correction by cautiously driving the vehicle through a series of astute leave hand turns and/or by making mince vehicle accelerations. Should an intermittent low coolant light however exist, confirm that the abject coolant switch in the scend tank car is operating properly. Refer to Section 6B of the appropriate service manual of arms. If the low coolant switch is confirmed to be operating by rights and coolant flat is discipline, install a newfangled surge tank, depart number 22538029. Refer to service manual section 6B for rush tank car removal and installation procedure. note : The new scend tank incorporates a revised internal switch and float mechanism. The revised switch and float mechanism allows coolant level in the tide cooler to reach a detail more easily distinguished as “ LOW ” when visually observed, before turning on the low coolant light. The new scend tank was released to production and GMSPO in early September, 1989. Although a fresh share number was not released, the new tank can be identified by a julian Date code stamp of 2229 or greater. The date code is located on the peak rear area of the tank. Parts are presently available from GMSPO. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Coolant Level Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1150 Coolant Level Indicator Lamp : description and Operation Some vehicles use a doorbell or index lamp to indicate a low coolant level condition. The buzzer or lamp is activated by a detector, located in the radiator, when the coolant horizontal surface becomes one quart or more low. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Coolant Level Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1151 Coolant Level Indicator Lamp : Service and Repair This lamp will be illuminated when engine coolant flush in the radiator drops below a pre-determined level. To turn lamp “ OFF, ” check cooling system, then add coolant to bring system to proper level. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Emissions Maintenance Light > Component Information > Service and Repair Emissions Maintenance Light : Service and Repair EGR INTAKE PASSAGE clean When cleaning intake manifold EGR passages, care should be taken to ensure that all unaffixed particles are completely removed to prevent them from clogging the EGR valve or from being ingested into the engine. 1. Disconnect the vacuum hosiery from EGR valve and remove the valve. 2. Remove deposits from EGR ports by hand using suitable tools. 3. Brush little deposits down EGR port into passages, then using compressed air, blow ports clean. Solvents should not be used to clean EGR valve or passages, since damage to the system may result. 4. Install EGR valve, using newly gasket EGR VALVE CLEANING CAUTION : Do not wash any EGR valve in solvents or degreasers, as permanent wave damage may result. besides, sandpaper blasting of the valve is not recommended, since this can affect the operation of the valve. Wear approved eye protective covering for this clean procedure, to avoid possible injury to the eyes. Use the keep up cleaning instructions for EGR valves. 1. With a electrify wheel, buff the exhaust deposits from the mounting surface and around the valve. 2. Look for exhaust deposits in the valve wall socket. Remove deposition buildup with a screwdriver. 3. clean mounting surfaces of consumption multiply and valve assembly. 4. Install valve fabrication using new gasket. EVAPORTIVE CANISTER FILTER REPLACEMENT Every 24 months or 30,000 miles, the filter on an open bottom case shot should be replaced. 1. Remove all hoses from the top of the canister and mark. Remove the canister. 2. Remove the trickle element by squeezing it out from under the lip surface at buttocks of canister and from under retainer bar, where used. 3. Squeeze the raw element under retainer bar, where used, and position it evenly around the entire bottomland of the canister. Tuck the edges under the brim of case shot. 4. Reinstall the case shot to its original stead on the fomite, following normal service procedures. 5. Reconnect the hoses to the top of the case shot, according to the labeling on top of canister. PCV VALVE & FILTER REPLACEMENT The PCV system should be checked every 15,000 miles and besides during regular engine warm-up. If the PCV system includes a breath filter, located in the air cleaner housing, this filter should be replaced whenever the PCV valve or air cleaner element is replaced. When a periodic inspection indicates the PCV is not functioning properly, it should be serviced by substitution only. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > No MIL Diagnostic Chart A-1 Revision Malfunction Indicator Lamp : technical Service Bulletins No MIL Diagnostic Chart A-1 Revision File in department : 6E – engine Fuel & Emission Bulletin No. : 41-65-32 date : January, 1995 SERVICE MANUAL UPDATE Subject : incision 6E2, 6E3 – Driveability and Emissions – Chart A-1 – No Malfunction index Lamp ( MIL ) “ Service Engine Soon ” Models : 1987-94 Passenger Cars and U Vans with 60 V6 Engine Except DOHC 3AL ( “ IN X – RPO LQ1 ) When following Chart A-1, it is necessary to use a 10 ampere fused jumper when providing a flat coat on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp driver tour to illuminate the MIL, alternatively of a test sparkle. Using a test light may cause both the MIL and examination sparkle to illuminate, the MIL to illuminate dim or the MIL not to illuminate at all. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1159 Malfunction Indicator Lamp : quiz and Inspection Chart A-1 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1160 Wiring Diagram For Service Engine Soon Light CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION : There should constantly be a steady “ SERVICE ENGINE SOON ” ( SES ) light when the ignition is “ ON ” and engine stopped. Battery is supplied directly to the light medulla oblongata. The Electronic Control Module ( ECM ) will control the light up and turn it “ ON ” by providing a ground path through CKT 419 to the ECM. test description : Numbers below refer to circle numbers on the diagnostic chart. 1. If the fuse in holder is blown refer to Code 54 of wiring diagram for complete circuit. 2. Using a test light connected to 12 volts probe each of the arrangement grind circuits to be surely a effective ground is present. See ECM CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION in ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC DIAGRAMS for ECM pin locations of anchor circuits. DIAGNOSTIC AIDS : locomotive runs OK, check : ^ Faulty inner light light bulb. ^ CKT 419 open. ^ Gage fuse blow. This will result in no anoint or generator light seat belt reminder, etc. engine cranks but will not run, check : ^ Continuous battery – fuse or fusible connection open. ^ ECM ignition fuse open. ^ Battery CKT 340 to ECM open. ^ Ignition CKT 439 to ECM open. ^ Poor connection to ECM. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1161 Malfunction Indicator Lamp : Service and Repair The control engine lamp will be illuminated when the ignition switch is placed in the On place. When the engine is started, the lamp should go off. If the lamp remains On for 10 seconds or constantly after the locomotive is started, the self diagnosis system has detected a problem and has stored a code in the system Electronic Control Module ( ECM ). After diagnosis and compensate, the ECM memory can be cleared of codes as follows : On models except Cadillac with DEFI and 1986-88 Buick Reatta/Riviera and Oldsmobile Toronado/Trofeo, remove the ECM fuse or disconnect the barrage establish cable for approximately 30 seconds, with ignition switch in the Off situation. It should be noted, if battery land cable is disconnected to clear codes, components such as clocks, electronically tuned radios etc., will have to be reset. On vehicle that are equipped as such, the ECM office feed is connected by a pigtail, inline fuse holder, at the positive battery terminal. To net codes within the ECM system and protect the components that need resetting, disconnect the inline fuse. On 1980-85 Cadillac models with DEFI engines, depress Electronic Climate Control Off and Hi buttons to clear codes. On 1986-92 Cadillac DeVille and Fleetwood models, depress Off and Lo button on the Electronic Climate Control to clear store BCM codes. Depress Off and Hi to clear store ECM codes. On Cadillac Eldorado and Seville and 1986-88 Buick Reatta/Riviera and Oldsmobile Toronado/Trofeo models, the stored codes are cleared during the self-diagnostic routine. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 931693E > Apr > 93 > Tires – Slipping on Rim Tires : customer Interest Tires – Slipping on Rim Number : 93-169-3E section : 3E date : april 1993 Corporate Bulletin No. : 393501 ASE No. : A4 capable : TIRES SLIPPING ON WHEELS ( USE PROPER TIRE MOUNTING PROCEDURE ) Model and year : 1988-93 ALL PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS Some incidents of tires slipping ( rotating ) on wheels have been reported on 1988-93 passenger cars and clean duty trucks. Most incidents have occurred when driven aggressively immediately after bore wax. Hard acceleration and/or brake is normally required. This stipulate will affect wheel poise, which could result in a shaking. To reduce the chance of tires rotating on their wheels, any excess lubricant should be wiped from the tire and flange after bore mount, but before inflating to seat the bead. ( Never exceed 40 psi to seat the bead. ) besides, the vehicle should not be driven aggressively for at least four hours after bore climb to allow the lubricant to dry. GM Goodwrench Rubber Lubricant, p/n 12345884, is the commend lubricant for tire mount. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Technical Service Bulletin # 92503B Date : 911101 Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Number : 92-50-3B section : 3B date : NOV. 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 073002R ASE No. : A4 national : LEAD/PULL, TORQUE/MEMORY STEER, STEERING WHEEL OFF CENTER Model and class : 1982-92 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-304-3B, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1992 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED AS WELL AS CORRECTED INFORMATION LISTED IN STEPS 6 AND 7. ALL COPIES OF 90-304-3B SHOULD BE DISCARDED. The follow diagnostic and animate information has been developed and compiled to assist principal service personnel in their efforts to diagnose and correct vehicles exhibiting lead/pull, torsion guide, memory bullock, steering bicycle off-center, and/or unusual tire wear conditions. A stream chart which will be helpful in understanding the logic of the diagnostic and rectify procedures is included. DEFINITIONS Lead : On a smooth, flat road with the transaxle in impersonal, the vehicle does not require a obtrusive torsion input to the steering wheel to maintain a true path. however, with hands removed from the steering rack, the vehicle drift to the left or proper. Pull : On a fluent, flat road with the transaxle in inert, the fomite requires a obtrusive torsion stimulation to the steering steering wheel to maintain a straight path. A perpetrate requires detectable input to correct. note : “ Leads ” and “ pulls ” are unlike terms for the like condition. lead refers to the way deviation ( normally a lane change in .2 miles or less ) ; pull refers to the torsion at the steering steering wheel required to maintain a straight way ( more than .3 N-m or 2.7 lbs.in. ). Torque Steer : On a polish, flat road the fomite has a leave or right steering force that is eliminated when the transaxle is placed in neutral. The order of magnitude of the steering force is normally ( but not always ) subject on the sum of practice engine torsion. Torque bullock at ceaseless highway speed is frequently mistaken for leads/pulls. Memory Steer : On a smooth, flat road the fomite exhibits a little lead/pull condition when the vehicle is returned to a neutral or uncoiled ahead position after completion of a turning maneuver. This condition is always noted as being in the like guidance as the final turn tactic ( after a justly turn, the fomite leads or pulls to the correct ; after a left turn, the vehicle leads or pulls to the left ), and may vary in degree right to left. This condition is most detectable with the driver ‘s hands off the steering wheel. Steering Wheel Angle : The “ levelness ” of the steering rack when following a heterosexual path. Steering rack should appear to be floor with the instrument dialog box when going straight ahead, and within +/- 5 degrees when measured on an conjunction machine. diagnostic Procedures Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1175 Step 1 Check Tires. A. same size ? B. Same stigmatize ? C. Equally worn ? D. Abnormally worn or damaged ? E. Same run down coerce ( within 1 pounds per square inch ) ? Record any problems noted in bore inspection. Step 2 PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC RIDE ON SMOOTH, FLAT ( CROWN-FREE ) ROAD. It is crucial to repeat road trial in each commission to eliminate crosswind effects. Road crown and crosswind induce leads/pulls are normal. The follow steps should be followed to properly identify the charge Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1176 stipulate : A. Drive the fomite on a straight, placid, flat ( crown-free ) road coat at 40-60 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour to 97 kilometers per hour ). Shift the transaxle to neutral and allow the vehicle to coast. Momentarily release the steer wheel and note if there is a change in commission in locomotion. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDITION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A diversion from straight commission in neutral indicates a lead/pull. Proceed to lead/pull corrective natural process procedure. B. If no variety in direction occurs in impersonal, place the transaxle in drive and lightly accelerate from 40 miles per hour to 60 miles per hour while momentarily releasing the steering wheel. circumspection : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDTION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A obtrusive diversion from a straight way in drive indicates a torsion steer. Proceed to torque steer corrective natural process procedure. C. With the vehicle stopped, tip left to full lock, then straighten bicycle, but do not go past straight-ahead position. lightly accelerate to 40 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour ). Does the vehicle pull to the left throughout the acceleration ? Repeat the procedure to the right. Does the vehicle nowadays pull to the right ? If the vehicle leads/pulls in the lapp direction as the last steer, the vehicle is exhibiting a ” memory tip ” condition. Another indication of “ memory guide ” is a obtrusive dispute in feat required for left-to-right volt right-to-left lock-to-lock turns while the vehicle is stopped. Proceed to memory tip corrective action routine. D. If none of the above conditions exist, but the steer bicycle is not “ center ”, proceed to steering wheel angle corrective action. corrective action Procedures Lead/Pull 1. Put vehicle on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rise suspension or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake drag. C. Swap left presence tire/wheel fabrication with right movement tire/wheel assembly. Cross only the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ adam ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E0100. B. If the fomite torsion steers in the opposite focus from the original charge, the problem is most likely to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the fomite leads/pulls in the like management, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for lead/pull. A. Swap LF tire/wheel with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If vehicle is fixed, replace LR run down ( tire that was in the first place on RF ). If vehicle is not fixed replace RF bore ( tire that was in the first place on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm fix. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. Wheel alliance. Be certain alignment rack calibration is up to go steady. Note all before and after readings and record them on the haunt order. This information will be requested if technical Assistance is contacted, and will be helpful in Engineering psychoanalysis. A. Check camber and reset to nominal specification. B. note, do not adjust caster settings. Caster can not be adjusted. If caster is found to be out of specification, re-check on another machine, and verify calibration of current machine. If caster is hush out of stipulation, see assorted bill # 4. If calm out of specification, contact Technical Assistance so Engineering can be notified see ” assorted Note # 5 before calling T.A.S. 5. Re-ride vehicle. A. If vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor mathematical process E2020. B. If fomite pulls to left, proceed to step 6. C. If vehicle pulls to right, proceed to step 7. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1177 6. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the left. A. Set the RF bank to a “ + ” value ( no more than + 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF camber to a “ – ” rate ( no more than – 1.00 academic degree ). C. Total cross camber ( leave minus right ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. 7. Reset bank for a lead/pull to the correct. A. Set the RF camber to a “ – ” value ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF camber to a “ + ” value ( no more than + 1.00 academic degree ), C. Total crisscross bank ( left minus proper ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. Torque Steer 1. Put vehicle on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rear suspension or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake puff. C. Swap left battlefront tire/wheel assembly with right front tire/wheel fabrication. Cross merely the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ ten ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the opposite direction from the original charge, the problem is most likely to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle torsion steers in the same focus, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for torsion guide. A. Swap LF tire/wheel assembly with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If vehicle is fixed, replace LR tire ( tire that was primitively on RF ). If vehicle is not fixed replace RF tire ( tire that was primitively on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm fix. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. measure front suspension “ Z ” heights as specified in Service Manual. One method of taking this measurement is to stretch a string tightly between the grease fittings on the bottom of the ball joints and measure the distance up from the string to the bottom surface of the suspension accompaniment. If the side-to-side difference is greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 inch ), correct the “ Z ” heights to equal settings. “ Z ” acme can be increased by installing a new serve substitute spring that is one region total “ stronger ” ( or more if required ) than the original equipment spring. Each subsequent spring code will result in approximately 8 mm ( 3/8 edge ) dispute in “ Z ” height from the previous code. 5. Re-ride the fomite. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. Labor process E3020 or E3021. B. If the fomite inactive torsion steers, proceed to next pace. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1178 Figure 1 6. measurement transaxle heights-see figure 1. side-to-side transaxle heights should be adequate. If side-to-side differences are greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 edge ), follow the engine shake-down operation below : A. Loosen the engine/transaxle to body mounts. B. Start the vehicle and fault from rearward to drive lento three times to re-settle the engine/transaxle fabrication. figure 2 C. Block vehicle wheels and apply park and service brakes. With an adjunct watching the engine, make sure the transmission backing is not grounded against the hold on in drive. If then, shift the saddle horse until the condom check is not contacting the ride with the engine in drive. Refer to Figure 2. ( 1992 “ J ” car alone ). D. Re-tighten all engine and transaxle mounts to consistency. E. Check to see if the engine/transaxle is not charge by measuring as described above. If it is not level, shim engine/transaxle mounts to raise the side with the lowest read, using appropriate wheel alignment shim stock. Labor operation T4639. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1179 7. Re-ride the fomite A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle hush torsion steers, reach Technical Assistance. Memory Steer 1. Replace upper strut mount/bearing assemblies following routine in Service Manual. See ” Miscellaneous notes # 9. ” 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. Labor operation E3927. B. If the vehicle still exhibits memory guide, the steering gear may have high gear friction and should be replaced. See assorted notes # 9. Labor mathematical process E9730. Steering Wheel Angle not “ Centered ” Reset toe-in with steering wheel locked in “ centered ” military position. confirm that steering rack is straight. Labor operation E2000. early corrective Action Procedures Check ball joints for binding or sticking by raising the vehicle on a hoist, and disconnect the tie rods. Move the tires rear and forth and feel for any binding or stand by. If any is felt, the ball joint ( s ) may need to be replaced. assorted Notes 1. Poor alignment will not cause vibration complaints. 2. toe-in does not affect leads/pulls or torsion tip. It only affects steering wheel angle and bore wear. 3. Camber and caster values should not change during fomite cargo. 4. Some caster adjustments may be made using the pursuit procedure, which utilizes available permissiveness in fastener holes. Do not file or elongate any body tabloid metallic. A. Loosen the 6 suspension support bolts on the side needing adaptation. B. Using a crowbar prevention or other allow tool, adjust the abeyance support forward to increase caster, or rearward to decrease caster. C. Tighten the 6 suspension digest bolts while holding the suspension support in the craved position. D. Loosen the 3 tittup hop on fasteners in the engine compartment and move the top of the tittup rear to increase caster or advancing to decrease caster. 5. Never modify soundbox tabloid metal to adjust caster or camber on J/N/L vehicles. There is not enough structure or inside give clearance to do so. 6. Always confirm calibration of alliance machine before calling technical Assistance. 7. Try a know good specify of tires on a continual problem vehicle before calling technical foul Assistance. This will rule out tires as a induce of the problem. 8. If it is necessary to call Technical Assistance, please have the comply information cook to give to the Technical Assistance Engineer : A. nature of ailment – What the customer complained about, mileage, and whether it is a torsion steer, lead/pull, memory bullock, or steering wheel off center. B. last calibration date of conjunction rack, type of equipment and model number. C. Tire size and brand, and condition of tires. D. Before and after alliance readings. E. “ Z ” heights. F. Call merely after attached routine ( mho ) has been performed. 9. For vehicles still under guarantee, please function discipline tug operation codes for what has been done, and keep records ( before/after measurements, customer refer, etc ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1180 E0100 is the labor operation issue used for guarantee claims for front man tire swaps because of lead/pull or torsion bullock concerns. E2020 is the undertaking operation count used for guarantee claims for toe adjust. Correct repair is to reset front wheel person and summarize toe while locking the steering roulette wheel in correct charge position. Do not use E2020 to claim a toe align. Remember that a toe adjust will not correct torsion tip or leads/pulls ; it only corrects excessive bore wear and steering wheel angle. 10. Do not claim an alignment labor operation in addition to another british labour party operation that requires ( and includes british labour party time for ) an alignment. The tug time for the alignment is either included in the undertaking operation or will be added to the labor operation. A good example of this is a strut surrogate. The times for a bank check mark should be added, but an E2020 should not be claimed in summation to the strut change code. 11. Whenever possible in unusual or difficult-to-resolve cases, keep all defective parts and information for potential Engineering analysis. This includes bad tires, steering gears, strut mounts, and any other involve parts. 12. Whenever possible, read before and after measurements of caster, camber, toe, and suspension “ Z ” heights. This will speed up the resoluteness of these problems. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 04-03-10-001F Date : April 27, 2010 national : tire Puncture Repair Procedures For All Cars and Light Duty Trucks Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks ( including Saturn ) 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 04-03-10-001E ( Section 03 – suspension ). This bulletin covers puncture compensate procedures for passenger car and unhorse duty truck radial tires in the tread area only. The bore manufacturer must be contacted for its individual repair policy and whether or not the accelerate rate is retained after repair. Caution – run down change can be dangerous and should be done by trail professionals using proper tools and procedures. Always read and understand any manufacturer ‘s warnings contained in their customers literature or molded into the tire sidewall. – serious eye and ear wound may result from not wearing adequate eye and ear security while repairing tires. – never inflate beyond 275 kPa ( 40 pounds ) coerce to seat beads. Some run flat tires, such as the Goodyear Extended Mobility Tire ( EMT ) used on the Corvette, may require more than 275 kPa ( 40 pounds per square inch ) to seat the beading. In such a encase, a tire safety cage must be used. Consult the run down manufacturer for its person repair policy. – never resist, lean or scope over the assembly during inflation. Repairable area on a radial run down. Important – NEVER haunt tires worn to the tread indicators 1.59 millimeter ( 2/32 ” ) remaining depth ). – NEVER animate tires with a tread puncture larger than 6.35 millimeter ( 1/4 ” ). – NEVER substitute an inner tube for a permissible or non-permissible repair. – never perform an outside-in run down compensate ( fireplug merely, on the wheel ). – Every tire must be removed from the roulette wheel for proper inspection and repair. – careless of the type of repair used, the compensate must seal the inner liner and fill the injury. – consult with compensate substantial supplier/manufacturer for repair whole application procedures and rectify tools/repair material recommendations. Three basic steps for bore puncture rectify : 1. Remove the bore from the rack for inspection and repair. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1186 2. Fill the injury ( puncture ) to keep moisture out. 3. Seal the inner liner with a rectify unit to prevent atmosphere loss. external inspection 1. Prior to demounting, inspect the bore open, the valve and the wheel for the source of the leak by using a water system and soap solution. Mark the injured area and wholly deflate the tire by removing the valve effect. 2. Demount the run down from the wheel and station the tire on a illuminated broadcaster. Internal Inspection 1. Spread the beads and mark the puncture with a bore crayon. 2. Inspect the inner tire for any signs of internal damage. 3. Remove the puncture aim, noting the direction of the penetration. 4. Probe the injury with a blunt awl in order to determine the extent and management of the injury. 5. Remove any free foreign material from the injury. 6. Punctures exceeding 6.35 millimeter ( 1/4 ” ) should not be repaired. Cleaning 1. Clean the area around the puncture thoroughly with a proper liner clean, clean fabric and a scraper. This mistreat serves to remove crap and cast lubricants to insure proper adhesion and non-contamination of the buffet tool. 2. Refer to information on the product or manufacturer ‘s Material Safety Data Sheet and follow guidelines for handling and disposal. Clean the Injury Channel Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1187 1. Use a proper hand reamer, carbide tender or drill bit to ream the puncture duct from the inside of the run down in order to clean the injury. 2. Remove steel wires protruding above the lining open to prevent damage to the animate unit. 3. Consult your repair corporeal supplier for commend ream tool ( mho ). Fill the Injury 1. It is necessary to fill the wound duct to provide back up for the haunt unit and to prevent moisture from entering the bore fabric and steel wires. 2. ( For combination repair/plug units skip this step. ) Cement the hurt groove and fill the injury from the inside of the bore with the compensate plug per repair material manufacturer ‘s recommendations. Without stretching the ballyhoo, cut the spark plug off merely above the inside bore surface. 3. Consult your compensate material supplier for proper rectify material selection. Repair Unit Selection Important Do not install the repair unit of measurement in this step. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – run down Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1188 1. Center the repair whole over the injury as a reference and outline an area larger than the unit so that buffet will not remove the crayon marks. 2. Remove the repair unit. 3. DO NOT overlap former or multiple repair units. 4. Consult your repair material supplier for proper repair unit selection. Buffing 1. To prevent contaminant and preserve the outline, buff within the marked area thoroughly and evenly with a depleted focal ratio buffing instrument using a all right wire brush or gritted rasp. 2. Buff to a smooth velvet surface ( RMA # 1 or # 2 buffet texture ). 3. Use circumspection not to gouge the inner liner or expose casing fabric. 4. Remove any buffet dust with a vacuum cleaner. 5. Consult your repair substantial supplier for a proper buff instrument. Cementing Apply chemical cement according to the repair corporeal manufacturer ‘s procedures. Repair Unit Application Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1189 1. The run down must be in the relax situation when the rectify unit is installed ( Do not spread the beads excessively ). bikini Plug and Repair Units 1. If applicable, install the rectify whole so that the alliance is chastise. 2. Center the repair unit of measurement over the injury and stitch down thoroughly with the stitching joyride, working from the center out. 3. Being careful not to stretch the spark plug fabric, cut the chew sluice with the out step. Combination Repair/Plug Units 1. Pull the plug through the injury until the repair equitable reaches the liner. Stitch down thoroughly. 2. Follow the rectify material manufacturer ‘s recommendations for far initiation instructions. 2. Consult your haunt material supplier for the proper sewing tool. Safety Cage Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1190 Some run apartment tires, such as the Goodyear Extended Mobility Tire ( EMT ) used on the Corvette, may require more than 275 kPa ( 40 pounds per square inch ) to seat the drop. In such a case, a tire base hit cage must be used. Consult the tire manufacturer for its individual haunt policy. Final Inspection 1. After remounting and inflating the tire, check both beads, the rectify and the valve with a urine and soap solution in ordering to detect leaks. 2. If the run down continues to lose air, the tire must be demounted and reinspected. 3. Balance the run down and rack forum. Refer to Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing – OFF Vehicle. For extra bore puncture repair information, contact : Rubber Manufacturers Association ( RMA ) Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 05-03-10-020C > Apr > 10 > Wheels/Tires – use of Nitrogen Gas in Tires Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels/Tires – habit of Nitrogen Gas in Tires INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 05-03-10-020C Date : April 27, 2010 topic : use of Nitrogen Gas in Tires Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks ( including Saturn ) 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 05-03-10-020B ( Section 03 – suspension ). GM ‘s position on the Use of Nitrogen Gas in Tires General Motors does not oppose the function of purify nitrogen as an inflation gasoline for tires. We expect the theoretical benefits to be reduced in hardheaded use due to the lack of an existing infrastructure to continuously facilitate inflating tires with about arrant nitrogen. flush periodic inflation with compress atmospheric breeze will negate many of the theoretical benefits. Given those theoretical benefits, practical limitations, and the robust design of GM original equipment TPC tires, the realized benefits to our customer of inflating their tires with purify nitrogen are expected to be minimal. The Promise of Nitrogen : Under Controlled Conditions Recently, nitrogen accelerator ( for consumption in inflating tires ) has become available to the general consumer through some retailers. The use of nitrogen flatulence to inflate tires is a technology used in car race. The following benefits under controlled conditions are attributed to nitrogen gas and its alone properties : – A decrease in the have a bun in the oven personnel casualty of Tire Pressure over meter. – A reduction in the variation of Tire Pressures with temperature changes due to reduction of water vaporization assiduity. – A decrease of long condition rubberize abasement due to a decrease in oxygen concentrations. Important These are gettable performance improvements when relatively saturated nitrogen natural gas is used to inflate tires under controlled conditions. The Promise of Nitrogen : real World Use Nitrogen inflation can provide some benefit by reducing gas migration ( atmospheric pressure loss ) at the molecular flush through the run down structure. NHTSA ( National Highway Traffic Safety Administration ) has stated that the inflation coerce passing of tires can be astir to 5 % a calendar month. nitrogen molecules are larger than oxygen molecules and, therefore, are less prone to “ seeping ” through the run down casing. The actual gettable benefits of nitrogen vary, based on the physical construction and the materials used in the manufacture of the run down being inflated. Another electric potential benefit of nitrogen is the dilute oxidation of tire components. Research has demonstrated that oxygen consumed in the oxidation process of the tire primarily comes from the ostentation media. consequently, it is fair to assume that oxidation of tire components can be reduced if the bore is inflated with arrant nitrogen. however, only very little amounts of oxygen are required to begin the normal oxidation process. even rebuff contamination of the tire ostentation boast with compressed atmospheric air during normal inflation coerce sustenance, may negate the benefits of using nitrogen. GM Tire Quality, Technology and Focus of Importance Since 1972, General Motors has designed tires under the TPC ( Tire Performance Criteria ) stipulation system, which includes particular requirements that ensure robust tire performance under normal usage. General Motors works with tire suppliers to design and manufacture master equipment tires for GM vehicles. The GM TPC addresses required performance with deference to both ostentation imperativeness retentiveness, and endurance properties for master equipment tires. The inflation pressure retentiveness requirements address handiness of oxygen and oxidation concerns, while survival requirements ensure the mechanical structure of the tire has sufficient persuasiveness. This combination has provided our customers with tires that maintain their structural integrity throughout their useful treadlife under normal function conditions. Regardless of the ostentation media for tires ( atmospheric air travel or nitrogen ), inflation imperativeness maintenance of tires is critical for overall tire, and ultimately, vehicle performance. Maintaining the correct inflation pressure allows the bore to perform as intended by the fomite manufacturer in many areas, including quilt, fuel economy, stopping distance, cornering, grip, treadwear, and randomness. Since the warhead carrying capability of a tire is related to ostentation pressure, proper inflation atmospheric pressure maintenance is necessary for the tire to support the load imposed by the vehicle without excessive geomorphologic Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 05-03-10-020C > Apr > 10 > Wheels/Tires – use of Nitrogen Gas in Tires > Page 1195 abasement. Important Regardless of the inflation media for tires ( atmospheric air or nitrogen ), inflation pressure maintenance of tires is critical for overall tire, and ultimately, vehicle performance. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 00-00-90-002J > Jan > 09 > Tires – right Inflation Pressure Information Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Tires – right Inflation Pressure Information INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 00-00-90-002J date : January 28, 2009 capable : information on Proper Tire Pressure Models : 2010 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks ( including Saturn ) 2009 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3, H3T 2005-2009 Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add model years and clarify extra information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 00-00-90-002I ( Section 00 – general Information ). authoritative : ^ Adjustment of tire imperativeness for a customer with a Low Tire Pressure Monitor ( TPM ) light on and no codes in the TPM system is NOT a warrantable repair. Claims to plainly adjust the run down coerce will be rejected. ^ ALL tires ( including the spare tire ) MUST be set to the recommended inflation imperativeness stated on the vehicle ‘s bore placard ( on driver ‘s door ) during the PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ( PDI ). Recommended inflation coerce is not the pressure printed on run down sidewall. ^ Tires may be over-inflated from the assembly plant due to the climb process. ^ by and large a 5.6°C ( 10°F ) temperature change will result in ( is equivalent to ) a 6.9 kPa ( 1 pounds per square inch ) bore pressure transfer. ^ 2008-2009 HUMMER H2 Only – The H2 comes standard with Light Truck “ D ” Load Range tires with a recommend cold inflation pressure of 289 kPa ( 42 pounds per square inch ). These tires will alert the driver to a first gear imperativeness position at roughly 262 kPa ( 38 psi ) due to a requirement in FMVSS 138 which specifies a minimum Activation Pressure for each tire type. This creates a relatively constrict window of “ useable ” press values and the admonitory will be more medium to outside temperature changes during the cold months. As with early cold temperature/tire pressure issues, there is nothing ill-timed with the system itself. If a fomite is brought in with this concern, control for tire wrong and set all tires to the Recommended Cold Inflation Pressure shown on the vehicle poster. Accurate tire pressures ensure the safe handling and allow ride characteristics of GM cars and trucks. It is critical that the tire blackmail be adjusted to the specifications on the vehicle¡C■s run down placard during PDI. Ride, handling and road randomness concerns may be caused by improperly adjusted run down pressure. The first step in the diagnosis of these concerns is to verify that the tires are inflated to the chastise pressures. The recommend tire inflation pressure is listed on the vehicle¡C■s tire placard. The run down poster is located on the driver¡C■s side presence or rise door boundary, focus on column, or the rear compartment lid. Tip ^ Generally a 5.6°C ( 10°F ) temperature increase will result in ( is equivalent to ) a 6.9 kPa ( 1 pounds per square inch ) bore imperativeness addition. ^ The definition of a “ cold ” tire is one that has been sitting for at least 3 hours, or driven no more than 1.6 kilometer ( 1 nautical mile ). ^ On highly cold days, if the vehicle has been indoors, it may be necessity to compensate for the humble external temperature by adding extra atmosphere to the bore during PDI. ^ During cold weather, the Tire Pressure Monitor ( TPM ) indicator lighter ( a yellow horseshoe with an ecphonesis period ) may illuminate. If this indicator turns off after the tires warm up ( reach operating temperature ), the tire blackmail should be reset to placard pressure at the cold temperature. ^ The TPM system will work correctly with nitrogen in tires. ^ The TPM arrangement is compatible with the GM Vehicle Care Tire Sealant but may not be with early commercially available sealants. crucial : ^ Do not use the run down pressure indicated on the tire itself as a guide. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 00-00-90-002J > Jan > 09 > Tires – decline Inflation Pressure Information > Page 1200 ^ Always audit and adjust the press when the tires are cold. ^ Vehicles that have different pressures for the front and the rear need to be adjusted after tire rotation. Improper bore inflation may result in any or all of the adopt conditions : ^ Premature tire wear ^ Harsh ride ^ Excessive road noise ^ Poor handling ^ Reduced fuel economy ^ Low Tire Pressure Monitor ( TPM ) Light ON ^ Low Tire Pressure Message on the Drivers Information Center ( DIC ) Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 433502 > Jul > 94 > Tires – speed Rated Information Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Tires – rush Rated Information Group Ref. : 3 – Steering/Suspension Bulletin No. : 433502 date : July, 1994 INFORMATION SUBJECT : speed RATED TIRES MODELS : 1995 AND PRIOR YEAR PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS All original equipment passenger car and light duty truck tires used by General Motors have a amphetamine rat symbol molded on their sidewall. This speed symbol, along with the tire ‘s load index, make up the service description that follows the tire ‘s size. The master equipment tire size, accelerate evaluation, and recommended inflation pressure are listed on the bore placard normally located on the driver ‘s door edge. WHEN REPLACING TIRES, NEVER INSTALL A TIRE THAT IS A small SIZE OR LESSER SPEED RATING THAN THAT USED AS ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT. As in the past, it is recommended that substitute tires have a TPC ( Tire Performance Criteria ) number on the sidewall that is identical to that on the original tires. Common speed rating on tires used by General Motors are as follows : ( see illustration ) IMPORTANT : Most base all season tires and touring tires used by GM are S rated. Performance tires will normally have a higher speed rate. high performance tires are normally Z rated. Z rated tires carry the Z symbol within the run down size, rather than after the size in the service description. These speeds apply lone at the tire ‘s wide atmospheric pressure. An underinflated tire will not meet its speed rat capability. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 931693E > Apr > 93 > Tires – Slipping on Rim Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Tires – Slipping on Rim Number : 93-169-3E department : 3E date : april 1993 Corporate Bulletin No. : 393501 ASE No. : A4 subject : TIRES SLIPPING ON WHEELS ( USE PROPER TIRE MOUNTING PROCEDURE ) Model and year : 1988-93 ALL PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS Some incidents of tires slipping ( rotating ) on wheels have been reported on 1988-93 passenger cars and light duty trucks. Most incidents have occurred when driven aggressively immediately after tire mounting. Hard acceleration and/or brake is normally required. This condition will affect bicycle libra, which could result in a oscillation. To reduce the gamble of tires rotating on their wheels, any excess lubricate should be wiped from the tire and rim after bore hop on, but before inflating to seat the bead. ( Never exceed 40 psi to seat the beading. ) besides, the vehicle should not be driven aggressively for at least four hours after tire ride to allow the lubricate to dry. GM Goodwrench Rubber Lubricant, p/n 12345884, is the recommend lubricate for tire mounting. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Technical Service Bulletin # 92503B Date : 911101 Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear Number : 92-50-3B section : 3B date : NOV. 1991 Corporate Bulletin No. : 073002R ASE No. : A4 topic : LEAD/PULL, TORQUE/MEMORY STEER, STEERING WHEEL OFF CENTER Model and year : 1982-92 CAVALIER, CORSICA AND BERETTA THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-304-3B, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1992 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED AS WELL AS CORRECTED INFORMATION LISTED IN STEPS 6 AND 7. ALL COPIES OF 90-304-3B SHOULD BE DISCARDED. The surveil diagnostic and repair information has been developed and compiled to assist dealer service personnel in their efforts to diagnose and correct vehicles exhibiting lead/pull, torsion bullock, memory steer, steering steering wheel off-center, and/or unusual run down clothing conditions. A menstruate chart which will be helpful in understanding the logic of the diagnostic and haunt procedures is included. DEFINITIONS Lead : On a smooth, bland road with the transaxle in inert, the fomite does not require a obtrusive torsion input to the steering wheel to maintain a true path. however, with hands removed from the steering bicycle, the vehicle drift to the leftover or right. Pull : On a smooth, flat road with the transaxle in achromatic, the vehicle requires a obtrusive torsion stimulation to the steering wheel to maintain a straight way. A puff requires obtrusive input signal to correct. note : “ Leads ” and “ pulls ” are different terms for the like stipulate. run refers to the path deviation ( normally a lane switch in .2 miles or less ) ; pull refers to the torsion at the steering steering wheel required to maintain a uncoiled way ( more than .3 N-m or 2.7 lbs.in. ). Torque Steer : On a smooth, bland road the vehicle has a leave or right steering wedge that is eliminated when the transaxle is placed in inert. The order of magnitude of the steering impel is normally ( but not always ) pendent on the total of apply engine torsion. Torque guide at ceaseless highway focal ratio is frequently mistaken for leads/pulls. Memory Steer : On a smooth, flatcar road the vehicle exhibits a slender lead/pull stipulate when the fomite is returned to a neutral or directly ahead position after completion of a turn maneuver. This condition is constantly noted as being in the like direction as the survive turn maneuver ( after a right field turn, the vehicle leads or pulls to the right ; after a left turn, the vehicle leads or pulls to the entrust ), and may vary in degree right to left. This condition is most obtrusive with the driver ‘s hands off the steering rack. Steering Wheel Angle : The “ levelness ” of the steering rack when following a straight path. Steering wheel should appear to be level with the instrumental role empanel when going straight ahead, and within +/- 5 degrees when measured on an alignment machine. diagnostic Procedures Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1213 Step 1 Check Tires. A. same size ? B. Same brand ? C. Equally worn ? D. Abnormally worn or damaged ? E. Same run down coerce ( within 1 psi ) ? Record any problems noted in tire inspection. Step 2 PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC RIDE ON SMOOTH, FLAT ( CROWN-FREE ) ROAD. It is significant to repeat road screen in each steering to eliminate crosswind effects. Road crown and crosswind induce leads/pulls are normal. The follow steps should be followed to by rights identify the ailment Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1214 circumstance : A. Drive the vehicle on a straight, smooth, flat ( crown-free ) road surface at 40-60 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour to 97 kilometers per hour ). Shift the transaxle to neutral and allow the vehicle to slide. Momentarily release the steering wheel and eminence if there is a change in direction in travel. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDITION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A diversion from straight guidance in neutral indicates a lead/pull. Proceed to lead/pull corrective action procedure. B. If no change in focus occurs in neutral, place the transaxle in drive and lightly accelerate from 40 miles per hour to 60 miles per hour while momentarily releasing the steering wheel. caution : THE DRIVER ‘S HANDS SHOULD NOT BE MOVED FROM THE STEERING POSITION DURING THE MOMENTARY RELEASE OF THE STEERING WHEEL. IMPROPER VEHICLE CONDTION MIGHT CAUSE PATH DEVIATION. UNCORRECTED BY DRIVER STEERING, THIS MIGHT RESULT IN A COLLISION AND PERSONAL INJURY. A noticeable deviation from a straight path in drive indicates a torsion guide. Proceed to torque bullock corrective action procedure. C. With the vehicle stopped, bullock left to full moon interlock, then straighten wheel, but do not go past straight-ahead position. lightly accelerate to 40 miles per hour ( 64 kilometers per hour ). Does the fomite puff to the leave throughout the acceleration ? Repeat the operation to the right. Does the vehicle nowadays pull to the right ? If the fomite leads/pulls in the same direction as the stopping point maneuver, the vehicle is exhibiting a ” memory bullock ” condition. Another indication of “ memory bullock ” is a noticeable difference in effort required for left-to-right vanadium right-to-left lock-to-lock turns while the vehicle is stopped. Proceed to memory tip corrective action routine. D. If none of the above conditions exist, but the steering rack is not “ center ”, proceed to steering wheel fish corrective action. corrective action Procedures Lead/Pull 1. Put vehicle on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front man and/or rear pause or steering components. B. Check for obvious bracken drag. C. Swap left front tire/wheel assembly with right front tire/wheel assembly. Cross only the movement tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ x ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor operation E0100. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the opposite focus from the original charge, the problem is most probably to be run down related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle leads/pulls in the same direction, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for lead/pull. A. Swap LF tire/wheel with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If fomite is fixed, replace LR tire ( tire that was primitively on RF ). If fomite is not fixed replace RF tire ( tire that was primitively on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm repair. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. Wheel alignment. Be certain alliance rack calibration is up to date. Note all before and after readings and record them on the repair order. This information will be requested if technical Assistance is contacted, and will be helpful in Engineering analysis. A. Check bank and reset to nominal specification. B. note, do not adjust caster settings. Caster can not be adjusted. If caster is found to be out of specification, re-check on another machine, and verify calibration of current machine. If caster is still out of specification, see many-sided note # 4. If still out of specification, contact Technical Assistance so Engineering can be notified see ” many-sided Note # 5 before calling T.A.S. 5. Re-ride fomite. A. If vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor mathematical process E2020. B. If vehicle pulls to left, proceed to step 6. C. If vehicle pulls to right, proceed to step 7. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1215 6. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the leave. A. Set the RF camber to a “ + ” value ( no more than + 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF bank to a “ – ” prize ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). C. Total cross camber ( left subtraction right ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. 7. Reset camber for a lead/pull to the right. A. Set the RF bank to a “ – ” respect ( no more than – 1.00 degree ). B. Set the LF camber to a “ + ” prize ( no more than + 1.00 academic degree ), C. Total cross camber ( left subtraction right ) should be no more than 2 degrees. D. Re-ride. If not fixed, contact Technical Assistance. Torque Steer 1. Put fomite on hoist. A. Visually inspect for damaged front and/or rise suspension or steering components. B. Check for obvious brake drag. C. Swap left front tire/wheel fabrication with right front tire/wheel fabrication. Cross entirely the front tires/wheels. Do not perform a standard or modified “ x ” rotation. 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. B. If the vehicle torsion steers in the antonym commission from the original charge, the trouble is most probably to be tire related. Proceed to step 3. C. If the vehicle torsion steers in the same commission, proceed to step 4. 3. Tire/wheel rotation for torsion bullock. A. Swap LF tire/wheel fabrication with LR tire/wheel and re-ride. B. If vehicle is fixed, replace LR tire ( tire that was originally on RF ). If vehicle is not fixed replace RF run down ( tire that was originally on LF. ) C. Re-ride to confirm situate. Labor operations E0100 and E0420. 4. measurement front pause “ Z ” heights as specified in Service Manual. One method acting of taking this measurement is to stretch a string tightly between the grease fittings on the bottom of the ball joints and measure the distance up from the string to the bottom surface of the suspension documentation. If the side-to-side difference is greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 inch ), correct the “ Z ” heights to equal settings. “ Z ” stature can be increased by installing a new serve refilling leap that is one function phone number “ stronger ” ( or more if required ) than the original equipment spring. Each subsequent spring code will result in approximately 8 mm ( 3/8 column inch ) dispute in “ Z ” altitude from the previous code. 5. Re-ride the fomite. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor mathematical process E3020 or E3021. B. If the vehicle still torsion steers, proceed to adjacent step. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1216 Figure 1 6. measurement transaxle heights-see name 1. side-to-side transaxle heights should be equal. If side-to-side differences are greater than 6 millimeter ( 1/4 edge ), follow the engine shake-down operation below : A. Loosen the engine/transaxle to body mounts. B. Start the fomite and shift from reverse to drive slowly three times to re-settle the engine/transaxle assembly. figure 2 C. Block fomite wheels and apply park and service brakes. With an assistant watching the engine, make sure the transmission mount is not grounded against the period in drive. If so, shift the ride until the arctic intercept is not contacting the climb with the engine in drive. Refer to Figure 2. ( 1992 “ J ” car alone ). D. Re-tighten all engine and transaxle mounts to body. E. Check to see if the engine/transaxle is not level by measuring as described above. If it is not charge, shim engine/transaxle mounts to raise the side with the lowest read, using allow bicycle alignment shim stock. Labor process T4639. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1217 7. Re-ride the vehicle A. If the fomite is fixed, OK. B. If the fomite hush torsion steers, contact Technical Assistance. Memory Steer 1. Replace upper strut mount/bearing assemblies following routine in Service Manual. See ” Miscellaneous notes # 9. ” 2. Re-ride the vehicle. A. If the vehicle is fixed, OK. Labor process E3927. B. If the fomite inactive exhibits memory bullock, the steering gear may have high friction and should be replaced. See assorted notes # 9. Labor mathematical process E9730. Steering Wheel Angle not “ Centered ” Reset toe-in with steering rack locked in “ focus on ” position. confirm that steering rack is straight. Labor process E2000. other corrective Action Procedures Check ball joints for binding or sticking by raising the vehicle on a hoist, and disconnect the tie rods. Move the tires back and forth and feel for any dressing or stay. If any is felt, the ball joint ( s ) may need to be replaced. assorted Notes 1. Poor alignment will not cause vibration complaints. 2. toe-in does not affect leads/pulls or torsion steer. It lone affects steering wheel angle and bore wear. 3. Camber and caster values should not change during vehicle cargo. 4. Some caster adjustments may be made using the postdate procedure, which utilizes available allowance in fastener holes. Do not file or elongate any body sheet metallic element. A. Loosen the 6 suspension back bolts on the side needing adjustment. B. Using a pry browning automatic rifle or other appropriate creature, adjust the abeyance support forward to increase caster, or rearward to decrease caster. C. Tighten the 6 pause patronize bolts while holding the abeyance defend in the hope position. D. Loosen the 3 tittup ride fasteners in the engine compartment and move the top of the strut rear to increase caster or forth to decrease caster. 5. Never modify body sheet metal to adjust caster or camber on J/N/L vehicles. There is not enough social organization or inwardly form headroom to do so. 6. Always confirm calibration of alignment machine before calling technical Assistance. 7. Try a know good specify of tires on a continual trouble vehicle before calling technical Assistance. This will rule out tires as a cause of the problem. 8. If it is necessary to call Technical Assistance, please have the follow data ready to give to the Technical Assistance Engineer : A. nature of complaint – What the customer complained about, mileage, and whether it is a torsion bullock, lead/pull, memory bullock, or steering wheel off kernel. B. last calibration date of alignment rack, type of equipment and exemplary numeral. C. Tire size and post, and condition of tires. D. Before and after conjunction readings. E. “ Z ” heights. F. Call only after attached procedure ( south ) has been performed. 9. For vehicles still under guarantee, please use compensate labor operation codes for what has been done, and keep records ( before/after measurements, customer business, etc ). Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 92503B > Nov > 91 > Steering – Lead/Pull, Memory Steer/Unusual Tire Wear > Page 1218 E0100 is the labor operation numeral used for guarantee claims for front man run down swaps because of lead/pull or torsion steer concerns. E2020 is the parturiency operation number used for guarantee claims for toe adjust. Correct animate is to reset front bicycle individual and summarize toe while locking the steering roulette wheel in correct grade position. Do not use E2020 to claim a toe adjust. Remember that a toe adjust will not correct torsion steer or leads/pulls ; it only corrects excessive tire wear and steering bicycle slant. 10. Do not claim an alliance labor operation in accession to another department of labor operation that requires ( and includes labor meter for ) an alliance. The undertaking time for the conjunction is either included in the labor operation or will be added to the labor operation. A dependable case of this is a tittup replacement. The times for a camber bridle should be added, but an E2020 should not be claimed in addition to the strut exchange code. 11. Whenever possible in unusual or difficult-to-resolve cases, keep all defective parts and information for potential Engineering analysis. This includes bad tires, steering gears, strut mounts, and any other involve parts. 12. Whenever potential, commemorate before and after measurements of caster, camber, toe, and suspension “ Z ” heights. This will speed up the settlement of these problems. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 911713E > Jan > 91 > Tire – tread Chunking/Torn bead Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Tire – step Chunking/Torn bead Number : 91-171-3E section : 3E date : January 1991 Corp. Bulletin No. : 993501R subject : TIRE DAMAGE CAUSED IN GM ASSEMBLY PLANTS – TREAD CHUNKING TORN BEAD Model and year : 1988-91 PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-52-3E, DATED OCTOBER 1989. THE 1991 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 90-52-3E SHOULD BE DISCARDED. Isolated incidents of the follow types of tire damage have recently been reported from the field. Any such damage would be present at time of delivery to the dealer. The probable cause of some of this wrong has been traced to the assembly plant. Since such run down conditions are normally not the demerit of the run down manufacturer, any tires requiring substitute for these reasons should be considered GM ‘s province. assembly plant price should not be confused with transportation wrong, which continues to be the duty of the exile caller. The function of this bulletin is to help identify fabrication plant tire damage. tread Chunking This condition is identified by belittled pieces of tread arctic tear or “ chunked ” out of the run down. This normally occurs in one area of the tread, although more than one area is possible. The missing pace rubberize should be apparent upon ocular inspection. It can besides normally be detected as a once-per-rev tire make noise upon road testing. This stipulate can happen in the assembly plant during the end of line line roll screen. Hard braking such that the tire locks up on the roll could be the cause, although other variables during the roll out test can besides be factors. other types of run down pace damage noted at pitch should be considered fare damage. Torn Bead Rubber This condition is normally not visible unless the tire is dismounted from the bicycle and, therefore, may not be detected during newly vehicle inspection. Depending on the extent of the tear, the circumstance may later be detected as a dull air personnel casualty, or a little sidewall bulge. If the bore is dismounted from the wheel and bead rubber is torn, it is possible that this damage occurred in the assembly plant during run down hop on. If it happened in the plant, the tear will normally be on the inboard ( blackwall ) slope of the tire. There should besides be attest of two tears, about 90 degrees apart, although one is normally a lot Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires : > 911713E > Jan > 91 > Tire – tread Chunking/Torn bead > page 1223 more apparent than the other. Both the above describe conditions occur identical infrequently, with ongoing enhancements afoot to reduce their occurance even further. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 04-03-10-001F Date : April 27, 2010 subjugate : tire Puncture Repair Procedures For All Cars and Light Duty Trucks Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks ( including Saturn ) 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 04-03-10-001E ( Section 03 – suspension ). This bulletin covers puncture compensate procedures for passenger car and fall duty hand truck radial tires in the tread area only. The tire manufacturer must be contacted for its person repair policy and whether or not the speed military rank is retained after repair. Caution – tire changing can be dangerous and should be done by coach professionals using proper tools and procedures. Always read and understand any manufacturer ‘s warnings contained in their customers literature or molded into the tire sidewall. – unplayful center and ear injury may result from not wearing adequate eye and ear protection while repairing tires. – never inflate beyond 275 kPa ( 40 pounds ) imperativeness to seat beads. Some run flat tires, such as the Goodyear Extended Mobility Tire ( EMT ) used on the Corvette, may require more than 275 kPa ( 40 psi ) to seat the bead. In such a shell, a tire guard batting cage must be used. Consult the bore manufacturer for its person haunt policy. – never resist, lean or reach over the assembly during ostentation. Repairable area on a radial run down. Important – NEVER haunt tires worn to the tread indicators 1.59 millimeter ( 2/32 ” ) remaining depth ). – NEVER compensate tires with a pace puncture larger than 6.35 millimeter ( 1/4 ” ). – NEVER substitute an inner pipe for a permissible or non-permissible repair. – never perform an outside-in tire repair ( plug only, on the wheel ). – Every tire must be removed from the bicycle for proper inspection and haunt. – regardless of the type of repair used, the repair must seal the inner lining and fill the wound. – consult with rectify material supplier/manufacturer for rectify unit application procedures and repair tools/repair material recommendations. Three basic steps for tire puncture repair : 1. Remove the run down from the rack for inspection and compensate. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1229 2. Fill the wound ( puncture ) to keep moisture out. 3. Seal the inner lining with a haunt whole to prevent air travel personnel casualty. external inspection 1. Prior to demounting, inspect the bore surface, the valve and the wheel for the source of the leak by using a water and soap solution. Mark the hurt area and wholly deflate the bore by removing the valve core. 2. Demount the bore from the wheel and place the run down on a illuminated spreader. Internal Inspection 1. Spread the beads and mark the puncture with a bore crayon. 2. Inspect the inner tire for any signs of inner price. 3. Remove the puncture object, noting the direction of the penetration. 4. Probe the injury with a blunt awl in ordering to determine the extent and direction of the injury. 5. Remove any loose foreign fabric from the wound. 6. Punctures exceeding 6.35 millimeter ( 1/4 ” ) should not be repaired. Cleaning 1. Clean the area around the puncture thoroughly with a proper liner clean, clean fabric and a scraper. This step serves to remove scandal and mold lubricants to insure proper attachment and non-contamination of the buff tool. 2. Refer to information on the product or manufacturer ‘s Material Safety Data Sheet and follow guidelines for handling and disposal. Clean the Injury Channel Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1230 1. Use a proper hand reamer, carbide tender or drill bite to ream the puncture channel from the inside of the tire in order to clean the wound. 2. Remove sword wires protruding above the liner surface to prevent damage to the animate unit. 3. Consult your repair corporeal supplier for recommend ream joyride ( randomness ). Fill the Injury 1. It is necessary to fill the wound groove to provide back up for the repair whole and to prevent moisture from entering the tire framework and steel wires. 2. ( For combination repair/plug units skip this step. ) Cement the injure distribution channel and fill the injury from the at heart of the tire with the rectify fireplug per rectify material manufacturer ‘s recommendations. Without stretching the plug, cut the ballyhoo off equitable above the inside tire surface. 3. Consult your compensate material supplier for proper repair material choice. Repair Unit Selection Important Do not install the repair unit in this footprint. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – run down Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1231 1. Center the animate whole over the wound as a mention and outline an area larger than the whole so that buff will not remove the crayon marks. 2. Remove the animate unit of measurement. 3. DO NOT overlap previous or multiple repair units. 4. Consult your compensate material supplier for proper repair unit selection. Buffing 1. To prevent contamination and preserve the draft, buff within the grade area thoroughly and evenly with a broken speed buffing tool using a all right electrify brush or gritted rasp. 2. Buff to a smooth velvet surface ( RMA # 1 or # 2 buff texture ). 3. Use caution not to gouge the inner liner or expose casing framework. 4. Remove any buffet dust with a vacuum cleaner. 5. Consult your repair material supplier for a proper buffet creature. Cementing Apply chemical cement according to the animate fabric manufacturer ‘s procedures. Repair Unit Application Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1232 1. The run down must be in the relax place when the rectify unit is installed ( Do not spread the beads excessively ). bikini Plug and Repair Units 1. If applicable, install the repair unit so that the conjunction is adjust. 2. Center the repair unit over the injury and stitch down thoroughly with the stitching joyride, working from the center out. 3. Being careful not to stretch the hack material, cut the fireplug blush with the outer step. Combination Repair/Plug Units 1. Pull the hack through the injury until the repair fair reaches the lining. Stitch down thoroughly. 2. Follow the repair material manufacturer ‘s recommendations for further initiation instructions. 2. Consult your repair substantial supplier for the proper sewing tool. Safety Cage Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Tires : > 04-03-10-001F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – tire Puncture Repair Procedures > Page 1233 Some run flat tires, such as the Goodyear Extended Mobility Tire ( EMT ) used on the Corvette, may require more than 275 kPa ( 40 pounds per square inch ) to seat the bead. In such a encase, a bore base hit cage must be used. Consult the tire manufacturer for its person repair policy. Final Inspection 1. After remounting and inflating the bore, check both beads, the compensate and the valve with a water and soap solution in order to detect leaks. 2. If the bore continues to lose atmosphere, the bore must be demounted and reinspected. 3. Balance the tire and wheel assembly. Refer to Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing – OFF Vehicle. For extra tire puncture rectify information, contact : Rubber Manufacturers Association ( RMA ) Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Tires : > 05-03-10-020C > Apr > 10 > Wheels/Tires – function of Nitrogen Gas in Tires Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels/Tires – function of Nitrogen Gas in Tires INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 05-03-10-020C Date : April 27, 2010 subject : use of Nitrogen Gas in Tires Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks ( including Saturn ) 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 05-03-10-020B ( Section 03 – suspension ). GM ‘s position on the Use of Nitrogen Gas in Tires General Motors does not oppose the use of purify nitrogen as an inflation natural gas for tires. We expect the theoretical benefits to be reduced in virtual use ascribable to the miss of an existing infrastructure to continuously facilitate inflating tires with closely pure nitrogen. even casual inflation with compress atmospheric air travel will negate many of the theoretical benefits. Given those theoretical benefits, virtual limitations, and the robust design of GM original equipment TPC tires, the realized benefits to our customer of inflating their tires with purify nitrogen are expected to be minimal. The Promise of Nitrogen : Under Controlled Conditions Recently, nitrogen gas ( for use in inflating tires ) has become available to the general consumer through some retailers. The use of nitrogen gasoline to inflate tires is a engineering used in car race. The following benefits under controlled conditions are attributed to nitrogen gasoline and its alone properties : – A reduction in the ask passing of Tire Pressure over time. – A decrease in the division of Tire Pressures with temperature changes ascribable to reduction of water system vapor concentration. – A reduction of long condition rubber degradation due to a decrease in oxygen concentrations. Important These are gettable performance improvements when relatively pure nitrogen gasoline is used to inflate tires under operate conditions. The Promise of Nitrogen : substantial World Use Nitrogen ostentation can provide some benefit by reducing accelerator migration ( atmospheric pressure loss ) at the molecular horizontal surface through the bore structure. NHTSA ( National Highway Traffic Safety Administration ) has stated that the inflation pressure loss of tires can be up to 5 % a month. nitrogen molecules are larger than oxygen molecules and, consequently, are less prone to “ seeping ” through the run down shell. The actual gettable benefits of nitrogen vary, based on the physical construction and the materials used in the manufacture of the run down being inflated. Another likely benefit of nitrogen is the reduce oxidation of run down components. Research has demonstrated that oxygen consumed in the oxidation process of the tire chiefly comes from the inflation media. therefore, it is fair to assume that oxidation of tire components can be reduced if the tire is inflated with pure nitrogen. however, alone identical minor amounts of oxygen are required to begin the normal oxidation process. flush slight contamination of the run down inflation accelerator with compressed atmospheric air during normal ostentation imperativeness alimony, may negate the benefits of using nitrogen. GM Tire Quality, Technology and Focus of Importance Since 1972, General Motors has designed tires under the TPC ( Tire Performance Criteria ) stipulation system, which includes specific requirements that ensure robust run down performance under normal custom. General Motors works with bore suppliers to design and manufacture original equipment tires for GM vehicles. The GM TPC addresses required performance with regard to both inflation pressure memory, and endurance properties for original equipment tires. The inflation pressure memory requirements address handiness of oxygen and oxidation concerns, while endurance requirements ensure the mechanical structure of the tire has sufficient forte. This combination has provided our customers with tires that maintain their structural integrity throughout their utilitarian treadlife under normal operate conditions. Regardless of the inflation media for tires ( atmospheric air or nitrogen ), inflation pressure sustenance of tires is critical for overall run down, and ultimately, vehicle performance. Maintaining the adjust inflation coerce allows the bore to perform as intended by the vehicle manufacturer in many areas, including comfort, fuel economy, stopping outdistance, cornering, traction, treadwear, and noise. Since the burden carrying capability of a tire is related to ostentation atmospheric pressure, proper ostentation pressure sustenance is necessary for the run down to support the load imposed by the vehicle without excessive structural Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Tires : > 05-03-10-020C > Apr > 10 > Wheels/Tires – use of Nitrogen Gas in Tires > Page 1238 abasement. Important Regardless of the inflation media for tires ( atmospheric air or nitrogen ), inflation pressure care of tires is critical for overall run down, and ultimately, fomite performance. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Tires : > 00-00-90-002J > Jan > 09 > Tires – compensate Inflation Pressure Information Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Tires – correct Inflation Pressure Information INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 00-00-90-002J date : January 28, 2009 subject : information on Proper Tire Pressure Models : 2010 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks ( including Saturn ) 2009 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3, H3T 2005-2009 Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add model years and clarify extra information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 00-00-90-002I ( Section 00 – general Information ). important : ^ Adjustment of tire coerce for a customer with a Low Tire Pressure Monitor ( TPM ) abstemious on and no codes in the TPM system is NOT a warrantable repair. Claims to just adjust the run down pressure will be rejected. ^ ALL tires ( including the spare part tire ) MUST be set to the recommended inflation atmospheric pressure stated on the vehicle ‘s tire placard ( on driver ‘s door ) during the PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ( PDI ). Recommended inflation press is not the pressure printed on tire sidewall. ^ Tires may be over-inflated from the assembly plant due to the climb process. ^ by and large a 5.6°C ( 10°F ) temperature transfer will result in ( is equivalent to ) a 6.9 kPa ( 1 pounds per square inch ) bore press deepen. ^ 2008-2009 HUMMER H2 Only – The H2 comes standard with Light Truck “ D ” Load Range tires with a recommend cold ostentation pressure of 289 kPa ( 42 pounds per square inch ). These tires will alert the driver to a low blackmail position at roughly 262 kPa ( 38 psi ) due to a requirement in FMVSS 138 which specifies a minimal Activation Pressure for each run down type. This creates a relatively narrow window of “ available ” blackmail values and the admonitory will be more sensitive to outside temperature changes during the cold months. As with early cold temperature/tire atmospheric pressure issues, there is nothing wrong with the system itself. If a vehicle is brought in with this concern, check for run down damage and set all tires to the Recommended Cold Inflation Pressure shown on the vehicle placard. Accurate tire pressures ensure the safe handle and appropriate drive characteristics of GM cars and trucks. It is critical that the tire blackmail be adjusted to the specifications on the vehicle¡C■s run down poster during PDI. Ride, handling and road noise concerns may be caused by improperly adjusted tire pressure. The first dance step in the diagnosis of these concerns is to verify that the tires are inflated to the correct pressures. The commend bore ostentation imperativeness is listed on the vehicle¡C■s run down placard. The tire placard is located on the driver¡C■s side front or rear door edge, plaza column, or the raise compartment lid. Tip ^ Generally a 5.6°C ( 10°F ) temperature increase will result in ( is equivalent to ) a 6.9 kPa ( 1 pounds per square inch ) bore pressure increase. ^ The definition of a “ cold ” tire is one that has been sitting for at least 3 hours, or driven no more than 1.6 kilometer ( 1 nautical mile ). ^ On highly cold days, if the vehicle has been indoors, it may be necessity to compensate for the moo external temperature by adding extra air to the tire during PDI. ^ During cold weather, the Tire Pressure Monitor ( TPM ) indicator light ( a jaundiced horseshoe with an ecphonesis point ) may illuminate. If this indicator turns off after the tires warm up ( reach operate temperature ), the tire pressure should be reset to placard imperativeness at the cold temperature. ^ The TPM system will work correctly with nitrogen in tires. ^ The TPM system is compatible with the GM Vehicle Care Tire Sealant but may not be with other commercially available sealants. crucial : ^ Do not use the tire atmospheric pressure indicated on the tire itself as a guide. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Tires : > 00-00-90-002J > Jan > 09 > Tires – correct Inflation Pressure Information > Page 1243 ^ Always audit and adjust the pressure when the tires are coldness. ^ Vehicles that have different pressures for the movement and the raise necessitate to be adjusted after tire rotation. Improper bore inflation may result in any or all of the trace conditions : ^ Premature bore break ^ Harsh ride ^ Excessive road noise ^ Poor handling ^ Reduced fuel economy ^ Low Tire Pressure Monitor ( TPM ) Light ON ^ Low Tire Pressure Message on the Drivers Information Center ( DIC ) Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Tires : > 433502 > Jul > 94 > Tires – amphetamine Rated Information Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Tires – travel rapidly Rated Information Group Ref. : 3 – Steering/Suspension Bulletin No. : 433502 date : July, 1994 INFORMATION SUBJECT : speed RATED TIRES MODELS : 1995 AND PRIOR YEAR PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS All original equipment passenger car and luminosity duty hand truck tires used by General Motors have a speed military rank symbol molded on their sidewall. This speed symbol, along with the tire ‘s lode index, make up the serve description that follows the run down ‘s size. The original equipment tire size, speed rat, and recommended inflation pressure are listed on the run down placard normally located on the driver ‘s door edge. WHEN REPLACING TIRES, NEVER INSTALL A TIRE THAT IS A modest SIZE OR LESSER SPEED RATING THAN THAT USED AS ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT. As in the past, it is recommended that surrogate tires have a TPC ( Tire Performance Criteria ) number on the sidewall that is identical to that on the master tires. Common accelerate fink on tires used by General Motors are as follows : ( see exemplification ) IMPORTANT : Most base all season tires and touring tires used by GM are S rated. Performance tires will normally have a higher speed rate. gamey performance tires are normally Z rated. Z rated tires carry the Z symbol within the bore size, preferably than after the size in the servicing description. These speeds apply lone at the tire ‘s full pressure. An underinflated tire will not meet its rush rat capability. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Tires : > 911713E > Jan > 91 > Tire – step Chunking/Torn bead Tires : All Technical Service Bulletins Tire – step Chunking/Torn bead Number : 91-171-3E section : 3E date : January 1991 Corp. Bulletin No. : 993501R subject : TIRE DAMAGE CAUSED IN GM ASSEMBLY PLANTS – TREAD CHUNKING TORN BEAD Model and year : 1988-91 PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-52-3E, DATED OCTOBER 1989. THE 1991 MODEL YEAR HAS BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 90-52-3E SHOULD BE DISCARDED. Isolated incidents of the follow types of bore damage have recently been reported from the field. Any such damage would be show at clock time of manner of speaking to the dealer. The probable cause of some of this damage has been traced to the assembly establish. Since such tire conditions are normally not the fault of the bore manufacturer, any tires requiring surrogate for these reasons should be considered GM ‘s duty. forum plant damage should not be confused with exile damage, which continues to be the duty of the transportation company. The function of this bulletin is to help identify assembly establish tire damage. tread Chunking This condition is identified by small pieces of tread arctic pluck or “ chunked ” out of the run down. This normally occurs in one area of the tread, although more than one area is possible. The missing tread rubber should be apparent upon ocular inspection. It can besides normally be detected as a once-per-rev tire noise upon road testing. This condition can happen in the assembly plant during the end of line trace bankroll trial. Hard braking such that the bore locks up on the roll could be the cause, although other variables during the roll screen can besides be factors. other types of bore tread price noted at manner of speaking should be considered transportation wrong. Torn Bead Rubber This condition is normally not visible unless the tire is dismounted from the steering wheel and, consequently, may not be detected during modern fomite inspection. Depending on the extent of the tear, the circumstance may subsequently be detected as a slow breeze loss, or a flimsy sidewall start. If the tire is dismounted from the wheel and beading rubberize is torn, it is possible that this wrong occurred in the assembly plant during run down mount. If it happened in the plant, the tear will normally be on the inboard ( blackwall ) side of the tire. There should besides be evidence of two tears, about 90 degrees apart, although one is normally much Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Tires : > 911713E > Jan > 91 > Tire – step Chunking/Torn bead > page 1252 more apparent than the other. Both the above trace conditions occur very infrequently, with ongoing enhancements afoot to reduce their occurance flush further. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 00-03-10-006F > May > 10 > Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) Wheels : customer Interest Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 00-03-10-006F Date : May 04, 2010 subject : information on Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X 2000-2005 Saturn L Series 2003-2007 Saturn ION Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to well expand the available information on Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) and should be reviewed in whole. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 00-03-10-006E ( Section 03 – suspension ). Important – Before measuring tires on equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700, the vehicle MUST be driven a minimum of 16 km ( 10 nautical mile ) to ensure removal of any flat-spotting. Refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 03-03-10-007E – Tire/Wheel Characteristics of GM Original Equipment Tires. – equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 MUST be calibrated prior to measuring tire/wheel assemblies for each vehicle. The purpose of this bulletin is to provide guidance to GM dealers when using tire force variation measurement equipment, such as the Hunter GSP9700. This type of equipment can be a valuable instrument in diagnosing fomite ride concerns. The most common ride concern involving run down radial force magnetic declination is highway speed shake on smooth roads. Tire refer fluent road highway speed shake can be caused by three conditions : imbalance, out of circle and run down force version. These three conditions are not inevitably related. All three conditions must be addressed. asymmetry is normally addressed first gear, because it is the bare of the three to correct. Off-vehicle, two plane active wheel balancers are readily available and can accurately correct any asymmetry. Balancer calibration and alimony, proper attachment of the wheel to the balancer, and proper libra weights, are all factors required for a quality balance wheel. however, a absolutely balanced tire/wheel assembly can calm be “ ellipse shape ” and cause a shaking. Before balancing, perform the following procedures. Tire and Wheel Diagnosis 1. Set the bore press to the placard values. 2. With the vehicle raised, ensure the wheels are centered on the hub by loosening all wheel nuts and hand-tightening all nuts beginning by hand while shaking the bicycle, then torsion to specifications using a torsion wrench, NOT a torsion stand by. 3. visually inspect the tires and the wheels. Inspect for testify of the follow conditions and correct as necessity : – Missing balance weights – Bent rim flange – irregular tire wear – Incomplete bead seating – tire irregularities ( including atmospheric pressure settings ) – Mud/ice build-up in steering wheel – Stones in the bore tread – Remove any aftermarket wheels and/or tires and restore fomite to master condition anterior to diagnosing a polish road stimulate stipulate. 4. Road test the vehicle using the Electronic Vibration Analyzer ( EVA ) all-important joyride. Drive for a sufficient distance on a known, fluent road surface to duplicate the condition. Determine if the vehicle is sensitive to brake lend oneself. If the brakes are applied lightly and the pulse felt in the steer bicycle increases, refer to the Brakes department of the service manual that deals with brake-induced pulsation. If you can start to hear the vibration as a gloomy boom noise ( in addition to feeling it ), but can not see it, the vehicle likely has a inaugural orderliness ( one pulse per propshaft rotation ) driveline vibration. Driveline first order vibrations are high enough in frequency that most humans can start to hear them at highway speeds, but are besides high to be able to be well seen. These issues can be caused by driveline asymmetry or misalignment. If the fomite exhibits this low boom and the boom pulses in-and-out on a regular basis ( like a pulsate ), chances are effective that the vehicle could have driveline vibration. This type Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 00-03-10-006F > May > 10 > Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) > page 1261 of vibration is normally felt more in the “ seat of the pants ” than the steering bicycle. 5. adjacent, record the Hertz ( Hz ) recitation as displayed by the EVA onto the tire data worksheet found at the end of this bulletin. This should be done after a tire housebreaking period of at least 16 kilometer ( 10 mile ) at 72 kilometers per hour ( 45 miles per hour ) or greater, in orderliness to eliminate any possible bore flat-spotting. This read confirms what the vehicle vibration frequency is anterior to vehicle service and documents the measure of improvement occurring as the resultant role of the versatile steps taken to repair. Completing the Steering Wheel Shake Worksheet below is required. A transcript of the completed worksheet must be saved with the R.O. and a copy included with any parts returned to the Warranty Parts Center for psychoanalysis. A reading of 35 to 50 Hz typically indicates a first order propshaft oscillation. If this is the position, refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 08-07-30-044D. Generally, a interpretation between 10 and 20 Hz indicates a tire/wheel oscillation and if this is the read obtained, continue using this bulletin. If the tire 1st order vibration goes away and stays away during this evaluation, the cause is probably tire flat-spotting. Tire flat-spotting shaking may come and go at any amphetamine over 72 km/h ( 45 miles per hour ) during the first 10 minutes of operation, if vibration continues after 10 minutes of driving at speeds greater than 72 kilometers per hour ( 45 miles per hour ), tire flat-spotting can be ruled out as the cause for vibration. 6. If flat-spotting is the campaign, provide the explanation that this has occurred due to the vehicle being parked for long periods of time and that the nature of the tire is to take a stage set. Refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 03-03-10-007E : information on Tire/Wheel Characteristics ( Vibration, Balance, Shake, Flat Spotting ) of GM Original Equipment Tires. 7. If the road test indicates a shake/vibration exists, check the asymmetry of each tire/wheel assembly on a known, calibrated, off-car active balancer.Make sure the mounting surface of the wheel and the coat of the halter are absolutely clean and free of debris. Be certain to chose the proper cone/collet for the steering wheel, and always use the navigate bore for centering. Never center the wheel using the hub-cap hold since it is not a preciseness machined open. If any fabrication calls for more than 1/4 snow leopard on either rim flange, remove all remainder weights and rebalance to as close to zero as possible. If you can see the vibration ( along with feeling it ) in the steering bicycle ( driving square without your hands on the roulette wheel ), it is very likely to be a tire/wheel foremost order ( one pulse per rotation ) disturbance. foremost order disturbances can be caused by imbalance vitamin a well as non-uniformities in tires, wheels or hub. This beginning order frequency is besides abject for a human to hear, but if the amplitude is senior high school enough, it can be seen. If a vibration or shake still exists after balancing, any out of round conditions, of the rack, and force mutant conditions of the run down, must be addressed. equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 can address both ( it is besides a wheel halter ). Tire radial force shaking ( RFV ) can be defined as the amount of severity variation the tire will produce in one rotation under a constant warhead. Radial force mutant is what the fomite feels because the load ( slant ) of the vehicle is always on the tires. Although free runout of tires ( not under load ) is not always a good index of a politic ride, it is critical that sum tire/wheel assembly runout be within stipulation. Equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 loads the tire, similar to on the vehicle, and measures radial coerce variation of the tire/wheel assembly. note that the rack is affecting the run down ‘s RFV measurement at this point. To isolate the steering wheel, its runout must be measured. This can be easily done on the Hunter, without the necessitate to set up dial indicators. If the roulette wheel meets the runout specification, the tire ‘s RFV can then be addressed. After measuring the tire/wheel forum under load, and the wheel entirely, the machine then calculates ( predicts ) the radial storm magnetic declination of the bore. however, because this is a prediction that can include mounting inaccuracies, and the load wheel is much smaller in diameter than used in bore output, this character of service equipment should NOT be used to audit new tires. rather, it should be used as a service diagnostic joyride to minimize radial pull variation of the tire/wheel assembly. equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 does an excellent job of measuring steering wheel runout, and of finding the broken point of the wheel ( for runout ) and the high orient of the bore ( for radial force variation ). This allows the run down to be matched mounted to the wheel for lowest tire/wheel assembly push variation. The machine will simplify this procedure into slowly steps. The following assembly radial power variation numbers should be used as a guide : When measuring RFV and match mounting tires perform the follow steps. Measuring Wheel Runout and Assembly Radial Force Variation Important The completed worksheet at the end of this bulletin must be attached to the difficult imitate of the repair order. – measure radial force variation and radial runout. – If a road force/balancing machine is used, record the radial force variation ( RFV ) on the worksheet at the end of this bulletin. It may be of benefit to have the lowest RFV assembly to the front left corner. If the machine is not available and the EVA data suggests there is an issue, swap the run down and wheel assemblies from the front to the back. Re-check on the EVA and if the trouble placid exists, test another fomite to find tires that do not exhibit the same frequency and swap those tires onto the subject vehicle. – If a runout/balancing machine is used, record the radial runout of the tire/wheel assemblies on the worksheet at the end of this bulletin. If one or more of the tire/wheel assemblies are more than.040 in ( 1.02 millimeter ), match mount the tire to the rack to get below.040 in ( 1.02 millimeter ). For sensitive customers, readings of 0.030 edge ( 0.76 millimeter ) or less are preferable, it may besides be of benefit to have the lowest runout forum to the battlefront left corner. If the machine is not available and the EVA data suggests there is an offspring, swap the bore and wheel assemblies from the front to the back. Re-check on the EVA and if the trouble even exists, test another vehicle to find tires that do not exhibit the same frequency and swap those tires Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 00-03-10-006F > May > 10 > Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) > page 1262 onto the topic vehicle. – After couple mount, the tire/wheel assembly must be rebalanced. If match mounting tires to in-spec wheels produces forum values higher than these, tire substitution may be necessary. Replacing tires at lower values will credibly mean dependable tires are being condemned. Because tires can sometimes become temporarily flat-spotted, which will affect force magnetic declination, it is important that the vehicle be driven at least 16 kilometer ( 10 mile ) prior to measuring. Tire pressure must besides be adjusted to the use pressure on the fomite ‘s tire poster prior to measuring. Most GM vehicles will tolerate radial wedge variation up to these levels. however, some vehicles are more sensitive, and may require lower levels. besides, there are other tire parameters that equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 can not measure that may be a factor. In such cases, TAC should be contacted for far instructions. Important – When mounting a GM roulette wheel to a wheel balancer/force magnetic declination car, always use the wheel’s plaza navigate hole. This is the primary centering mechanism on all GM wheels ; the thunderbolt holes are secondary. normally a back cone method to the machine should be used. For add accuracy and repeatability, a flange plate should be used to clamp the steering wheel onto the cone and machine. This system is offered by all halter manufacturers in GM ‘s trader program. – Any type of service equipment that removes pace rubber by grinding, buffing or truing is NOT recommended, and may void the tire guarantee. however, tires may have been ground by the run down company as share of their tire manufacture process. This is a legitimate routine. Steering Wheel Shake Worksheet When diagnosing oscillation concerns, use the follow worksheet in concurrence with the appropriate Vibration Analysis-Road testing procedure in the Vibration Correction sub-section in SI. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 00-03-10-006F > May > 10 > Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) > page 1263 Refer to the appropriate section of SI for specifications and repair procedures that are related to the oscillation business. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 05-03-10-003F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – abject Tire/Leaking Cast Aluminum Wheels Wheels : customer Interest Tires/Wheels – humble Tire/Leaking Cast Aluminum Wheels TECHNICAL Bulletin No. : 05-03-10-003F Date : April 27, 2010 discipline : low Tire blackmail, Leaking Cast Aluminum Wheels ( Repair with Adhesive Sealant ) Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks ( Including Saturn ) 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X with Cast Aluminum Wheels Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to update the model years and the bulletin citation information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 05-03-10-003E ( Section 03 – suspension ). Condition Some customers may comment on a low tire imperativeness discipline. diagnosis of the low tire coerce condition indicates an air escape through the cast aluminum wheel. Cause Porosity in the form aluminum roulette wheel may be the causal agent. Notice This bulletin specifically addresses issues related to the wheel casting that may result in an air leak. For issues related to corrosion of the wheel in service, please refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 08-03-10-006C – tire Slowly Goes Flat, Tire Air Loss, Low Tire blackmail Warning Light Illuminated, Aluminum Wheel Bead Seat Corrosion ( Clean and Resurface Wheel Bead Seat ). discipline 1. Remove the tire and steering wheel assembly from the vehicle. Refer to the appropriate service procedure in SI. 2. Locate the leak sphere by inflating the tire to 276 kPa ( 40 pounds per square inch ) and dipping the tire/wheel forum in a water system bathroom, or use a spray bottle with soap and water system to locate the specific leak localization. Important – If the porosity leak is located in the bead sphere of the aluminum rim ( where the run down meets the rim ), the steering wheel should be replaced. – If two or more leaks are located on one bicycle, the wheel should be replaced. 3. If air bubbles are observed, mark the placement. – If the leak location is on the tire/rubber area, refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 04-03-10-001F Tire Puncture Repair Procedures for All Cars and Light Duty Trucks. – If the leak is located on the aluminum wheel area, continue with the adjacent step. 4. Inscribe a mark on the tire at the valve stalk in ordering to indicate the orientation of the tire to the wheel. 5. Dismount the bore from the wheel. Refer to Tire Mounting and Dismounting. 6. Remove the run down atmospheric pressure detector. Refer to Tire Pressure Sensor removal procedure in SI. 7. Scuff the INSIDE rim surface at the leak sphere with # 80 grit paper and clean the area with general function cleaner, such as 3M ( R ) General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner, P/N 08984, or equivalent. 8. Apply a 3 millimeter ( 0.12 in ) thick layer of Silicone – Adhesive/Sealant, P/N 12378478 ( in Canada, use 88900041 ), or equivalent, to the leak area. 9. Allow for the adhesive/sealant to dry. Notice Caution must be used when mounting the tire so a not to damage the sealer. Damaging the compensate area may result in an vent leak. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 05-03-10-003F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – low Tire/Leaking Cast Aluminum Wheels > Page 1268 10. Align the code crisscross on the tire with the valve stem on the wheel. 11. Reinstall the Tire Pressure Sensor. Refer to Tire pressure Sensor facility procedure in SI. 12. Mount the tire on the wheel. Refer to Tire Mounting and Dismounting. 13. Pressurize the tire to 276 kPa ( 40 psi ) and audit for leaks. 14. Adjust tire pressure to meet the poster stipulation. 15. Balance the tire/wheel forum. Refer to Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing – Off-Vehicle. 16. Install the tire and wheel fabrication onto the vehicle. Refer to the allow service procedure in SI. Parts Information Warranty Information ( excluding Saab U.S. Models ) Important The Silicone – Adhesive/Sealant comes in a casing quantity of six. entirely charge warranty one tube of adhesive/sealant per wheel haunt. For vehicles repaired under guarantee, habit : One leak repair per wheel. guarantee Information ( Saab U.S. Models ) For vehicles repaired under guarantee, use the table above. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest : > 931693E > Apr > 93 > Tires – Slipping on Rim Wheels : customer Interest Tires – Slipping on Rim Number : 93-169-3E section : 3E date : april 1993 Corporate Bulletin No. : 393501 ASE No. : A4 discipline : TIRES SLIPPING ON WHEELS ( USE PROPER TIRE MOUNTING PROCEDURE ) Model and year : 1988-93 ALL PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS Some incidents of tires slipping ( rotating ) on wheels have been reported on 1988-93 passenger cars and light duty trucks. Most incidents have occurred when driven aggressively immediately after tire mount. Hard acceleration and/or brake is normally required. This condition will affect wheel balance, which could result in a oscillation. To reduce the opportunity of tires rotating on their wheels, any overindulgence lubricant should be wiped from the run down and rim after bore mount, but before inflating to seat the bead. ( Never exceed 40 psi to seat the bead. ) besides, the vehicle should not be driven aggressively for at least four hours after bore mount to allow the lubricant to dry. GM Goodwrench Rubber Lubricant, p/n 12345884, is the recommend lubricant for bore mount. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-002F > Apr > 11 > Wheels – Chrome Wheel Staining/Pitting/Corrosion Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels – Chrome Wheel Staining/Pitting/Corrosion INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 00-03-10-002F Date : April 21, 2011 submit : Chemical Staining, Pitting, Corrosion and/or Spotted Appearance of Chromed Aluminum Wheels Models : 2012 and Prior GM Cars and Trucks Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to update model years, suggest extra renewing products and add extra corrosion information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 00-03-10-002E ( Section 03 – pause ). Important You may give a copy of this bulletin to the customer. What is Chemical Staining of Chrome Wheels ? figure 1 Chemical stain in most cases results from acid based cleaners ( refer to Figure 1 for an model ). These stains are frequently milky, black, or greenish in appearance. They result from using cleaning solutions that contain acids on chrome wheels. Soap and water is normally sufficient to clean wheels. If the customer insists on using a wheel clean they should only use one that specifically states that it is condom for chrome wheels and does not contain anything in the postdate list. ( Dealers should besides survey any products they use during homework or normal clean of stock units for these chemicals. ) – ammonium Bifluoride ( fluoride source for dissolving of chrome ) – Hydrofluoric Acid ( directly dissolves chrome ) – Hydrochloric Acid ( immediately dissolves chrome ) – sodium Dodecylbenzenesulfonic Acid – Sulfamic Acid – Phosphoric Acid – Hydroxyacetic Acid Notice Many wheel cleaner instructions advise to take care to avoid contact with motley surfaces. Most customers think of paint surfaces as the fenders, stern panels and other outside tabloid alloy. many vehicles have painted brake calipers. Acidic roulette wheel cleaners may craze, crevice, or discolor the paint on the brake calipers. damage from roulette wheel cleaners is not covered under the vehicle new car guarantee. Soap and water system applied with a voiced brush is normally all that is required to clean the calipers. Whenever any wheel cleansing agent is used, it must be THOROUGHLY rinsed off of the steering wheel with clean, clear water. special concern must be taken to rinse under the hub hood, balance weights, bicycle nuts, lugworm crackpot caps, between the wheel facing and off the back side of the wheel. Wheels returned to the Warranty Parts Center ( WPC ) that parade damage from bicycle cleaners most frequently have the damage about and under the wheel weight where the clean was incompletely flushed off. Notice Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-002F > Apr > 11 > Wheels – Chrome Wheel Staining/Pitting/Corrosion > Page 1278 Do not use cleaning solutions that contain hydrofluoric, oxalic and most other acids on chrome wheels ( or any wheels ). If the customer is uncertain of the chemical constitution of a particular wheel clean, it should be avoided. For wheels showing signs of milky staining from acidic cleaners, refer to Customer Assistance and Instructions below. Warranty of Stained Chrome Wheels Stained wheels are not warrantable. Most acidic based cleaners will permanently stain chrome wheels. follow-up with dealers has confirmed that such cleaners were used on wheels that were returned to the Warranty Parts Center ( WPC ). Any stain wheels received by the WPC will be charged back to the franchise. To assist the customer, refer to Customer Assistance and Instructions below. Pitting or Spotted Appearance of Chrome Wheels Figure 2 A second gear type or staining or ending disturbance may result from road chemicals, such as calcium chloride used for scatter control of unpaved roads. The stain will look like small scar ( refer to Figure 2 ). This stain will normally be on the leading edges of each bicycle spoke, but may be uniformly distributed. If a fomite must be operated under such conditions, the chrome wheels should be washed with balmy soap and water and thoroughly rinsed a soon as handily possible. authoritative Road chemicals, such as calcium chloride used for dust control of unpaved roads, can besides stain chrome wheels. The stain will look like small pitting. This staining will normally be on the leading edges of each bicycle spoke. This is explained by the vehicle traveling in the forward focus while being splashed by the road chemical. If a vehicle must be operated under such conditions, the chrome wheels should be washed with mild soap and water and thoroughly rinsed adenine soon as handily potential. Warranty of Pitted or Spotted Chrome Wheels Wheels returned with pit or detection as a result of road chemicals may be replaced one fourth dimension. Damage resulting from reach with these applied road chemicals is corrosive to the wheels ending and may cause price if the wheels are not continue clean. Important Notify the customer that this is a one clock time substitution. Please stress to the customer the critical importance of keeping the wheels clean if they are operating the fomite in an area that applies calcium chloride or other dust controlling chemicals ! “ GM of Canada ” dealers require prior approval by the District Manager – Customer Care and Service Process ( DM-CCSP ). “ Stardust ” corrosion of Chrome Wheels Figure 3 A third base type of stopping point affray results from elongated photograph to brake dust and resultant penetration of brake dust through the chrome. As brakes are applied hot particles of bracken material are thrown off and tend to be forced through the leading edge of the wheel spoke windows by airflow. These Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-002F > Apr > 11 > Wheels – Chrome Wheel Staining/Pitting/Corrosion > Page 1279 hot particles embed themselves in the chrome layer and create a small orchestra pit. If the corporeal is allowed to sit on the bicycle while it is exposed to moisture or salt, it will corrode the wheel beneath the chrome leaving a pit or little blister in the chrome. Heavy brake dust build-up should be removed from wheels by using GM Chrome Cleaner and Polish, P/N 1050173 ( in Canada use 10953013 ). For mince cleaning, inner light brake dust build-up or water spots use GM Swirl Remover Polish, P/N 12377965 ( in Canada, use Meguiars Plast-X ( TM ) Clear Plastic Cleaner and Polish # G12310C** ). After clean, the wheel should be waxed using GM Cleaner Wax, P/N 12377966 ( in Canada, use Meguiars Cleaner Wax # M0616C** ), which will help protect the steering wheel from brake dust and reduce adhesiveness of any brake scatter that gets on the wheel surface. For cosmopolitan maintenance clean, PEEK Metal Polish† may be used. It will clean and shine the chrome and leave behind a wax coat that may help protect the finish. Warranty of Stardust Corroded Chrome Wheels Wheels returned with pit or detection as a consequence of neglect and brake dust build-up may be replaced one time. Important Notify the customer that this is a one time refilling. Please stress to the customer the full of life importance of keeping the wheels clean and detached of prolong vulnerability to brake debris build-up. “ GM of Canada ” dealers require anterior approval by the District Manager – Customer Care and Service Process ( DM-CCSP ). Customer Assistance and Instructions GM has looked for ways customers may improve the appearance of wheels damaged by acidic cleaners. The follow product and routine has been found to dramatically improve the appearance of stained wheels. For wheels that have milky stains caused by acidic cleaners try the following : Notice THE 3M CHROME AND METAL POLISH REQUIRED FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS AN EXTREMELY AGGRESSIVE POLISH/CLEANER. THE WHEELS MUST BE CLEANED BEFORE APPLICATION TO AVOID SCRATCHING THE WHEEL SURFACE. THIS PRODUCT WILL REDUCE THE THICKNESS OF THE CHROME PLATING ON THE WHEEL AND IF USED INCORRECTLY OR EXCESSIVELY MAY REMOVE THE CHROME PLATING ALL TOGETHER, EXPOSING A LESS BRIGHT AND BRASSY COLORED SUB-LAYER. FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS EXACTLY. 1. Wash the wheels with vigorously with soap and urine. This pace will clean and may reduce roulette wheel staining. Flood all areas of the bicycle with water system to rinse. 2. Dry the wheels wholly. Notice Begin with a small section of the wheel and with light blackmail buff off polish and test results. ONLY apply and rub with sufficient power and clock to remove enough staining that you are satisfied with the results. Some wheels may be stained to the extent that you may only achieve a 50 % improvement while others may be able to be restored to the original shininess. IN ALL CASES, only apply until the results are satisfactory. 3. Apply 3M Chrome and Metal Polish # 39527* with a clean terry cloth towel. As you apply the polish, the staining will be diminished. 4. When dry, buff off the polish with a blank helping of the towel. 5. Repeat application of the 3M Chrome and Metal Polish until satisfied with the results. If continued applications fail to improve the appearance promote discontinue use. This routine will improve the appearance of the wheels and may, with repeated applications, restore the finish up dramatically. For wheels that exhibit spotting from road chemicals the above operation may marginally improve the condition but will not restore the finish or remove the pitting. In this type of staining the wheel complete has actually been removed in spots and no manner of clean will restore the eat up. †*We believe this reference and their products to be reliable. There may be extra manufacturers of such products/materials. general Motors does not endorse, indicate any preference for or assume any responsibility for the products or material from this fast or for any such items that may be available from other sources. Parts Information Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-002F > Apr > 11 > Wheels – Chrome Wheel Staining/Pitting/Corrosion > Page 1280 *This merchandise is presently available from 3M. To obtain data for your local retail location please call 3M at 1-888-364-3577. **This product is presently available from Meguiars ( Canada ). To obtain information for your local anesthetic retail location please name Meguiars at 1-800-347-5700 or at www.meguiarscanada.com. ^ This product is presently available from Tri-Peek International. To obtain information for your local retail localization please call Tri-Peek at 1-877-615-4272 or at www.tripeek.com. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 99-08-51-007E > Mar > 11 > Wheels/Tires – Refinishing Aluminum Wheels Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels/Tires – Refinishing Aluminum Wheels INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 99-08-51-007E date : March 17, 2011 subject : Refinishing Aluminum Wheels Models : 2012 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add extra model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 99-08-51-007D ( section 08 – body and Accessories ). This bulletin updates General Motor ‘s put on refinishing aluminum wheels. GM does not endorse any repairs that involve weld, bending, straightening or re-machining. only cosmetic refinish of the rack ‘s coatings, using recommend procedures, is allowed. Evaluating wrong In evaluating damage, it is the GM Dealer ‘s province to inspect the wheel for corrosion, scrapes, gouges, etc. The Dealer must insure that such damage is not deeper than what can be sanded or polished off. The wheel must be inspected for cracks. If cracks are found, discard the wheel. Any wheels with crouch rim flanges must not be repaired or refinished. Wheels that have been refinished by an outside company must be returned to the like vehicle. The Dealer must record the steering wheel ID stomp or the cast date on the wheel in order to assure this necessity. Refer to Refinisher ‘s Responsibility – outside Company former in this bulletin. Aluminum Wheel Refinishing Recommendations – Chrome-plated aluminum wheels Re-plating these wheels is not recommended. – Polished aluminum wheels These wheels have a polyester or acrylic clearcoat on them. If the clearcoat is damaged, refinishing is possible. however, the needed refinish process can not be performed in the dealer environment. Refer to Refinisher ‘s Responsibility – external Company belated in this bulletin. – Painted aluminum wheels These wheels are painted using a fuse, tinge coat, and clearcoat procedure. If the rouge is damaged, refinishing is possible. As with polish wheels, all original coatings must be removed first gear. Media blast is recommended. Refer to GM Aluminum Refinishing Bulletin # 53-17-03A for the re-painting of this type of steering wheel. – Bright, machined aluminum wheels These wheels have a polyester or acrylic fiber clearcoat on them. In some cases, the recessed “ pocket ” areas of the wheel may be painted. Surface refinish is possible. The roulette wheel must be wholly stripped by media blasting or other desirable means. The roulette wheel should be resurfaced by using a sanding serve rather than a machine summons. This allows the least amount of material to be removed. Important Do not use any re-machining process that removes aluminum. This could affect the dimensions and function of the steering wheel. Painting is an choice to re-clearcoating polished and bright machined aluminum wheels. Paint will better mask any surface imperfections and is slightly more durable than clearcoat entirely. GM recommends using Corsican SILVER WAEQ9283 for a all right “ aluminum-like ” expect or Sparkle SILVER WA9967 for a very bright look. As an option, the body color may besides be used. When using any of the paint options, it is recommended that all four wheels be refinished in order to maintain color uniformity. Refer to GM Aluminum Refinishing Bulletin # 53-17-03A for particular procedures and merchandise recommendations. Refinisher ‘s Responsibility – outside Company Important Some outside companies are offering bicycle refinish services. such refinish wheels will be permanently marked by the refinisher and are warranted by the refinisher. Any work that re-machines or differently re-manufactures the steering wheel should not be used. A refinisher ‘s province includes inspecting for cracks using the Zyglo system or the equivalent. Any crack wheels must not be refinished. No weld, hammering or reforming of any kind is allowed. The bicycle ID must be recorded and follow the wheel throughout the process in ordain to assure that the same wheel is returned. A plastic media good time may be used for clean up of the rack. Hand and/or lathe sandpaper of the machine surface and the steering wheel window is allowed. Material removal, though, must be kept to a minimal. Re-machining of the wheel is not allowed. Paint and/or clean coat must not be present on the comply surfaces : the addict chamfers, the wheel mounting surfaces and the rack original hole. The refinisher must permanently ID stamp the roulette wheel and warrant the painted/clearcoated surfaces for a minimal of one year or the remainder of the new vehicle guarantee, whichever is Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 99-08-51-007E > Mar > 11 > Wheels/Tires – Refinishing Aluminum Wheels > Page 1285 long. Important Whenever a wheel is refinished, the mounting surface and the wheel nut contact surfaces must not be painted or clearcoated. Coating these surfaces could affect the wheel nut torsion. When re-mounting a run down on an aluminum roulette wheel, coated remainder weights must be used in rate to reduce the chance of future cosmetic damage. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 06-03-10-010A > Jun > 10 > Wheels – Changing Procedures/Precautions Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels – Changing Procedures/Precautions INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 06-03-10-010A date : June 09, 2010 subject : data on Proper Wheel Changing Procedures and Cautions Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks 2010 and Prior HUMMER Models 2005-2009 Saab 9-7X 2005-2009 Saturn Vehicles Attention : complete wheel changing instructions for each vehicle line can be found under Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation in Service Information ( SI ). This bulletin is intended to quickly review and reinforce childlike but vital procedures to reduce the possibility of achieving low torsion during bicycle installation. Always refer to SI for wheel stuff addict torsion specifications and complete jack instructions for condom wheel changing. supplant : This bulletin is being revised to include the 2011 model class and update the available special creature list. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 06-03-10-010 ( Section 03 Suspension ). frequency of Wheel Changes – Marketplace Driven Just a few years ago, the increasing longevity of tires along with greater resistance to punctures had greatly reduced the number of times wheels were removed to basically needed tire rotation intervals. today with the booming business in accessory wheels/special application tires ( such as winter tires ), consumers are having tire/wheel assemblies removed – replaced – or installed more than ever. With this increased action, it opens up more of a prospect for erroneousness on the part of the technician. This bulletin will review a few of the common concerns and mistakes to make yourself mindful of. Proper Servicing Starts With the Right Tools The following tools have been made available to assist in proper bicycle and bore removal and installation. – J 41013 Rotor Resurfacing Kit ( or equivalent ) – joule 42450-A Wheel Hub Resurfacing Kit ( or equivalent ) Corroded Surfaces One area of concern is corrosion on the copulate surfaces of the bicycle to the hub on the vehicle. excessive corrosion, crap, rust or debris built up on these surfaces can mimic a by rights tightened rack in the service stall. Once the vehicle is driven, the debris may loosen, grind up or be washed away from water splash. This action may result in headroom at the mating come on of the wheel and an under-torqued condition. caution Before installing a roulette wheel, remove any buildup on the wheel mounting surface and brake drum or brake magnetic disk mounting come on. Installing wheels with poor metal-to-metal contact at the mounting surfaces can cause wheel nuts to loosen. This may cause a wheel to come off when the vehicle is moving, possibly resulting in a loss of control or personal injury. Whenever you remove the tire/wheel assemblies, you must inspect the felt surfaces. If corrosion is found, you should remove the debris with a die mill equipped with a fine sandpaper pad, telegram brush or clean disk. Just remove enough material to assure a clean, smooth mating come on. The J 41013 ( or equivalent ) can be used to clean the follow surfaces : – The hub mounting surface – The brake rotor mounting surface – The roulette wheel mounting open Use the J 42450-A ( or equivalent ) to clean around the base of the stud and the hub. Lubricants, Grease and Fluids Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 06-03-10-010A > Jun > 10 > Wheels – Changing Procedures/Precautions > Page 1290 Some customers may use penetrating oils, dirt or early lubricants on wheel studs to aid in removal or facility. Always use a desirable cleaner/solvent to remove these lubricants prior to installing the roulette wheel and tire assemblies. Lubricants left on the wheel stud may cause improper readings of bicycle nut torsion. Always install wheels to clean, dry wheel studs ONLY. Notice Lubricants left on the bicycle stud or vertical mount surfaces between the wheel and the rotor or drum may cause the wheel to work itself loosen after the vehicle is driven. Always install wheels to clean, dry bicycle studs and surfaces ONLY. Beginning with 2011 model year vehicles, put a idle coat of grease, GM P/N 1051344 ( in Canada, P/N 9930370 ), on the inner surface of the steering wheel pilot hole to prevent wheel seizure to the axle or bearing hub. Wheel Stud and Lug Nut Damage Always inspect the steering wheel stud and lug nuts for signs of damage from crossthreading or mistreat. You should never have to force bicycle nuts down the dot. Lug nuts that are damaged may not retain properly, so far give the depression of amply tightening. Always inspect and replace any part suspected of wrong. Tip Always start roulette wheel nuts by bridge player ! Be certain that all rack nut threads have been engaged BEFORE tightening the addict. important If the vehicle has directional tread tires, verify the directional arrow on the outboard motorboat side of the run down is pointing in the focus of ahead rotation. Wheel Nut Tightening and Torque Improper rack nut tightening can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. In rate to avoid extra brake repairs, evenly tighten the roulette wheel nuts to the proper torsion specification as shown for each vehicle in SI. Always observe the proper wheel nut tightening sequence as shown below in arrange to avoid trapping the rack on the steering wheel stud threads or clamping the roulette wheel slightly off center resulting in vibration. The Most Important Service You Provide While the above information is well known, and wheel removal so common, technicians run the risk of becoming complacent on this very crucial Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 06-03-10-010A > Jun > 10 > Wheels – Changing Procedures/Precautions > Page 1291 service operation. A childlike beguilement or time constraint that rushes the job may result in personal injury if the greatest of wish is not exercised. Make it a habit to double check your work and to always side with caution when install wheels. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-006F > May > 10 > Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 00-03-10-006F Date : May 04, 2010 subject : information on Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X 2000-2005 Saturn L Series 2003-2007 Saturn ION Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to well expand the available information on Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) and should be reviewed in whole. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 00-03-10-006E ( Section 03 – pause ). Important – Before measuring tires on equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700, the vehicle MUST be driven a minimal of 16 km ( 10 nautical mile ) to ensure removal of any flat-spotting. Refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 03-03-10-007E – Tire/Wheel Characteristics of GM Original Equipment Tires. – equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 MUST be calibrated anterior to measuring tire/wheel assemblies for each vehicle. The aim of this bulletin is to provide steering to GM dealers when using bore force variation measurement equipment, such as the Hunter GSP9700. This type of equipment can be a valuable tool in diagnosing vehicle ride concerns. The most common ride refer involving tire radial force pas seul is highway accelerate shake on smooth roads. Tire relate smooth road highway speed shake can be caused by three conditions : asymmetry, out of round and tire force magnetic declination. These three conditions are not necessarily related. All three conditions must be addressed. imbalance is normally addressed beginning, because it is the simple of the three to correct. Off-vehicle, two plane dynamic wheel balancers are readily available and can accurately correct any imbalance. Balancer calibration and care, proper attachment of the wheel to the balancer, and proper libra weights, are all factors required for a quality balance. however, a perfectly balanced tire/wheel assembly can placid be “ ellipse shaped ” and cause a vibration. Before balancing, perform the following procedures. Tire and Wheel Diagnosis 1. Set the tire imperativeness to the placard values. 2. With the vehicle raised, ensure the wheels are centered on the hub by loosening all rack nuts and hand-tightening all nuts first by hand while shaking the wheel, then torsion to specifications using a torsion wrench, NOT a torsion stick. 3. visually inspect the tires and the wheels. Inspect for tell of the play along conditions and correct as necessary : – Missing libra weights – Bent rim flange – irregular tire wear – Incomplete beading seating – tire irregularities ( including coerce settings ) – Mud/ice build-up in steering wheel – Stones in the run down tread – Remove any aftermarket wheels and/or tires and restore vehicle to original condition prior to diagnosing a polish road rock discipline. 4. Road test the fomite using the Electronic Vibration Analyzer ( EVA ) substantive tool. Drive for a sufficient distance on a known, smooth road coat to duplicate the condition. Determine if the vehicle is medium to brake enforce. If the brakes are applied lightly and the pulsation felt in the steering wheel increases, refer to the Brakes section of the service manual that deals with brake-induced pulse. If you can start to hear the vibration as a broken boom noise ( in addition to feeling it ), but can not see it, the vehicle probably has a first gear order ( one pulse per propshaft rotation ) driveline oscillation. Driveline foremost order vibrations are gamey enough in frequency that most humans can start to hear them at highway speeds, but are excessively high to be able to be easily seen. These issues can be caused by driveline imbalance or misalignment. If the vehicle exhibits this humble thunder and the booming pulses in-and-out on a regular basis ( like a throbbing ), chances are commodity that the vehicle could have driveline shaking. This type Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-006F > May > 10 > Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) > page 1296 of vibration is normally felt more in the “ seat of the pants ” than the steering wheel. 5. future, record the Hertz ( Hz ) read as displayed by the EVA onto the tire data worksheet found at the end of this bulletin. This should be done after a tire housebreaking period of at least 16 kilometer ( 10 mile ) at 72 kilometers per hour ( 45 miles per hour ) or greater, in order to eliminate any possible tire flat-spotting. This reading confirms what the vehicle oscillation frequency is anterior to fomite service and documents the sum of improvement occurring as the solution of the assorted steps taken to repair. Completing the Steering Wheel Shake Worksheet below is required. A copy of the completed worksheet must be saved with the R.O. and a copy included with any parts returned to the Warranty Parts Center for analysis. A reading of 35 to 50 Hz typically indicates a first order propshaft vibration. If this is the situation, refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 08-07-30-044D. Generally, a reading between 10 and 20 Hz indicates a tire/wheel vibration and if this is the read obtained, continue using this bulletin. If the tire 1st order vibration goes away and stays away during this evaluation, the induce is likely tire flat-spotting. Tire flat-spotting vibration may come and go at any accelerate over 72 km/h ( 45 miles per hour ) during the first 10 minutes of operation, if vibration continues after 10 minutes of driving at speeds greater than 72 kilometers per hour ( 45 miles per hour ), tire flat-spotting can be ruled out as the cause for shaking. 6. If flat-spotting is the causal agent, provide the explanation that this has occurred due to the vehicle being parked for long periods of time and that the nature of the tire is to take a set up. Refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 03-03-10-007E : information on Tire/Wheel Characteristics ( Vibration, Balance, Shake, Flat Spotting ) of GM Original Equipment Tires. 7. If the road test indicates a shake/vibration exists, check the asymmetry of each tire/wheel forum on a known, calibrated, off-car dynamic balancer.Make sure the mounting surface of the roulette wheel and the surface of the halter are absolutely clean and jerk and free of debris. Be sure to chose the proper cone/collet for the wheel, and always use the fly have a bun in the oven for centering. Never center the wheel using the hub-cap hold since it is not a preciseness machined surface. If any assembly calls for more than 1/4 ounce on either rim flange, remove all balance weights and rebalance to as close to zero as possible. If you can see the shaking ( along with feeling it ) in the guide wheel ( driving straight without your hands on the wheel ), it is very likely to be a tire/wheel first order ( one pulse per revolution ) affray. first order disturbances can be caused by imbalance angstrom well as non-uniformities in tires, wheels or hub. This inaugural order frequency is besides broken for a human to hear, but if the amplitude is high enough, it can be seen. If a vibration or shake calm exists after balancing, any out of circle conditions, of the wheel, and force variation conditions of the tire, must be addressed. equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 can address both ( it is besides a bicycle halter ). Tire radial force shaking ( RFV ) can be defined as the sum of stiffness variation the bore will produce in one revolution under a constant warhead. Radial force variation is what the vehicle feels because the load ( weight ) of the vehicle is always on the tires. Although release runout of tires ( not under burden ) is not constantly a thoroughly indicator of a smooth ride, it is critical that sum tire/wheel assembly runout be within stipulation. Equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 loads the tire, like to on the fomite, and measures radial force variation of the tire/wheel assembly. eminence that the steering wheel is affecting the tire ‘s RFV measurement at this charge. To isolate the wheel, its runout must be measured. This can be easily done on the Hunter, without the need to set up dial indicators. If the wheel meets the runout specification, the tire ‘s RFV can then be addressed. After measuring the tire/wheel assembly under lode, and the rack alone, the machine then calculates ( predicts ) the radial pull variation of the run down. however, because this is a prediction that can include mounting inaccuracies, and the burden wheel is much smaller in diameter than used in tire output, this character of serve equipment should NOT be used to audit new tires. preferably, it should be used as a service diagnostic cock to minimize radial force magnetic declination of the tire/wheel assembly. equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 does an excellent job of measuring roulette wheel runout, and of finding the low point of the rack ( for runout ) and the high point of the tire ( for radial storm variation ). This allows the run down to be matched mounted to the wheel for lowest tire/wheel assembly force variation. The machine will simplify this process into easily steps. The following assembly radial force variation numbers should be used as a guide : When measuring RFV and match mounting tires perform the follow steps. Measuring Wheel Runout and Assembly Radial Force Variation Important The completed worksheet at the end of this bulletin must be attached to the hard copy of the rectify order. – quantify radial force magnetic declination and radial runout. – If a road force/balancing machine is used, record the radial force variation ( RFV ) on the worksheet at the end of this bulletin. It may be of benefit to have the lowest RFV assembly to the front left corner. If the car is not available and the EVA datum suggests there is an publish, swap the tire and bicycle assemblies from the front to the back. Re-check on the EVA and if the trouble hush exists, test another fomite to find tires that do not exhibit the like frequency and trade those tires onto the submit vehicle. – If a runout/balancing machine is used, record the radial runout of the tire/wheel assemblies on the worksheet at the end of this bulletin. If one or more of the tire/wheel assemblies are more than.040 in ( 1.02 millimeter ), couple ride the tire to the wheel to get below.040 in ( 1.02 millimeter ). For sensitive customers, readings of 0.030 inch ( 0.76 millimeter ) or less are preferable, it may besides be of profit to have the lowest runout forum to the front left recess. If the machine is not available and the EVA datum suggests there is an issue, swap the tire and wheel assemblies from the battlefront to the back. Re-check on the EVA and if the trouble placid exists, test another vehicle to find tires that do not exhibit the lapp frequency and barter those tires Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-006F > May > 10 > Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) > page 1297 onto the subject vehicle. – After match wax, the tire/wheel assembly must be rebalanced. If equal mounting tires to in-spec wheels produces forum values higher than these, tire successor may be necessity. Replacing tires at lower values will probably mean good tires are being condemned. Because tires can sometimes become temporarily flat-spotted, which will affect force variation, it is crucial that the vehicle be driven at least 16 kilometer ( 10 myocardial infarction ) prior to measuring. Tire imperativeness must besides be adjusted to the usage pressure on the fomite ‘s run down placard anterior to measuring. Most GM vehicles will tolerate radial force variation up to these levels. however, some vehicles are more medium, and may require lower levels. besides, there are other bore parameters that equipment such as the Hunter GSP9700 can not measure that may be a divisor. In such cases, TAC should be contacted for far instructions. Important – When mounting a GM wheel to a wheel balancer/force mutant machine, always use the wheel’s center pilot hole. This is the primary coil focus mechanism on all GM wheels ; the bolt holes are junior-grade. normally a second cone method acting to the car should be used. For total accuracy and repeatability, a flange plate should be used to clamp the wheel onto the cone and car. This system is offered by all halter manufacturers in GM ‘s principal program. – Any type of service equipment that removes tread rubber eraser by grinding, buffing or truing is NOT recommended, and may void the tire guarantee. however, tires may have been ground by the tire company as share of their tire manufacture process. This is a legitimate operation. Steering Wheel Shake Worksheet When diagnosing oscillation concerns, use the take after worksheet in conjunction with the appropriate Vibration Analysis-Road testing procedure in the Vibration Correction sub-section in SI. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-006F > May > 10 > Wheels/Tires – Tire Radial Force Variation ( RFV ) > page 1298 Refer to the appropriate department of SI for specifications and repair procedures that are related to the oscillation concern. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 05-03-10-003F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – first gear Tire/Leaking Cast Aluminum Wheels Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Tires/Wheels – humble Tire/Leaking Cast Aluminum Wheels TECHNICAL Bulletin No. : 05-03-10-003F Date : April 27, 2010 capable : first gear Tire press, Leaking Cast Aluminum Wheels ( Repair with Adhesive Sealant ) Models : 2011 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks ( Including Saturn ) 2010 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2009 and Prior Saab 9-7X with Cast Aluminum Wheels Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to update the model years and the bulletin reference book information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 05-03-10-003E ( Section 03 – suspension ). Condition Some customers may comment on a depleted bore pressure discipline. diagnosis of the humble tire coerce stipulate indicates an publicize escape through the draw aluminum rack. Cause Porosity in the cast aluminum wheel may be the campaign. Notice This bulletin specifically addresses issues related to the steering wheel casting that may result in an air leak. For issues related to corrosion of the wheel in service, please refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 08-03-10-006C – run down Slowly Goes Flat, Tire Air Loss, Low Tire press Warning Light Illuminated, Aluminum Wheel Bead Seat Corrosion ( Clean and Resurface Wheel Bead Seat ). correction 1. Remove the tire and bicycle fabrication from the vehicle. Refer to the appropriate service operation in SI. 2. Locate the leak area by inflating the tire to 276 kPa ( 40 pounds per square inch ) and dipping the tire/wheel assembly in a water bathtub, or use a spray bottle with soap and water to locate the specific leak location. Important – If the porosity leak is located in the beading area of the aluminum rim ( where the tire meets the flange ), the roulette wheel should be replaced. – If two or more leaks are located on one bicycle, the wheel should be replaced. 3. If atmosphere bubbles are observed, mark the location. – If the leak localization is on the tire/rubber sphere, refer to Corporate Bulletin Number 04-03-10-001F Tire Puncture Repair Procedures for All Cars and Light Duty Trucks. – If the leak is located on the aluminum wheel area, continue with the following step. 4. Inscribe a mark on the tire at the valve stem in order to indicate the orientation of the run down to the steering wheel. 5. Dismount the tire from the bicycle. Refer to Tire Mounting and Dismounting. 6. Remove the tire blackmail detector. Refer to Tire Pressure Sensor removal procedure in SI. 7. Scuff the INSIDE rim surface at the escape area with # 80 backbone newspaper and clean the area with general aim clean, such as 3M ( R ) General Purpose Adhesive Cleaner, P/N 08984, or equivalent. 8. Apply a 3 millimeter ( 0.12 in ) thick layer of Silicone – Adhesive/Sealant, P/N 12378478 ( in Canada, use 88900041 ), or equivalent, to the leak area. 9. Allow for the adhesive/sealant to dry. Notice Caution must be used when mounting the tire so american samoa not to damage the sealer. Damaging the haunt area may result in an publicize leak. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 05-03-10-003F > Apr > 10 > Tires/Wheels – low Tire/Leaking Cast Aluminum Wheels > Page 1303 10. Align the enroll mark on the run down with the valve shank on the rack. 11. Reinstall the Tire Pressure Sensor. Refer to Tire pressure Sensor initiation procedure in SI. 12. Mount the tire on the wheel. Refer to Tire Mounting and Dismounting. 13. Pressurize the tire to 276 kPa ( 40 psi ) and audit for leaks. 14. Adjust tire coerce to meet the placard stipulation. 15. Balance the tire/wheel forum. Refer to Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing – Off-Vehicle. 16. Install the bore and roulette wheel assembly onto the vehicle. Refer to the appropriate service routine in SI. Parts Information Warranty Information ( excluding Saab U.S. Models ) Important The Silicone – Adhesive/Sealant comes in a case measure of six. only appoint warranty one metro of adhesive/sealant per wheel haunt. For vehicles repaired under guarantee, use : One leak repair per bicycle. guarantee Information ( Saab U.S. Models ) For vehicles repaired under guarantee, use the table above. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 04-03-10-012B > Feb > 08 > Wheels – Chrome Wheel Brake Dust Accumulation/Pitting Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels – Chrome Wheel Brake Dust Accumulation/Pitting Bulletin No. : 04-03-10-012B Date : February 01, 2008 INFORMATION Subject : scar and Brake Dust on Chrome wheels Models : 2008 and Prior GM Passenger Cars and Trucks ( including Saturn ) 2008 and Prior HUMMER H2, H3 2005-2008 Saab 9-7X Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to add model years. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 04-03-10-012A ( Section 03 – suspension ). analysis of Returned Wheels Chrome wheels returned under the New Vehicle Limited Warranty for pitting concerns have recently been evaluated. This circumstance is normally most severe in the vent ( or window ) area of the presence wheels. This “ pitting ” may actually be brake dust that has been allowed to accumulate on the bicycle. The longer this accretion builds up, the more difficult it is to remove. Cleaning the Wheels In all cases, the returned wheels could be cleaned to their original circumstance using GM Vehicle Care Cleaner Wax, P/N 12377966 ( in Canada, P/N 10952905 ). When using this product, you should confine your treatment to the areas of the bicycle that show tell of the brake debris build-up. This product is entirely for use on chrome steel or chromed aluminum wheels. Parts Information Warranty Information Wheel substitute for this stipulate is NOT applicable under the terms of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Disclaimer Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 99-03-10-102 > Jun > 99 > Warranty – OE Chrome Plated Aluminum Wheel ID Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Warranty – OE Chrome Plated Aluminum Wheel ID File In section : 03 – suspension Bulletin No. : 99-03-10-102 date : June, 1999 INFORMATION Subject : original Equipment Chrome Plated Aluminum Wheel Identification Models : 1999 and Prior Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks Chrome plated aluminum wheels have been returned to the Warranty Parts Center that are not the original equipment ( OE ) components. master equipment chrome plated aluminum wheels can be identified by either a libra burden clip memory groove ( 1 ) or a step ( 2 ) that is machined around both of the wheel ‘s rim flanges. The rim flanges ( 3 ) of painted original equipment aluminum wheels do not have a groove or a step. Chrome plated aluminum wheels that do not have the rack rim flange groove or step are aftermarket chrome plated components and are NOT warrantable. Any aftermarket chrome wheels received by the Warranty Parts Center will be charged back to the franchise. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 72-05-05 > Aug > 97 > Warranty – Guidelines for Using E0420 Wheel Replace Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Warranty – Guidelines for Using E0420 Wheel Replace File In section : Warranty Administration Bulletin No. : 72-05-05 date : August, 1997 WARRANTY ADMINISTRATION Subject : Guidelines for Using EO42O Wheel Replace Models : 1989-98 Passenger Cars and Light Duty Trucks The purpose of this bulletin is to provide service personnel with guidelines for using the above subjugate labor movement operation. effective with repair orders dated on or after September 1, 1997, dealers are to be guided by the follow : ^ Aluminum Wheels ( including chrome plated ) with Porosity – Wheels that exhibit porosity should be repaired as described in the vehicle service manual. Wheels should not be replaced without wholesale approval. ^ Aluminum Wheels ( except chrome plated ) with a “ ending Defect ” – Wheels that exhibit a defect in the complete, ( i.e., discoloration or surface abasement ) should be refinished as described in the Corporate Service Bulletin Number 53-17-03A released in May, 1996. ^ Chrome Wheels – Wheels that are chromed and found to have a finish defect can only be replaced. ^ Aluminum and chrome wheels replaced under guarantee will be subject to random function review and inspection. Those wheels inspected and found not to be defective and/or should have been repaired, will be topic to charge binding. Wheels damaged by normal wear, road hazards, car wash brushes, or other physical or chemical damage are not eligible for guarantee coverage. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 393504 > Jul > 93 > Wheels – Sealing Leaking Cast Aluminum Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels – Sealing Leaking Cast Aluminum Bulletin Number : 93-3-16 Reference Number : 393504 publish Date : 7/93 topic : leak CAST ALUMINUM WHEELS ( REPAIR WITH ADHESIVE SEALANT ) Models Affected : 1985-1993 ALL MODELS Should a vehicle equipped with form aluminum wheels exhibit a slow leak due to a porous condition existing in the bicycle, the roulette wheel can be repaired by using Dow Corning Silastic 732 RTV, p/n 1052366 or equivalent, as described in the follow operation : 1. Remove tire-wheel fabrication from fomite. 2. Locate leaking area by inflating bore to 40 psi and dipping tire-wheel assembly in water bath. 3. If air bubbles are observed, chump leak area and remove tire from bicycle. 4. Scuff INSIDE rim airfoil at escape area with # 80 grit wallpaper and fairly area with general determination clean, such as 3M # 08984. 5. Apply 1/8 ” thickly layer of adhesive/sealant to leak sphere on INSIDE of brim and allow six hours of drying prison term. 6. Mount tire on wheel, pressurizing to 40 psi and check for leaks. detect : caution must be used when mounting the bore thus arsenic not to damage the sealant. 7. Adjust tire pressure to meet placard stipulation. 8. Balance tire-wheel assembly, using proper coated weights. 9. Water test wheel again. 10. Reinstall tire-wheel assembly on vehicle. Parts are presently available from GMSPO. WARRANTY information : tug Operation Number : E0420 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 931693E > Apr > 93 > Tires – Slipping on Rim Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Tires – Slipping on Rim Number : 93-169-3E section : 3E date : april 1993 Corporate Bulletin No. : 393501 ASE No. : A4 subject : TIRES SLIPPING ON WHEELS ( USE PROPER TIRE MOUNTING PROCEDURE ) Model and year : 1988-93 ALL PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT DUTY TRUCKS Some incidents of tires slipping ( rotating ) on wheels have been reported on 1988-93 passenger cars and alight duty trucks. Most incidents have occurred when driven aggressively immediately after tire mount. Hard acceleration and/or brake is normally required. This discipline will affect wheel balance, which could result in a shaking. To reduce the prospect of tires rotating on their wheels, any overindulgence lubricant should be wiped from the tire and rim after bore ride, but before inflating to seat the bead. ( Never exceed 40 psi to seat the bead. ) besides, the vehicle should not be driven aggressively for at least four hours after tire climb to allow the lubricant to dry. GM Goodwrench Rubber Lubricant, p/n 12345884, is the recommend lubricate for run down climb. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 93203E > Oct > 92 > Aluminum Wheels – Scuff/Scratch Removal Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Aluminum Wheels – Scuff/Scratch Removal Number : 93-20-3E section : 3E date : OCT. 1992 Corporate Bulletin No. : 010103R ASE No. : A3 subject : operation ON SCUFF/SCRATCH REMOVAL FROM CLEAR COAT ON ALUMINUM WHEELS Model and year : 1981-85 CITATION 1982-93 CAVALIER 1985-88 MONTE CARLO 1985-90 CELEBRITY 1981-93 CAPRICE, CAMARO AND CORVETTE 1990-93 LUMINA THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 90-321 -3E, DATED AUGUST 1990. THE 1991 -93 MODEL YEARS HAVE BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 90-321 -3E SHOULD BE DISCARDED. The clear coat on aluminum wheels can become scuff and dull if the car is exposed to frequent automatic rifle car washes with aggressive tire brushes. Following are procedures for polishing out minor scuffs and scratches from the absolved coat on aluminum wheels. Outlined are three basic procedures which progress from least aggressive ( A ) to most aggressive ( C ) depending on the degree of scuffs or scratches in the clear coat. A. Condition – minor surface scuffs and scratches. operation : 1. Clean the wheel surface with soap and water and dry thoroughly. 2. Clean the wheel with 3M general aim adhesive material clean, P/N 08984, or equivalent and dry 3. Apply 3M finesse-it finishing material, P/N 05928, or equivalent to the affect sphere and polish using a 3M superbuff polishing launching pad, P/N 05705, or equivalent on a abject speed buffer ( 1500-2300 revolutions per minute ‘s ). 4. Begin with firm press on the buffer in the begin and gradually reduce pressure as the finish material begins to dry up. 5. Apply a coat of 3M liquid polish, P/N 05939 or 05993, or equivalent to protect the clear coat. B. Condition – More meaning scuffs and dulling not removed during operation A. procedure : 1. Perform steps 1 and 2 from procedure A. 2. Apply 3M imperial microfinishing colonial, P/N 06011, or equivalent and buff with a 3M superbuff compounding pad, P/N 05701, or equivalent on a low speed buffer. A second application may be necessary. 3. Inspect roulette wheel finish. If scuffs and dulling have been removed, proceed to step 4 ; if not, proceed to procedure C. 4. finish polishing the wheel with 3M finesse-it finishing material, P/N 05928, or equivalent and a superbuff polishing slog, P/N 05705, or equivalent on a humble speed buffer zone. 5. Apply a coat of 3M melted polish, P/N O5939 or O5993, or equivalent to protect clear coat. C. Condition – very meaning muffle, scratches, scuffs which have not penetrated through the clear coat. 1. clean bicycle with soap and water and dry. 2. clean with 3M general function adhesive clean, P/N 08984, or equivalent. 3. Wet sand the feign area with 3M imperial wet-or-dry paper grade 1500 on a # 20 quick study pad, P/N 05526, or equivalent. 4. occasionally squeegee away the urine and check progress. Stop sanding when an even dull appearance is reached. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 93203E > Oct > 92 > Aluminum Wheels – Scuff/Scratch Removal > Page 1328 5. Polish the clear coat to a high semblance using 3M finesse-it finishing material, P/N 05928, or equivalent with a 3M superbuff polishing embroider, P/N 05705, or equivalent on a depleted speed buffer ( 1500-2300 revolutions per minute ‘s ). 6. Apply a coat of 3M melted polish, P/N 05939 or 05993, or equivalent to protect authorize coating. eminence : The following tips will result in an better appearance when polish or buffet. ^ Begin with firm pressure and reduce pressure as the polish or compound begins to dry. ^ Do not polish with a dry launching pad. Use enough material to keep the surface wet. ^ Use extreme caution when polish or buffing sharp corners or contours to avoid burning the clear coat. Hand friction may be necessary. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 922323E > Jun > 92 > Wheels ( Steel ) – damage due to Improper Mounting Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels ( Steel ) – damage due to Improper Mounting Number : 92-232-3E section : 3E date : june 1992 Corporate Bulletin No. : 233002 ASE No. : A4 national : avoid damage TO STEEL WHEELS FROM IMPROPER WHEEL/TIRE CHANGING TECHNIQUES Model and year : 1983-92 ALL PASSENGER CARS AND TRUCKS WITH STEEL WHEELS It is crucial to use proper procedures to prevent damage to either the run down mounting surface or the bicycle mounting holes. damage can result from the improper wheel attachment or tire mounting techniques on vehicles with steel wheels. 1. IMPROPER TIRE CHANGING TECHNIQUES : It takes about 70 seconds for the air to completely exhaust from a large run down. If the technician does n’t wait this sum of prison term after removing the valve core, the beading breaker on the tire change could put enough violence on the run down to bend the rack at the mounting surface. such price can result in vibration, shimmy, and under severe use ( i.e. police vehicle ) precede to cracking. 2. OVER TORQUING OF THE WHEEL NUTS : The service specification for bicycle nuts is listed in the Service Manuals. Some wheels have been observed with wheel nuts that were over torqued by equally much as 50 percentage. This may damage the steering wheel mounting holes and may besides lead to cracks. I. PROPER TIRE CHANGING TECHNIQUES : wholly deflate the bore before attempting to break the tire bead loose. MOUNTING SURFACE CHECKING PROCEDURE Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 922323E > Jun > 92 > Wheels ( Steel ) – price due to Improper Mounting > Page 1333 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 922323E > Jun > 92 > Wheels ( Steel ) – damage due to Improper Mounting > Page 1334 Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 922323E > Jun > 92 > Wheels ( Steel ) – wrong due to Improper Mounting > Page 1335 A. Obtain a straight edge approximately 8-9 inches long and, while holding it in two hands, as shown in the attach illustration, topographic point it on the inboard mounting airfoil of the bicycle and try to rock it up and depressed. B. Repeat the above operation on three or four different positions on the rack inboard mounting airfoil. C. The out call of the mounting surface is normally raised above everything inside it. If a rack mounting coat has been bent on a run down record changer, it will be raised above the extinct closed chain and the straight edge will rock on this “ raised ” share. D. If a bent wheel is found, it must be replaced. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 922323E > Jun > 92 > Wheels ( Steel ) – price due to Improper Mounting > Page 1336 II. OVER TORQUING OF WHEEL NUTS : 1. A TORQUE WRENCH MUST BE USED to insure that the wheel nuts are tightened to specification. This should be done in two steps using the star topology pattern. First, snug the nuts down by hand. then, using the star pattern and a torsion wrench, tighten the wheel nuts to about half the final torsion. ultimately, tighten the bicycle nuts to specification using the asterisk model and a torsion twist. 2. NEVER use lubricants or penetrating fluids on steering wheel studs, nuts, or mounting surfaces, as this can raise the actual torsion on the crackpot without a corresponding torsion take on the wrench. Wheel nuts, studs, and mounting surfaces must be clean and dry. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 91353E > Aug > 90 > Aluminum Wheels – New Coated Wheel Weights Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Aluminum Wheels – New Coated Wheel Weights Number : 91-35-3E segment : 3E date : August 1990 Corporate Bulletin No. : 003502 topic : COATED WHEEL WEIGHTS FOR ALUMINUM WHEELS Model and year : 1985-91 MODELS WITH CAST ALUMINUM WHEELS TO : ALL CHEVROLET DEALERS THIS BULLETIN CANCELS AND SUPERSEDES DEALER SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 89-65-3E, DATED JANUARY 1989. POLYESTER COATED WHEEL WEIGHTS NOW AVAILABLE FROM GMSPO. THE 1990-91 MODEL YEARS HAVE ALSO BEEN ADDED. ALL COPIES OF 89-65-3E SHOULD BE DISCARDED. Vehicles with project aluminum wheels use a coat snip on rack weight. The coat has recently changed from nylon to polyester, giving a more natural appearance that more closely matches the wheel. Coated libra weights are used on both the inboard and outboard motorboat rim flanges. They will not discolor, corrode or damage the appearance of the steering wheel as may have been the case in the past with uncoated clip on weights. These coated weights will fit most GM cast aluminum wheels. There are two types of coated wheel weights available to fit the GM vehicles ( see illustration ). Both types of weights are available from GMSPO in 1/4 ounce increments. See custom chart below to determine which type system of weights is correct for the vehicle. “ MC ” type Weight Used On : 1990-1991 “ W ” Car 1988-1990 “ Y ” car “ AW ” Type Weight 1989-1991 “ L ” car Used On All other 1991 “ B ” car, “ U ” Van Series Vehicles 1/4 oz. P/N 9591670 P/N 9591669 1/2 oz. 9591584 9591582 3/4 oz. 9591585 9591583 1-1/4 oz. 9591378 9591362 1-1/2 oz. 9591379 9591363 1-3/4 oz. 9591380 9591364 2 oz. 9591381 9591365 ” MC ” type Weight Used On : Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 91353E > Aug > 90 > Aluminum Wheels – New Coated Wheel Weights > Page 1341 1990-1991 “ W ” Car 1988-1990 “ Y ” car “ AW ” Type Weight 1989-1991 “ L ” car Used On All other 1991 “ B ” car, “ U ” Van Series Vehicles 2-1/4 oz. 9591382 9591366 2-1/2 oz. 9591383 9591367 3oz. 9591385 9591369 Parts are presently available from GMSPO. Dealers should make certain they have a provision of both types weights for balancing GM aluminum wheels. When installing the coat weights, worry must be taken sol that the application does not crack. It is recommended that a Teflon tipped hammer be used, such as 85403 Nicholson Industrial Hammer, their part number CAS 3340551, available through the Charles Strelinger Company, Warren, Mi ( 313-268-4100 ), or equivalent. Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All early Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-002F > Apr > 11 > Wheels – Chrome Wheel Staining/Pitting/Corrosion Wheels : All Technical Service Bulletins Wheels – Chrome Wheel Staining/Pitting/Corrosion INFORMATION Bulletin No. : 00-03-10-002F Date : April 21, 2011 subject : Chemical Staining, Pitting, Corrosion and/or Spotted Appearance of Chromed Aluminum Wheels Models : 2012 and Prior GM Cars and Trucks Supercede : This bulletin is being revised to update model years, suggest extra renewing products and add extra corrosion information. Please discard Corporate Bulletin Number 00-03-10-002E ( Section 03 – suspension ). Important You may give a copy of this bulletin to the customer. What is Chemical Staining of Chrome Wheels ? calculate 1 Chemical staining in most cases results from acid based cleaners ( refer to Figure 1 for an exemplar ). These stains are frequently milky, black, or greenish in appearance. They result from using cleaning solutions that contain acids on chrome wheels. Soap and water system is normally sufficient to clean wheels. If the customer insists on using a wheel clean they should only use one that specifically states that it is safe for chrome wheels and does not contain anything in the follow list. ( Dealers should besides surveil any products they use during homework or normal cleanse of stock certificate units for these chemicals. ) – ammonium Bifluoride ( fluoride source for dissolving of chrome ) – Hydrofluoric Acid ( directly dissolves chrome ) – Hydrochloric Acid ( directly dissolves chrome ) – sodium Dodecylbenzenesulfonic Acid – Sulfamic Acid – Phosphoric Acid – Hydroxyacetic Acid Notice Many wheel cleaner instructions advise to take care to avoid contact with painted surfaces. Most customers think of paint surfaces as the fenders, quarter panels and other exterior sheet metallic. many vehicles have painted brake calipers. Acidic steering wheel cleaners may craze, crack, or discolor the key on the bracken calipers. damage from wheel cleaners is not covered under the vehicle modern car guarantee. Soap and water applied with a soft brush is normally all that is required to clean the calipers. Whenever any bicycle cleaner is used, it must be THOROUGHLY rinsed off of the wheel with clean, authorize water. special care must be taken to rinse under the hub cap, symmetry weights, wheel nuts, lugworm nut caps, between the steering wheel facing and off the bet on side of the wheel. Wheels returned to the Warranty Parts Center ( WPC ) that exhibit damage from bicycle cleaners most much have the damage approximately and under the bicycle system of weights where the clean was incompletely flushed away. Notice Chevrolet Cavalier Workshop Manual ( Cavalier-Z24 V6-191 3.1L ( 1990 ) ) Chevrolet Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All other Service Bulletins for Wheels : > 00-03-10-002F > Apr > 11 > Wheels – Chrome Wheel Staining/Pitting/Corrosion > Page 1347